File: | tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp |
Warning: | line 3300, column 15 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===--- SemaDeclAttr.cpp - Declaration Attribute Handling ----------------===// | ||||||
2 | // | ||||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||||
6 | // | ||||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
8 | // | ||||||
9 | // This file implements decl-related attribute processing. | ||||||
10 | // | ||||||
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
12 | |||||||
13 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" | ||||||
14 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | ||||||
15 | #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" | ||||||
16 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" | ||||||
17 | #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" | ||||||
18 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | ||||||
19 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" | ||||||
20 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | ||||||
21 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | ||||||
22 | #include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" | ||||||
23 | #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" | ||||||
24 | #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h" | ||||||
25 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" | ||||||
26 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | ||||||
27 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" | ||||||
28 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" | ||||||
29 | #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" | ||||||
30 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" | ||||||
31 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | ||||||
32 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" | ||||||
33 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" | ||||||
34 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | ||||||
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" | ||||||
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" | ||||||
37 | #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" | ||||||
38 | |||||||
39 | using namespace clang; | ||||||
40 | using namespace sema; | ||||||
41 | |||||||
42 | namespace AttributeLangSupport { | ||||||
43 | enum LANG { | ||||||
44 | C, | ||||||
45 | Cpp, | ||||||
46 | ObjC | ||||||
47 | }; | ||||||
48 | } // end namespace AttributeLangSupport | ||||||
49 | |||||||
50 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
51 | // Helper functions | ||||||
52 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
53 | |||||||
54 | /// isFunctionOrMethod - Return true if the given decl has function | ||||||
55 | /// type (function or function-typed variable) or an Objective-C | ||||||
56 | /// method. | ||||||
57 | static bool isFunctionOrMethod(const Decl *D) { | ||||||
58 | return (D->getFunctionType() != nullptr) || isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); | ||||||
59 | } | ||||||
60 | |||||||
61 | /// Return true if the given decl has function type (function or | ||||||
62 | /// function-typed variable) or an Objective-C method or a block. | ||||||
63 | static bool isFunctionOrMethodOrBlock(const Decl *D) { | ||||||
64 | return isFunctionOrMethod(D) || isa<BlockDecl>(D); | ||||||
65 | } | ||||||
66 | |||||||
67 | /// Return true if the given decl has a declarator that should have | ||||||
68 | /// been processed by Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator. | ||||||
69 | static bool hasDeclarator(const Decl *D) { | ||||||
70 | // In some sense, TypedefDecl really *ought* to be a DeclaratorDecl. | ||||||
71 | return isa<DeclaratorDecl>(D) || isa<BlockDecl>(D) || isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D) || | ||||||
72 | isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D); | ||||||
73 | } | ||||||
74 | |||||||
75 | /// hasFunctionProto - Return true if the given decl has a argument | ||||||
76 | /// information. This decl should have already passed | ||||||
77 | /// isFunctionOrMethod or isFunctionOrMethodOrBlock. | ||||||
78 | static bool hasFunctionProto(const Decl *D) { | ||||||
79 | if (const FunctionType *FnTy = D->getFunctionType()) | ||||||
80 | return isa<FunctionProtoType>(FnTy); | ||||||
81 | return isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<BlockDecl>(D); | ||||||
82 | } | ||||||
83 | |||||||
84 | /// getFunctionOrMethodNumParams - Return number of function or method | ||||||
85 | /// parameters. It is an error to call this on a K&R function (use | ||||||
86 | /// hasFunctionProto first). | ||||||
87 | static unsigned getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(const Decl *D) { | ||||||
88 | if (const FunctionType *FnTy = D->getFunctionType()) | ||||||
89 | return cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnTy)->getNumParams(); | ||||||
90 | if (const auto *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(D)) | ||||||
91 | return BD->getNumParams(); | ||||||
92 | return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->param_size(); | ||||||
93 | } | ||||||
94 | |||||||
95 | static const ParmVarDecl *getFunctionOrMethodParam(const Decl *D, | ||||||
96 | unsigned Idx) { | ||||||
97 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) | ||||||
98 | return FD->getParamDecl(Idx); | ||||||
99 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) | ||||||
100 | return MD->getParamDecl(Idx); | ||||||
101 | if (const auto *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(D)) | ||||||
102 | return BD->getParamDecl(Idx); | ||||||
103 | return nullptr; | ||||||
104 | } | ||||||
105 | |||||||
106 | static QualType getFunctionOrMethodParamType(const Decl *D, unsigned Idx) { | ||||||
107 | if (const FunctionType *FnTy = D->getFunctionType()) | ||||||
108 | return cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnTy)->getParamType(Idx); | ||||||
109 | if (const auto *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(D)) | ||||||
110 | return BD->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); | ||||||
111 | |||||||
112 | return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->parameters()[Idx]->getType(); | ||||||
113 | } | ||||||
114 | |||||||
115 | static SourceRange getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(const Decl *D, unsigned Idx) { | ||||||
116 | if (auto *PVD = getFunctionOrMethodParam(D, Idx)) | ||||||
117 | return PVD->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
118 | return SourceRange(); | ||||||
119 | } | ||||||
120 | |||||||
121 | static QualType getFunctionOrMethodResultType(const Decl *D) { | ||||||
122 | if (const FunctionType *FnTy = D->getFunctionType()) | ||||||
123 | return FnTy->getReturnType(); | ||||||
124 | return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->getReturnType(); | ||||||
125 | } | ||||||
126 | |||||||
127 | static SourceRange getFunctionOrMethodResultSourceRange(const Decl *D) { | ||||||
128 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) | ||||||
129 | return FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | ||||||
130 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) | ||||||
131 | return MD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | ||||||
132 | return SourceRange(); | ||||||
133 | } | ||||||
134 | |||||||
135 | static bool isFunctionOrMethodVariadic(const Decl *D) { | ||||||
136 | if (const FunctionType *FnTy = D->getFunctionType()) | ||||||
137 | return cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnTy)->isVariadic(); | ||||||
138 | if (const auto *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(D)) | ||||||
139 | return BD->isVariadic(); | ||||||
140 | return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->isVariadic(); | ||||||
141 | } | ||||||
142 | |||||||
143 | static bool isInstanceMethod(const Decl *D) { | ||||||
144 | if (const auto *MethodDecl
| ||||||
145 | return MethodDecl->isInstance(); | ||||||
146 | return false; | ||||||
147 | } | ||||||
148 | |||||||
149 | static inline bool isNSStringType(QualType T, ASTContext &Ctx) { | ||||||
150 | const auto *PT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
151 | if (!PT) | ||||||
152 | return false; | ||||||
153 | |||||||
154 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Cls = PT->getObjectType()->getInterface(); | ||||||
155 | if (!Cls) | ||||||
156 | return false; | ||||||
157 | |||||||
158 | IdentifierInfo* ClsName = Cls->getIdentifier(); | ||||||
159 | |||||||
160 | // FIXME: Should we walk the chain of classes? | ||||||
161 | return ClsName == &Ctx.Idents.get("NSString") || | ||||||
162 | ClsName == &Ctx.Idents.get("NSMutableString"); | ||||||
163 | } | ||||||
164 | |||||||
165 | static inline bool isCFStringType(QualType T, ASTContext &Ctx) { | ||||||
166 | const auto *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||
167 | if (!PT) | ||||||
168 | return false; | ||||||
169 | |||||||
170 | const auto *RT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||||
171 | if (!RT) | ||||||
172 | return false; | ||||||
173 | |||||||
174 | const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); | ||||||
175 | if (RD->getTagKind() != TTK_Struct) | ||||||
176 | return false; | ||||||
177 | |||||||
178 | return RD->getIdentifier() == &Ctx.Idents.get("__CFString"); | ||||||
179 | } | ||||||
180 | |||||||
181 | static unsigned getNumAttributeArgs(const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
182 | // FIXME: Include the type in the argument list. | ||||||
183 | return AL.getNumArgs() + AL.hasParsedType(); | ||||||
184 | } | ||||||
185 | |||||||
186 | template <typename Compare> | ||||||
187 | static bool checkAttributeNumArgsImpl(Sema &S, const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||||
188 | unsigned Num, unsigned Diag, | ||||||
189 | Compare Comp) { | ||||||
190 | if (Comp(getNumAttributeArgs(AL), Num)) { | ||||||
191 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), Diag) << AL << Num; | ||||||
192 | return false; | ||||||
193 | } | ||||||
194 | |||||||
195 | return true; | ||||||
196 | } | ||||||
197 | |||||||
198 | /// Check if the attribute has exactly as many args as Num. May | ||||||
199 | /// output an error. | ||||||
200 | static bool checkAttributeNumArgs(Sema &S, const ParsedAttr &AL, unsigned Num) { | ||||||
201 | return checkAttributeNumArgsImpl(S, AL, Num, | ||||||
202 | diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments, | ||||||
203 | std::not_equal_to<unsigned>()); | ||||||
204 | } | ||||||
205 | |||||||
206 | /// Check if the attribute has at least as many args as Num. May | ||||||
207 | /// output an error. | ||||||
208 | static bool checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(Sema &S, const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||||
209 | unsigned Num) { | ||||||
210 | return checkAttributeNumArgsImpl(S, AL, Num, | ||||||
211 | diag::err_attribute_too_few_arguments, | ||||||
212 | std::less<unsigned>()); | ||||||
213 | } | ||||||
214 | |||||||
215 | /// Check if the attribute has at most as many args as Num. May | ||||||
216 | /// output an error. | ||||||
217 | static bool checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(Sema &S, const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||||
218 | unsigned Num) { | ||||||
219 | return checkAttributeNumArgsImpl(S, AL, Num, | ||||||
220 | diag::err_attribute_too_many_arguments, | ||||||
221 | std::greater<unsigned>()); | ||||||
222 | } | ||||||
223 | |||||||
224 | /// A helper function to provide Attribute Location for the Attr types | ||||||
225 | /// AND the ParsedAttr. | ||||||
226 | template <typename AttrInfo> | ||||||
227 | static typename std::enable_if<std::is_base_of<Attr, AttrInfo>::value, | ||||||
228 | SourceLocation>::type | ||||||
229 | getAttrLoc(const AttrInfo &AL) { | ||||||
230 | return AL.getLocation(); | ||||||
231 | } | ||||||
232 | static SourceLocation getAttrLoc(const ParsedAttr &AL) { return AL.getLoc(); } | ||||||
233 | |||||||
234 | /// If Expr is a valid integer constant, get the value of the integer | ||||||
235 | /// expression and return success or failure. May output an error. | ||||||
236 | /// | ||||||
237 | /// Negative argument is implicitly converted to unsigned, unless | ||||||
238 | /// \p StrictlyUnsigned is true. | ||||||
239 | template <typename AttrInfo> | ||||||
240 | static bool checkUInt32Argument(Sema &S, const AttrInfo &AI, const Expr *Expr, | ||||||
241 | uint32_t &Val, unsigned Idx = UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U), | ||||||
242 | bool StrictlyUnsigned = false) { | ||||||
243 | llvm::APSInt I(32); | ||||||
244 | if (Expr->isTypeDependent() || Expr->isValueDependent() || | ||||||
245 | !Expr->isIntegerConstantExpr(I, S.Context)) { | ||||||
246 | if (Idx != UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U)) | ||||||
247 | S.Diag(getAttrLoc(AI), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||||
248 | << &AI << Idx << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | ||||||
249 | << Expr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
250 | else | ||||||
251 | S.Diag(getAttrLoc(AI), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||||
252 | << &AI << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant << Expr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
253 | return false; | ||||||
254 | } | ||||||
255 | |||||||
256 | if (!I.isIntN(32)) { | ||||||
257 | S.Diag(Expr->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ice_too_large) | ||||||
258 | << I.toString(10, false) << 32 << /* Unsigned */ 1; | ||||||
259 | return false; | ||||||
260 | } | ||||||
261 | |||||||
262 | if (StrictlyUnsigned && I.isSigned() && I.isNegative()) { | ||||||
263 | S.Diag(getAttrLoc(AI), diag::err_attribute_requires_positive_integer) | ||||||
264 | << &AI << /*non-negative*/ 1; | ||||||
265 | return false; | ||||||
266 | } | ||||||
267 | |||||||
268 | Val = (uint32_t)I.getZExtValue(); | ||||||
269 | return true; | ||||||
270 | } | ||||||
271 | |||||||
272 | /// Wrapper around checkUInt32Argument, with an extra check to be sure | ||||||
273 | /// that the result will fit into a regular (signed) int. All args have the same | ||||||
274 | /// purpose as they do in checkUInt32Argument. | ||||||
275 | template <typename AttrInfo> | ||||||
276 | static bool checkPositiveIntArgument(Sema &S, const AttrInfo &AI, const Expr *Expr, | ||||||
277 | int &Val, unsigned Idx = UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U)) { | ||||||
278 | uint32_t UVal; | ||||||
279 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AI, Expr, UVal, Idx)) | ||||||
280 | return false; | ||||||
281 | |||||||
282 | if (UVal > (uint32_t)std::numeric_limits<int>::max()) { | ||||||
283 | llvm::APSInt I(32); // for toString | ||||||
284 | I = UVal; | ||||||
285 | S.Diag(Expr->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ice_too_large) | ||||||
286 | << I.toString(10, false) << 32 << /* Unsigned */ 0; | ||||||
287 | return false; | ||||||
288 | } | ||||||
289 | |||||||
290 | Val = UVal; | ||||||
291 | return true; | ||||||
292 | } | ||||||
293 | |||||||
294 | /// Diagnose mutually exclusive attributes when present on a given | ||||||
295 | /// declaration. Returns true if diagnosed. | ||||||
296 | template <typename AttrTy> | ||||||
297 | static bool checkAttrMutualExclusion(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
298 | if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<AttrTy>()) { | ||||||
299 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible) << AL << A; | ||||||
300 | S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | ||||||
301 | return true; | ||||||
302 | } | ||||||
303 | return false; | ||||||
304 | } | ||||||
305 | |||||||
306 | template <typename AttrTy> | ||||||
307 | static bool checkAttrMutualExclusion(Sema &S, Decl *D, const Attr &AL) { | ||||||
308 | if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<AttrTy>()) { | ||||||
309 | S.Diag(AL.getLocation(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible) << &AL | ||||||
310 | << A; | ||||||
311 | S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | ||||||
312 | return true; | ||||||
313 | } | ||||||
314 | return false; | ||||||
315 | } | ||||||
316 | |||||||
317 | /// Check if IdxExpr is a valid parameter index for a function or | ||||||
318 | /// instance method D. May output an error. | ||||||
319 | /// | ||||||
320 | /// \returns true if IdxExpr is a valid index. | ||||||
321 | template <typename AttrInfo> | ||||||
322 | static bool checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex( | ||||||
323 | Sema &S, const Decl *D, const AttrInfo &AI, unsigned AttrArgNum, | ||||||
324 | const Expr *IdxExpr, ParamIdx &Idx, bool CanIndexImplicitThis = false) { | ||||||
325 | assert(isFunctionOrMethodOrBlock(D))((isFunctionOrMethodOrBlock(D)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isFunctionOrMethodOrBlock(D)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 325, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
326 | |||||||
327 | // In C++ the implicit 'this' function parameter also counts. | ||||||
328 | // Parameters are counted from one. | ||||||
329 | bool HP = hasFunctionProto(D); | ||||||
330 | bool HasImplicitThisParam = isInstanceMethod(D); | ||||||
331 | bool IV = HP && isFunctionOrMethodVariadic(D); | ||||||
332 | unsigned NumParams = | ||||||
333 | (HP ? getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D) : 0) + HasImplicitThisParam; | ||||||
334 | |||||||
335 | llvm::APSInt IdxInt; | ||||||
336 | if (IdxExpr->isTypeDependent() || IdxExpr->isValueDependent() || | ||||||
337 | !IdxExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(IdxInt, S.Context)) { | ||||||
338 | S.Diag(getAttrLoc(AI), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||||
339 | << &AI << AttrArgNum << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | ||||||
340 | << IdxExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
341 | return false; | ||||||
342 | } | ||||||
343 | |||||||
344 | unsigned IdxSource = IdxInt.getLimitedValue(UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U)); | ||||||
345 | if (IdxSource < 1 || (!IV && IdxSource > NumParams)) { | ||||||
346 | S.Diag(getAttrLoc(AI), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds) | ||||||
347 | << &AI << AttrArgNum << IdxExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
348 | return false; | ||||||
349 | } | ||||||
350 | if (HasImplicitThisParam && !CanIndexImplicitThis) { | ||||||
351 | if (IdxSource == 1) { | ||||||
352 | S.Diag(getAttrLoc(AI), diag::err_attribute_invalid_implicit_this_argument) | ||||||
353 | << &AI << IdxExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
354 | return false; | ||||||
355 | } | ||||||
356 | } | ||||||
357 | |||||||
358 | Idx = ParamIdx(IdxSource, D); | ||||||
359 | return true; | ||||||
360 | } | ||||||
361 | |||||||
362 | /// Check if the argument \p ArgNum of \p Attr is a ASCII string literal. | ||||||
363 | /// If not emit an error and return false. If the argument is an identifier it | ||||||
364 | /// will emit an error with a fixit hint and treat it as if it was a string | ||||||
365 | /// literal. | ||||||
366 | bool Sema::checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const ParsedAttr &AL, unsigned ArgNum, | ||||||
367 | StringRef &Str, | ||||||
368 | SourceLocation *ArgLocation) { | ||||||
369 | // Look for identifiers. If we have one emit a hint to fix it to a literal. | ||||||
370 | if (AL.isArgIdent(ArgNum)) { | ||||||
371 | IdentifierLoc *Loc = AL.getArgAsIdent(ArgNum); | ||||||
372 | Diag(Loc->Loc, diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||||
373 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentString | ||||||
374 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc->Loc, "\"") | ||||||
375 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(Loc->Loc), "\""); | ||||||
376 | Str = Loc->Ident->getName(); | ||||||
377 | if (ArgLocation) | ||||||
378 | *ArgLocation = Loc->Loc; | ||||||
379 | return true; | ||||||
380 | } | ||||||
381 | |||||||
382 | // Now check for an actual string literal. | ||||||
383 | Expr *ArgExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(ArgNum); | ||||||
384 | const auto *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(ArgExpr->IgnoreParenCasts()); | ||||||
385 | if (ArgLocation) | ||||||
386 | *ArgLocation = ArgExpr->getBeginLoc(); | ||||||
387 | |||||||
388 | if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) { | ||||||
389 | Diag(ArgExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||||
390 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentString; | ||||||
391 | return false; | ||||||
392 | } | ||||||
393 | |||||||
394 | Str = Literal->getString(); | ||||||
395 | return true; | ||||||
396 | } | ||||||
397 | |||||||
398 | /// Applies the given attribute to the Decl without performing any | ||||||
399 | /// additional semantic checking. | ||||||
400 | template <typename AttrType> | ||||||
401 | static void handleSimpleAttribute(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
402 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI) { | ||||||
403 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AttrType(S.Context, CI)); | ||||||
404 | } | ||||||
405 | |||||||
406 | template <typename... DiagnosticArgs> | ||||||
407 | static const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder& | ||||||
408 | appendDiagnostics(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Bldr) { | ||||||
409 | return Bldr; | ||||||
410 | } | ||||||
411 | |||||||
412 | template <typename T, typename... DiagnosticArgs> | ||||||
413 | static const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder& | ||||||
414 | appendDiagnostics(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Bldr, T &&ExtraArg, | ||||||
415 | DiagnosticArgs &&... ExtraArgs) { | ||||||
416 | return appendDiagnostics(Bldr << std::forward<T>(ExtraArg), | ||||||
417 | std::forward<DiagnosticArgs>(ExtraArgs)...); | ||||||
418 | } | ||||||
419 | |||||||
420 | /// Add an attribute {@code AttrType} to declaration {@code D}, provided that | ||||||
421 | /// {@code PassesCheck} is true. | ||||||
422 | /// Otherwise, emit diagnostic {@code DiagID}, passing in all parameters | ||||||
423 | /// specified in {@code ExtraArgs}. | ||||||
424 | template <typename AttrType, typename... DiagnosticArgs> | ||||||
425 | static void handleSimpleAttributeOrDiagnose(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
426 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||||
427 | bool PassesCheck, unsigned DiagID, | ||||||
428 | DiagnosticArgs &&... ExtraArgs) { | ||||||
429 | if (!PassesCheck) { | ||||||
430 | Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder DB = S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), DiagID); | ||||||
431 | appendDiagnostics(DB, std::forward<DiagnosticArgs>(ExtraArgs)...); | ||||||
432 | return; | ||||||
433 | } | ||||||
434 | handleSimpleAttribute<AttrType>(S, D, CI); | ||||||
435 | } | ||||||
436 | |||||||
437 | template <typename AttrType> | ||||||
438 | static void handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
439 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
440 | handleSimpleAttribute<AttrType>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
441 | } | ||||||
442 | |||||||
443 | /// Applies the given attribute to the Decl so long as the Decl doesn't | ||||||
444 | /// already have one of the given incompatible attributes. | ||||||
445 | template <typename AttrType, typename IncompatibleAttrType, | ||||||
446 | typename... IncompatibleAttrTypes> | ||||||
447 | static void handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
448 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
449 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<IncompatibleAttrType>(S, D, AL)) | ||||||
450 | return; | ||||||
451 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<AttrType, IncompatibleAttrTypes...>(S, D, | ||||||
452 | AL); | ||||||
453 | } | ||||||
454 | |||||||
455 | /// Check if the passed-in expression is of type int or bool. | ||||||
456 | static bool isIntOrBool(Expr *Exp) { | ||||||
457 | QualType QT = Exp->getType(); | ||||||
458 | return QT->isBooleanType() || QT->isIntegerType(); | ||||||
459 | } | ||||||
460 | |||||||
461 | |||||||
462 | // Check to see if the type is a smart pointer of some kind. We assume | ||||||
463 | // it's a smart pointer if it defines both operator-> and operator*. | ||||||
464 | static bool threadSafetyCheckIsSmartPointer(Sema &S, const RecordType* RT) { | ||||||
465 | auto IsOverloadedOperatorPresent = [&S](const RecordDecl *Record, | ||||||
466 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||||
467 | DeclContextLookupResult Result = | ||||||
468 | Record->lookup(S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op)); | ||||||
469 | return !Result.empty(); | ||||||
470 | }; | ||||||
471 | |||||||
472 | const RecordDecl *Record = RT->getDecl(); | ||||||
473 | bool foundStarOperator = IsOverloadedOperatorPresent(Record, OO_Star); | ||||||
474 | bool foundArrowOperator = IsOverloadedOperatorPresent(Record, OO_Arrow); | ||||||
475 | if (foundStarOperator && foundArrowOperator) | ||||||
476 | return true; | ||||||
477 | |||||||
478 | const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); | ||||||
479 | if (!CXXRecord) | ||||||
480 | return false; | ||||||
481 | |||||||
482 | for (auto BaseSpecifier : CXXRecord->bases()) { | ||||||
483 | if (!foundStarOperator) | ||||||
484 | foundStarOperator = IsOverloadedOperatorPresent( | ||||||
485 | BaseSpecifier.getType()->getAsRecordDecl(), OO_Star); | ||||||
486 | if (!foundArrowOperator) | ||||||
487 | foundArrowOperator = IsOverloadedOperatorPresent( | ||||||
488 | BaseSpecifier.getType()->getAsRecordDecl(), OO_Arrow); | ||||||
489 | } | ||||||
490 | |||||||
491 | if (foundStarOperator && foundArrowOperator) | ||||||
492 | return true; | ||||||
493 | |||||||
494 | return false; | ||||||
495 | } | ||||||
496 | |||||||
497 | /// Check if passed in Decl is a pointer type. | ||||||
498 | /// Note that this function may produce an error message. | ||||||
499 | /// \return true if the Decl is a pointer type; false otherwise | ||||||
500 | static bool threadSafetyCheckIsPointer(Sema &S, const Decl *D, | ||||||
501 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
502 | const auto *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); | ||||||
503 | QualType QT = VD->getType(); | ||||||
504 | if (QT->isAnyPointerType()) | ||||||
505 | return true; | ||||||
506 | |||||||
507 | if (const auto *RT = QT->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||
508 | // If it's an incomplete type, it could be a smart pointer; skip it. | ||||||
509 | // (We don't want to force template instantiation if we can avoid it, | ||||||
510 | // since that would alter the order in which templates are instantiated.) | ||||||
511 | if (RT->isIncompleteType()) | ||||||
512 | return true; | ||||||
513 | |||||||
514 | if (threadSafetyCheckIsSmartPointer(S, RT)) | ||||||
515 | return true; | ||||||
516 | } | ||||||
517 | |||||||
518 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_thread_attribute_decl_not_pointer) << AL << QT; | ||||||
519 | return false; | ||||||
520 | } | ||||||
521 | |||||||
522 | /// Checks that the passed in QualType either is of RecordType or points | ||||||
523 | /// to RecordType. Returns the relevant RecordType, null if it does not exit. | ||||||
524 | static const RecordType *getRecordType(QualType QT) { | ||||||
525 | if (const auto *RT = QT->getAs<RecordType>()) | ||||||
526 | return RT; | ||||||
527 | |||||||
528 | // Now check if we point to record type. | ||||||
529 | if (const auto *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
530 | return PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||||
531 | |||||||
532 | return nullptr; | ||||||
533 | } | ||||||
534 | |||||||
535 | template <typename AttrType> | ||||||
536 | static bool checkRecordDeclForAttr(const RecordDecl *RD) { | ||||||
537 | // Check if the record itself has the attribute. | ||||||
538 | if (RD->hasAttr<AttrType>()) | ||||||
539 | return true; | ||||||
540 | |||||||
541 | // Else check if any base classes have the attribute. | ||||||
542 | if (const auto *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { | ||||||
543 | CXXBasePaths BPaths(false, false); | ||||||
544 | if (CRD->lookupInBases( | ||||||
545 | [](const CXXBaseSpecifier *BS, CXXBasePath &) { | ||||||
546 | const auto &Ty = *BS->getType(); | ||||||
547 | // If it's type-dependent, we assume it could have the attribute. | ||||||
548 | if (Ty.isDependentType()) | ||||||
549 | return true; | ||||||
550 | return Ty.getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasAttr<AttrType>(); | ||||||
551 | }, | ||||||
552 | BPaths, true)) | ||||||
553 | return true; | ||||||
554 | } | ||||||
555 | return false; | ||||||
556 | } | ||||||
557 | |||||||
558 | static bool checkRecordTypeForCapability(Sema &S, QualType Ty) { | ||||||
559 | const RecordType *RT = getRecordType(Ty); | ||||||
560 | |||||||
561 | if (!RT) | ||||||
562 | return false; | ||||||
563 | |||||||
564 | // Don't check for the capability if the class hasn't been defined yet. | ||||||
565 | if (RT->isIncompleteType()) | ||||||
566 | return true; | ||||||
567 | |||||||
568 | // Allow smart pointers to be used as capability objects. | ||||||
569 | // FIXME -- Check the type that the smart pointer points to. | ||||||
570 | if (threadSafetyCheckIsSmartPointer(S, RT)) | ||||||
571 | return true; | ||||||
572 | |||||||
573 | return checkRecordDeclForAttr<CapabilityAttr>(RT->getDecl()); | ||||||
574 | } | ||||||
575 | |||||||
576 | static bool checkTypedefTypeForCapability(QualType Ty) { | ||||||
577 | const auto *TD = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>(); | ||||||
578 | if (!TD) | ||||||
579 | return false; | ||||||
580 | |||||||
581 | TypedefNameDecl *TN = TD->getDecl(); | ||||||
582 | if (!TN) | ||||||
583 | return false; | ||||||
584 | |||||||
585 | return TN->hasAttr<CapabilityAttr>(); | ||||||
586 | } | ||||||
587 | |||||||
588 | static bool typeHasCapability(Sema &S, QualType Ty) { | ||||||
589 | if (checkTypedefTypeForCapability(Ty)) | ||||||
590 | return true; | ||||||
591 | |||||||
592 | if (checkRecordTypeForCapability(S, Ty)) | ||||||
593 | return true; | ||||||
594 | |||||||
595 | return false; | ||||||
596 | } | ||||||
597 | |||||||
598 | static bool isCapabilityExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *Ex) { | ||||||
599 | // Capability expressions are simple expressions involving the boolean logic | ||||||
600 | // operators &&, || or !, a simple DeclRefExpr, CastExpr or a ParenExpr. Once | ||||||
601 | // a DeclRefExpr is found, its type should be checked to determine whether it | ||||||
602 | // is a capability or not. | ||||||
603 | |||||||
604 | if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(Ex)) | ||||||
605 | return isCapabilityExpr(S, E->getSubExpr()); | ||||||
606 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(Ex)) | ||||||
607 | return isCapabilityExpr(S, E->getSubExpr()); | ||||||
608 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Ex)) { | ||||||
609 | if (E->getOpcode() == UO_LNot || E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf || | ||||||
610 | E->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) | ||||||
611 | return isCapabilityExpr(S, E->getSubExpr()); | ||||||
612 | return false; | ||||||
613 | } else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex)) { | ||||||
614 | if (E->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd || E->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) | ||||||
615 | return isCapabilityExpr(S, E->getLHS()) && | ||||||
616 | isCapabilityExpr(S, E->getRHS()); | ||||||
617 | return false; | ||||||
618 | } | ||||||
619 | |||||||
620 | return typeHasCapability(S, Ex->getType()); | ||||||
621 | } | ||||||
622 | |||||||
623 | /// Checks that all attribute arguments, starting from Sidx, resolve to | ||||||
624 | /// a capability object. | ||||||
625 | /// \param Sidx The attribute argument index to start checking with. | ||||||
626 | /// \param ParamIdxOk Whether an argument can be indexing into a function | ||||||
627 | /// parameter list. | ||||||
628 | static void checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
629 | const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||||
630 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args, | ||||||
631 | unsigned Sidx = 0, | ||||||
632 | bool ParamIdxOk = false) { | ||||||
633 | if (Sidx == AL.getNumArgs()) { | ||||||
634 | // If we don't have any capability arguments, the attribute implicitly | ||||||
635 | // refers to 'this'. So we need to make sure that 'this' exists, i.e. we're | ||||||
636 | // a non-static method, and that the class is a (scoped) capability. | ||||||
637 | const auto *MD = dyn_cast<const CXXMethodDecl>(D); | ||||||
638 | if (MD && !MD->isStatic()) { | ||||||
639 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); | ||||||
640 | // FIXME -- need to check this again on template instantiation | ||||||
641 | if (!checkRecordDeclForAttr<CapabilityAttr>(RD) && | ||||||
642 | !checkRecordDeclForAttr<ScopedLockableAttr>(RD)) | ||||||
643 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), | ||||||
644 | diag::warn_thread_attribute_not_on_capability_member) | ||||||
645 | << AL << MD->getParent(); | ||||||
646 | } else { | ||||||
647 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_thread_attribute_not_on_non_static_member) | ||||||
648 | << AL; | ||||||
649 | } | ||||||
650 | } | ||||||
651 | |||||||
652 | for (unsigned Idx = Sidx; Idx < AL.getNumArgs(); ++Idx) { | ||||||
653 | Expr *ArgExp = AL.getArgAsExpr(Idx); | ||||||
654 | |||||||
655 | if (ArgExp->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||
656 | // FIXME -- need to check this again on template instantiation | ||||||
657 | Args.push_back(ArgExp); | ||||||
658 | continue; | ||||||
659 | } | ||||||
660 | |||||||
661 | if (const auto *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(ArgExp)) { | ||||||
662 | if (StrLit->getLength() == 0 || | ||||||
663 | (StrLit->isAscii() && StrLit->getString() == StringRef("*"))) { | ||||||
664 | // Pass empty strings to the analyzer without warnings. | ||||||
665 | // Treat "*" as the universal lock. | ||||||
666 | Args.push_back(ArgExp); | ||||||
667 | continue; | ||||||
668 | } | ||||||
669 | |||||||
670 | // We allow constant strings to be used as a placeholder for expressions | ||||||
671 | // that are not valid C++ syntax, but warn that they are ignored. | ||||||
672 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_thread_attribute_ignored) << AL; | ||||||
673 | Args.push_back(ArgExp); | ||||||
674 | continue; | ||||||
675 | } | ||||||
676 | |||||||
677 | QualType ArgTy = ArgExp->getType(); | ||||||
678 | |||||||
679 | // A pointer to member expression of the form &MyClass::mu is treated | ||||||
680 | // specially -- we need to look at the type of the member. | ||||||
681 | if (const auto *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(ArgExp)) | ||||||
682 | if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) | ||||||
683 | if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(UOp->getSubExpr())) | ||||||
684 | if (DRE->getDecl()->isCXXInstanceMember()) | ||||||
685 | ArgTy = DRE->getDecl()->getType(); | ||||||
686 | |||||||
687 | // First see if we can just cast to record type, or pointer to record type. | ||||||
688 | const RecordType *RT = getRecordType(ArgTy); | ||||||
689 | |||||||
690 | // Now check if we index into a record type function param. | ||||||
691 | if(!RT && ParamIdxOk) { | ||||||
692 | const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||||
693 | const auto *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(ArgExp); | ||||||
694 | if(FD && IL) { | ||||||
695 | unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); | ||||||
696 | llvm::APInt ArgValue = IL->getValue(); | ||||||
697 | uint64_t ParamIdxFromOne = ArgValue.getZExtValue(); | ||||||
698 | uint64_t ParamIdxFromZero = ParamIdxFromOne - 1; | ||||||
699 | if (!ArgValue.isStrictlyPositive() || ParamIdxFromOne > NumParams) { | ||||||
700 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), | ||||||
701 | diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds_extra_info) | ||||||
702 | << AL << Idx + 1 << NumParams; | ||||||
703 | continue; | ||||||
704 | } | ||||||
705 | ArgTy = FD->getParamDecl(ParamIdxFromZero)->getType(); | ||||||
706 | } | ||||||
707 | } | ||||||
708 | |||||||
709 | // If the type does not have a capability, see if the components of the | ||||||
710 | // expression have capabilities. This allows for writing C code where the | ||||||
711 | // capability may be on the type, and the expression is a capability | ||||||
712 | // boolean logic expression. Eg) requires_capability(A || B && !C) | ||||||
713 | if (!typeHasCapability(S, ArgTy) && !isCapabilityExpr(S, ArgExp)) | ||||||
714 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_thread_attribute_argument_not_lockable) | ||||||
715 | << AL << ArgTy; | ||||||
716 | |||||||
717 | Args.push_back(ArgExp); | ||||||
718 | } | ||||||
719 | } | ||||||
720 | |||||||
721 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
722 | // Attribute Implementations | ||||||
723 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
724 | |||||||
725 | static void handlePtGuardedVarAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
726 | if (!threadSafetyCheckIsPointer(S, D, AL)) | ||||||
727 | return; | ||||||
728 | |||||||
729 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PtGuardedVarAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
730 | } | ||||||
731 | |||||||
732 | static bool checkGuardedByAttrCommon(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||||
733 | Expr *&Arg) { | ||||||
734 | SmallVector<Expr *, 1> Args; | ||||||
735 | // check that all arguments are lockable objects | ||||||
736 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, AL, Args); | ||||||
737 | unsigned Size = Args.size(); | ||||||
738 | if (Size != 1) | ||||||
739 | return false; | ||||||
740 | |||||||
741 | Arg = Args[0]; | ||||||
742 | |||||||
743 | return true; | ||||||
744 | } | ||||||
745 | |||||||
746 | static void handleGuardedByAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
747 | Expr *Arg = nullptr; | ||||||
748 | if (!checkGuardedByAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Arg)) | ||||||
749 | return; | ||||||
750 | |||||||
751 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) GuardedByAttr(S.Context, AL, Arg)); | ||||||
752 | } | ||||||
753 | |||||||
754 | static void handlePtGuardedByAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
755 | Expr *Arg = nullptr; | ||||||
756 | if (!checkGuardedByAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Arg)) | ||||||
757 | return; | ||||||
758 | |||||||
759 | if (!threadSafetyCheckIsPointer(S, D, AL)) | ||||||
760 | return; | ||||||
761 | |||||||
762 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PtGuardedByAttr(S.Context, AL, Arg)); | ||||||
763 | } | ||||||
764 | |||||||
765 | static bool checkAcquireOrderAttrCommon(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||||
766 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args) { | ||||||
767 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||||
768 | return false; | ||||||
769 | |||||||
770 | // Check that this attribute only applies to lockable types. | ||||||
771 | QualType QT = cast<ValueDecl>(D)->getType(); | ||||||
772 | if (!QT->isDependentType() && !typeHasCapability(S, QT)) { | ||||||
773 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_thread_attribute_decl_not_lockable) << AL; | ||||||
774 | return false; | ||||||
775 | } | ||||||
776 | |||||||
777 | // Check that all arguments are lockable objects. | ||||||
778 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, AL, Args); | ||||||
779 | if (Args.empty()) | ||||||
780 | return false; | ||||||
781 | |||||||
782 | return true; | ||||||
783 | } | ||||||
784 | |||||||
785 | static void handleAcquiredAfterAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
786 | SmallVector<Expr *, 1> Args; | ||||||
787 | if (!checkAcquireOrderAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Args)) | ||||||
788 | return; | ||||||
789 | |||||||
790 | Expr **StartArg = &Args[0]; | ||||||
791 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
792 | AcquiredAfterAttr(S.Context, AL, StartArg, Args.size())); | ||||||
793 | } | ||||||
794 | |||||||
795 | static void handleAcquiredBeforeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
796 | SmallVector<Expr *, 1> Args; | ||||||
797 | if (!checkAcquireOrderAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Args)) | ||||||
798 | return; | ||||||
799 | |||||||
800 | Expr **StartArg = &Args[0]; | ||||||
801 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
802 | AcquiredBeforeAttr(S.Context, AL, StartArg, Args.size())); | ||||||
803 | } | ||||||
804 | |||||||
805 | static bool checkLockFunAttrCommon(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||||
806 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args) { | ||||||
807 | // zero or more arguments ok | ||||||
808 | // check that all arguments are lockable objects | ||||||
809 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, AL, Args, 0, /*ParamIdxOk=*/true); | ||||||
810 | |||||||
811 | return true; | ||||||
812 | } | ||||||
813 | |||||||
814 | static void handleAssertSharedLockAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
815 | SmallVector<Expr *, 1> Args; | ||||||
816 | if (!checkLockFunAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Args)) | ||||||
817 | return; | ||||||
818 | |||||||
819 | unsigned Size = Args.size(); | ||||||
820 | Expr **StartArg = Size == 0 ? nullptr : &Args[0]; | ||||||
821 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
822 | AssertSharedLockAttr(S.Context, AL, StartArg, Size)); | ||||||
823 | } | ||||||
824 | |||||||
825 | static void handleAssertExclusiveLockAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
826 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
827 | SmallVector<Expr *, 1> Args; | ||||||
828 | if (!checkLockFunAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Args)) | ||||||
829 | return; | ||||||
830 | |||||||
831 | unsigned Size = Args.size(); | ||||||
832 | Expr **StartArg = Size == 0 ? nullptr : &Args[0]; | ||||||
833 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
834 | AssertExclusiveLockAttr(S.Context, AL, StartArg, Size)); | ||||||
835 | } | ||||||
836 | |||||||
837 | /// Checks to be sure that the given parameter number is in bounds, and | ||||||
838 | /// is an integral type. Will emit appropriate diagnostics if this returns | ||||||
839 | /// false. | ||||||
840 | /// | ||||||
841 | /// AttrArgNo is used to actually retrieve the argument, so it's base-0. | ||||||
842 | template <typename AttrInfo> | ||||||
843 | static bool checkParamIsIntegerType(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD, | ||||||
844 | const AttrInfo &AI, unsigned AttrArgNo) { | ||||||
845 | assert(AI.isArgExpr(AttrArgNo) && "Expected expression argument")((AI.isArgExpr(AttrArgNo) && "Expected expression argument" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("AI.isArgExpr(AttrArgNo) && \"Expected expression argument\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 845, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
846 | Expr *AttrArg = AI.getArgAsExpr(AttrArgNo); | ||||||
847 | ParamIdx Idx; | ||||||
848 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(S, FD, AI, AttrArgNo + 1, AttrArg, | ||||||
849 | Idx)) | ||||||
850 | return false; | ||||||
851 | |||||||
852 | const ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(Idx.getASTIndex()); | ||||||
853 | if (!Param->getType()->isIntegerType() && !Param->getType()->isCharType()) { | ||||||
854 | SourceLocation SrcLoc = AttrArg->getBeginLoc(); | ||||||
855 | S.Diag(SrcLoc, diag::err_attribute_integers_only) | ||||||
856 | << AI << Param->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
857 | return false; | ||||||
858 | } | ||||||
859 | return true; | ||||||
860 | } | ||||||
861 | |||||||
862 | static void handleAllocSizeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
863 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1) || | ||||||
864 | !checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, 2)) | ||||||
865 | return; | ||||||
866 | |||||||
867 | const auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||||
868 | if (!FD->getReturnType()->isPointerType()) { | ||||||
869 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_return_pointers_only) << AL; | ||||||
870 | return; | ||||||
871 | } | ||||||
872 | |||||||
873 | const Expr *SizeExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||||
874 | int SizeArgNoVal; | ||||||
875 | // Parameter indices are 1-indexed, hence Index=1 | ||||||
876 | if (!checkPositiveIntArgument(S, AL, SizeExpr, SizeArgNoVal, /*Idx=*/1)) | ||||||
877 | return; | ||||||
878 | if (!checkParamIsIntegerType(S, FD, AL, /*AttrArgNo=*/0)) | ||||||
879 | return; | ||||||
880 | ParamIdx SizeArgNo(SizeArgNoVal, D); | ||||||
881 | |||||||
882 | ParamIdx NumberArgNo; | ||||||
883 | if (AL.getNumArgs() == 2) { | ||||||
884 | const Expr *NumberExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(1); | ||||||
885 | int Val; | ||||||
886 | // Parameter indices are 1-based, hence Index=2 | ||||||
887 | if (!checkPositiveIntArgument(S, AL, NumberExpr, Val, /*Idx=*/2)) | ||||||
888 | return; | ||||||
889 | if (!checkParamIsIntegerType(S, FD, AL, /*AttrArgNo=*/1)) | ||||||
890 | return; | ||||||
891 | NumberArgNo = ParamIdx(Val, D); | ||||||
892 | } | ||||||
893 | |||||||
894 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
895 | AllocSizeAttr(S.Context, AL, SizeArgNo, NumberArgNo)); | ||||||
896 | } | ||||||
897 | |||||||
898 | static bool checkTryLockFunAttrCommon(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||||
899 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args) { | ||||||
900 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||||
901 | return false; | ||||||
902 | |||||||
903 | if (!isIntOrBool(AL.getArgAsExpr(0))) { | ||||||
904 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||||
905 | << AL << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIntOrBool; | ||||||
906 | return false; | ||||||
907 | } | ||||||
908 | |||||||
909 | // check that all arguments are lockable objects | ||||||
910 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, AL, Args, 1); | ||||||
911 | |||||||
912 | return true; | ||||||
913 | } | ||||||
914 | |||||||
915 | static void handleSharedTrylockFunctionAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
916 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
917 | SmallVector<Expr*, 2> Args; | ||||||
918 | if (!checkTryLockFunAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Args)) | ||||||
919 | return; | ||||||
920 | |||||||
921 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) SharedTrylockFunctionAttr( | ||||||
922 | S.Context, AL, AL.getArgAsExpr(0), Args.data(), Args.size())); | ||||||
923 | } | ||||||
924 | |||||||
925 | static void handleExclusiveTrylockFunctionAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
926 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
927 | SmallVector<Expr*, 2> Args; | ||||||
928 | if (!checkTryLockFunAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Args)) | ||||||
929 | return; | ||||||
930 | |||||||
931 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ExclusiveTrylockFunctionAttr( | ||||||
932 | S.Context, AL, AL.getArgAsExpr(0), Args.data(), Args.size())); | ||||||
933 | } | ||||||
934 | |||||||
935 | static void handleLockReturnedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
936 | // check that the argument is lockable object | ||||||
937 | SmallVector<Expr*, 1> Args; | ||||||
938 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, AL, Args); | ||||||
939 | unsigned Size = Args.size(); | ||||||
940 | if (Size == 0) | ||||||
941 | return; | ||||||
942 | |||||||
943 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) LockReturnedAttr(S.Context, AL, Args[0])); | ||||||
944 | } | ||||||
945 | |||||||
946 | static void handleLocksExcludedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
947 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||||
948 | return; | ||||||
949 | |||||||
950 | // check that all arguments are lockable objects | ||||||
951 | SmallVector<Expr*, 1> Args; | ||||||
952 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, AL, Args); | ||||||
953 | unsigned Size = Args.size(); | ||||||
954 | if (Size == 0) | ||||||
955 | return; | ||||||
956 | Expr **StartArg = &Args[0]; | ||||||
957 | |||||||
958 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
959 | LocksExcludedAttr(S.Context, AL, StartArg, Size)); | ||||||
960 | } | ||||||
961 | |||||||
962 | static bool checkFunctionConditionAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||||
963 | Expr *&Cond, StringRef &Msg) { | ||||||
964 | Cond = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||||
965 | if (!Cond->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||
966 | ExprResult Converted = S.PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Cond); | ||||||
967 | if (Converted.isInvalid()) | ||||||
968 | return false; | ||||||
969 | Cond = Converted.get(); | ||||||
970 | } | ||||||
971 | |||||||
972 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 1, Msg)) | ||||||
973 | return false; | ||||||
974 | |||||||
975 | if (Msg.empty()) | ||||||
976 | Msg = "<no message provided>"; | ||||||
977 | |||||||
978 | SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Diags; | ||||||
979 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && !Cond->isValueDependent() && | ||||||
980 | !Expr::isPotentialConstantExprUnevaluated(Cond, cast<FunctionDecl>(D), | ||||||
981 | Diags)) { | ||||||
982 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attr_cond_never_constant_expr) << AL; | ||||||
983 | for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &PDiag : Diags) | ||||||
984 | S.Diag(PDiag.first, PDiag.second); | ||||||
985 | return false; | ||||||
986 | } | ||||||
987 | return true; | ||||||
988 | } | ||||||
989 | |||||||
990 | static void handleEnableIfAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
991 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::ext_clang_enable_if); | ||||||
992 | |||||||
993 | Expr *Cond; | ||||||
994 | StringRef Msg; | ||||||
995 | if (checkFunctionConditionAttr(S, D, AL, Cond, Msg)) | ||||||
996 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) EnableIfAttr(S.Context, AL, Cond, Msg)); | ||||||
997 | } | ||||||
998 | |||||||
999 | namespace { | ||||||
1000 | /// Determines if a given Expr references any of the given function's | ||||||
1001 | /// ParmVarDecls, or the function's implicit `this` parameter (if applicable). | ||||||
1002 | class ArgumentDependenceChecker | ||||||
1003 | : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ArgumentDependenceChecker> { | ||||||
1004 | #ifndef NDEBUG | ||||||
1005 | const CXXRecordDecl *ClassType; | ||||||
1006 | #endif | ||||||
1007 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const ParmVarDecl *, 16> Parms; | ||||||
1008 | bool Result; | ||||||
1009 | |||||||
1010 | public: | ||||||
1011 | ArgumentDependenceChecker(const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||
1012 | #ifndef NDEBUG | ||||||
1013 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) | ||||||
1014 | ClassType = MD->getParent(); | ||||||
1015 | else | ||||||
1016 | ClassType = nullptr; | ||||||
1017 | #endif | ||||||
1018 | Parms.insert(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); | ||||||
1019 | } | ||||||
1020 | |||||||
1021 | bool referencesArgs(Expr *E) { | ||||||
1022 | Result = false; | ||||||
1023 | TraverseStmt(E); | ||||||
1024 | return Result; | ||||||
1025 | } | ||||||
1026 | |||||||
1027 | bool VisitCXXThisExpr(CXXThisExpr *E) { | ||||||
1028 | assert(E->getType()->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() == ClassType &&((E->getType()->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() == ClassType && "`this` doesn't refer to the enclosing class?") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getType()->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() == ClassType && \"`this` doesn't refer to the enclosing class?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 1029, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
1029 | "`this` doesn't refer to the enclosing class?")((E->getType()->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() == ClassType && "`this` doesn't refer to the enclosing class?") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getType()->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() == ClassType && \"`this` doesn't refer to the enclosing class?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 1029, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1030 | Result = true; | ||||||
1031 | return false; | ||||||
1032 | } | ||||||
1033 | |||||||
1034 | bool VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { | ||||||
1035 | if (const auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) | ||||||
1036 | if (Parms.count(PVD)) { | ||||||
1037 | Result = true; | ||||||
1038 | return false; | ||||||
1039 | } | ||||||
1040 | return true; | ||||||
1041 | } | ||||||
1042 | }; | ||||||
1043 | } | ||||||
1044 | |||||||
1045 | static void handleDiagnoseIfAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1046 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::ext_clang_diagnose_if); | ||||||
1047 | |||||||
1048 | Expr *Cond; | ||||||
1049 | StringRef Msg; | ||||||
1050 | if (!checkFunctionConditionAttr(S, D, AL, Cond, Msg)) | ||||||
1051 | return; | ||||||
1052 | |||||||
1053 | StringRef DiagTypeStr; | ||||||
1054 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 2, DiagTypeStr)) | ||||||
1055 | return; | ||||||
1056 | |||||||
1057 | DiagnoseIfAttr::DiagnosticType DiagType; | ||||||
1058 | if (!DiagnoseIfAttr::ConvertStrToDiagnosticType(DiagTypeStr, DiagType)) { | ||||||
1059 | S.Diag(AL.getArgAsExpr(2)->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
1060 | diag::err_diagnose_if_invalid_diagnostic_type); | ||||||
1061 | return; | ||||||
1062 | } | ||||||
1063 | |||||||
1064 | bool ArgDependent = false; | ||||||
1065 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) | ||||||
1066 | ArgDependent = ArgumentDependenceChecker(FD).referencesArgs(Cond); | ||||||
1067 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DiagnoseIfAttr( | ||||||
1068 | S.Context, AL, Cond, Msg, DiagType, ArgDependent, cast<NamedDecl>(D))); | ||||||
1069 | } | ||||||
1070 | |||||||
1071 | static void handlePassObjectSizeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1072 | if (D->hasAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>()) { | ||||||
1073 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_attribute_only_once_per_parameter) << AL; | ||||||
1074 | return; | ||||||
1075 | } | ||||||
1076 | |||||||
1077 | Expr *E = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||||
1078 | uint32_t Type; | ||||||
1079 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, E, Type, /*Idx=*/1)) | ||||||
1080 | return; | ||||||
1081 | |||||||
1082 | // pass_object_size's argument is passed in as the second argument of | ||||||
1083 | // __builtin_object_size. So, it has the same constraints as that second | ||||||
1084 | // argument; namely, it must be in the range [0, 3]. | ||||||
1085 | if (Type > 3) { | ||||||
1086 | S.Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_range) | ||||||
1087 | << AL << 0 << 3 << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
1088 | return; | ||||||
1089 | } | ||||||
1090 | |||||||
1091 | // pass_object_size is only supported on constant pointer parameters; as a | ||||||
1092 | // kindness to users, we allow the parameter to be non-const for declarations. | ||||||
1093 | // At this point, we have no clue if `D` belongs to a function declaration or | ||||||
1094 | // definition, so we defer the constness check until later. | ||||||
1095 | if (!cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)->getType()->isPointerType()) { | ||||||
1096 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_attribute_pointers_only) << AL << 1; | ||||||
1097 | return; | ||||||
1098 | } | ||||||
1099 | |||||||
1100 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PassObjectSizeAttr(S.Context, AL, (int)Type)); | ||||||
1101 | } | ||||||
1102 | |||||||
1103 | static void handleConsumableAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1104 | ConsumableAttr::ConsumedState DefaultState; | ||||||
1105 | |||||||
1106 | if (AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||||
1107 | IdentifierLoc *IL = AL.getArgAsIdent(0); | ||||||
1108 | if (!ConsumableAttr::ConvertStrToConsumedState(IL->Ident->getName(), | ||||||
1109 | DefaultState)) { | ||||||
1110 | S.Diag(IL->Loc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL | ||||||
1111 | << IL->Ident; | ||||||
1112 | return; | ||||||
1113 | } | ||||||
1114 | } else { | ||||||
1115 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||||
1116 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||||
1117 | return; | ||||||
1118 | } | ||||||
1119 | |||||||
1120 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ConsumableAttr(S.Context, AL, DefaultState)); | ||||||
1121 | } | ||||||
1122 | |||||||
1123 | static bool checkForConsumableClass(Sema &S, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, | ||||||
1124 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1125 | QualType ThisType = MD->getThisType()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
1126 | |||||||
1127 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = ThisType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { | ||||||
1128 | if (!RD->hasAttr<ConsumableAttr>()) { | ||||||
1129 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attr_on_unconsumable_class) << | ||||||
1130 | RD->getNameAsString(); | ||||||
1131 | |||||||
1132 | return false; | ||||||
1133 | } | ||||||
1134 | } | ||||||
1135 | |||||||
1136 | return true; | ||||||
1137 | } | ||||||
1138 | |||||||
1139 | static void handleCallableWhenAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1140 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||||
1141 | return; | ||||||
1142 | |||||||
1143 | if (!checkForConsumableClass(S, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), AL)) | ||||||
1144 | return; | ||||||
1145 | |||||||
1146 | SmallVector<CallableWhenAttr::ConsumedState, 3> States; | ||||||
1147 | for (unsigned ArgIndex = 0; ArgIndex < AL.getNumArgs(); ++ArgIndex) { | ||||||
1148 | CallableWhenAttr::ConsumedState CallableState; | ||||||
1149 | |||||||
1150 | StringRef StateString; | ||||||
1151 | SourceLocation Loc; | ||||||
1152 | if (AL.isArgIdent(ArgIndex)) { | ||||||
1153 | IdentifierLoc *Ident = AL.getArgAsIdent(ArgIndex); | ||||||
1154 | StateString = Ident->Ident->getName(); | ||||||
1155 | Loc = Ident->Loc; | ||||||
1156 | } else { | ||||||
1157 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, ArgIndex, StateString, &Loc)) | ||||||
1158 | return; | ||||||
1159 | } | ||||||
1160 | |||||||
1161 | if (!CallableWhenAttr::ConvertStrToConsumedState(StateString, | ||||||
1162 | CallableState)) { | ||||||
1163 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL << StateString; | ||||||
1164 | return; | ||||||
1165 | } | ||||||
1166 | |||||||
1167 | States.push_back(CallableState); | ||||||
1168 | } | ||||||
1169 | |||||||
1170 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
1171 | CallableWhenAttr(S.Context, AL, States.data(), States.size())); | ||||||
1172 | } | ||||||
1173 | |||||||
1174 | static void handleParamTypestateAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1175 | ParamTypestateAttr::ConsumedState ParamState; | ||||||
1176 | |||||||
1177 | if (AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||||
1178 | IdentifierLoc *Ident = AL.getArgAsIdent(0); | ||||||
1179 | StringRef StateString = Ident->Ident->getName(); | ||||||
1180 | |||||||
1181 | if (!ParamTypestateAttr::ConvertStrToConsumedState(StateString, | ||||||
1182 | ParamState)) { | ||||||
1183 | S.Diag(Ident->Loc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) | ||||||
1184 | << AL << StateString; | ||||||
1185 | return; | ||||||
1186 | } | ||||||
1187 | } else { | ||||||
1188 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||||
1189 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||||
1190 | return; | ||||||
1191 | } | ||||||
1192 | |||||||
1193 | // FIXME: This check is currently being done in the analysis. It can be | ||||||
1194 | // enabled here only after the parser propagates attributes at | ||||||
1195 | // template specialization definition, not declaration. | ||||||
1196 | //QualType ReturnType = cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)->getType(); | ||||||
1197 | //const CXXRecordDecl *RD = ReturnType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
1198 | // | ||||||
1199 | //if (!RD || !RD->hasAttr<ConsumableAttr>()) { | ||||||
1200 | // S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_return_state_for_unconsumable_type) << | ||||||
1201 | // ReturnType.getAsString(); | ||||||
1202 | // return; | ||||||
1203 | //} | ||||||
1204 | |||||||
1205 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ParamTypestateAttr(S.Context, AL, ParamState)); | ||||||
1206 | } | ||||||
1207 | |||||||
1208 | static void handleReturnTypestateAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1209 | ReturnTypestateAttr::ConsumedState ReturnState; | ||||||
1210 | |||||||
1211 | if (AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||||
1212 | IdentifierLoc *IL = AL.getArgAsIdent(0); | ||||||
1213 | if (!ReturnTypestateAttr::ConvertStrToConsumedState(IL->Ident->getName(), | ||||||
1214 | ReturnState)) { | ||||||
1215 | S.Diag(IL->Loc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL | ||||||
1216 | << IL->Ident; | ||||||
1217 | return; | ||||||
1218 | } | ||||||
1219 | } else { | ||||||
1220 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||||
1221 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||||
1222 | return; | ||||||
1223 | } | ||||||
1224 | |||||||
1225 | // FIXME: This check is currently being done in the analysis. It can be | ||||||
1226 | // enabled here only after the parser propagates attributes at | ||||||
1227 | // template specialization definition, not declaration. | ||||||
1228 | //QualType ReturnType; | ||||||
1229 | // | ||||||
1230 | //if (const ParmVarDecl *Param = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
1231 | // ReturnType = Param->getType(); | ||||||
1232 | // | ||||||
1233 | //} else if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = | ||||||
1234 | // dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
1235 | // ReturnType = Constructor->getThisType()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
1236 | // | ||||||
1237 | //} else { | ||||||
1238 | // | ||||||
1239 | // ReturnType = cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->getCallResultType(); | ||||||
1240 | //} | ||||||
1241 | // | ||||||
1242 | //const CXXRecordDecl *RD = ReturnType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
1243 | // | ||||||
1244 | //if (!RD || !RD->hasAttr<ConsumableAttr>()) { | ||||||
1245 | // S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_return_state_for_unconsumable_type) << | ||||||
1246 | // ReturnType.getAsString(); | ||||||
1247 | // return; | ||||||
1248 | //} | ||||||
1249 | |||||||
1250 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ReturnTypestateAttr(S.Context, AL, ReturnState)); | ||||||
1251 | } | ||||||
1252 | |||||||
1253 | static void handleSetTypestateAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1254 | if (!checkForConsumableClass(S, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), AL)) | ||||||
1255 | return; | ||||||
1256 | |||||||
1257 | SetTypestateAttr::ConsumedState NewState; | ||||||
1258 | if (AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||||
1259 | IdentifierLoc *Ident = AL.getArgAsIdent(0); | ||||||
1260 | StringRef Param = Ident->Ident->getName(); | ||||||
1261 | if (!SetTypestateAttr::ConvertStrToConsumedState(Param, NewState)) { | ||||||
1262 | S.Diag(Ident->Loc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL | ||||||
1263 | << Param; | ||||||
1264 | return; | ||||||
1265 | } | ||||||
1266 | } else { | ||||||
1267 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||||
1268 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||||
1269 | return; | ||||||
1270 | } | ||||||
1271 | |||||||
1272 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) SetTypestateAttr(S.Context, AL, NewState)); | ||||||
1273 | } | ||||||
1274 | |||||||
1275 | static void handleTestTypestateAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1276 | if (!checkForConsumableClass(S, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), AL)) | ||||||
1277 | return; | ||||||
1278 | |||||||
1279 | TestTypestateAttr::ConsumedState TestState; | ||||||
1280 | if (AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||||
1281 | IdentifierLoc *Ident = AL.getArgAsIdent(0); | ||||||
1282 | StringRef Param = Ident->Ident->getName(); | ||||||
1283 | if (!TestTypestateAttr::ConvertStrToConsumedState(Param, TestState)) { | ||||||
1284 | S.Diag(Ident->Loc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL | ||||||
1285 | << Param; | ||||||
1286 | return; | ||||||
1287 | } | ||||||
1288 | } else { | ||||||
1289 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||||
1290 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||||
1291 | return; | ||||||
1292 | } | ||||||
1293 | |||||||
1294 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) TestTypestateAttr(S.Context, AL, TestState)); | ||||||
1295 | } | ||||||
1296 | |||||||
1297 | static void handleExtVectorTypeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1298 | // Remember this typedef decl, we will need it later for diagnostics. | ||||||
1299 | S.ExtVectorDecls.push_back(cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)); | ||||||
1300 | } | ||||||
1301 | |||||||
1302 | static void handlePackedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1303 | if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) | ||||||
1304 | TD->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PackedAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
1305 | else if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
1306 | bool BitfieldByteAligned = (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && | ||||||
1307 | !FD->getType()->isIncompleteType() && | ||||||
1308 | FD->isBitField() && | ||||||
1309 | S.Context.getTypeAlign(FD->getType()) <= 8); | ||||||
1310 | |||||||
1311 | if (S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPS4()) { | ||||||
1312 | if (BitfieldByteAligned) | ||||||
1313 | // The PS4 target needs to maintain ABI backwards compatibility. | ||||||
1314 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored_for_field_of_type) | ||||||
1315 | << AL << FD->getType(); | ||||||
1316 | else | ||||||
1317 | FD->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PackedAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
1318 | } else { | ||||||
1319 | // Report warning about changed offset in the newer compiler versions. | ||||||
1320 | if (BitfieldByteAligned) | ||||||
1321 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_packed_for_bitfield); | ||||||
1322 | |||||||
1323 | FD->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PackedAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
1324 | } | ||||||
1325 | |||||||
1326 | } else | ||||||
1327 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << AL; | ||||||
1328 | } | ||||||
1329 | |||||||
1330 | static bool checkIBOutletCommon(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1331 | // The IBOutlet/IBOutletCollection attributes only apply to instance | ||||||
1332 | // variables or properties of Objective-C classes. The outlet must also | ||||||
1333 | // have an object reference type. | ||||||
1334 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
1335 | if (!VD->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||
1336 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_iboutlet_object_type) | ||||||
1337 | << AL << VD->getType() << 0; | ||||||
1338 | return false; | ||||||
1339 | } | ||||||
1340 | } | ||||||
1341 | else if (const auto *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
1342 | if (!PD->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||
1343 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_iboutlet_object_type) | ||||||
1344 | << AL << PD->getType() << 1; | ||||||
1345 | return false; | ||||||
1346 | } | ||||||
1347 | } | ||||||
1348 | else { | ||||||
1349 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_iboutlet) << AL; | ||||||
1350 | return false; | ||||||
1351 | } | ||||||
1352 | |||||||
1353 | return true; | ||||||
1354 | } | ||||||
1355 | |||||||
1356 | static void handleIBOutlet(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1357 | if (!checkIBOutletCommon(S, D, AL)) | ||||||
1358 | return; | ||||||
1359 | |||||||
1360 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) IBOutletAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
1361 | } | ||||||
1362 | |||||||
1363 | static void handleIBOutletCollection(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1364 | |||||||
1365 | // The iboutletcollection attribute can have zero or one arguments. | ||||||
1366 | if (AL.getNumArgs() > 1) { | ||||||
1367 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) << AL << 1; | ||||||
1368 | return; | ||||||
1369 | } | ||||||
1370 | |||||||
1371 | if (!checkIBOutletCommon(S, D, AL)) | ||||||
1372 | return; | ||||||
1373 | |||||||
1374 | ParsedType PT; | ||||||
1375 | |||||||
1376 | if (AL.hasParsedType()) | ||||||
1377 | PT = AL.getTypeArg(); | ||||||
1378 | else { | ||||||
1379 | PT = S.getTypeName(S.Context.Idents.get("NSObject"), AL.getLoc(), | ||||||
1380 | S.getScopeForContext(D->getDeclContext()->getParent())); | ||||||
1381 | if (!PT) { | ||||||
1382 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_iboutletcollection_type) << "NSObject"; | ||||||
1383 | return; | ||||||
1384 | } | ||||||
1385 | } | ||||||
1386 | |||||||
1387 | TypeSourceInfo *QTLoc = nullptr; | ||||||
1388 | QualType QT = S.GetTypeFromParser(PT, &QTLoc); | ||||||
1389 | if (!QTLoc) | ||||||
1390 | QTLoc = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QT, AL.getLoc()); | ||||||
1391 | |||||||
1392 | // Diagnose use of non-object type in iboutletcollection attribute. | ||||||
1393 | // FIXME. Gnu attribute extension ignores use of builtin types in | ||||||
1394 | // attributes. So, __attribute__((iboutletcollection(char))) will be | ||||||
1395 | // treated as __attribute__((iboutletcollection())). | ||||||
1396 | if (!QT->isObjCIdType() && !QT->isObjCObjectType()) { | ||||||
1397 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), | ||||||
1398 | QT->isBuiltinType() ? diag::err_iboutletcollection_builtintype | ||||||
1399 | : diag::err_iboutletcollection_type) << QT; | ||||||
1400 | return; | ||||||
1401 | } | ||||||
1402 | |||||||
1403 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) IBOutletCollectionAttr(S.Context, AL, QTLoc)); | ||||||
1404 | } | ||||||
1405 | |||||||
1406 | bool Sema::isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay) { | ||||||
1407 | if (RefOkay) { | ||||||
1408 | if (T->isReferenceType()) | ||||||
1409 | return true; | ||||||
1410 | } else { | ||||||
1411 | T = T.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
1412 | } | ||||||
1413 | |||||||
1414 | // The nonnull attribute, and other similar attributes, can be applied to a | ||||||
1415 | // transparent union that contains a pointer type. | ||||||
1416 | if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { | ||||||
1417 | if (UT && UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { | ||||||
1418 | RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); | ||||||
1419 | for (const auto *I : UD->fields()) { | ||||||
1420 | QualType QT = I->getType(); | ||||||
1421 | if (QT->isAnyPointerType() || QT->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||||
1422 | return true; | ||||||
1423 | } | ||||||
1424 | } | ||||||
1425 | } | ||||||
1426 | |||||||
1427 | return T->isAnyPointerType() || T->isBlockPointerType(); | ||||||
1428 | } | ||||||
1429 | |||||||
1430 | static bool attrNonNullArgCheck(Sema &S, QualType T, const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||||
1431 | SourceRange AttrParmRange, | ||||||
1432 | SourceRange TypeRange, | ||||||
1433 | bool isReturnValue = false) { | ||||||
1434 | if (!S.isValidPointerAttrType(T)) { | ||||||
1435 | if (isReturnValue) | ||||||
1436 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_return_pointers_only) | ||||||
1437 | << AL << AttrParmRange << TypeRange; | ||||||
1438 | else | ||||||
1439 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_pointers_only) | ||||||
1440 | << AL << AttrParmRange << TypeRange << 0; | ||||||
1441 | return false; | ||||||
1442 | } | ||||||
1443 | return true; | ||||||
1444 | } | ||||||
1445 | |||||||
1446 | static void handleNonNullAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1447 | SmallVector<ParamIdx, 8> NonNullArgs; | ||||||
1448 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < AL.getNumArgs(); ++I) { | ||||||
1449 | Expr *Ex = AL.getArgAsExpr(I); | ||||||
1450 | ParamIdx Idx; | ||||||
1451 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(S, D, AL, I + 1, Ex, Idx)) | ||||||
1452 | return; | ||||||
1453 | |||||||
1454 | // Is the function argument a pointer type? | ||||||
1455 | if (Idx.getASTIndex() < getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D) && | ||||||
1456 | !attrNonNullArgCheck( | ||||||
1457 | S, getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, Idx.getASTIndex()), AL, | ||||||
1458 | Ex->getSourceRange(), | ||||||
1459 | getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, Idx.getASTIndex()))) | ||||||
1460 | continue; | ||||||
1461 | |||||||
1462 | NonNullArgs.push_back(Idx); | ||||||
1463 | } | ||||||
1464 | |||||||
1465 | // If no arguments were specified to __attribute__((nonnull)) then all pointer | ||||||
1466 | // arguments have a nonnull attribute; warn if there aren't any. Skip this | ||||||
1467 | // check if the attribute came from a macro expansion or a template | ||||||
1468 | // instantiation. | ||||||
1469 | if (NonNullArgs.empty() && AL.getLoc().isFileID() && | ||||||
1470 | !S.inTemplateInstantiation()) { | ||||||
1471 | bool AnyPointers = isFunctionOrMethodVariadic(D); | ||||||
1472 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D); | ||||||
1473 | I != E && !AnyPointers; ++I) { | ||||||
1474 | QualType T = getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, I); | ||||||
1475 | if (T->isDependentType() || S.isValidPointerAttrType(T)) | ||||||
1476 | AnyPointers = true; | ||||||
1477 | } | ||||||
1478 | |||||||
1479 | if (!AnyPointers) | ||||||
1480 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_nonnull_no_pointers); | ||||||
1481 | } | ||||||
1482 | |||||||
1483 | ParamIdx *Start = NonNullArgs.data(); | ||||||
1484 | unsigned Size = NonNullArgs.size(); | ||||||
1485 | llvm::array_pod_sort(Start, Start + Size); | ||||||
1486 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NonNullAttr(S.Context, AL, Start, Size)); | ||||||
1487 | } | ||||||
1488 | |||||||
1489 | static void handleNonNullAttrParameter(Sema &S, ParmVarDecl *D, | ||||||
1490 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1491 | if (AL.getNumArgs() > 0) { | ||||||
1492 | if (D->getFunctionType()) { | ||||||
1493 | handleNonNullAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
1494 | } else { | ||||||
1495 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_nonnull_parm_no_args) | ||||||
1496 | << D->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
1497 | } | ||||||
1498 | return; | ||||||
1499 | } | ||||||
1500 | |||||||
1501 | // Is the argument a pointer type? | ||||||
1502 | if (!attrNonNullArgCheck(S, D->getType(), AL, SourceRange(), | ||||||
1503 | D->getSourceRange())) | ||||||
1504 | return; | ||||||
1505 | |||||||
1506 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NonNullAttr(S.Context, AL, nullptr, 0)); | ||||||
1507 | } | ||||||
1508 | |||||||
1509 | static void handleReturnsNonNullAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1510 | QualType ResultType = getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D); | ||||||
1511 | SourceRange SR = getFunctionOrMethodResultSourceRange(D); | ||||||
1512 | if (!attrNonNullArgCheck(S, ResultType, AL, SourceRange(), SR, | ||||||
1513 | /* isReturnValue */ true)) | ||||||
1514 | return; | ||||||
1515 | |||||||
1516 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ReturnsNonNullAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
1517 | } | ||||||
1518 | |||||||
1519 | static void handleNoEscapeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1520 | if (D->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||
1521 | return; | ||||||
1522 | |||||||
1523 | // noescape only applies to pointer types. | ||||||
1524 | QualType T = cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)->getType(); | ||||||
1525 | if (!S.isValidPointerAttrType(T, /* RefOkay */ true)) { | ||||||
1526 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_pointers_only) | ||||||
1527 | << AL << AL.getRange() << 0; | ||||||
1528 | return; | ||||||
1529 | } | ||||||
1530 | |||||||
1531 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NoEscapeAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
1532 | } | ||||||
1533 | |||||||
1534 | static void handleAssumeAlignedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1535 | Expr *E = AL.getArgAsExpr(0), | ||||||
1536 | *OE = AL.getNumArgs() > 1 ? AL.getArgAsExpr(1) : nullptr; | ||||||
1537 | S.AddAssumeAlignedAttr(D, AL, E, OE); | ||||||
1538 | } | ||||||
1539 | |||||||
1540 | static void handleAllocAlignAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1541 | S.AddAllocAlignAttr(D, AL, AL.getArgAsExpr(0)); | ||||||
1542 | } | ||||||
1543 | |||||||
1544 | void Sema::AddAssumeAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E, | ||||||
1545 | Expr *OE) { | ||||||
1546 | QualType ResultType = getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D); | ||||||
1547 | SourceRange SR = getFunctionOrMethodResultSourceRange(D); | ||||||
1548 | |||||||
1549 | AssumeAlignedAttr TmpAttr(Context, CI, E, OE); | ||||||
1550 | SourceLocation AttrLoc = TmpAttr.getLocation(); | ||||||
1551 | |||||||
1552 | if (!isValidPointerAttrType(ResultType, /* RefOkay */ true)) { | ||||||
1553 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::warn_attribute_return_pointers_refs_only) | ||||||
1554 | << &TmpAttr << TmpAttr.getRange() << SR; | ||||||
1555 | return; | ||||||
1556 | } | ||||||
1557 | |||||||
1558 | if (!E->isValueDependent()) { | ||||||
1559 | llvm::APSInt I(64); | ||||||
1560 | if (!E->isIntegerConstantExpr(I, Context)) { | ||||||
1561 | if (OE) | ||||||
1562 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||||
1563 | << &TmpAttr << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | ||||||
1564 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
1565 | else | ||||||
1566 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||||
1567 | << &TmpAttr << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | ||||||
1568 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
1569 | return; | ||||||
1570 | } | ||||||
1571 | |||||||
1572 | if (!I.isPowerOf2()) { | ||||||
1573 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two) | ||||||
1574 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
1575 | return; | ||||||
1576 | } | ||||||
1577 | } | ||||||
1578 | |||||||
1579 | if (OE) { | ||||||
1580 | if (!OE->isValueDependent()) { | ||||||
1581 | llvm::APSInt I(64); | ||||||
1582 | if (!OE->isIntegerConstantExpr(I, Context)) { | ||||||
1583 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||||
1584 | << &TmpAttr << 2 << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | ||||||
1585 | << OE->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
1586 | return; | ||||||
1587 | } | ||||||
1588 | } | ||||||
1589 | } | ||||||
1590 | |||||||
1591 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) AssumeAlignedAttr(Context, CI, E, OE)); | ||||||
1592 | } | ||||||
1593 | |||||||
1594 | void Sema::AddAllocAlignAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||||
1595 | Expr *ParamExpr) { | ||||||
1596 | QualType ResultType = getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D); | ||||||
1597 | |||||||
1598 | AllocAlignAttr TmpAttr(Context, CI, ParamIdx()); | ||||||
1599 | SourceLocation AttrLoc = CI.getLoc(); | ||||||
1600 | |||||||
1601 | if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && | ||||||
1602 | !isValidPointerAttrType(ResultType, /* RefOkay */ true)) { | ||||||
1603 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::warn_attribute_return_pointers_refs_only) | ||||||
1604 | << &TmpAttr << CI.getRange() << getFunctionOrMethodResultSourceRange(D); | ||||||
1605 | return; | ||||||
1606 | } | ||||||
1607 | |||||||
1608 | ParamIdx Idx; | ||||||
1609 | const auto *FuncDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||||
1610 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(*this, FuncDecl, TmpAttr, | ||||||
1611 | /*AttrArgNum=*/1, ParamExpr, Idx)) | ||||||
1612 | return; | ||||||
1613 | |||||||
1614 | QualType Ty = getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, Idx.getASTIndex()); | ||||||
1615 | if (!Ty->isDependentType() && !Ty->isIntegralType(Context)) { | ||||||
1616 | Diag(ParamExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_attribute_integers_only) | ||||||
1617 | << &TmpAttr | ||||||
1618 | << FuncDecl->getParamDecl(Idx.getASTIndex())->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
1619 | return; | ||||||
1620 | } | ||||||
1621 | |||||||
1622 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) AllocAlignAttr(Context, CI, Idx)); | ||||||
1623 | } | ||||||
1624 | |||||||
1625 | /// Normalize the attribute, __foo__ becomes foo. | ||||||
1626 | /// Returns true if normalization was applied. | ||||||
1627 | static bool normalizeName(StringRef &AttrName) { | ||||||
1628 | if (AttrName.size() > 4 && AttrName.startswith("__") && | ||||||
1629 | AttrName.endswith("__")) { | ||||||
1630 | AttrName = AttrName.drop_front(2).drop_back(2); | ||||||
1631 | return true; | ||||||
1632 | } | ||||||
1633 | return false; | ||||||
1634 | } | ||||||
1635 | |||||||
1636 | static void handleOwnershipAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1637 | // This attribute must be applied to a function declaration. The first | ||||||
1638 | // argument to the attribute must be an identifier, the name of the resource, | ||||||
1639 | // for example: malloc. The following arguments must be argument indexes, the | ||||||
1640 | // arguments must be of integer type for Returns, otherwise of pointer type. | ||||||
1641 | // The difference between Holds and Takes is that a pointer may still be used | ||||||
1642 | // after being held. free() should be __attribute((ownership_takes)), whereas | ||||||
1643 | // a list append function may well be __attribute((ownership_holds)). | ||||||
1644 | |||||||
1645 | if (!AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||||
1646 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||||
1647 | << AL << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||||
1648 | return; | ||||||
1649 | } | ||||||
1650 | |||||||
1651 | // Figure out our Kind. | ||||||
1652 | OwnershipAttr::OwnershipKind K = | ||||||
1653 | OwnershipAttr(S.Context, AL, nullptr, nullptr, 0).getOwnKind(); | ||||||
1654 | |||||||
1655 | // Check arguments. | ||||||
1656 | switch (K) { | ||||||
1657 | case OwnershipAttr::Takes: | ||||||
1658 | case OwnershipAttr::Holds: | ||||||
1659 | if (AL.getNumArgs() < 2) { | ||||||
1660 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_too_few_arguments) << AL << 2; | ||||||
1661 | return; | ||||||
1662 | } | ||||||
1663 | break; | ||||||
1664 | case OwnershipAttr::Returns: | ||||||
1665 | if (AL.getNumArgs() > 2) { | ||||||
1666 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_too_many_arguments) << AL << 1; | ||||||
1667 | return; | ||||||
1668 | } | ||||||
1669 | break; | ||||||
1670 | } | ||||||
1671 | |||||||
1672 | IdentifierInfo *Module = AL.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident; | ||||||
1673 | |||||||
1674 | StringRef ModuleName = Module->getName(); | ||||||
1675 | if (normalizeName(ModuleName)) { | ||||||
1676 | Module = &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get(ModuleName); | ||||||
1677 | } | ||||||
1678 | |||||||
1679 | SmallVector<ParamIdx, 8> OwnershipArgs; | ||||||
1680 | for (unsigned i = 1; i < AL.getNumArgs(); ++i) { | ||||||
1681 | Expr *Ex = AL.getArgAsExpr(i); | ||||||
1682 | ParamIdx Idx; | ||||||
1683 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(S, D, AL, i, Ex, Idx)) | ||||||
1684 | return; | ||||||
1685 | |||||||
1686 | // Is the function argument a pointer type? | ||||||
1687 | QualType T = getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, Idx.getASTIndex()); | ||||||
1688 | int Err = -1; // No error | ||||||
1689 | switch (K) { | ||||||
1690 | case OwnershipAttr::Takes: | ||||||
1691 | case OwnershipAttr::Holds: | ||||||
1692 | if (!T->isAnyPointerType() && !T->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||||
1693 | Err = 0; | ||||||
1694 | break; | ||||||
1695 | case OwnershipAttr::Returns: | ||||||
1696 | if (!T->isIntegerType()) | ||||||
1697 | Err = 1; | ||||||
1698 | break; | ||||||
1699 | } | ||||||
1700 | if (-1 != Err) { | ||||||
1701 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_ownership_type) << AL << Err | ||||||
1702 | << Ex->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
1703 | return; | ||||||
1704 | } | ||||||
1705 | |||||||
1706 | // Check we don't have a conflict with another ownership attribute. | ||||||
1707 | for (const auto *I : D->specific_attrs<OwnershipAttr>()) { | ||||||
1708 | // Cannot have two ownership attributes of different kinds for the same | ||||||
1709 | // index. | ||||||
1710 | if (I->getOwnKind() != K && I->args_end() != | ||||||
1711 | std::find(I->args_begin(), I->args_end(), Idx)) { | ||||||
1712 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible) << AL << I; | ||||||
1713 | return; | ||||||
1714 | } else if (K == OwnershipAttr::Returns && | ||||||
1715 | I->getOwnKind() == OwnershipAttr::Returns) { | ||||||
1716 | // A returns attribute conflicts with any other returns attribute using | ||||||
1717 | // a different index. | ||||||
1718 | if (std::find(I->args_begin(), I->args_end(), Idx) == I->args_end()) { | ||||||
1719 | S.Diag(I->getLocation(), diag::err_ownership_returns_index_mismatch) | ||||||
1720 | << I->args_begin()->getSourceIndex(); | ||||||
1721 | if (I->args_size()) | ||||||
1722 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::note_ownership_returns_index_mismatch) | ||||||
1723 | << Idx.getSourceIndex() << Ex->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
1724 | return; | ||||||
1725 | } | ||||||
1726 | } | ||||||
1727 | } | ||||||
1728 | OwnershipArgs.push_back(Idx); | ||||||
1729 | } | ||||||
1730 | |||||||
1731 | ParamIdx *Start = OwnershipArgs.data(); | ||||||
1732 | unsigned Size = OwnershipArgs.size(); | ||||||
1733 | llvm::array_pod_sort(Start, Start + Size); | ||||||
1734 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
1735 | OwnershipAttr(S.Context, AL, Module, Start, Size)); | ||||||
1736 | } | ||||||
1737 | |||||||
1738 | static void handleWeakRefAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1739 | // Check the attribute arguments. | ||||||
1740 | if (AL.getNumArgs() > 1) { | ||||||
1741 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) << AL << 1; | ||||||
1742 | return; | ||||||
1743 | } | ||||||
1744 | |||||||
1745 | // gcc rejects | ||||||
1746 | // class c { | ||||||
1747 | // static int a __attribute__((weakref ("v2"))); | ||||||
1748 | // static int b() __attribute__((weakref ("f3"))); | ||||||
1749 | // }; | ||||||
1750 | // and ignores the attributes of | ||||||
1751 | // void f(void) { | ||||||
1752 | // static int a __attribute__((weakref ("v2"))); | ||||||
1753 | // } | ||||||
1754 | // we reject them | ||||||
1755 | const DeclContext *Ctx = D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); | ||||||
1756 | if (!Ctx->isFileContext()) { | ||||||
1757 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_global_context) | ||||||
1758 | << cast<NamedDecl>(D); | ||||||
1759 | return; | ||||||
1760 | } | ||||||
1761 | |||||||
1762 | // The GCC manual says | ||||||
1763 | // | ||||||
1764 | // At present, a declaration to which `weakref' is attached can only | ||||||
1765 | // be `static'. | ||||||
1766 | // | ||||||
1767 | // It also says | ||||||
1768 | // | ||||||
1769 | // Without a TARGET, | ||||||
1770 | // given as an argument to `weakref' or to `alias', `weakref' is | ||||||
1771 | // equivalent to `weak'. | ||||||
1772 | // | ||||||
1773 | // gcc 4.4.1 will accept | ||||||
1774 | // int a7 __attribute__((weakref)); | ||||||
1775 | // as | ||||||
1776 | // int a7 __attribute__((weak)); | ||||||
1777 | // This looks like a bug in gcc. We reject that for now. We should revisit | ||||||
1778 | // it if this behaviour is actually used. | ||||||
1779 | |||||||
1780 | // GCC rejects | ||||||
1781 | // static ((alias ("y"), weakref)). | ||||||
1782 | // Should we? How to check that weakref is before or after alias? | ||||||
1783 | |||||||
1784 | // FIXME: it would be good for us to keep the WeakRefAttr as-written instead | ||||||
1785 | // of transforming it into an AliasAttr. The WeakRefAttr never uses the | ||||||
1786 | // StringRef parameter it was given anyway. | ||||||
1787 | StringRef Str; | ||||||
1788 | if (AL.getNumArgs() && S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str)) | ||||||
1789 | // GCC will accept anything as the argument of weakref. Should we | ||||||
1790 | // check for an existing decl? | ||||||
1791 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AliasAttr(S.Context, AL, Str)); | ||||||
1792 | |||||||
1793 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) WeakRefAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
1794 | } | ||||||
1795 | |||||||
1796 | static void handleIFuncAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1797 | StringRef Str; | ||||||
1798 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str)) | ||||||
1799 | return; | ||||||
1800 | |||||||
1801 | // Aliases should be on declarations, not definitions. | ||||||
1802 | const auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||||
1803 | if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { | ||||||
1804 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; | ||||||
1805 | return; | ||||||
1806 | } | ||||||
1807 | |||||||
1808 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) IFuncAttr(S.Context, AL, Str)); | ||||||
1809 | } | ||||||
1810 | |||||||
1811 | static void handleAliasAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1812 | StringRef Str; | ||||||
1813 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str)) | ||||||
1814 | return; | ||||||
1815 | |||||||
1816 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) { | ||||||
1817 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_alias_not_supported_on_darwin); | ||||||
1818 | return; | ||||||
1819 | } | ||||||
1820 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isNVPTX()) { | ||||||
1821 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_alias_not_supported_on_nvptx); | ||||||
1822 | } | ||||||
1823 | |||||||
1824 | // Aliases should be on declarations, not definitions. | ||||||
1825 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
1826 | if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { | ||||||
1827 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; | ||||||
1828 | return; | ||||||
1829 | } | ||||||
1830 | } else { | ||||||
1831 | const auto *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); | ||||||
1832 | if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) { | ||||||
1833 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; | ||||||
1834 | return; | ||||||
1835 | } | ||||||
1836 | } | ||||||
1837 | |||||||
1838 | // Mark target used to prevent unneeded-internal-declaration warnings. | ||||||
1839 | if (!S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { | ||||||
1840 | // FIXME: demangle Str for C++, as the attribute refers to the mangled | ||||||
1841 | // linkage name, not the pre-mangled identifier. | ||||||
1842 | const DeclarationNameInfo target(&S.Context.Idents.get(Str), AL.getLoc()); | ||||||
1843 | LookupResult LR(S, target, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||
1844 | if (S.LookupQualifiedName(LR, S.getCurLexicalContext())) | ||||||
1845 | for (NamedDecl *ND : LR) | ||||||
1846 | ND->markUsed(S.Context); | ||||||
1847 | } | ||||||
1848 | |||||||
1849 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AliasAttr(S.Context, AL, Str)); | ||||||
1850 | } | ||||||
1851 | |||||||
1852 | static void handleTLSModelAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1853 | StringRef Model; | ||||||
1854 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | ||||||
1855 | // Check that it is a string. | ||||||
1856 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Model, &LiteralLoc)) | ||||||
1857 | return; | ||||||
1858 | |||||||
1859 | // Check that the value. | ||||||
1860 | if (Model != "global-dynamic" && Model != "local-dynamic" | ||||||
1861 | && Model != "initial-exec" && Model != "local-exec") { | ||||||
1862 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::err_attr_tlsmodel_arg); | ||||||
1863 | return; | ||||||
1864 | } | ||||||
1865 | |||||||
1866 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) TLSModelAttr(S.Context, AL, Model)); | ||||||
1867 | } | ||||||
1868 | |||||||
1869 | static void handleRestrictAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1870 | QualType ResultType = getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D); | ||||||
1871 | if (ResultType->isAnyPointerType() || ResultType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||
1872 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) RestrictAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
1873 | return; | ||||||
1874 | } | ||||||
1875 | |||||||
1876 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_return_pointers_only) | ||||||
1877 | << AL << getFunctionOrMethodResultSourceRange(D); | ||||||
1878 | } | ||||||
1879 | |||||||
1880 | static void handleCPUSpecificAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1881 | FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||||
1882 | |||||||
1883 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
1884 | if (MD->getParent()->isLambda()) { | ||||||
1885 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_dll_lambda) << AL; | ||||||
1886 | return; | ||||||
1887 | } | ||||||
1888 | } | ||||||
1889 | |||||||
1890 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||||
1891 | return; | ||||||
1892 | |||||||
1893 | SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 8> CPUs; | ||||||
1894 | for (unsigned ArgNo = 0; ArgNo < getNumAttributeArgs(AL); ++ArgNo) { | ||||||
1895 | if (!AL.isArgIdent(ArgNo)) { | ||||||
1896 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||||
1897 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||||
1898 | return; | ||||||
1899 | } | ||||||
1900 | |||||||
1901 | IdentifierLoc *CPUArg = AL.getArgAsIdent(ArgNo); | ||||||
1902 | StringRef CPUName = CPUArg->Ident->getName().trim(); | ||||||
1903 | |||||||
1904 | if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().validateCPUSpecificCPUDispatch(CPUName)) { | ||||||
1905 | S.Diag(CPUArg->Loc, diag::err_invalid_cpu_specific_dispatch_value) | ||||||
1906 | << CPUName << (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_CPUDispatch); | ||||||
1907 | return; | ||||||
1908 | } | ||||||
1909 | |||||||
1910 | const TargetInfo &Target = S.Context.getTargetInfo(); | ||||||
1911 | if (llvm::any_of(CPUs, [CPUName, &Target](const IdentifierInfo *Cur) { | ||||||
1912 | return Target.CPUSpecificManglingCharacter(CPUName) == | ||||||
1913 | Target.CPUSpecificManglingCharacter(Cur->getName()); | ||||||
1914 | })) { | ||||||
1915 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_multiversion_duplicate_entries); | ||||||
1916 | return; | ||||||
1917 | } | ||||||
1918 | CPUs.push_back(CPUArg->Ident); | ||||||
1919 | } | ||||||
1920 | |||||||
1921 | FD->setIsMultiVersion(true); | ||||||
1922 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_CPUSpecific) | ||||||
1923 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
1924 | CPUSpecificAttr(S.Context, AL, CPUs.data(), CPUs.size())); | ||||||
1925 | else | ||||||
1926 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
1927 | CPUDispatchAttr(S.Context, AL, CPUs.data(), CPUs.size())); | ||||||
1928 | } | ||||||
1929 | |||||||
1930 | static void handleCommonAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1931 | if (S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { | ||||||
1932 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_not_supported_in_lang) | ||||||
1933 | << AL << AttributeLangSupport::Cpp; | ||||||
1934 | return; | ||||||
1935 | } | ||||||
1936 | |||||||
1937 | if (CommonAttr *CA = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, AL)) | ||||||
1938 | D->addAttr(CA); | ||||||
1939 | } | ||||||
1940 | |||||||
1941 | static void handleNakedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1942 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<DisableTailCallsAttr>(S, D, AL)) | ||||||
1943 | return; | ||||||
1944 | |||||||
1945 | if (AL.isDeclspecAttribute()) { | ||||||
1946 | const auto &Triple = S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple(); | ||||||
1947 | const auto &Arch = Triple.getArch(); | ||||||
1948 | if (Arch != llvm::Triple::x86 && | ||||||
1949 | (Arch != llvm::Triple::arm && Arch != llvm::Triple::thumb)) { | ||||||
1950 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_not_supported_on_arch) | ||||||
1951 | << AL << Triple.getArchName(); | ||||||
1952 | return; | ||||||
1953 | } | ||||||
1954 | } | ||||||
1955 | |||||||
1956 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NakedAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
1957 | } | ||||||
1958 | |||||||
1959 | static void handleNoReturnAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &Attrs) { | ||||||
1960 | if (hasDeclarator(D)) return; | ||||||
1961 | |||||||
1962 | if (!isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
1963 | S.Diag(Attrs.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
1964 | << Attrs << ExpectedFunctionOrMethod; | ||||||
1965 | return; | ||||||
1966 | } | ||||||
1967 | |||||||
1968 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NoReturnAttr(S.Context, Attrs)); | ||||||
1969 | } | ||||||
1970 | |||||||
1971 | static void handleNoCfCheckAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &Attrs) { | ||||||
1972 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CFProtectionBranch) | ||||||
1973 | S.Diag(Attrs.getLoc(), diag::warn_nocf_check_attribute_ignored); | ||||||
1974 | else | ||||||
1975 | handleSimpleAttribute<AnyX86NoCfCheckAttr>(S, D, Attrs); | ||||||
1976 | } | ||||||
1977 | |||||||
1978 | bool Sema::CheckAttrNoArgs(const ParsedAttr &Attrs) { | ||||||
1979 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(*this, Attrs, 0)) { | ||||||
1980 | Attrs.setInvalid(); | ||||||
1981 | return true; | ||||||
1982 | } | ||||||
1983 | |||||||
1984 | return false; | ||||||
1985 | } | ||||||
1986 | |||||||
1987 | bool Sema::CheckAttrTarget(const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1988 | // Check whether the attribute is valid on the current target. | ||||||
1989 | if (!AL.existsInTarget(Context.getTargetInfo())) { | ||||||
1990 | Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_unknown_attribute_ignored) << AL; | ||||||
1991 | AL.setInvalid(); | ||||||
1992 | return true; | ||||||
1993 | } | ||||||
1994 | |||||||
1995 | return false; | ||||||
1996 | } | ||||||
1997 | |||||||
1998 | static void handleAnalyzerNoReturnAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
1999 | |||||||
2000 | // The checking path for 'noreturn' and 'analyzer_noreturn' are different | ||||||
2001 | // because 'analyzer_noreturn' does not impact the type. | ||||||
2002 | if (!isFunctionOrMethodOrBlock(D)) { | ||||||
2003 | ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D); | ||||||
2004 | if (!VD || (!VD->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && | ||||||
2005 | !VD->getType()->isFunctionPointerType())) { | ||||||
2006 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), AL.isCXX11Attribute() | ||||||
2007 | ? diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type | ||||||
2008 | : diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
2009 | << AL << ExpectedFunctionMethodOrBlock; | ||||||
2010 | return; | ||||||
2011 | } | ||||||
2012 | } | ||||||
2013 | |||||||
2014 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AnalyzerNoReturnAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
2015 | } | ||||||
2016 | |||||||
2017 | // PS3 PPU-specific. | ||||||
2018 | static void handleVecReturnAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2019 | /* | ||||||
2020 | Returning a Vector Class in Registers | ||||||
2021 | |||||||
2022 | According to the PPU ABI specifications, a class with a single member of | ||||||
2023 | vector type is returned in memory when used as the return value of a | ||||||
2024 | function. | ||||||
2025 | This results in inefficient code when implementing vector classes. To return | ||||||
2026 | the value in a single vector register, add the vecreturn attribute to the | ||||||
2027 | class definition. This attribute is also applicable to struct types. | ||||||
2028 | |||||||
2029 | Example: | ||||||
2030 | |||||||
2031 | struct Vector | ||||||
2032 | { | ||||||
2033 | __vector float xyzw; | ||||||
2034 | } __attribute__((vecreturn)); | ||||||
2035 | |||||||
2036 | Vector Add(Vector lhs, Vector rhs) | ||||||
2037 | { | ||||||
2038 | Vector result; | ||||||
2039 | result.xyzw = vec_add(lhs.xyzw, rhs.xyzw); | ||||||
2040 | return result; // This will be returned in a register | ||||||
2041 | } | ||||||
2042 | */ | ||||||
2043 | if (VecReturnAttr *A = D->getAttr<VecReturnAttr>()) { | ||||||
2044 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_repeat_attribute) << A; | ||||||
2045 | return; | ||||||
2046 | } | ||||||
2047 | |||||||
2048 | const auto *R = cast<RecordDecl>(D); | ||||||
2049 | int count = 0; | ||||||
2050 | |||||||
2051 | if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(R)) { | ||||||
2052 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_vecreturn_only_vector_member); | ||||||
2053 | return; | ||||||
2054 | } | ||||||
2055 | |||||||
2056 | if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R)->isPOD()) { | ||||||
2057 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_vecreturn_only_pod_record); | ||||||
2058 | return; | ||||||
2059 | } | ||||||
2060 | |||||||
2061 | for (const auto *I : R->fields()) { | ||||||
2062 | if ((count == 1) || !I->getType()->isVectorType()) { | ||||||
2063 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_vecreturn_only_vector_member); | ||||||
2064 | return; | ||||||
2065 | } | ||||||
2066 | count++; | ||||||
2067 | } | ||||||
2068 | |||||||
2069 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) VecReturnAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
2070 | } | ||||||
2071 | |||||||
2072 | static void handleDependencyAttr(Sema &S, Scope *Scope, Decl *D, | ||||||
2073 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2074 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
2075 | // [[carries_dependency]] can only be applied to a parameter if it is a | ||||||
2076 | // parameter of a function declaration or lambda. | ||||||
2077 | if (!(Scope->getFlags() & clang::Scope::FunctionDeclarationScope)) { | ||||||
2078 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), | ||||||
2079 | diag::err_carries_dependency_param_not_function_decl); | ||||||
2080 | return; | ||||||
2081 | } | ||||||
2082 | } | ||||||
2083 | |||||||
2084 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CarriesDependencyAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
2085 | } | ||||||
2086 | |||||||
2087 | static void handleUnusedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2088 | bool IsCXX17Attr = AL.isCXX11Attribute() && !AL.getScopeName(); | ||||||
2089 | |||||||
2090 | // If this is spelled as the standard C++17 attribute, but not in C++17, warn | ||||||
2091 | // about using it as an extension. | ||||||
2092 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && IsCXX17Attr) | ||||||
2093 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::ext_cxx17_attr) << AL; | ||||||
2094 | |||||||
2095 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) UnusedAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
2096 | } | ||||||
2097 | |||||||
2098 | static void handleConstructorAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2099 | uint32_t priority = ConstructorAttr::DefaultPriority; | ||||||
2100 | if (AL.getNumArgs() && | ||||||
2101 | !checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, AL.getArgAsExpr(0), priority)) | ||||||
2102 | return; | ||||||
2103 | |||||||
2104 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ConstructorAttr(S.Context, AL, priority)); | ||||||
2105 | } | ||||||
2106 | |||||||
2107 | static void handleDestructorAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2108 | uint32_t priority = DestructorAttr::DefaultPriority; | ||||||
2109 | if (AL.getNumArgs() && | ||||||
2110 | !checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, AL.getArgAsExpr(0), priority)) | ||||||
2111 | return; | ||||||
2112 | |||||||
2113 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DestructorAttr(S.Context, AL, priority)); | ||||||
2114 | } | ||||||
2115 | |||||||
2116 | template <typename AttrTy> | ||||||
2117 | static void handleAttrWithMessage(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2118 | // Handle the case where the attribute has a text message. | ||||||
2119 | StringRef Str; | ||||||
2120 | if (AL.getNumArgs() == 1 && !S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str)) | ||||||
2121 | return; | ||||||
2122 | |||||||
2123 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AttrTy(S.Context, AL, Str)); | ||||||
2124 | } | ||||||
2125 | |||||||
2126 | static void handleObjCSuppresProtocolAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
2127 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2128 | if (!cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D)->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { | ||||||
2129 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_objc_attr_protocol_requires_definition) | ||||||
2130 | << AL << AL.getRange(); | ||||||
2131 | return; | ||||||
2132 | } | ||||||
2133 | |||||||
2134 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ObjCExplicitProtocolImplAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
2135 | } | ||||||
2136 | |||||||
2137 | static bool checkAvailabilityAttr(Sema &S, SourceRange Range, | ||||||
2138 | IdentifierInfo *Platform, | ||||||
2139 | VersionTuple Introduced, | ||||||
2140 | VersionTuple Deprecated, | ||||||
2141 | VersionTuple Obsoleted) { | ||||||
2142 | StringRef PlatformName | ||||||
2143 | = AvailabilityAttr::getPrettyPlatformName(Platform->getName()); | ||||||
2144 | if (PlatformName.empty()) | ||||||
2145 | PlatformName = Platform->getName(); | ||||||
2146 | |||||||
2147 | // Ensure that Introduced <= Deprecated <= Obsoleted (although not all | ||||||
2148 | // of these steps are needed). | ||||||
2149 | if (!Introduced.empty() && !Deprecated.empty() && | ||||||
2150 | !(Introduced <= Deprecated)) { | ||||||
2151 | S.Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::warn_availability_version_ordering) | ||||||
2152 | << 1 << PlatformName << Deprecated.getAsString() | ||||||
2153 | << 0 << Introduced.getAsString(); | ||||||
2154 | return true; | ||||||
2155 | } | ||||||
2156 | |||||||
2157 | if (!Introduced.empty() && !Obsoleted.empty() && | ||||||
2158 | !(Introduced <= Obsoleted)) { | ||||||
2159 | S.Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::warn_availability_version_ordering) | ||||||
2160 | << 2 << PlatformName << Obsoleted.getAsString() | ||||||
2161 | << 0 << Introduced.getAsString(); | ||||||
2162 | return true; | ||||||
2163 | } | ||||||
2164 | |||||||
2165 | if (!Deprecated.empty() && !Obsoleted.empty() && | ||||||
2166 | !(Deprecated <= Obsoleted)) { | ||||||
2167 | S.Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::warn_availability_version_ordering) | ||||||
2168 | << 2 << PlatformName << Obsoleted.getAsString() | ||||||
2169 | << 1 << Deprecated.getAsString(); | ||||||
2170 | return true; | ||||||
2171 | } | ||||||
2172 | |||||||
2173 | return false; | ||||||
2174 | } | ||||||
2175 | |||||||
2176 | /// Check whether the two versions match. | ||||||
2177 | /// | ||||||
2178 | /// If either version tuple is empty, then they are assumed to match. If | ||||||
2179 | /// \p BeforeIsOkay is true, then \p X can be less than or equal to \p Y. | ||||||
2180 | static bool versionsMatch(const VersionTuple &X, const VersionTuple &Y, | ||||||
2181 | bool BeforeIsOkay) { | ||||||
2182 | if (X.empty() || Y.empty()) | ||||||
2183 | return true; | ||||||
2184 | |||||||
2185 | if (X == Y) | ||||||
2186 | return true; | ||||||
2187 | |||||||
2188 | if (BeforeIsOkay && X < Y) | ||||||
2189 | return true; | ||||||
2190 | |||||||
2191 | return false; | ||||||
2192 | } | ||||||
2193 | |||||||
2194 | AvailabilityAttr *Sema::mergeAvailabilityAttr( | ||||||
2195 | NamedDecl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, IdentifierInfo *Platform, | ||||||
2196 | bool Implicit, VersionTuple Introduced, VersionTuple Deprecated, | ||||||
2197 | VersionTuple Obsoleted, bool IsUnavailable, StringRef Message, | ||||||
2198 | bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement, AvailabilityMergeKind AMK, | ||||||
2199 | int Priority) { | ||||||
2200 | VersionTuple MergedIntroduced = Introduced; | ||||||
2201 | VersionTuple MergedDeprecated = Deprecated; | ||||||
2202 | VersionTuple MergedObsoleted = Obsoleted; | ||||||
2203 | bool FoundAny = false; | ||||||
2204 | bool OverrideOrImpl = false; | ||||||
2205 | switch (AMK) { | ||||||
2206 | case AMK_None: | ||||||
2207 | case AMK_Redeclaration: | ||||||
2208 | OverrideOrImpl = false; | ||||||
2209 | break; | ||||||
2210 | |||||||
2211 | case AMK_Override: | ||||||
2212 | case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: | ||||||
2213 | OverrideOrImpl = true; | ||||||
2214 | break; | ||||||
2215 | } | ||||||
2216 | |||||||
2217 | if (D->hasAttrs()) { | ||||||
2218 | AttrVec &Attrs = D->getAttrs(); | ||||||
2219 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Attrs.size(); i != e;) { | ||||||
2220 | const auto *OldAA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attrs[i]); | ||||||
2221 | if (!OldAA) { | ||||||
2222 | ++i; | ||||||
2223 | continue; | ||||||
2224 | } | ||||||
2225 | |||||||
2226 | IdentifierInfo *OldPlatform = OldAA->getPlatform(); | ||||||
2227 | if (OldPlatform != Platform) { | ||||||
2228 | ++i; | ||||||
2229 | continue; | ||||||
2230 | } | ||||||
2231 | |||||||
2232 | // If there is an existing availability attribute for this platform that | ||||||
2233 | // has a lower priority use the existing one and discard the new | ||||||
2234 | // attribute. | ||||||
2235 | if (OldAA->getPriority() < Priority) | ||||||
2236 | return nullptr; | ||||||
2237 | |||||||
2238 | // If there is an existing attribute for this platform that has a higher | ||||||
2239 | // priority than the new attribute then erase the old one and continue | ||||||
2240 | // processing the attributes. | ||||||
2241 | if (OldAA->getPriority() > Priority) { | ||||||
2242 | Attrs.erase(Attrs.begin() + i); | ||||||
2243 | --e; | ||||||
2244 | continue; | ||||||
2245 | } | ||||||
2246 | |||||||
2247 | FoundAny = true; | ||||||
2248 | VersionTuple OldIntroduced = OldAA->getIntroduced(); | ||||||
2249 | VersionTuple OldDeprecated = OldAA->getDeprecated(); | ||||||
2250 | VersionTuple OldObsoleted = OldAA->getObsoleted(); | ||||||
2251 | bool OldIsUnavailable = OldAA->getUnavailable(); | ||||||
2252 | |||||||
2253 | if (!versionsMatch(OldIntroduced, Introduced, OverrideOrImpl) || | ||||||
2254 | !versionsMatch(Deprecated, OldDeprecated, OverrideOrImpl) || | ||||||
2255 | !versionsMatch(Obsoleted, OldObsoleted, OverrideOrImpl) || | ||||||
2256 | !(OldIsUnavailable == IsUnavailable || | ||||||
2257 | (OverrideOrImpl && !OldIsUnavailable && IsUnavailable))) { | ||||||
2258 | if (OverrideOrImpl) { | ||||||
2259 | int Which = -1; | ||||||
2260 | VersionTuple FirstVersion; | ||||||
2261 | VersionTuple SecondVersion; | ||||||
2262 | if (!versionsMatch(OldIntroduced, Introduced, OverrideOrImpl)) { | ||||||
2263 | Which = 0; | ||||||
2264 | FirstVersion = OldIntroduced; | ||||||
2265 | SecondVersion = Introduced; | ||||||
2266 | } else if (!versionsMatch(Deprecated, OldDeprecated, OverrideOrImpl)) { | ||||||
2267 | Which = 1; | ||||||
2268 | FirstVersion = Deprecated; | ||||||
2269 | SecondVersion = OldDeprecated; | ||||||
2270 | } else if (!versionsMatch(Obsoleted, OldObsoleted, OverrideOrImpl)) { | ||||||
2271 | Which = 2; | ||||||
2272 | FirstVersion = Obsoleted; | ||||||
2273 | SecondVersion = OldObsoleted; | ||||||
2274 | } | ||||||
2275 | |||||||
2276 | if (Which == -1) { | ||||||
2277 | Diag(OldAA->getLocation(), | ||||||
2278 | diag::warn_mismatched_availability_override_unavail) | ||||||
2279 | << AvailabilityAttr::getPrettyPlatformName(Platform->getName()) | ||||||
2280 | << (AMK == AMK_Override); | ||||||
2281 | } else { | ||||||
2282 | Diag(OldAA->getLocation(), | ||||||
2283 | diag::warn_mismatched_availability_override) | ||||||
2284 | << Which | ||||||
2285 | << AvailabilityAttr::getPrettyPlatformName(Platform->getName()) | ||||||
2286 | << FirstVersion.getAsString() << SecondVersion.getAsString() | ||||||
2287 | << (AMK == AMK_Override); | ||||||
2288 | } | ||||||
2289 | if (AMK == AMK_Override) | ||||||
2290 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::note_overridden_method); | ||||||
2291 | else | ||||||
2292 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::note_protocol_method); | ||||||
2293 | } else { | ||||||
2294 | Diag(OldAA->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_availability); | ||||||
2295 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::note_previous_attribute); | ||||||
2296 | } | ||||||
2297 | |||||||
2298 | Attrs.erase(Attrs.begin() + i); | ||||||
2299 | --e; | ||||||
2300 | continue; | ||||||
2301 | } | ||||||
2302 | |||||||
2303 | VersionTuple MergedIntroduced2 = MergedIntroduced; | ||||||
2304 | VersionTuple MergedDeprecated2 = MergedDeprecated; | ||||||
2305 | VersionTuple MergedObsoleted2 = MergedObsoleted; | ||||||
2306 | |||||||
2307 | if (MergedIntroduced2.empty()) | ||||||
2308 | MergedIntroduced2 = OldIntroduced; | ||||||
2309 | if (MergedDeprecated2.empty()) | ||||||
2310 | MergedDeprecated2 = OldDeprecated; | ||||||
2311 | if (MergedObsoleted2.empty()) | ||||||
2312 | MergedObsoleted2 = OldObsoleted; | ||||||
2313 | |||||||
2314 | if (checkAvailabilityAttr(*this, OldAA->getRange(), Platform, | ||||||
2315 | MergedIntroduced2, MergedDeprecated2, | ||||||
2316 | MergedObsoleted2)) { | ||||||
2317 | Attrs.erase(Attrs.begin() + i); | ||||||
2318 | --e; | ||||||
2319 | continue; | ||||||
2320 | } | ||||||
2321 | |||||||
2322 | MergedIntroduced = MergedIntroduced2; | ||||||
2323 | MergedDeprecated = MergedDeprecated2; | ||||||
2324 | MergedObsoleted = MergedObsoleted2; | ||||||
2325 | ++i; | ||||||
2326 | } | ||||||
2327 | } | ||||||
2328 | |||||||
2329 | if (FoundAny && | ||||||
2330 | MergedIntroduced == Introduced && | ||||||
2331 | MergedDeprecated == Deprecated && | ||||||
2332 | MergedObsoleted == Obsoleted) | ||||||
2333 | return nullptr; | ||||||
2334 | |||||||
2335 | // Only create a new attribute if !OverrideOrImpl, but we want to do | ||||||
2336 | // the checking. | ||||||
2337 | if (!checkAvailabilityAttr(*this, CI.getRange(), Platform, MergedIntroduced, | ||||||
2338 | MergedDeprecated, MergedObsoleted) && | ||||||
2339 | !OverrideOrImpl) { | ||||||
2340 | auto *Avail = ::new (Context) AvailabilityAttr( | ||||||
2341 | Context, CI, Platform, Introduced, Deprecated, Obsoleted, IsUnavailable, | ||||||
2342 | Message, IsStrict, Replacement, Priority); | ||||||
2343 | Avail->setImplicit(Implicit); | ||||||
2344 | return Avail; | ||||||
2345 | } | ||||||
2346 | return nullptr; | ||||||
2347 | } | ||||||
2348 | |||||||
2349 | static void handleAvailabilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2350 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||||
2351 | return; | ||||||
2352 | IdentifierLoc *Platform = AL.getArgAsIdent(0); | ||||||
2353 | |||||||
2354 | IdentifierInfo *II = Platform->Ident; | ||||||
2355 | if (AvailabilityAttr::getPrettyPlatformName(II->getName()).empty()) | ||||||
2356 | S.Diag(Platform->Loc, diag::warn_availability_unknown_platform) | ||||||
2357 | << Platform->Ident; | ||||||
2358 | |||||||
2359 | auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D); | ||||||
2360 | if (!ND) // We warned about this already, so just return. | ||||||
2361 | return; | ||||||
2362 | |||||||
2363 | AvailabilityChange Introduced = AL.getAvailabilityIntroduced(); | ||||||
2364 | AvailabilityChange Deprecated = AL.getAvailabilityDeprecated(); | ||||||
2365 | AvailabilityChange Obsoleted = AL.getAvailabilityObsoleted(); | ||||||
2366 | bool IsUnavailable = AL.getUnavailableLoc().isValid(); | ||||||
2367 | bool IsStrict = AL.getStrictLoc().isValid(); | ||||||
2368 | StringRef Str; | ||||||
2369 | if (const auto *SE = dyn_cast_or_null<StringLiteral>(AL.getMessageExpr())) | ||||||
2370 | Str = SE->getString(); | ||||||
2371 | StringRef Replacement; | ||||||
2372 | if (const auto *SE = dyn_cast_or_null<StringLiteral>(AL.getReplacementExpr())) | ||||||
2373 | Replacement = SE->getString(); | ||||||
2374 | |||||||
2375 | if (II->isStr("swift")) { | ||||||
2376 | if (Introduced.isValid() || Obsoleted.isValid() || | ||||||
2377 | (!IsUnavailable && !Deprecated.isValid())) { | ||||||
2378 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), | ||||||
2379 | diag::warn_availability_swift_unavailable_deprecated_only); | ||||||
2380 | return; | ||||||
2381 | } | ||||||
2382 | } | ||||||
2383 | |||||||
2384 | int PriorityModifier = AL.isPragmaClangAttribute() | ||||||
2385 | ? Sema::AP_PragmaClangAttribute | ||||||
2386 | : Sema::AP_Explicit; | ||||||
2387 | AvailabilityAttr *NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr( | ||||||
2388 | ND, AL, II, false /*Implicit*/, Introduced.Version, Deprecated.Version, | ||||||
2389 | Obsoleted.Version, IsUnavailable, Str, IsStrict, Replacement, | ||||||
2390 | Sema::AMK_None, PriorityModifier); | ||||||
2391 | if (NewAttr) | ||||||
2392 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); | ||||||
2393 | |||||||
2394 | // Transcribe "ios" to "watchos" (and add a new attribute) if the versioning | ||||||
2395 | // matches before the start of the watchOS platform. | ||||||
2396 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWatchOS()) { | ||||||
2397 | IdentifierInfo *NewII = nullptr; | ||||||
2398 | if (II->getName() == "ios") | ||||||
2399 | NewII = &S.Context.Idents.get("watchos"); | ||||||
2400 | else if (II->getName() == "ios_app_extension") | ||||||
2401 | NewII = &S.Context.Idents.get("watchos_app_extension"); | ||||||
2402 | |||||||
2403 | if (NewII) { | ||||||
2404 | auto adjustWatchOSVersion = [](VersionTuple Version) -> VersionTuple { | ||||||
2405 | if (Version.empty()) | ||||||
2406 | return Version; | ||||||
2407 | auto Major = Version.getMajor(); | ||||||
2408 | auto NewMajor = Major >= 9 ? Major - 7 : 0; | ||||||
2409 | if (NewMajor >= 2) { | ||||||
2410 | if (Version.getMinor().hasValue()) { | ||||||
2411 | if (Version.getSubminor().hasValue()) | ||||||
2412 | return VersionTuple(NewMajor, Version.getMinor().getValue(), | ||||||
2413 | Version.getSubminor().getValue()); | ||||||
2414 | else | ||||||
2415 | return VersionTuple(NewMajor, Version.getMinor().getValue()); | ||||||
2416 | } | ||||||
2417 | return VersionTuple(NewMajor); | ||||||
2418 | } | ||||||
2419 | |||||||
2420 | return VersionTuple(2, 0); | ||||||
2421 | }; | ||||||
2422 | |||||||
2423 | auto NewIntroduced = adjustWatchOSVersion(Introduced.Version); | ||||||
2424 | auto NewDeprecated = adjustWatchOSVersion(Deprecated.Version); | ||||||
2425 | auto NewObsoleted = adjustWatchOSVersion(Obsoleted.Version); | ||||||
2426 | |||||||
2427 | AvailabilityAttr *NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr( | ||||||
2428 | ND, AL, NewII, true /*Implicit*/, NewIntroduced, NewDeprecated, | ||||||
2429 | NewObsoleted, IsUnavailable, Str, IsStrict, Replacement, | ||||||
2430 | Sema::AMK_None, | ||||||
2431 | PriorityModifier + Sema::AP_InferredFromOtherPlatform); | ||||||
2432 | if (NewAttr) | ||||||
2433 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); | ||||||
2434 | } | ||||||
2435 | } else if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isTvOS()) { | ||||||
2436 | // Transcribe "ios" to "tvos" (and add a new attribute) if the versioning | ||||||
2437 | // matches before the start of the tvOS platform. | ||||||
2438 | IdentifierInfo *NewII = nullptr; | ||||||
2439 | if (II->getName() == "ios") | ||||||
2440 | NewII = &S.Context.Idents.get("tvos"); | ||||||
2441 | else if (II->getName() == "ios_app_extension") | ||||||
2442 | NewII = &S.Context.Idents.get("tvos_app_extension"); | ||||||
2443 | |||||||
2444 | if (NewII) { | ||||||
2445 | AvailabilityAttr *NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr( | ||||||
2446 | ND, AL, NewII, true /*Implicit*/, Introduced.Version, | ||||||
2447 | Deprecated.Version, Obsoleted.Version, IsUnavailable, Str, IsStrict, | ||||||
2448 | Replacement, Sema::AMK_None, | ||||||
2449 | PriorityModifier + Sema::AP_InferredFromOtherPlatform); | ||||||
2450 | if (NewAttr) | ||||||
2451 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); | ||||||
2452 | } | ||||||
2453 | } | ||||||
2454 | } | ||||||
2455 | |||||||
2456 | static void handleExternalSourceSymbolAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
2457 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2458 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||||
2459 | return; | ||||||
2460 | assert(checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, 3) &&((checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, 3) && "Invalid number of arguments in an external_source_symbol attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, 3) && \"Invalid number of arguments in an external_source_symbol attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 2461, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
2461 | "Invalid number of arguments in an external_source_symbol attribute")((checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, 3) && "Invalid number of arguments in an external_source_symbol attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, 3) && \"Invalid number of arguments in an external_source_symbol attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 2461, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
2462 | |||||||
2463 | StringRef Language; | ||||||
2464 | if (const auto *SE = dyn_cast_or_null<StringLiteral>(AL.getArgAsExpr(0))) | ||||||
2465 | Language = SE->getString(); | ||||||
2466 | StringRef DefinedIn; | ||||||
2467 | if (const auto *SE = dyn_cast_or_null<StringLiteral>(AL.getArgAsExpr(1))) | ||||||
2468 | DefinedIn = SE->getString(); | ||||||
2469 | bool IsGeneratedDeclaration = AL.getArgAsIdent(2) != nullptr; | ||||||
2470 | |||||||
2471 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ExternalSourceSymbolAttr( | ||||||
2472 | S.Context, AL, Language, DefinedIn, IsGeneratedDeclaration)); | ||||||
2473 | } | ||||||
2474 | |||||||
2475 | template <class T> | ||||||
2476 | static T *mergeVisibilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||||
2477 | typename T::VisibilityType value) { | ||||||
2478 | T *existingAttr = D->getAttr<T>(); | ||||||
2479 | if (existingAttr) { | ||||||
2480 | typename T::VisibilityType existingValue = existingAttr->getVisibility(); | ||||||
2481 | if (existingValue == value) | ||||||
2482 | return nullptr; | ||||||
2483 | S.Diag(existingAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_visibility); | ||||||
2484 | S.Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::note_previous_attribute); | ||||||
2485 | D->dropAttr<T>(); | ||||||
2486 | } | ||||||
2487 | return ::new (S.Context) T(S.Context, CI, value); | ||||||
2488 | } | ||||||
2489 | |||||||
2490 | VisibilityAttr *Sema::mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, | ||||||
2491 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||||
2492 | VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis) { | ||||||
2493 | return ::mergeVisibilityAttr<VisibilityAttr>(*this, D, CI, Vis); | ||||||
2494 | } | ||||||
2495 | |||||||
2496 | TypeVisibilityAttr * | ||||||
2497 | Sema::mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||||
2498 | TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis) { | ||||||
2499 | return ::mergeVisibilityAttr<TypeVisibilityAttr>(*this, D, CI, Vis); | ||||||
2500 | } | ||||||
2501 | |||||||
2502 | static void handleVisibilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||||
2503 | bool isTypeVisibility) { | ||||||
2504 | // Visibility attributes don't mean anything on a typedef. | ||||||
2505 | if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
2506 | S.Diag(AL.getRange().getBegin(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << AL; | ||||||
2507 | return; | ||||||
2508 | } | ||||||
2509 | |||||||
2510 | // 'type_visibility' can only go on a type or namespace. | ||||||
2511 | if (isTypeVisibility && | ||||||
2512 | !(isa<TagDecl>(D) || | ||||||
2513 | isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D) || | ||||||
2514 | isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))) { | ||||||
2515 | S.Diag(AL.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
2516 | << AL << ExpectedTypeOrNamespace; | ||||||
2517 | return; | ||||||
2518 | } | ||||||
2519 | |||||||
2520 | // Check that the argument is a string literal. | ||||||
2521 | StringRef TypeStr; | ||||||
2522 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | ||||||
2523 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, TypeStr, &LiteralLoc)) | ||||||
2524 | return; | ||||||
2525 | |||||||
2526 | VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType type; | ||||||
2527 | if (!VisibilityAttr::ConvertStrToVisibilityType(TypeStr, type)) { | ||||||
2528 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL | ||||||
2529 | << TypeStr; | ||||||
2530 | return; | ||||||
2531 | } | ||||||
2532 | |||||||
2533 | // Complain about attempts to use protected visibility on targets | ||||||
2534 | // (like Darwin) that don't support it. | ||||||
2535 | if (type == VisibilityAttr::Protected && | ||||||
2536 | !S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasProtectedVisibility()) { | ||||||
2537 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_protected_visibility); | ||||||
2538 | type = VisibilityAttr::Default; | ||||||
2539 | } | ||||||
2540 | |||||||
2541 | Attr *newAttr; | ||||||
2542 | if (isTypeVisibility) { | ||||||
2543 | newAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr( | ||||||
2544 | D, AL, (TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType)type); | ||||||
2545 | } else { | ||||||
2546 | newAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, AL, type); | ||||||
2547 | } | ||||||
2548 | if (newAttr) | ||||||
2549 | D->addAttr(newAttr); | ||||||
2550 | } | ||||||
2551 | |||||||
2552 | static void handleObjCMethodFamilyAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2553 | const auto *M = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); | ||||||
2554 | if (!AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||||
2555 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||||
2556 | << AL << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||||
2557 | return; | ||||||
2558 | } | ||||||
2559 | |||||||
2560 | IdentifierLoc *IL = AL.getArgAsIdent(0); | ||||||
2561 | ObjCMethodFamilyAttr::FamilyKind F; | ||||||
2562 | if (!ObjCMethodFamilyAttr::ConvertStrToFamilyKind(IL->Ident->getName(), F)) { | ||||||
2563 | S.Diag(IL->Loc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL << IL->Ident; | ||||||
2564 | return; | ||||||
2565 | } | ||||||
2566 | |||||||
2567 | if (F == ObjCMethodFamilyAttr::OMF_init && | ||||||
2568 | !M->getReturnType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||||
2569 | S.Diag(M->getLocation(), diag::err_init_method_bad_return_type) | ||||||
2570 | << M->getReturnType(); | ||||||
2571 | // Ignore the attribute. | ||||||
2572 | return; | ||||||
2573 | } | ||||||
2574 | |||||||
2575 | D->addAttr(new (S.Context) ObjCMethodFamilyAttr(S.Context, AL, F)); | ||||||
2576 | } | ||||||
2577 | |||||||
2578 | static void handleObjCNSObject(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2579 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
2580 | QualType T = TD->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||||
2581 | if (!T->isCARCBridgableType()) { | ||||||
2582 | S.Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::err_nsobject_attribute); | ||||||
2583 | return; | ||||||
2584 | } | ||||||
2585 | } | ||||||
2586 | else if (const auto *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
2587 | QualType T = PD->getType(); | ||||||
2588 | if (!T->isCARCBridgableType()) { | ||||||
2589 | S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::err_nsobject_attribute); | ||||||
2590 | return; | ||||||
2591 | } | ||||||
2592 | } | ||||||
2593 | else { | ||||||
2594 | // It is okay to include this attribute on properties, e.g.: | ||||||
2595 | // | ||||||
2596 | // @property (retain, nonatomic) struct Bork *Q __attribute__((NSObject)); | ||||||
2597 | // | ||||||
2598 | // In this case it follows tradition and suppresses an error in the above | ||||||
2599 | // case. | ||||||
2600 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_nsobject_attribute); | ||||||
2601 | } | ||||||
2602 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ObjCNSObjectAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
2603 | } | ||||||
2604 | |||||||
2605 | static void handleObjCIndependentClass(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2606 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
2607 | QualType T = TD->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||||
2608 | if (!T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||||
2609 | S.Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::warn_ptr_independentclass_attribute); | ||||||
2610 | return; | ||||||
2611 | } | ||||||
2612 | } else { | ||||||
2613 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_independentclass_attribute); | ||||||
2614 | return; | ||||||
2615 | } | ||||||
2616 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ObjCIndependentClassAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
2617 | } | ||||||
2618 | |||||||
2619 | static void handleBlocksAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2620 | if (!AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||||
2621 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||||
2622 | << AL << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||||
2623 | return; | ||||||
2624 | } | ||||||
2625 | |||||||
2626 | IdentifierInfo *II = AL.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident; | ||||||
2627 | BlocksAttr::BlockType type; | ||||||
2628 | if (!BlocksAttr::ConvertStrToBlockType(II->getName(), type)) { | ||||||
2629 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL << II; | ||||||
2630 | return; | ||||||
2631 | } | ||||||
2632 | |||||||
2633 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) BlocksAttr(S.Context, AL, type)); | ||||||
2634 | } | ||||||
2635 | |||||||
2636 | static void handleSentinelAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2637 | unsigned sentinel = (unsigned)SentinelAttr::DefaultSentinel; | ||||||
2638 | if (AL.getNumArgs() > 0) { | ||||||
2639 | Expr *E = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||||
2640 | llvm::APSInt Idx(32); | ||||||
2641 | if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || | ||||||
2642 | !E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Idx, S.Context)) { | ||||||
2643 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||||
2644 | << AL << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
2645 | return; | ||||||
2646 | } | ||||||
2647 | |||||||
2648 | if (Idx.isSigned() && Idx.isNegative()) { | ||||||
2649 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_sentinel_less_than_zero) | ||||||
2650 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
2651 | return; | ||||||
2652 | } | ||||||
2653 | |||||||
2654 | sentinel = Idx.getZExtValue(); | ||||||
2655 | } | ||||||
2656 | |||||||
2657 | unsigned nullPos = (unsigned)SentinelAttr::DefaultNullPos; | ||||||
2658 | if (AL.getNumArgs() > 1) { | ||||||
2659 | Expr *E = AL.getArgAsExpr(1); | ||||||
2660 | llvm::APSInt Idx(32); | ||||||
2661 | if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || | ||||||
2662 | !E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Idx, S.Context)) { | ||||||
2663 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||||
2664 | << AL << 2 << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
2665 | return; | ||||||
2666 | } | ||||||
2667 | nullPos = Idx.getZExtValue(); | ||||||
2668 | |||||||
2669 | if ((Idx.isSigned() && Idx.isNegative()) || nullPos > 1) { | ||||||
2670 | // FIXME: This error message could be improved, it would be nice | ||||||
2671 | // to say what the bounds actually are. | ||||||
2672 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_sentinel_not_zero_or_one) | ||||||
2673 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
2674 | return; | ||||||
2675 | } | ||||||
2676 | } | ||||||
2677 | |||||||
2678 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
2679 | const FunctionType *FT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||
2680 | if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) { | ||||||
2681 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_named_arguments); | ||||||
2682 | return; | ||||||
2683 | } | ||||||
2684 | |||||||
2685 | if (!cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)->isVariadic()) { | ||||||
2686 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 0; | ||||||
2687 | return; | ||||||
2688 | } | ||||||
2689 | } else if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
2690 | if (!MD->isVariadic()) { | ||||||
2691 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 0; | ||||||
2692 | return; | ||||||
2693 | } | ||||||
2694 | } else if (const auto *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
2695 | if (!BD->isVariadic()) { | ||||||
2696 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1; | ||||||
2697 | return; | ||||||
2698 | } | ||||||
2699 | } else if (const auto *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
2700 | QualType Ty = V->getType(); | ||||||
2701 | if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) { | ||||||
2702 | const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType() | ||||||
2703 | ? D->getFunctionType() | ||||||
2704 | : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||
2705 | if (!cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)->isVariadic()) { | ||||||
2706 | int m = Ty->isFunctionPointerType() ? 0 : 1; | ||||||
2707 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << m; | ||||||
2708 | return; | ||||||
2709 | } | ||||||
2710 | } else { | ||||||
2711 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
2712 | << AL << ExpectedFunctionMethodOrBlock; | ||||||
2713 | return; | ||||||
2714 | } | ||||||
2715 | } else { | ||||||
2716 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
2717 | << AL << ExpectedFunctionMethodOrBlock; | ||||||
2718 | return; | ||||||
2719 | } | ||||||
2720 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) SentinelAttr(S.Context, AL, sentinel, nullPos)); | ||||||
2721 | } | ||||||
2722 | |||||||
2723 | static void handleWarnUnusedResult(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2724 | if (D->getFunctionType() && | ||||||
2725 | D->getFunctionType()->getReturnType()->isVoidType() && | ||||||
2726 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
2727 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_void_function_method) << AL << 0; | ||||||
2728 | return; | ||||||
2729 | } | ||||||
2730 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) | ||||||
2731 | if (MD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { | ||||||
2732 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_void_function_method) << AL << 1; | ||||||
2733 | return; | ||||||
2734 | } | ||||||
2735 | |||||||
2736 | StringRef Str; | ||||||
2737 | if ((AL.isCXX11Attribute() || AL.isC2xAttribute()) && !AL.getScopeName()) { | ||||||
2738 | // If this is spelled as the standard C++17 attribute, but not in C++17, | ||||||
2739 | // warn about using it as an extension. If there are attribute arguments, | ||||||
2740 | // then claim it's a C++2a extension instead. | ||||||
2741 | // FIXME: If WG14 does not seem likely to adopt the same feature, add an | ||||||
2742 | // extension warning for C2x mode. | ||||||
2743 | const LangOptions &LO = S.getLangOpts(); | ||||||
2744 | if (AL.getNumArgs() == 1) { | ||||||
2745 | if (LO.CPlusPlus && !LO.CPlusPlus2a) | ||||||
2746 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::ext_cxx2a_attr) << AL; | ||||||
2747 | |||||||
2748 | // Since this this is spelled [[nodiscard]], get the optional string | ||||||
2749 | // literal. If in C++ mode, but not in C++2a mode, diagnose as an | ||||||
2750 | // extension. | ||||||
2751 | // FIXME: C2x should support this feature as well, even as an extension. | ||||||
2752 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str, nullptr)) | ||||||
2753 | return; | ||||||
2754 | } else if (LO.CPlusPlus && !LO.CPlusPlus17) | ||||||
2755 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::ext_cxx17_attr) << AL; | ||||||
2756 | } | ||||||
2757 | |||||||
2758 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(S.Context, AL, Str)); | ||||||
2759 | } | ||||||
2760 | |||||||
2761 | static void handleWeakImportAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2762 | // weak_import only applies to variable & function declarations. | ||||||
2763 | bool isDef = false; | ||||||
2764 | if (!D->canBeWeakImported(isDef)) { | ||||||
2765 | if (isDef) | ||||||
2766 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_invalid_on_definition) | ||||||
2767 | << "weak_import"; | ||||||
2768 | else if (isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || | ||||||
2769 | (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin() && | ||||||
2770 | (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D) || isa<EnumDecl>(D)))) { | ||||||
2771 | // Nothing to warn about here. | ||||||
2772 | } else | ||||||
2773 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
2774 | << AL << ExpectedVariableOrFunction; | ||||||
2775 | |||||||
2776 | return; | ||||||
2777 | } | ||||||
2778 | |||||||
2779 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) WeakImportAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
2780 | } | ||||||
2781 | |||||||
2782 | // Handles reqd_work_group_size and work_group_size_hint. | ||||||
2783 | template <typename WorkGroupAttr> | ||||||
2784 | static void handleWorkGroupSize(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2785 | uint32_t WGSize[3]; | ||||||
2786 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) { | ||||||
2787 | const Expr *E = AL.getArgAsExpr(i); | ||||||
2788 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, E, WGSize[i], i, | ||||||
2789 | /*StrictlyUnsigned=*/true)) | ||||||
2790 | return; | ||||||
2791 | if (WGSize[i] == 0) { | ||||||
2792 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_is_zero) | ||||||
2793 | << AL << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
2794 | return; | ||||||
2795 | } | ||||||
2796 | } | ||||||
2797 | |||||||
2798 | WorkGroupAttr *Existing = D->getAttr<WorkGroupAttr>(); | ||||||
2799 | if (Existing && !(Existing->getXDim() == WGSize[0] && | ||||||
2800 | Existing->getYDim() == WGSize[1] && | ||||||
2801 | Existing->getZDim() == WGSize[2])) | ||||||
2802 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_duplicate_attribute) << AL; | ||||||
2803 | |||||||
2804 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
2805 | WorkGroupAttr(S.Context, AL, WGSize[0], WGSize[1], WGSize[2])); | ||||||
2806 | } | ||||||
2807 | |||||||
2808 | // Handles intel_reqd_sub_group_size. | ||||||
2809 | static void handleSubGroupSize(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2810 | uint32_t SGSize; | ||||||
2811 | const Expr *E = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||||
2812 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, E, SGSize)) | ||||||
2813 | return; | ||||||
2814 | if (SGSize == 0) { | ||||||
2815 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_is_zero) | ||||||
2816 | << AL << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
2817 | return; | ||||||
2818 | } | ||||||
2819 | |||||||
2820 | OpenCLIntelReqdSubGroupSizeAttr *Existing = | ||||||
2821 | D->getAttr<OpenCLIntelReqdSubGroupSizeAttr>(); | ||||||
2822 | if (Existing && Existing->getSubGroupSize() != SGSize) | ||||||
2823 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_duplicate_attribute) << AL; | ||||||
2824 | |||||||
2825 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
2826 | OpenCLIntelReqdSubGroupSizeAttr(S.Context, AL, SGSize)); | ||||||
2827 | } | ||||||
2828 | |||||||
2829 | static void handleVecTypeHint(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2830 | if (!AL.hasParsedType()) { | ||||||
2831 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) << AL << 1; | ||||||
2832 | return; | ||||||
2833 | } | ||||||
2834 | |||||||
2835 | TypeSourceInfo *ParmTSI = nullptr; | ||||||
2836 | QualType ParmType = S.GetTypeFromParser(AL.getTypeArg(), &ParmTSI); | ||||||
2837 | assert(ParmTSI && "no type source info for attribute argument")((ParmTSI && "no type source info for attribute argument" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParmTSI && \"no type source info for attribute argument\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 2837, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
2838 | |||||||
2839 | if (!ParmType->isExtVectorType() && !ParmType->isFloatingType() && | ||||||
2840 | (ParmType->isBooleanType() || | ||||||
2841 | !ParmType->isIntegralType(S.getASTContext()))) { | ||||||
2842 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_invalid_argument) << 3 << AL; | ||||||
2843 | return; | ||||||
2844 | } | ||||||
2845 | |||||||
2846 | if (VecTypeHintAttr *A = D->getAttr<VecTypeHintAttr>()) { | ||||||
2847 | if (!S.Context.hasSameType(A->getTypeHint(), ParmType)) { | ||||||
2848 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_duplicate_attribute) << AL; | ||||||
2849 | return; | ||||||
2850 | } | ||||||
2851 | } | ||||||
2852 | |||||||
2853 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) VecTypeHintAttr(S.Context, AL, ParmTSI)); | ||||||
2854 | } | ||||||
2855 | |||||||
2856 | SectionAttr *Sema::mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||||
2857 | StringRef Name) { | ||||||
2858 | // Explicit or partial specializations do not inherit | ||||||
2859 | // the section attribute from the primary template. | ||||||
2860 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
2861 | if (CI.getAttributeSpellingListIndex() == SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate && | ||||||
2862 | FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) | ||||||
2863 | return nullptr; | ||||||
2864 | } | ||||||
2865 | if (SectionAttr *ExistingAttr = D->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) { | ||||||
2866 | if (ExistingAttr->getName() == Name) | ||||||
2867 | return nullptr; | ||||||
2868 | Diag(ExistingAttr->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section) | ||||||
2869 | << 1 /*section*/; | ||||||
2870 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::note_previous_attribute); | ||||||
2871 | return nullptr; | ||||||
2872 | } | ||||||
2873 | return ::new (Context) SectionAttr(Context, CI, Name); | ||||||
2874 | } | ||||||
2875 | |||||||
2876 | bool Sema::checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef SecName) { | ||||||
2877 | std::string Error = Context.getTargetInfo().isValidSectionSpecifier(SecName); | ||||||
2878 | if (!Error.empty()) { | ||||||
2879 | Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::err_attribute_section_invalid_for_target) << Error | ||||||
2880 | << 1 /*'section'*/; | ||||||
2881 | return false; | ||||||
2882 | } | ||||||
2883 | return true; | ||||||
2884 | } | ||||||
2885 | |||||||
2886 | static void handleSectionAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2887 | // Make sure that there is a string literal as the sections's single | ||||||
2888 | // argument. | ||||||
2889 | StringRef Str; | ||||||
2890 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | ||||||
2891 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str, &LiteralLoc)) | ||||||
2892 | return; | ||||||
2893 | |||||||
2894 | if (!S.checkSectionName(LiteralLoc, Str)) | ||||||
2895 | return; | ||||||
2896 | |||||||
2897 | // If the target wants to validate the section specifier, make it happen. | ||||||
2898 | std::string Error = S.Context.getTargetInfo().isValidSectionSpecifier(Str); | ||||||
2899 | if (!Error.empty()) { | ||||||
2900 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::err_attribute_section_invalid_for_target) | ||||||
2901 | << Error; | ||||||
2902 | return; | ||||||
2903 | } | ||||||
2904 | |||||||
2905 | SectionAttr *NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, AL, Str); | ||||||
2906 | if (NewAttr) | ||||||
2907 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); | ||||||
2908 | } | ||||||
2909 | |||||||
2910 | // This is used for `__declspec(code_seg("segname"))` on a decl. | ||||||
2911 | // `#pragma code_seg("segname")` uses checkSectionName() instead. | ||||||
2912 | static bool checkCodeSegName(Sema &S, SourceLocation LiteralLoc, | ||||||
2913 | StringRef CodeSegName) { | ||||||
2914 | std::string Error = | ||||||
2915 | S.Context.getTargetInfo().isValidSectionSpecifier(CodeSegName); | ||||||
2916 | if (!Error.empty()) { | ||||||
2917 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::err_attribute_section_invalid_for_target) | ||||||
2918 | << Error << 0 /*'code-seg'*/; | ||||||
2919 | return false; | ||||||
2920 | } | ||||||
2921 | |||||||
2922 | return true; | ||||||
2923 | } | ||||||
2924 | |||||||
2925 | CodeSegAttr *Sema::mergeCodeSegAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||||
2926 | StringRef Name) { | ||||||
2927 | // Explicit or partial specializations do not inherit | ||||||
2928 | // the code_seg attribute from the primary template. | ||||||
2929 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
2930 | if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) | ||||||
2931 | return nullptr; | ||||||
2932 | } | ||||||
2933 | if (const auto *ExistingAttr = D->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { | ||||||
2934 | if (ExistingAttr->getName() == Name) | ||||||
2935 | return nullptr; | ||||||
2936 | Diag(ExistingAttr->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section) | ||||||
2937 | << 0 /*codeseg*/; | ||||||
2938 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::note_previous_attribute); | ||||||
2939 | return nullptr; | ||||||
2940 | } | ||||||
2941 | return ::new (Context) CodeSegAttr(Context, CI, Name); | ||||||
2942 | } | ||||||
2943 | |||||||
2944 | static void handleCodeSegAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2945 | StringRef Str; | ||||||
2946 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | ||||||
2947 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str, &LiteralLoc)) | ||||||
2948 | return; | ||||||
2949 | if (!checkCodeSegName(S, LiteralLoc, Str)) | ||||||
2950 | return; | ||||||
2951 | if (const auto *ExistingAttr = D->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { | ||||||
2952 | if (!ExistingAttr->isImplicit()) { | ||||||
2953 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), | ||||||
2954 | ExistingAttr->getName() == Str | ||||||
2955 | ? diag::warn_duplicate_codeseg_attribute | ||||||
2956 | : diag::err_conflicting_codeseg_attribute); | ||||||
2957 | return; | ||||||
2958 | } | ||||||
2959 | D->dropAttr<CodeSegAttr>(); | ||||||
2960 | } | ||||||
2961 | if (CodeSegAttr *CSA = S.mergeCodeSegAttr(D, AL, Str)) | ||||||
2962 | D->addAttr(CSA); | ||||||
2963 | } | ||||||
2964 | |||||||
2965 | // Check for things we'd like to warn about. Multiversioning issues are | ||||||
2966 | // handled later in the process, once we know how many exist. | ||||||
2967 | bool Sema::checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef AttrStr) { | ||||||
2968 | enum FirstParam { Unsupported, Duplicate }; | ||||||
2969 | enum SecondParam { None, Architecture }; | ||||||
2970 | for (auto Str : {"tune=", "fpmath="}) | ||||||
2971 | if (AttrStr.find(Str) != StringRef::npos) | ||||||
2972 | return Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::warn_unsupported_target_attribute) | ||||||
2973 | << Unsupported << None << Str; | ||||||
2974 | |||||||
2975 | TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr ParsedAttrs = TargetAttr::parse(AttrStr); | ||||||
2976 | |||||||
2977 | if (!ParsedAttrs.Architecture.empty() && | ||||||
2978 | !Context.getTargetInfo().isValidCPUName(ParsedAttrs.Architecture)) | ||||||
2979 | return Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::warn_unsupported_target_attribute) | ||||||
2980 | << Unsupported << Architecture << ParsedAttrs.Architecture; | ||||||
2981 | |||||||
2982 | if (ParsedAttrs.DuplicateArchitecture) | ||||||
2983 | return Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::warn_unsupported_target_attribute) | ||||||
2984 | << Duplicate << None << "arch="; | ||||||
2985 | |||||||
2986 | for (const auto &Feature : ParsedAttrs.Features) { | ||||||
2987 | auto CurFeature = StringRef(Feature).drop_front(); // remove + or -. | ||||||
2988 | if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidFeatureName(CurFeature)) | ||||||
2989 | return Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::warn_unsupported_target_attribute) | ||||||
2990 | << Unsupported << None << CurFeature; | ||||||
2991 | } | ||||||
2992 | |||||||
2993 | return false; | ||||||
2994 | } | ||||||
2995 | |||||||
2996 | static void handleTargetAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
2997 | StringRef Str; | ||||||
2998 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | ||||||
2999 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str, &LiteralLoc) || | ||||||
3000 | S.checkTargetAttr(LiteralLoc, Str)) | ||||||
3001 | return; | ||||||
3002 | |||||||
3003 | TargetAttr *NewAttr = ::new (S.Context) TargetAttr(S.Context, AL, Str); | ||||||
3004 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); | ||||||
3005 | } | ||||||
3006 | |||||||
3007 | static void handleMinVectorWidthAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
3008 | Expr *E = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||||
3009 | uint32_t VecWidth; | ||||||
3010 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, E, VecWidth)) { | ||||||
3011 | AL.setInvalid(); | ||||||
3012 | return; | ||||||
3013 | } | ||||||
3014 | |||||||
3015 | MinVectorWidthAttr *Existing = D->getAttr<MinVectorWidthAttr>(); | ||||||
3016 | if (Existing && Existing->getVectorWidth() != VecWidth) { | ||||||
3017 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_duplicate_attribute) << AL; | ||||||
3018 | return; | ||||||
3019 | } | ||||||
3020 | |||||||
3021 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) MinVectorWidthAttr(S.Context, AL, VecWidth)); | ||||||
3022 | } | ||||||
3023 | |||||||
3024 | static void handleCleanupAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
3025 | Expr *E = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||||
3026 | SourceLocation Loc = E->getExprLoc(); | ||||||
3027 | FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; | ||||||
3028 | DeclarationNameInfo NI; | ||||||
3029 | |||||||
3030 | // gcc only allows for simple identifiers. Since we support more than gcc, we | ||||||
3031 | // will warn the user. | ||||||
3032 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { | ||||||
3033 | if (DRE->hasQualifier()) | ||||||
3034 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_cleanup_ext); | ||||||
3035 | FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | ||||||
3036 | NI = DRE->getNameInfo(); | ||||||
3037 | if (!FD) { | ||||||
3038 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_attribute_cleanup_arg_not_function) << 1 | ||||||
3039 | << NI.getName(); | ||||||
3040 | return; | ||||||
3041 | } | ||||||
3042 | } else if (auto *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) { | ||||||
3043 | if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | ||||||
3044 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_cleanup_ext); | ||||||
3045 | FD = S.ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(ULE, true); | ||||||
3046 | NI = ULE->getNameInfo(); | ||||||
3047 | if (!FD) { | ||||||
3048 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_attribute_cleanup_arg_not_function) << 2 | ||||||
3049 | << NI.getName(); | ||||||
3050 | if (ULE->getType() == S.Context.OverloadTy) | ||||||
3051 | S.NoteAllOverloadCandidates(ULE); | ||||||
3052 | return; | ||||||
3053 | } | ||||||
3054 | } else { | ||||||
3055 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_attribute_cleanup_arg_not_function) << 0; | ||||||
3056 | return; | ||||||
3057 | } | ||||||
3058 | |||||||
3059 | if (FD->getNumParams() != 1) { | ||||||
3060 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_attribute_cleanup_func_must_take_one_arg) | ||||||
3061 | << NI.getName(); | ||||||
3062 | return; | ||||||
3063 | } | ||||||
3064 | |||||||
3065 | // We're currently more strict than GCC about what function types we accept. | ||||||
3066 | // If this ever proves to be a problem it should be easy to fix. | ||||||
3067 | QualType Ty = S.Context.getPointerType(cast<VarDecl>(D)->getType()); | ||||||
3068 | QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType(); | ||||||
3069 | if (S.CheckAssignmentConstraints(FD->getParamDecl(0)->getLocation(), | ||||||
3070 | ParamTy, Ty) != Sema::Compatible) { | ||||||
3071 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_attribute_cleanup_func_arg_incompatible_type) | ||||||
3072 | << NI.getName() << ParamTy << Ty; | ||||||
3073 | return; | ||||||
3074 | } | ||||||
3075 | |||||||
3076 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CleanupAttr(S.Context, AL, FD)); | ||||||
3077 | } | ||||||
3078 | |||||||
3079 | static void handleEnumExtensibilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
3080 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
3081 | if (!AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||||
3082 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||||
3083 | << AL << 0 << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||||
3084 | return; | ||||||
3085 | } | ||||||
3086 | |||||||
3087 | EnumExtensibilityAttr::Kind ExtensibilityKind; | ||||||
3088 | IdentifierInfo *II = AL.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident; | ||||||
3089 | if (!EnumExtensibilityAttr::ConvertStrToKind(II->getName(), | ||||||
3090 | ExtensibilityKind)) { | ||||||
3091 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL << II; | ||||||
3092 | return; | ||||||
3093 | } | ||||||
3094 | |||||||
3095 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
3096 | EnumExtensibilityAttr(S.Context, AL, ExtensibilityKind)); | ||||||
3097 | } | ||||||
3098 | |||||||
3099 | /// Handle __attribute__((format_arg((idx)))) attribute based on | ||||||
3100 | /// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Function-Attributes.html | ||||||
3101 | static void handleFormatArgAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
3102 | Expr *IdxExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||||
3103 | ParamIdx Idx; | ||||||
3104 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(S, D, AL, 1, IdxExpr, Idx)) | ||||||
3105 | return; | ||||||
3106 | |||||||
3107 | // Make sure the format string is really a string. | ||||||
3108 | QualType Ty = getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, Idx.getASTIndex()); | ||||||
3109 | |||||||
3110 | bool NotNSStringTy = !isNSStringType(Ty, S.Context); | ||||||
3111 | if (NotNSStringTy && | ||||||
3112 | !isCFStringType(Ty, S.Context) && | ||||||
3113 | (!Ty->isPointerType() || | ||||||
3114 | !Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isCharType())) { | ||||||
3115 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_format_attribute_not) | ||||||
3116 | << "a string type" << IdxExpr->getSourceRange() | ||||||
3117 | << getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, 0); | ||||||
3118 | return; | ||||||
3119 | } | ||||||
3120 | Ty = getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D); | ||||||
3121 | if (!isNSStringType(Ty, S.Context) && | ||||||
3122 | !isCFStringType(Ty, S.Context) && | ||||||
3123 | (!Ty->isPointerType() || | ||||||
3124 | !Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isCharType())) { | ||||||
3125 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_format_attribute_result_not) | ||||||
3126 | << (NotNSStringTy ? "string type" : "NSString") | ||||||
3127 | << IdxExpr->getSourceRange() << getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, 0); | ||||||
3128 | return; | ||||||
3129 | } | ||||||
3130 | |||||||
3131 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) FormatArgAttr(S.Context, AL, Idx)); | ||||||
3132 | } | ||||||
3133 | |||||||
3134 | enum FormatAttrKind { | ||||||
3135 | CFStringFormat, | ||||||
3136 | NSStringFormat, | ||||||
3137 | StrftimeFormat, | ||||||
3138 | SupportedFormat, | ||||||
3139 | IgnoredFormat, | ||||||
3140 | InvalidFormat | ||||||
3141 | }; | ||||||
3142 | |||||||
3143 | /// getFormatAttrKind - Map from format attribute names to supported format | ||||||
3144 | /// types. | ||||||
3145 | static FormatAttrKind getFormatAttrKind(StringRef Format) { | ||||||
3146 | return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatAttrKind>(Format) | ||||||
3147 | // Check for formats that get handled specially. | ||||||
3148 | .Case("NSString", NSStringFormat) | ||||||
3149 | .Case("CFString", CFStringFormat) | ||||||
3150 | .Case("strftime", StrftimeFormat) | ||||||
3151 | |||||||
3152 | // Otherwise, check for supported formats. | ||||||
3153 | .Cases("scanf", "printf", "printf0", "strfmon", SupportedFormat) | ||||||
3154 | .Cases("cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", SupportedFormat) | ||||||
3155 | .Case("kprintf", SupportedFormat) // OpenBSD. | ||||||
3156 | .Case("freebsd_kprintf", SupportedFormat) // FreeBSD. | ||||||
3157 | .Case("os_trace", SupportedFormat) | ||||||
3158 | .Case("os_log", SupportedFormat) | ||||||
3159 | |||||||
3160 | .Cases("gcc_diag", "gcc_cdiag", "gcc_cxxdiag", "gcc_tdiag", IgnoredFormat) | ||||||
3161 | .Default(InvalidFormat); | ||||||
3162 | } | ||||||
3163 | |||||||
3164 | /// Handle __attribute__((init_priority(priority))) attributes based on | ||||||
3165 | /// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/C_002b_002b-Attributes.html | ||||||
3166 | static void handleInitPriorityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
3167 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||
3168 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << AL; | ||||||
3169 | return; | ||||||
3170 | } | ||||||
3171 | |||||||
3172 | if (S.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) { | ||||||
3173 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_init_priority_object_attr); | ||||||
3174 | AL.setInvalid(); | ||||||
3175 | return; | ||||||
3176 | } | ||||||
3177 | QualType T = cast<VarDecl>(D)->getType(); | ||||||
3178 | if (S.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) | ||||||
3179 | T = S.Context.getBaseElementType(T); | ||||||
3180 | if (!T->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||
3181 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_init_priority_object_attr); | ||||||
3182 | AL.setInvalid(); | ||||||
3183 | return; | ||||||
3184 | } | ||||||
3185 | |||||||
3186 | Expr *E = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||||
3187 | uint32_t prioritynum; | ||||||
3188 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, E, prioritynum)) { | ||||||
3189 | AL.setInvalid(); | ||||||
3190 | return; | ||||||
3191 | } | ||||||
3192 | |||||||
3193 | if (prioritynum < 101 || prioritynum > 65535) { | ||||||
3194 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_range) | ||||||
3195 | << E->getSourceRange() << AL << 101 << 65535; | ||||||
3196 | AL.setInvalid(); | ||||||
3197 | return; | ||||||
3198 | } | ||||||
3199 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) InitPriorityAttr(S.Context, AL, prioritynum)); | ||||||
3200 | } | ||||||
3201 | |||||||
3202 | FormatAttr *Sema::mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||||
3203 | IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx, | ||||||
3204 | int FirstArg) { | ||||||
3205 | // Check whether we already have an equivalent format attribute. | ||||||
3206 | for (auto *F : D->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) { | ||||||
3207 | if (F->getType() == Format && | ||||||
3208 | F->getFormatIdx() == FormatIdx && | ||||||
3209 | F->getFirstArg() == FirstArg) { | ||||||
3210 | // If we don't have a valid location for this attribute, adopt the | ||||||
3211 | // location. | ||||||
3212 | if (F->getLocation().isInvalid()) | ||||||
3213 | F->setRange(CI.getRange()); | ||||||
3214 | return nullptr; | ||||||
3215 | } | ||||||
3216 | } | ||||||
3217 | |||||||
3218 | return ::new (Context) FormatAttr(Context, CI, Format, FormatIdx, FirstArg); | ||||||
3219 | } | ||||||
3220 | |||||||
3221 | /// Handle __attribute__((format(type,idx,firstarg))) attributes based on | ||||||
3222 | /// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Function-Attributes.html | ||||||
3223 | static void handleFormatAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
3224 | if (!AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||||
| |||||||
3225 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||||
3226 | << AL << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||||
3227 | return; | ||||||
3228 | } | ||||||
3229 | |||||||
3230 | // In C++ the implicit 'this' function parameter also counts, and they are | ||||||
3231 | // counted from one. | ||||||
3232 | bool HasImplicitThisParam = isInstanceMethod(D); | ||||||
3233 | unsigned NumArgs = getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D) + HasImplicitThisParam; | ||||||
3234 | |||||||
3235 | IdentifierInfo *II = AL.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident; | ||||||
3236 | StringRef Format = II->getName(); | ||||||
3237 | |||||||
3238 | if (normalizeName(Format)) { | ||||||
3239 | // If we've modified the string name, we need a new identifier for it. | ||||||
3240 | II = &S.Context.Idents.get(Format); | ||||||
3241 | } | ||||||
3242 | |||||||
3243 | // Check for supported formats. | ||||||
3244 | FormatAttrKind Kind = getFormatAttrKind(Format); | ||||||
3245 | |||||||
3246 | if (Kind
| ||||||
3247 | return; | ||||||
3248 | |||||||
3249 | if (Kind
| ||||||
3250 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) | ||||||
3251 | << AL << II->getName(); | ||||||
3252 | return; | ||||||
3253 | } | ||||||
3254 | |||||||
3255 | // checks for the 2nd argument | ||||||
3256 | Expr *IdxExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(1); | ||||||
3257 | uint32_t Idx; | ||||||
3258 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, IdxExpr, Idx, 2)) | ||||||
3259 | return; | ||||||
3260 | |||||||
3261 | if (Idx < 1 || Idx > NumArgs) { | ||||||
3262 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds) | ||||||
3263 | << AL << 2 << IdxExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3264 | return; | ||||||
3265 | } | ||||||
3266 | |||||||
3267 | // FIXME: Do we need to bounds check? | ||||||
3268 | unsigned ArgIdx = Idx - 1; | ||||||
3269 | |||||||
3270 | if (HasImplicitThisParam
| ||||||
3271 | if (ArgIdx == 0) { | ||||||
3272 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), | ||||||
3273 | diag::err_format_attribute_implicit_this_format_string) | ||||||
3274 | << IdxExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3275 | return; | ||||||
3276 | } | ||||||
3277 | ArgIdx--; | ||||||
3278 | } | ||||||
3279 | |||||||
3280 | // make sure the format string is really a string | ||||||
3281 | QualType Ty = getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, ArgIdx); | ||||||
3282 | |||||||
3283 | if (Kind
| ||||||
3284 | if (!isCFStringType(Ty, S.Context)) { | ||||||
3285 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_format_attribute_not) | ||||||
3286 | << "a CFString" << IdxExpr->getSourceRange() | ||||||
3287 | << getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, ArgIdx); | ||||||
3288 | return; | ||||||
3289 | } | ||||||
3290 | } else if (Kind
| ||||||
3291 | // FIXME: do we need to check if the type is NSString*? What are the | ||||||
3292 | // semantics? | ||||||
3293 | if (!isNSStringType(Ty, S.Context)) { | ||||||
3294 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_format_attribute_not) | ||||||
3295 | << "an NSString" << IdxExpr->getSourceRange() | ||||||
3296 | << getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, ArgIdx); | ||||||
3297 | return; | ||||||
3298 | } | ||||||
3299 | } else if (!Ty->isPointerType() || | ||||||
3300 | !Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isCharType()) { | ||||||
| |||||||
3301 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_format_attribute_not) | ||||||
3302 | << "a string type" << IdxExpr->getSourceRange() | ||||||
3303 | << getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, ArgIdx); | ||||||
3304 | return; | ||||||
3305 | } | ||||||
3306 | |||||||
3307 | // check the 3rd argument | ||||||
3308 | Expr *FirstArgExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(2); | ||||||
3309 | uint32_t FirstArg; | ||||||
3310 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, FirstArgExpr, FirstArg, 3)) | ||||||
3311 | return; | ||||||
3312 | |||||||
3313 | // check if the function is variadic if the 3rd argument non-zero | ||||||
3314 | if (FirstArg != 0) { | ||||||
3315 | if (isFunctionOrMethodVariadic(D)) { | ||||||
3316 | ++NumArgs; // +1 for ... | ||||||
3317 | } else { | ||||||
3318 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_format_attribute_requires_variadic); | ||||||
3319 | return; | ||||||
3320 | } | ||||||
3321 | } | ||||||
3322 | |||||||
3323 | // strftime requires FirstArg to be 0 because it doesn't read from any | ||||||
3324 | // variable the input is just the current time + the format string. | ||||||
3325 | if (Kind == StrftimeFormat) { | ||||||
3326 | if (FirstArg != 0) { | ||||||
3327 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_format_strftime_third_parameter) | ||||||
3328 | << FirstArgExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3329 | return; | ||||||
3330 | } | ||||||
3331 | // if 0 it disables parameter checking (to use with e.g. va_list) | ||||||
3332 | } else if (FirstArg != 0 && FirstArg != NumArgs) { | ||||||
3333 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds) | ||||||
3334 | << AL << 3 << FirstArgExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3335 | return; | ||||||
3336 | } | ||||||
3337 | |||||||
3338 | FormatAttr *NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, AL, II, Idx, FirstArg); | ||||||
3339 | if (NewAttr) | ||||||
3340 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); | ||||||
3341 | } | ||||||
3342 | |||||||
3343 | /// Handle __attribute__((callback(CalleeIdx, PayloadIdx0, ...))) attributes. | ||||||
3344 | static void handleCallbackAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
3345 | // The index that identifies the callback callee is mandatory. | ||||||
3346 | if (AL.getNumArgs() == 0) { | ||||||
3347 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_callback_attribute_no_callee) | ||||||
3348 | << AL.getRange(); | ||||||
3349 | return; | ||||||
3350 | } | ||||||
3351 | |||||||
3352 | bool HasImplicitThisParam = isInstanceMethod(D); | ||||||
3353 | int32_t NumArgs = getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D); | ||||||
3354 | |||||||
3355 | FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); | ||||||
3356 | assert(FD && "Expected a function declaration!")((FD && "Expected a function declaration!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FD && \"Expected a function declaration!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 3356, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3357 | |||||||
3358 | llvm::StringMap<int> NameIdxMapping; | ||||||
3359 | NameIdxMapping["__"] = -1; | ||||||
3360 | |||||||
3361 | NameIdxMapping["this"] = 0; | ||||||
3362 | |||||||
3363 | int Idx = 1; | ||||||
3364 | for (const ParmVarDecl *PVD : FD->parameters()) | ||||||
3365 | NameIdxMapping[PVD->getName()] = Idx++; | ||||||
3366 | |||||||
3367 | auto UnknownName = NameIdxMapping.end(); | ||||||
3368 | |||||||
3369 | SmallVector<int, 8> EncodingIndices; | ||||||
3370 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = AL.getNumArgs(); I < E; ++I) { | ||||||
3371 | SourceRange SR; | ||||||
3372 | int32_t ArgIdx; | ||||||
3373 | |||||||
3374 | if (AL.isArgIdent(I)) { | ||||||
3375 | IdentifierLoc *IdLoc = AL.getArgAsIdent(I); | ||||||
3376 | auto It = NameIdxMapping.find(IdLoc->Ident->getName()); | ||||||
3377 | if (It == UnknownName) { | ||||||
3378 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_callback_attribute_argument_unknown) | ||||||
3379 | << IdLoc->Ident << IdLoc->Loc; | ||||||
3380 | return; | ||||||
3381 | } | ||||||
3382 | |||||||
3383 | SR = SourceRange(IdLoc->Loc); | ||||||
3384 | ArgIdx = It->second; | ||||||
3385 | } else if (AL.isArgExpr(I)) { | ||||||
3386 | Expr *IdxExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(I); | ||||||
3387 | |||||||
3388 | // If the expression is not parseable as an int32_t we have a problem. | ||||||
3389 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, IdxExpr, (uint32_t &)ArgIdx, I + 1, | ||||||
3390 | false)) { | ||||||
3391 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds) | ||||||
3392 | << AL << (I + 1) << IdxExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3393 | return; | ||||||
3394 | } | ||||||
3395 | |||||||
3396 | // Check oob, excluding the special values, 0 and -1. | ||||||
3397 | if (ArgIdx < -1 || ArgIdx > NumArgs) { | ||||||
3398 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds) | ||||||
3399 | << AL << (I + 1) << IdxExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3400 | return; | ||||||
3401 | } | ||||||
3402 | |||||||
3403 | SR = IdxExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3404 | } else { | ||||||
3405 | llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ParsedAttr argument type!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unexpected ParsedAttr argument type!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 3405); | ||||||
3406 | } | ||||||
3407 | |||||||
3408 | if (ArgIdx == 0 && !HasImplicitThisParam) { | ||||||
3409 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_callback_implicit_this_not_available) | ||||||
3410 | << (I + 1) << SR; | ||||||
3411 | return; | ||||||
3412 | } | ||||||
3413 | |||||||
3414 | // Adjust for the case we do not have an implicit "this" parameter. In this | ||||||
3415 | // case we decrease all positive values by 1 to get LLVM argument indices. | ||||||
3416 | if (!HasImplicitThisParam && ArgIdx > 0) | ||||||
3417 | ArgIdx -= 1; | ||||||
3418 | |||||||
3419 | EncodingIndices.push_back(ArgIdx); | ||||||
3420 | } | ||||||
3421 | |||||||
3422 | int CalleeIdx = EncodingIndices.front(); | ||||||
3423 | // Check if the callee index is proper, thus not "this" and not "unknown". | ||||||
3424 | // This means the "CalleeIdx" has to be non-negative if "HasImplicitThisParam" | ||||||
3425 | // is false and positive if "HasImplicitThisParam" is true. | ||||||
3426 | if (CalleeIdx < (int)HasImplicitThisParam) { | ||||||
3427 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_callback_attribute_invalid_callee) | ||||||
3428 | << AL.getRange(); | ||||||
3429 | return; | ||||||
3430 | } | ||||||
3431 | |||||||
3432 | // Get the callee type, note the index adjustment as the AST doesn't contain | ||||||
3433 | // the this type (which the callee cannot reference anyway!). | ||||||
3434 | const Type *CalleeType = | ||||||
3435 | getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, CalleeIdx - HasImplicitThisParam) | ||||||
3436 | .getTypePtr(); | ||||||
3437 | if (!CalleeType || !CalleeType->isFunctionPointerType()) { | ||||||
3438 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_callback_callee_no_function_type) | ||||||
3439 | << AL.getRange(); | ||||||
3440 | return; | ||||||
3441 | } | ||||||
3442 | |||||||
3443 | const Type *CalleeFnType = | ||||||
3444 | CalleeType->getPointeeType()->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(); | ||||||
3445 | |||||||
3446 | // TODO: Check the type of the callee arguments. | ||||||
3447 | |||||||
3448 | const auto *CalleeFnProtoType = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(CalleeFnType); | ||||||
3449 | if (!CalleeFnProtoType) { | ||||||
3450 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_callback_callee_no_function_type) | ||||||
3451 | << AL.getRange(); | ||||||
3452 | return; | ||||||
3453 | } | ||||||
3454 | |||||||
3455 | if (CalleeFnProtoType->getNumParams() > EncodingIndices.size() - 1) { | ||||||
3456 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) | ||||||
3457 | << AL << (unsigned)(EncodingIndices.size() - 1); | ||||||
3458 | return; | ||||||
3459 | } | ||||||
3460 | |||||||
3461 | if (CalleeFnProtoType->getNumParams() < EncodingIndices.size() - 1) { | ||||||
3462 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) | ||||||
3463 | << AL << (unsigned)(EncodingIndices.size() - 1); | ||||||
3464 | return; | ||||||
3465 | } | ||||||
3466 | |||||||
3467 | if (CalleeFnProtoType->isVariadic()) { | ||||||
3468 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_callback_callee_is_variadic) << AL.getRange(); | ||||||
3469 | return; | ||||||
3470 | } | ||||||
3471 | |||||||
3472 | // Do not allow multiple callback attributes. | ||||||
3473 | if (D->hasAttr<CallbackAttr>()) { | ||||||
3474 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_callback_attribute_multiple) << AL.getRange(); | ||||||
3475 | return; | ||||||
3476 | } | ||||||
3477 | |||||||
3478 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CallbackAttr( | ||||||
3479 | S.Context, AL, EncodingIndices.data(), EncodingIndices.size())); | ||||||
3480 | } | ||||||
3481 | |||||||
3482 | static void handleTransparentUnionAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
3483 | // Try to find the underlying union declaration. | ||||||
3484 | RecordDecl *RD = nullptr; | ||||||
3485 | const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D); | ||||||
3486 | if (TD && TD->getUnderlyingType()->isUnionType()) | ||||||
3487 | RD = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAsUnionType()->getDecl(); | ||||||
3488 | else | ||||||
3489 | RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D); | ||||||
3490 | |||||||
3491 | if (!RD || !RD->isUnion()) { | ||||||
3492 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) << AL | ||||||
3493 | << ExpectedUnion; | ||||||
3494 | return; | ||||||
3495 | } | ||||||
3496 | |||||||
3497 | if (!RD->isCompleteDefinition()) { | ||||||
3498 | if (!RD->isBeingDefined()) | ||||||
3499 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), | ||||||
3500 | diag::warn_transparent_union_attribute_not_definition); | ||||||
3501 | return; | ||||||
3502 | } | ||||||
3503 | |||||||
3504 | RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(), | ||||||
3505 | FieldEnd = RD->field_end(); | ||||||
3506 | if (Field == FieldEnd) { | ||||||
3507 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_transparent_union_attribute_zero_fields); | ||||||
3508 | return; | ||||||
3509 | } | ||||||
3510 | |||||||
3511 | FieldDecl *FirstField = *Field; | ||||||
3512 | QualType FirstType = FirstField->getType(); | ||||||
3513 | if (FirstType->hasFloatingRepresentation() || FirstType->isVectorType()) { | ||||||
3514 | S.Diag(FirstField->getLocation(), | ||||||
3515 | diag::warn_transparent_union_attribute_floating) | ||||||
3516 | << FirstType->isVectorType() << FirstType; | ||||||
3517 | return; | ||||||
3518 | } | ||||||
3519 | |||||||
3520 | if (FirstType->isIncompleteType()) | ||||||
3521 | return; | ||||||
3522 | uint64_t FirstSize = S.Context.getTypeSize(FirstType); | ||||||
3523 | uint64_t FirstAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(FirstType); | ||||||
3524 | for (; Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { | ||||||
3525 | QualType FieldType = Field->getType(); | ||||||
3526 | if (FieldType->isIncompleteType()) | ||||||
3527 | return; | ||||||
3528 | // FIXME: this isn't fully correct; we also need to test whether the | ||||||
3529 | // members of the union would all have the same calling convention as the | ||||||
3530 | // first member of the union. Checking just the size and alignment isn't | ||||||
3531 | // sufficient (consider structs passed on the stack instead of in registers | ||||||
3532 | // as an example). | ||||||
3533 | if (S.Context.getTypeSize(FieldType) != FirstSize || | ||||||
3534 | S.Context.getTypeAlign(FieldType) > FirstAlign) { | ||||||
3535 | // Warn if we drop the attribute. | ||||||
3536 | bool isSize = S.Context.getTypeSize(FieldType) != FirstSize; | ||||||
3537 | unsigned FieldBits = isSize? S.Context.getTypeSize(FieldType) | ||||||
3538 | : S.Context.getTypeAlign(FieldType); | ||||||
3539 | S.Diag(Field->getLocation(), | ||||||
3540 | diag::warn_transparent_union_attribute_field_size_align) | ||||||
3541 | << isSize << Field->getDeclName() << FieldBits; | ||||||
3542 | unsigned FirstBits = isSize? FirstSize : FirstAlign; | ||||||
3543 | S.Diag(FirstField->getLocation(), | ||||||
3544 | diag::note_transparent_union_first_field_size_align) | ||||||
3545 | << isSize << FirstBits; | ||||||
3546 | return; | ||||||
3547 | } | ||||||
3548 | } | ||||||
3549 | |||||||
3550 | RD->addAttr(::new (S.Context) TransparentUnionAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
3551 | } | ||||||
3552 | |||||||
3553 | static void handleAnnotateAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
3554 | // Make sure that there is a string literal as the annotation's single | ||||||
3555 | // argument. | ||||||
3556 | StringRef Str; | ||||||
3557 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str)) | ||||||
3558 | return; | ||||||
3559 | |||||||
3560 | // Don't duplicate annotations that are already set. | ||||||
3561 | for (const auto *I : D->specific_attrs<AnnotateAttr>()) { | ||||||
3562 | if (I->getAnnotation() == Str) | ||||||
3563 | return; | ||||||
3564 | } | ||||||
3565 | |||||||
3566 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AnnotateAttr(S.Context, AL, Str)); | ||||||
3567 | } | ||||||
3568 | |||||||
3569 | static void handleAlignValueAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
3570 | S.AddAlignValueAttr(D, AL, AL.getArgAsExpr(0)); | ||||||
3571 | } | ||||||
3572 | |||||||
3573 | void Sema::AddAlignValueAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E) { | ||||||
3574 | AlignValueAttr TmpAttr(Context, CI, E); | ||||||
3575 | SourceLocation AttrLoc = CI.getLoc(); | ||||||
3576 | |||||||
3577 | QualType T; | ||||||
3578 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) | ||||||
3579 | T = TD->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||||
3580 | else if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) | ||||||
3581 | T = VD->getType(); | ||||||
3582 | else | ||||||
3583 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown decl type for align_value")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown decl type for align_value" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 3583); | ||||||
3584 | |||||||
3585 | if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isAnyPointerType() && | ||||||
3586 | !T->isReferenceType() && !T->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||||
3587 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::warn_attribute_pointer_or_reference_only) | ||||||
3588 | << &TmpAttr /*TmpAttr.getName()*/ << T << D->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3589 | return; | ||||||
3590 | } | ||||||
3591 | |||||||
3592 | if (!E->isValueDependent()) { | ||||||
3593 | llvm::APSInt Alignment; | ||||||
3594 | ExprResult ICE | ||||||
3595 | = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, &Alignment, | ||||||
3596 | diag::err_align_value_attribute_argument_not_int, | ||||||
3597 | /*AllowFold*/ false); | ||||||
3598 | if (ICE.isInvalid()) | ||||||
3599 | return; | ||||||
3600 | |||||||
3601 | if (!Alignment.isPowerOf2()) { | ||||||
3602 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two) | ||||||
3603 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3604 | return; | ||||||
3605 | } | ||||||
3606 | |||||||
3607 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) AlignValueAttr(Context, CI, ICE.get())); | ||||||
3608 | return; | ||||||
3609 | } | ||||||
3610 | |||||||
3611 | // Save dependent expressions in the AST to be instantiated. | ||||||
3612 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) AlignValueAttr(Context, CI, E)); | ||||||
3613 | } | ||||||
3614 | |||||||
3615 | static void handleAlignedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
3616 | // check the attribute arguments. | ||||||
3617 | if (AL.getNumArgs() > 1) { | ||||||
3618 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) << AL << 1; | ||||||
3619 | return; | ||||||
3620 | } | ||||||
3621 | |||||||
3622 | if (AL.getNumArgs() == 0) { | ||||||
3623 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AlignedAttr(S.Context, AL, true, nullptr)); | ||||||
3624 | return; | ||||||
3625 | } | ||||||
3626 | |||||||
3627 | Expr *E = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||||
3628 | if (AL.isPackExpansion() && !E->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { | ||||||
3629 | S.Diag(AL.getEllipsisLoc(), | ||||||
3630 | diag::err_pack_expansion_without_parameter_packs); | ||||||
3631 | return; | ||||||
3632 | } | ||||||
3633 | |||||||
3634 | if (!AL.isPackExpansion() && S.DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(E)) | ||||||
3635 | return; | ||||||
3636 | |||||||
3637 | S.AddAlignedAttr(D, AL, E, AL.isPackExpansion()); | ||||||
3638 | } | ||||||
3639 | |||||||
3640 | void Sema::AddAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E, | ||||||
3641 | bool IsPackExpansion) { | ||||||
3642 | AlignedAttr TmpAttr(Context, CI, true, E); | ||||||
3643 | SourceLocation AttrLoc = CI.getLoc(); | ||||||
3644 | |||||||
3645 | // C++11 alignas(...) and C11 _Alignas(...) have additional requirements. | ||||||
3646 | if (TmpAttr.isAlignas()) { | ||||||
3647 | // C++11 [dcl.align]p1: | ||||||
3648 | // An alignment-specifier may be applied to a variable or to a class | ||||||
3649 | // data member, but it shall not be applied to a bit-field, a function | ||||||
3650 | // parameter, the formal parameter of a catch clause, or a variable | ||||||
3651 | // declared with the register storage class specifier. An | ||||||
3652 | // alignment-specifier may also be applied to the declaration of a class | ||||||
3653 | // or enumeration type. | ||||||
3654 | // C11 6.7.5/2: | ||||||
3655 | // An alignment attribute shall not be specified in a declaration of | ||||||
3656 | // a typedef, or a bit-field, or a function, or a parameter, or an | ||||||
3657 | // object declared with the register storage-class specifier. | ||||||
3658 | int DiagKind = -1; | ||||||
3659 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
3660 | DiagKind = 0; | ||||||
3661 | } else if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
3662 | if (VD->getStorageClass() == SC_Register) | ||||||
3663 | DiagKind = 1; | ||||||
3664 | if (VD->isExceptionVariable()) | ||||||
3665 | DiagKind = 2; | ||||||
3666 | } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
3667 | if (FD->isBitField()) | ||||||
3668 | DiagKind = 3; | ||||||
3669 | } else if (!isa<TagDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
3670 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) << &TmpAttr | ||||||
3671 | << (TmpAttr.isC11() ? ExpectedVariableOrField | ||||||
3672 | : ExpectedVariableFieldOrTag); | ||||||
3673 | return; | ||||||
3674 | } | ||||||
3675 | if (DiagKind != -1) { | ||||||
3676 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_alignas_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
3677 | << &TmpAttr << DiagKind; | ||||||
3678 | return; | ||||||
3679 | } | ||||||
3680 | } | ||||||
3681 | |||||||
3682 | if (E->isValueDependent()) { | ||||||
3683 | // We can't support a dependent alignment on a non-dependent type, | ||||||
3684 | // because we have no way to model that a type is "alignment-dependent" | ||||||
3685 | // but not dependent in any other way. | ||||||
3686 | if (const auto *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
3687 | if (!TND->getUnderlyingType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||
3688 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_alignment_dependent_typedef_name) | ||||||
3689 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3690 | return; | ||||||
3691 | } | ||||||
3692 | } | ||||||
3693 | |||||||
3694 | // Save dependent expressions in the AST to be instantiated. | ||||||
3695 | AlignedAttr *AA = ::new (Context) AlignedAttr(Context, CI, true, E); | ||||||
3696 | AA->setPackExpansion(IsPackExpansion); | ||||||
3697 | D->addAttr(AA); | ||||||
3698 | return; | ||||||
3699 | } | ||||||
3700 | |||||||
3701 | // FIXME: Cache the number on the AL object? | ||||||
3702 | llvm::APSInt Alignment; | ||||||
3703 | ExprResult ICE | ||||||
3704 | = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, &Alignment, | ||||||
3705 | diag::err_aligned_attribute_argument_not_int, | ||||||
3706 | /*AllowFold*/ false); | ||||||
3707 | if (ICE.isInvalid()) | ||||||
3708 | return; | ||||||
3709 | |||||||
3710 | uint64_t AlignVal = Alignment.getZExtValue(); | ||||||
3711 | |||||||
3712 | // C++11 [dcl.align]p2: | ||||||
3713 | // -- if the constant expression evaluates to zero, the alignment | ||||||
3714 | // specifier shall have no effect | ||||||
3715 | // C11 6.7.5p6: | ||||||
3716 | // An alignment specification of zero has no effect. | ||||||
3717 | if (!(TmpAttr.isAlignas() && !Alignment)) { | ||||||
3718 | if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(AlignVal)) { | ||||||
3719 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two) | ||||||
3720 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3721 | return; | ||||||
3722 | } | ||||||
3723 | } | ||||||
3724 | |||||||
3725 | // Alignment calculations can wrap around if it's greater than 2**28. | ||||||
3726 | unsigned MaxValidAlignment = | ||||||
3727 | Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSBinFormatCOFF() ? 8192 | ||||||
3728 | : 268435456; | ||||||
3729 | if (AlignVal > MaxValidAlignment) { | ||||||
3730 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_aligned_too_great) << MaxValidAlignment | ||||||
3731 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3732 | return; | ||||||
3733 | } | ||||||
3734 | |||||||
3735 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { | ||||||
3736 | unsigned MaxTLSAlign = | ||||||
3737 | Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) | ||||||
3738 | .getQuantity(); | ||||||
3739 | const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); | ||||||
3740 | if (MaxTLSAlign && AlignVal > MaxTLSAlign && VD && | ||||||
3741 | VD->getTLSKind() != VarDecl::TLS_None) { | ||||||
3742 | Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) | ||||||
3743 | << (unsigned)AlignVal << VD << MaxTLSAlign; | ||||||
3744 | return; | ||||||
3745 | } | ||||||
3746 | } | ||||||
3747 | |||||||
3748 | AlignedAttr *AA = ::new (Context) AlignedAttr(Context, CI, true, ICE.get()); | ||||||
3749 | AA->setPackExpansion(IsPackExpansion); | ||||||
3750 | D->addAttr(AA); | ||||||
3751 | } | ||||||
3752 | |||||||
3753 | void Sema::AddAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||||
3754 | TypeSourceInfo *TS, bool IsPackExpansion) { | ||||||
3755 | // FIXME: Cache the number on the AL object if non-dependent? | ||||||
3756 | // FIXME: Perform checking of type validity | ||||||
3757 | AlignedAttr *AA = ::new (Context) AlignedAttr(Context, CI, false, TS); | ||||||
3758 | AA->setPackExpansion(IsPackExpansion); | ||||||
3759 | D->addAttr(AA); | ||||||
3760 | } | ||||||
3761 | |||||||
3762 | void Sema::CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D) { | ||||||
3763 | assert(D->hasAttrs() && "no attributes on decl")((D->hasAttrs() && "no attributes on decl") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("D->hasAttrs() && \"no attributes on decl\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 3763, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3764 | |||||||
3765 | QualType UnderlyingTy, DiagTy; | ||||||
3766 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
3767 | UnderlyingTy = DiagTy = VD->getType(); | ||||||
3768 | } else { | ||||||
3769 | UnderlyingTy = DiagTy = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(D)); | ||||||
3770 | if (const auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) | ||||||
3771 | UnderlyingTy = ED->getIntegerType(); | ||||||
3772 | } | ||||||
3773 | if (DiagTy->isDependentType() || DiagTy->isIncompleteType()) | ||||||
3774 | return; | ||||||
3775 | |||||||
3776 | // C++11 [dcl.align]p5, C11 6.7.5/4: | ||||||
3777 | // The combined effect of all alignment attributes in a declaration shall | ||||||
3778 | // not specify an alignment that is less strict than the alignment that | ||||||
3779 | // would otherwise be required for the entity being declared. | ||||||
3780 | AlignedAttr *AlignasAttr = nullptr; | ||||||
3781 | unsigned Align = 0; | ||||||
3782 | for (auto *I : D->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { | ||||||
3783 | if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) | ||||||
3784 | return; | ||||||
3785 | if (I->isAlignas()) | ||||||
3786 | AlignasAttr = I; | ||||||
3787 | Align = std::max(Align, I->getAlignment(Context)); | ||||||
3788 | } | ||||||
3789 | |||||||
3790 | if (AlignasAttr && Align) { | ||||||
3791 | CharUnits RequestedAlign = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); | ||||||
3792 | CharUnits NaturalAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(UnderlyingTy); | ||||||
3793 | if (NaturalAlign > RequestedAlign) | ||||||
3794 | Diag(AlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_underaligned) | ||||||
3795 | << DiagTy << (unsigned)NaturalAlign.getQuantity(); | ||||||
3796 | } | ||||||
3797 | } | ||||||
3798 | |||||||
3799 | bool Sema::checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition( | ||||||
3800 | CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase, | ||||||
3801 | MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling) { | ||||||
3802 | assert(RD->hasDefinition() && "RD has no definition!")((RD->hasDefinition() && "RD has no definition!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RD->hasDefinition() && \"RD has no definition!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 3802, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3803 | |||||||
3804 | // We may not have seen base specifiers or any virtual methods yet. We will | ||||||
3805 | // have to wait until the record is defined to catch any mismatches. | ||||||
3806 | if (!RD->getDefinition()->isCompleteDefinition()) | ||||||
3807 | return false; | ||||||
3808 | |||||||
3809 | // The unspecified model never matches what a definition could need. | ||||||
3810 | if (SemanticSpelling == MSInheritanceAttr::Keyword_unspecified_inheritance) | ||||||
3811 | return false; | ||||||
3812 | |||||||
3813 | if (BestCase) { | ||||||
3814 | if (RD->calculateInheritanceModel() == SemanticSpelling) | ||||||
3815 | return false; | ||||||
3816 | } else { | ||||||
3817 | if (RD->calculateInheritanceModel() <= SemanticSpelling) | ||||||
3818 | return false; | ||||||
3819 | } | ||||||
3820 | |||||||
3821 | Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_mismatched_ms_inheritance) | ||||||
3822 | << 0 /*definition*/; | ||||||
3823 | Diag(RD->getDefinition()->getLocation(), diag::note_defined_here) | ||||||
3824 | << RD->getNameAsString(); | ||||||
3825 | return true; | ||||||
3826 | } | ||||||
3827 | |||||||
3828 | /// parseModeAttrArg - Parses attribute mode string and returns parsed type | ||||||
3829 | /// attribute. | ||||||
3830 | static void parseModeAttrArg(Sema &S, StringRef Str, unsigned &DestWidth, | ||||||
3831 | bool &IntegerMode, bool &ComplexMode) { | ||||||
3832 | IntegerMode = true; | ||||||
3833 | ComplexMode = false; | ||||||
3834 | switch (Str.size()) { | ||||||
3835 | case 2: | ||||||
3836 | switch (Str[0]) { | ||||||
3837 | case 'Q': | ||||||
3838 | DestWidth = 8; | ||||||
3839 | break; | ||||||
3840 | case 'H': | ||||||
3841 | DestWidth = 16; | ||||||
3842 | break; | ||||||
3843 | case 'S': | ||||||
3844 | DestWidth = 32; | ||||||
3845 | break; | ||||||
3846 | case 'D': | ||||||
3847 | DestWidth = 64; | ||||||
3848 | break; | ||||||
3849 | case 'X': | ||||||
3850 | DestWidth = 96; | ||||||
3851 | break; | ||||||
3852 | case 'T': | ||||||
3853 | DestWidth = 128; | ||||||
3854 | break; | ||||||
3855 | } | ||||||
3856 | if (Str[1] == 'F') { | ||||||
3857 | IntegerMode = false; | ||||||
3858 | } else if (Str[1] == 'C') { | ||||||
3859 | IntegerMode = false; | ||||||
3860 | ComplexMode = true; | ||||||
3861 | } else if (Str[1] != 'I') { | ||||||
3862 | DestWidth = 0; | ||||||
3863 | } | ||||||
3864 | break; | ||||||
3865 | case 4: | ||||||
3866 | // FIXME: glibc uses 'word' to define register_t; this is narrower than a | ||||||
3867 | // pointer on PIC16 and other embedded platforms. | ||||||
3868 | if (Str == "word") | ||||||
3869 | DestWidth = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getRegisterWidth(); | ||||||
3870 | else if (Str == "byte") | ||||||
3871 | DestWidth = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); | ||||||
3872 | break; | ||||||
3873 | case 7: | ||||||
3874 | if (Str == "pointer") | ||||||
3875 | DestWidth = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0); | ||||||
3876 | break; | ||||||
3877 | case 11: | ||||||
3878 | if (Str == "unwind_word") | ||||||
3879 | DestWidth = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getUnwindWordWidth(); | ||||||
3880 | break; | ||||||
3881 | } | ||||||
3882 | } | ||||||
3883 | |||||||
3884 | /// handleModeAttr - This attribute modifies the width of a decl with primitive | ||||||
3885 | /// type. | ||||||
3886 | /// | ||||||
3887 | /// Despite what would be logical, the mode attribute is a decl attribute, not a | ||||||
3888 | /// type attribute: 'int ** __attribute((mode(HI))) *G;' tries to make 'G' be | ||||||
3889 | /// HImode, not an intermediate pointer. | ||||||
3890 | static void handleModeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
3891 | // This attribute isn't documented, but glibc uses it. It changes | ||||||
3892 | // the width of an int or unsigned int to the specified size. | ||||||
3893 | if (!AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||||
3894 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||||
3895 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||||
3896 | return; | ||||||
3897 | } | ||||||
3898 | |||||||
3899 | IdentifierInfo *Name = AL.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident; | ||||||
3900 | |||||||
3901 | S.AddModeAttr(D, AL, Name); | ||||||
3902 | } | ||||||
3903 | |||||||
3904 | void Sema::AddModeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||||
3905 | IdentifierInfo *Name, bool InInstantiation) { | ||||||
3906 | StringRef Str = Name->getName(); | ||||||
3907 | normalizeName(Str); | ||||||
3908 | SourceLocation AttrLoc = CI.getLoc(); | ||||||
3909 | |||||||
3910 | unsigned DestWidth = 0; | ||||||
3911 | bool IntegerMode = true; | ||||||
3912 | bool ComplexMode = false; | ||||||
3913 | llvm::APInt VectorSize(64, 0); | ||||||
3914 | if (Str.size() >= 4 && Str[0] == 'V') { | ||||||
3915 | // Minimal length of vector mode is 4: 'V' + NUMBER(>=1) + TYPE(>=2). | ||||||
3916 | size_t StrSize = Str.size(); | ||||||
3917 | size_t VectorStringLength = 0; | ||||||
3918 | while ((VectorStringLength + 1) < StrSize && | ||||||
3919 | isdigit(Str[VectorStringLength + 1])) | ||||||
3920 | ++VectorStringLength; | ||||||
3921 | if (VectorStringLength && | ||||||
3922 | !Str.substr(1, VectorStringLength).getAsInteger(10, VectorSize) && | ||||||
3923 | VectorSize.isPowerOf2()) { | ||||||
3924 | parseModeAttrArg(*this, Str.substr(VectorStringLength + 1), DestWidth, | ||||||
3925 | IntegerMode, ComplexMode); | ||||||
3926 | // Avoid duplicate warning from template instantiation. | ||||||
3927 | if (!InInstantiation) | ||||||
3928 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::warn_vector_mode_deprecated); | ||||||
3929 | } else { | ||||||
3930 | VectorSize = 0; | ||||||
3931 | } | ||||||
3932 | } | ||||||
3933 | |||||||
3934 | if (!VectorSize) | ||||||
3935 | parseModeAttrArg(*this, Str, DestWidth, IntegerMode, ComplexMode); | ||||||
3936 | |||||||
3937 | // FIXME: Sync this with InitializePredefinedMacros; we need to match int8_t | ||||||
3938 | // and friends, at least with glibc. | ||||||
3939 | // FIXME: Make sure floating-point mappings are accurate | ||||||
3940 | // FIXME: Support XF and TF types | ||||||
3941 | if (!DestWidth) { | ||||||
3942 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_machine_mode) << 0 /*Unknown*/ << Name; | ||||||
3943 | return; | ||||||
3944 | } | ||||||
3945 | |||||||
3946 | QualType OldTy; | ||||||
3947 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) | ||||||
3948 | OldTy = TD->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||||
3949 | else if (const auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
3950 | // Something like 'typedef enum { X } __attribute__((mode(XX))) T;'. | ||||||
3951 | // Try to get type from enum declaration, default to int. | ||||||
3952 | OldTy = ED->getIntegerType(); | ||||||
3953 | if (OldTy.isNull()) | ||||||
3954 | OldTy = Context.IntTy; | ||||||
3955 | } else | ||||||
3956 | OldTy = cast<ValueDecl>(D)->getType(); | ||||||
3957 | |||||||
3958 | if (OldTy->isDependentType()) { | ||||||
3959 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) ModeAttr(Context, CI, Name)); | ||||||
3960 | return; | ||||||
3961 | } | ||||||
3962 | |||||||
3963 | // Base type can also be a vector type (see PR17453). | ||||||
3964 | // Distinguish between base type and base element type. | ||||||
3965 | QualType OldElemTy = OldTy; | ||||||
3966 | if (const auto *VT = OldTy->getAs<VectorType>()) | ||||||
3967 | OldElemTy = VT->getElementType(); | ||||||
3968 | |||||||
3969 | // GCC allows 'mode' attribute on enumeration types (even incomplete), except | ||||||
3970 | // for vector modes. So, 'enum X __attribute__((mode(QI)));' forms a complete | ||||||
3971 | // type, 'enum { A } __attribute__((mode(V4SI)))' is rejected. | ||||||
3972 | if ((isa<EnumDecl>(D) || OldElemTy->getAs<EnumType>()) && | ||||||
3973 | VectorSize.getBoolValue()) { | ||||||
3974 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_enum_mode_vector_type) << Name << CI.getRange(); | ||||||
3975 | return; | ||||||
3976 | } | ||||||
3977 | bool IntegralOrAnyEnumType = | ||||||
3978 | OldElemTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || OldElemTy->getAs<EnumType>(); | ||||||
3979 | |||||||
3980 | if (!OldElemTy->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !OldElemTy->isComplexType() && | ||||||
3981 | !IntegralOrAnyEnumType) | ||||||
3982 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_mode_not_primitive); | ||||||
3983 | else if (IntegerMode) { | ||||||
3984 | if (!IntegralOrAnyEnumType) | ||||||
3985 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_mode_wrong_type); | ||||||
3986 | } else if (ComplexMode) { | ||||||
3987 | if (!OldElemTy->isComplexType()) | ||||||
3988 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_mode_wrong_type); | ||||||
3989 | } else { | ||||||
3990 | if (!OldElemTy->isFloatingType()) | ||||||
3991 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_mode_wrong_type); | ||||||
3992 | } | ||||||
3993 | |||||||
3994 | QualType NewElemTy; | ||||||
3995 | |||||||
3996 | if (IntegerMode) | ||||||
3997 | NewElemTy = Context.getIntTypeForBitwidth(DestWidth, | ||||||
3998 | OldElemTy->isSignedIntegerType()); | ||||||
3999 | else | ||||||
4000 | NewElemTy = Context.getRealTypeForBitwidth(DestWidth); | ||||||
4001 | |||||||
4002 | if (NewElemTy.isNull()) { | ||||||
4003 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_machine_mode) << 1 /*Unsupported*/ << Name; | ||||||
4004 | return; | ||||||
4005 | } | ||||||
4006 | |||||||
4007 | if (ComplexMode) { | ||||||
4008 | NewElemTy = Context.getComplexType(NewElemTy); | ||||||
4009 | } | ||||||
4010 | |||||||
4011 | QualType NewTy = NewElemTy; | ||||||
4012 | if (VectorSize.getBoolValue()) { | ||||||
4013 | NewTy = Context.getVectorType(NewTy, VectorSize.getZExtValue(), | ||||||
4014 | VectorType::GenericVector); | ||||||
4015 | } else if (const auto *OldVT = OldTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { | ||||||
4016 | // Complex machine mode does not support base vector types. | ||||||
4017 | if (ComplexMode) { | ||||||
4018 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_complex_mode_vector_type); | ||||||
4019 | return; | ||||||
4020 | } | ||||||
4021 | unsigned NumElements = Context.getTypeSize(OldElemTy) * | ||||||
4022 | OldVT->getNumElements() / | ||||||
4023 | Context.getTypeSize(NewElemTy); | ||||||
4024 | NewTy = | ||||||
4025 | Context.getVectorType(NewElemTy, NumElements, OldVT->getVectorKind()); | ||||||
4026 | } | ||||||
4027 | |||||||
4028 | if (NewTy.isNull()) { | ||||||
4029 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_mode_wrong_type); | ||||||
4030 | return; | ||||||
4031 | } | ||||||
4032 | |||||||
4033 | // Install the new type. | ||||||
4034 | if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) | ||||||
4035 | TD->setModedTypeSourceInfo(TD->getTypeSourceInfo(), NewTy); | ||||||
4036 | else if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) | ||||||
4037 | ED->setIntegerType(NewTy); | ||||||
4038 | else | ||||||
4039 | cast<ValueDecl>(D)->setType(NewTy); | ||||||
4040 | |||||||
4041 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) ModeAttr(Context, CI, Name)); | ||||||
4042 | } | ||||||
4043 | |||||||
4044 | static void handleNoDebugAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4045 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NoDebugAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
4046 | } | ||||||
4047 | |||||||
4048 | AlwaysInlineAttr *Sema::mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, | ||||||
4049 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||||
4050 | const IdentifierInfo *Ident) { | ||||||
4051 | if (OptimizeNoneAttr *Optnone = D->getAttr<OptimizeNoneAttr>()) { | ||||||
4052 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Ident; | ||||||
4053 | Diag(Optnone->getLocation(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | ||||||
4054 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4055 | } | ||||||
4056 | |||||||
4057 | if (D->hasAttr<AlwaysInlineAttr>()) | ||||||
4058 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4059 | |||||||
4060 | return ::new (Context) AlwaysInlineAttr(Context, CI); | ||||||
4061 | } | ||||||
4062 | |||||||
4063 | CommonAttr *Sema::mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4064 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<InternalLinkageAttr>(*this, D, AL)) | ||||||
4065 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4066 | |||||||
4067 | return ::new (Context) CommonAttr(Context, AL); | ||||||
4068 | } | ||||||
4069 | |||||||
4070 | CommonAttr *Sema::mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, const CommonAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4071 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<InternalLinkageAttr>(*this, D, AL)) | ||||||
4072 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4073 | |||||||
4074 | return ::new (Context) CommonAttr(Context, AL); | ||||||
4075 | } | ||||||
4076 | |||||||
4077 | InternalLinkageAttr *Sema::mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, | ||||||
4078 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4079 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
4080 | // Attribute applies to Var but not any subclass of it (like ParmVar, | ||||||
4081 | // ImplicitParm or VarTemplateSpecialization). | ||||||
4082 | if (VD->getKind() != Decl::Var) { | ||||||
4083 | Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
4084 | << AL << (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? ExpectedFunctionVariableOrClass | ||||||
4085 | : ExpectedVariableOrFunction); | ||||||
4086 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4087 | } | ||||||
4088 | // Attribute does not apply to non-static local variables. | ||||||
4089 | if (VD->hasLocalStorage()) { | ||||||
4090 | Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::warn_internal_linkage_local_storage); | ||||||
4091 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4092 | } | ||||||
4093 | } | ||||||
4094 | |||||||
4095 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<CommonAttr>(*this, D, AL)) | ||||||
4096 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4097 | |||||||
4098 | return ::new (Context) InternalLinkageAttr(Context, AL); | ||||||
4099 | } | ||||||
4100 | InternalLinkageAttr * | ||||||
4101 | Sema::mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, const InternalLinkageAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4102 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
4103 | // Attribute applies to Var but not any subclass of it (like ParmVar, | ||||||
4104 | // ImplicitParm or VarTemplateSpecialization). | ||||||
4105 | if (VD->getKind() != Decl::Var) { | ||||||
4106 | Diag(AL.getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
4107 | << &AL << (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? ExpectedFunctionVariableOrClass | ||||||
4108 | : ExpectedVariableOrFunction); | ||||||
4109 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4110 | } | ||||||
4111 | // Attribute does not apply to non-static local variables. | ||||||
4112 | if (VD->hasLocalStorage()) { | ||||||
4113 | Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::warn_internal_linkage_local_storage); | ||||||
4114 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4115 | } | ||||||
4116 | } | ||||||
4117 | |||||||
4118 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<CommonAttr>(*this, D, AL)) | ||||||
4119 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4120 | |||||||
4121 | return ::new (Context) InternalLinkageAttr(Context, AL); | ||||||
4122 | } | ||||||
4123 | |||||||
4124 | MinSizeAttr *Sema::mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI) { | ||||||
4125 | if (OptimizeNoneAttr *Optnone = D->getAttr<OptimizeNoneAttr>()) { | ||||||
4126 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << "'minsize'"; | ||||||
4127 | Diag(Optnone->getLocation(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | ||||||
4128 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4129 | } | ||||||
4130 | |||||||
4131 | if (D->hasAttr<MinSizeAttr>()) | ||||||
4132 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4133 | |||||||
4134 | return ::new (Context) MinSizeAttr(Context, CI); | ||||||
4135 | } | ||||||
4136 | |||||||
4137 | NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr *Sema::mergeNoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr( | ||||||
4138 | Decl *D, const NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4139 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(*this, D, AL)) | ||||||
4140 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4141 | |||||||
4142 | return ::new (Context) NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(Context, AL); | ||||||
4143 | } | ||||||
4144 | |||||||
4145 | OptimizeNoneAttr *Sema::mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, | ||||||
4146 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI) { | ||||||
4147 | if (AlwaysInlineAttr *Inline = D->getAttr<AlwaysInlineAttr>()) { | ||||||
4148 | Diag(Inline->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Inline; | ||||||
4149 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | ||||||
4150 | D->dropAttr<AlwaysInlineAttr>(); | ||||||
4151 | } | ||||||
4152 | if (MinSizeAttr *MinSize = D->getAttr<MinSizeAttr>()) { | ||||||
4153 | Diag(MinSize->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << MinSize; | ||||||
4154 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | ||||||
4155 | D->dropAttr<MinSizeAttr>(); | ||||||
4156 | } | ||||||
4157 | |||||||
4158 | if (D->hasAttr<OptimizeNoneAttr>()) | ||||||
4159 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4160 | |||||||
4161 | return ::new (Context) OptimizeNoneAttr(Context, CI); | ||||||
4162 | } | ||||||
4163 | |||||||
4164 | SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr *Sema::mergeSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr( | ||||||
4165 | Decl *D, const SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4166 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(*this, D, AL)) | ||||||
4167 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4168 | |||||||
4169 | return ::new (Context) SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(Context, AL); | ||||||
4170 | } | ||||||
4171 | |||||||
4172 | static void handleAlwaysInlineAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4173 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<NotTailCalledAttr>(S, D, AL)) | ||||||
4174 | return; | ||||||
4175 | |||||||
4176 | if (AlwaysInlineAttr *Inline = | ||||||
4177 | S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AL, AL.getAttrName())) | ||||||
4178 | D->addAttr(Inline); | ||||||
4179 | } | ||||||
4180 | |||||||
4181 | static void handleMinSizeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4182 | if (MinSizeAttr *MinSize = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, AL)) | ||||||
4183 | D->addAttr(MinSize); | ||||||
4184 | } | ||||||
4185 | |||||||
4186 | static void handleOptimizeNoneAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4187 | if (OptimizeNoneAttr *Optnone = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, AL)) | ||||||
4188 | D->addAttr(Optnone); | ||||||
4189 | } | ||||||
4190 | |||||||
4191 | static void handleConstantAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4192 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<CUDASharedAttr>(S, D, AL)) | ||||||
4193 | return; | ||||||
4194 | const auto *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); | ||||||
4195 | if (!VD->hasGlobalStorage()) { | ||||||
4196 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_cuda_nonglobal_constant); | ||||||
4197 | return; | ||||||
4198 | } | ||||||
4199 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CUDAConstantAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
4200 | } | ||||||
4201 | |||||||
4202 | static void handleSharedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4203 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<CUDAConstantAttr>(S, D, AL)) | ||||||
4204 | return; | ||||||
4205 | const auto *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); | ||||||
4206 | // extern __shared__ is only allowed on arrays with no length (e.g. | ||||||
4207 | // "int x[]"). | ||||||
4208 | if (!S.getLangOpts().GPURelocatableDeviceCode && VD->hasExternalStorage() && | ||||||
4209 | !isa<IncompleteArrayType>(VD->getType())) { | ||||||
4210 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_cuda_extern_shared) << VD; | ||||||
4211 | return; | ||||||
4212 | } | ||||||
4213 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && VD->hasLocalStorage() && | ||||||
4214 | S.CUDADiagIfHostCode(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_cuda_host_shared) | ||||||
4215 | << S.CurrentCUDATarget()) | ||||||
4216 | return; | ||||||
4217 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CUDASharedAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
4218 | } | ||||||
4219 | |||||||
4220 | static void handleGlobalAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4221 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<CUDADeviceAttr>(S, D, AL) || | ||||||
4222 | checkAttrMutualExclusion<CUDAHostAttr>(S, D, AL)) { | ||||||
4223 | return; | ||||||
4224 | } | ||||||
4225 | const auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||||
4226 | if (!FD->getReturnType()->isVoidType() && | ||||||
4227 | !FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>() && | ||||||
4228 | !FD->getReturnType()->isInstantiationDependentType()) { | ||||||
4229 | SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | ||||||
4230 | S.Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_kern_type_not_void_return) | ||||||
4231 | << FD->getType() | ||||||
4232 | << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") | ||||||
4233 | : FixItHint()); | ||||||
4234 | return; | ||||||
4235 | } | ||||||
4236 | if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { | ||||||
4237 | if (Method->isInstance()) { | ||||||
4238 | S.Diag(Method->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_kern_is_nonstatic_method) | ||||||
4239 | << Method; | ||||||
4240 | return; | ||||||
4241 | } | ||||||
4242 | S.Diag(Method->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_kern_is_method) << Method; | ||||||
4243 | } | ||||||
4244 | // Only warn for "inline" when compiling for host, to cut down on noise. | ||||||
4245 | if (FD->isInlineSpecified() && !S.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) | ||||||
4246 | S.Diag(FD->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_kern_is_inline) << FD; | ||||||
4247 | |||||||
4248 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CUDAGlobalAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
4249 | } | ||||||
4250 | |||||||
4251 | static void handleGNUInlineAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4252 | const auto *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||||
4253 | if (!Fn->isInlineSpecified()) { | ||||||
4254 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_gnu_inline_attribute_requires_inline); | ||||||
4255 | return; | ||||||
4256 | } | ||||||
4257 | |||||||
4258 | if (S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus && Fn->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern) | ||||||
4259 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_gnu_inline_cplusplus_without_extern); | ||||||
4260 | |||||||
4261 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) GNUInlineAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
4262 | } | ||||||
4263 | |||||||
4264 | static void handleCallConvAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4265 | if (hasDeclarator(D)) return; | ||||||
4266 | |||||||
4267 | // Diagnostic is emitted elsewhere: here we store the (valid) AL | ||||||
4268 | // in the Decl node for syntactic reasoning, e.g., pretty-printing. | ||||||
4269 | CallingConv CC; | ||||||
4270 | if (S.CheckCallingConvAttr(AL, CC, /*FD*/nullptr)) | ||||||
4271 | return; | ||||||
4272 | |||||||
4273 | if (!isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
4274 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
4275 | << AL << ExpectedFunctionOrMethod; | ||||||
4276 | return; | ||||||
4277 | } | ||||||
4278 | |||||||
4279 | switch (AL.getKind()) { | ||||||
4280 | case ParsedAttr::AT_FastCall: | ||||||
4281 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) FastCallAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
4282 | return; | ||||||
4283 | case ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall: | ||||||
4284 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) StdCallAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
4285 | return; | ||||||
4286 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ThisCall: | ||||||
4287 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ThisCallAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
4288 | return; | ||||||
4289 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl: | ||||||
4290 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CDeclAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
4291 | return; | ||||||
4292 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal: | ||||||
4293 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PascalAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
4294 | return; | ||||||
4295 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall: | ||||||
4296 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) SwiftCallAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
4297 | return; | ||||||
4298 | case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall: | ||||||
4299 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) VectorCallAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
4300 | return; | ||||||
4301 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI: | ||||||
4302 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) MSABIAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
4303 | return; | ||||||
4304 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI: | ||||||
4305 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) SysVABIAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
4306 | return; | ||||||
4307 | case ParsedAttr::AT_RegCall: | ||||||
4308 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) RegCallAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
4309 | return; | ||||||
4310 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs: { | ||||||
4311 | PcsAttr::PCSType PCS; | ||||||
4312 | switch (CC) { | ||||||
4313 | case CC_AAPCS: | ||||||
4314 | PCS = PcsAttr::AAPCS; | ||||||
4315 | break; | ||||||
4316 | case CC_AAPCS_VFP: | ||||||
4317 | PCS = PcsAttr::AAPCS_VFP; | ||||||
4318 | break; | ||||||
4319 | default: | ||||||
4320 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected calling convention in pcs attribute")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected calling convention in pcs attribute" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4320); | ||||||
4321 | } | ||||||
4322 | |||||||
4323 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PcsAttr(S.Context, AL, PCS)); | ||||||
4324 | return; | ||||||
4325 | } | ||||||
4326 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs: | ||||||
4327 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AArch64VectorPcsAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
4328 | return; | ||||||
4329 | case ParsedAttr::AT_IntelOclBicc: | ||||||
4330 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) IntelOclBiccAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
4331 | return; | ||||||
4332 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveMost: | ||||||
4333 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PreserveMostAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
4334 | return; | ||||||
4335 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveAll: | ||||||
4336 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PreserveAllAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
4337 | return; | ||||||
4338 | default: | ||||||
4339 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected attribute kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected attribute kind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4339); | ||||||
4340 | } | ||||||
4341 | } | ||||||
4342 | |||||||
4343 | static void handleSuppressAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4344 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||||
4345 | return; | ||||||
4346 | |||||||
4347 | std::vector<StringRef> DiagnosticIdentifiers; | ||||||
4348 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = AL.getNumArgs(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
4349 | StringRef RuleName; | ||||||
4350 | |||||||
4351 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, I, RuleName, nullptr)) | ||||||
4352 | return; | ||||||
4353 | |||||||
4354 | // FIXME: Warn if the rule name is unknown. This is tricky because only | ||||||
4355 | // clang-tidy knows about available rules. | ||||||
4356 | DiagnosticIdentifiers.push_back(RuleName); | ||||||
4357 | } | ||||||
4358 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
4359 | SuppressAttr(S.Context, AL, DiagnosticIdentifiers.data(), | ||||||
4360 | DiagnosticIdentifiers.size())); | ||||||
4361 | } | ||||||
4362 | |||||||
4363 | static void handleLifetimeCategoryAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4364 | TypeSourceInfo *DerefTypeLoc = nullptr; | ||||||
4365 | QualType ParmType; | ||||||
4366 | if (AL.hasParsedType()) { | ||||||
4367 | ParmType = S.GetTypeFromParser(AL.getTypeArg(), &DerefTypeLoc); | ||||||
4368 | |||||||
4369 | unsigned SelectIdx = ~0U; | ||||||
4370 | if (ParmType->isVoidType()) | ||||||
4371 | SelectIdx = 0; | ||||||
4372 | else if (ParmType->isReferenceType()) | ||||||
4373 | SelectIdx = 1; | ||||||
4374 | else if (ParmType->isArrayType()) | ||||||
4375 | SelectIdx = 2; | ||||||
4376 | |||||||
4377 | if (SelectIdx != ~0U) { | ||||||
4378 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_invalid_argument) | ||||||
4379 | << SelectIdx << AL; | ||||||
4380 | return; | ||||||
4381 | } | ||||||
4382 | } | ||||||
4383 | |||||||
4384 | // To check if earlier decl attributes do not conflict the newly parsed ones | ||||||
4385 | // we always add (and check) the attribute to the cannonical decl. | ||||||
4386 | D = D->getCanonicalDecl(); | ||||||
4387 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_Owner) { | ||||||
4388 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<PointerAttr>(S, D, AL)) | ||||||
4389 | return; | ||||||
4390 | if (const auto *OAttr = D->getAttr<OwnerAttr>()) { | ||||||
4391 | const Type *ExistingDerefType = OAttr->getDerefTypeLoc() | ||||||
4392 | ? OAttr->getDerefType().getTypePtr() | ||||||
4393 | : nullptr; | ||||||
4394 | if (ExistingDerefType != ParmType.getTypePtrOrNull()) { | ||||||
4395 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible) | ||||||
4396 | << AL << OAttr; | ||||||
4397 | S.Diag(OAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | ||||||
4398 | } | ||||||
4399 | return; | ||||||
4400 | } | ||||||
4401 | for (Decl *Redecl : D->redecls()) { | ||||||
4402 | Redecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) OwnerAttr(S.Context, AL, DerefTypeLoc)); | ||||||
4403 | } | ||||||
4404 | } else { | ||||||
4405 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<OwnerAttr>(S, D, AL)) | ||||||
4406 | return; | ||||||
4407 | if (const auto *PAttr = D->getAttr<PointerAttr>()) { | ||||||
4408 | const Type *ExistingDerefType = PAttr->getDerefTypeLoc() | ||||||
4409 | ? PAttr->getDerefType().getTypePtr() | ||||||
4410 | : nullptr; | ||||||
4411 | if (ExistingDerefType != ParmType.getTypePtrOrNull()) { | ||||||
4412 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible) | ||||||
4413 | << AL << PAttr; | ||||||
4414 | S.Diag(PAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | ||||||
4415 | } | ||||||
4416 | return; | ||||||
4417 | } | ||||||
4418 | for (Decl *Redecl : D->redecls()) { | ||||||
4419 | Redecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
4420 | PointerAttr(S.Context, AL, DerefTypeLoc)); | ||||||
4421 | } | ||||||
4422 | } | ||||||
4423 | } | ||||||
4424 | |||||||
4425 | bool Sema::CheckCallingConvAttr(const ParsedAttr &Attrs, CallingConv &CC, | ||||||
4426 | const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||
4427 | if (Attrs.isInvalid()) | ||||||
4428 | return true; | ||||||
4429 | |||||||
4430 | if (Attrs.hasProcessingCache()) { | ||||||
4431 | CC = (CallingConv) Attrs.getProcessingCache(); | ||||||
4432 | return false; | ||||||
4433 | } | ||||||
4434 | |||||||
4435 | unsigned ReqArgs = Attrs.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs ? 1 : 0; | ||||||
4436 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(*this, Attrs, ReqArgs)) { | ||||||
4437 | Attrs.setInvalid(); | ||||||
4438 | return true; | ||||||
4439 | } | ||||||
4440 | |||||||
4441 | // TODO: diagnose uses of these conventions on the wrong target. | ||||||
4442 | switch (Attrs.getKind()) { | ||||||
4443 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl: | ||||||
4444 | CC = CC_C; | ||||||
4445 | break; | ||||||
4446 | case ParsedAttr::AT_FastCall: | ||||||
4447 | CC = CC_X86FastCall; | ||||||
4448 | break; | ||||||
4449 | case ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall: | ||||||
4450 | CC = CC_X86StdCall; | ||||||
4451 | break; | ||||||
4452 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ThisCall: | ||||||
4453 | CC = CC_X86ThisCall; | ||||||
4454 | break; | ||||||
4455 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal: | ||||||
4456 | CC = CC_X86Pascal; | ||||||
4457 | break; | ||||||
4458 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall: | ||||||
4459 | CC = CC_Swift; | ||||||
4460 | break; | ||||||
4461 | case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall: | ||||||
4462 | CC = CC_X86VectorCall; | ||||||
4463 | break; | ||||||
4464 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs: | ||||||
4465 | CC = CC_AArch64VectorCall; | ||||||
4466 | break; | ||||||
4467 | case ParsedAttr::AT_RegCall: | ||||||
4468 | CC = CC_X86RegCall; | ||||||
4469 | break; | ||||||
4470 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI: | ||||||
4471 | CC = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSWindows() ? CC_C : | ||||||
4472 | CC_Win64; | ||||||
4473 | break; | ||||||
4474 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI: | ||||||
4475 | CC = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSWindows() ? CC_X86_64SysV : | ||||||
4476 | CC_C; | ||||||
4477 | break; | ||||||
4478 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs: { | ||||||
4479 | StringRef StrRef; | ||||||
4480 | if (!checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attrs, 0, StrRef)) { | ||||||
4481 | Attrs.setInvalid(); | ||||||
4482 | return true; | ||||||
4483 | } | ||||||
4484 | if (StrRef == "aapcs") { | ||||||
4485 | CC = CC_AAPCS; | ||||||
4486 | break; | ||||||
4487 | } else if (StrRef == "aapcs-vfp") { | ||||||
4488 | CC = CC_AAPCS_VFP; | ||||||
4489 | break; | ||||||
4490 | } | ||||||
4491 | |||||||
4492 | Attrs.setInvalid(); | ||||||
4493 | Diag(Attrs.getLoc(), diag::err_invalid_pcs); | ||||||
4494 | return true; | ||||||
4495 | } | ||||||
4496 | case ParsedAttr::AT_IntelOclBicc: | ||||||
4497 | CC = CC_IntelOclBicc; | ||||||
4498 | break; | ||||||
4499 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveMost: | ||||||
4500 | CC = CC_PreserveMost; | ||||||
4501 | break; | ||||||
4502 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveAll: | ||||||
4503 | CC = CC_PreserveAll; | ||||||
4504 | break; | ||||||
4505 | default: llvm_unreachable("unexpected attribute kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected attribute kind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4505); | ||||||
4506 | } | ||||||
4507 | |||||||
4508 | TargetInfo::CallingConvCheckResult A = TargetInfo::CCCR_OK; | ||||||
4509 | const TargetInfo &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); | ||||||
4510 | // CUDA functions may have host and/or device attributes which indicate | ||||||
4511 | // their targeted execution environment, therefore the calling convention | ||||||
4512 | // of functions in CUDA should be checked against the target deduced based | ||||||
4513 | // on their host/device attributes. | ||||||
4514 | if (LangOpts.CUDA) { | ||||||
4515 | auto *Aux = Context.getAuxTargetInfo(); | ||||||
4516 | auto CudaTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(FD); | ||||||
4517 | bool CheckHost = false, CheckDevice = false; | ||||||
4518 | switch (CudaTarget) { | ||||||
4519 | case CFT_HostDevice: | ||||||
4520 | CheckHost = true; | ||||||
4521 | CheckDevice = true; | ||||||
4522 | break; | ||||||
4523 | case CFT_Host: | ||||||
4524 | CheckHost = true; | ||||||
4525 | break; | ||||||
4526 | case CFT_Device: | ||||||
4527 | case CFT_Global: | ||||||
4528 | CheckDevice = true; | ||||||
4529 | break; | ||||||
4530 | case CFT_InvalidTarget: | ||||||
4531 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected cuda target")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected cuda target", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4531); | ||||||
4532 | } | ||||||
4533 | auto *HostTI = LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice ? Aux : &TI; | ||||||
4534 | auto *DeviceTI = LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice ? &TI : Aux; | ||||||
4535 | if (CheckHost && HostTI) | ||||||
4536 | A = HostTI->checkCallingConvention(CC); | ||||||
4537 | if (A == TargetInfo::CCCR_OK && CheckDevice && DeviceTI) | ||||||
4538 | A = DeviceTI->checkCallingConvention(CC); | ||||||
4539 | } else { | ||||||
4540 | A = TI.checkCallingConvention(CC); | ||||||
4541 | } | ||||||
4542 | |||||||
4543 | switch (A) { | ||||||
4544 | case TargetInfo::CCCR_OK: | ||||||
4545 | break; | ||||||
4546 | |||||||
4547 | case TargetInfo::CCCR_Ignore: | ||||||
4548 | // Treat an ignored convention as if it was an explicit C calling convention | ||||||
4549 | // attribute. For example, __stdcall on Win x64 functions as __cdecl, so | ||||||
4550 | // that command line flags that change the default convention to | ||||||
4551 | // __vectorcall don't affect declarations marked __stdcall. | ||||||
4552 | CC = CC_C; | ||||||
4553 | break; | ||||||
4554 | |||||||
4555 | case TargetInfo::CCCR_Error: | ||||||
4556 | Diag(Attrs.getLoc(), diag::error_cconv_unsupported) | ||||||
4557 | << Attrs << (int)CallingConventionIgnoredReason::ForThisTarget; | ||||||
4558 | break; | ||||||
4559 | |||||||
4560 | case TargetInfo::CCCR_Warning: { | ||||||
4561 | Diag(Attrs.getLoc(), diag::warn_cconv_unsupported) | ||||||
4562 | << Attrs << (int)CallingConventionIgnoredReason::ForThisTarget; | ||||||
4563 | |||||||
4564 | // This convention is not valid for the target. Use the default function or | ||||||
4565 | // method calling convention. | ||||||
4566 | bool IsCXXMethod = false, IsVariadic = false; | ||||||
4567 | if (FD) { | ||||||
4568 | IsCXXMethod = FD->isCXXInstanceMember(); | ||||||
4569 | IsVariadic = FD->isVariadic(); | ||||||
4570 | } | ||||||
4571 | CC = Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(IsVariadic, IsCXXMethod); | ||||||
4572 | break; | ||||||
4573 | } | ||||||
4574 | } | ||||||
4575 | |||||||
4576 | Attrs.setProcessingCache((unsigned) CC); | ||||||
4577 | return false; | ||||||
4578 | } | ||||||
4579 | |||||||
4580 | /// Pointer-like types in the default address space. | ||||||
4581 | static bool isValidSwiftContextType(QualType Ty) { | ||||||
4582 | if (!Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) | ||||||
4583 | return Ty->isDependentType(); | ||||||
4584 | return Ty->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default; | ||||||
4585 | } | ||||||
4586 | |||||||
4587 | /// Pointers and references in the default address space. | ||||||
4588 | static bool isValidSwiftIndirectResultType(QualType Ty) { | ||||||
4589 | if (const auto *PtrType = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||
4590 | Ty = PtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
4591 | } else if (const auto *RefType = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||||
4592 | Ty = RefType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
4593 | } else { | ||||||
4594 | return Ty->isDependentType(); | ||||||
4595 | } | ||||||
4596 | return Ty.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default; | ||||||
4597 | } | ||||||
4598 | |||||||
4599 | /// Pointers and references to pointers in the default address space. | ||||||
4600 | static bool isValidSwiftErrorResultType(QualType Ty) { | ||||||
4601 | if (const auto *PtrType = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||
4602 | Ty = PtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
4603 | } else if (const auto *RefType = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||||
4604 | Ty = RefType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
4605 | } else { | ||||||
4606 | return Ty->isDependentType(); | ||||||
4607 | } | ||||||
4608 | if (!Ty.getQualifiers().empty()) | ||||||
4609 | return false; | ||||||
4610 | return isValidSwiftContextType(Ty); | ||||||
4611 | } | ||||||
4612 | |||||||
4613 | void Sema::AddParameterABIAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||||
4614 | ParameterABI abi) { | ||||||
4615 | |||||||
4616 | QualType type = cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)->getType(); | ||||||
4617 | |||||||
4618 | if (auto existingAttr = D->getAttr<ParameterABIAttr>()) { | ||||||
4619 | if (existingAttr->getABI() != abi) { | ||||||
4620 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible) | ||||||
4621 | << getParameterABISpelling(abi) << existingAttr; | ||||||
4622 | Diag(existingAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | ||||||
4623 | return; | ||||||
4624 | } | ||||||
4625 | } | ||||||
4626 | |||||||
4627 | switch (abi) { | ||||||
4628 | case ParameterABI::Ordinary: | ||||||
4629 | llvm_unreachable("explicit attribute for ordinary parameter ABI?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("explicit attribute for ordinary parameter ABI?" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4629); | ||||||
4630 | |||||||
4631 | case ParameterABI::SwiftContext: | ||||||
4632 | if (!isValidSwiftContextType(type)) { | ||||||
4633 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::err_swift_abi_parameter_wrong_type) | ||||||
4634 | << getParameterABISpelling(abi) << /*pointer to pointer */ 0 << type; | ||||||
4635 | } | ||||||
4636 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) SwiftContextAttr(Context, CI)); | ||||||
4637 | return; | ||||||
4638 | |||||||
4639 | case ParameterABI::SwiftErrorResult: | ||||||
4640 | if (!isValidSwiftErrorResultType(type)) { | ||||||
4641 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::err_swift_abi_parameter_wrong_type) | ||||||
4642 | << getParameterABISpelling(abi) << /*pointer to pointer */ 1 << type; | ||||||
4643 | } | ||||||
4644 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) SwiftErrorResultAttr(Context, CI)); | ||||||
4645 | return; | ||||||
4646 | |||||||
4647 | case ParameterABI::SwiftIndirectResult: | ||||||
4648 | if (!isValidSwiftIndirectResultType(type)) { | ||||||
4649 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::err_swift_abi_parameter_wrong_type) | ||||||
4650 | << getParameterABISpelling(abi) << /*pointer*/ 0 << type; | ||||||
4651 | } | ||||||
4652 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) SwiftIndirectResultAttr(Context, CI)); | ||||||
4653 | return; | ||||||
4654 | } | ||||||
4655 | llvm_unreachable("bad parameter ABI attribute")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad parameter ABI attribute" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4655); | ||||||
4656 | } | ||||||
4657 | |||||||
4658 | /// Checks a regparm attribute, returning true if it is ill-formed and | ||||||
4659 | /// otherwise setting numParams to the appropriate value. | ||||||
4660 | bool Sema::CheckRegparmAttr(const ParsedAttr &AL, unsigned &numParams) { | ||||||
4661 | if (AL.isInvalid()) | ||||||
4662 | return true; | ||||||
4663 | |||||||
4664 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(*this, AL, 1)) { | ||||||
4665 | AL.setInvalid(); | ||||||
4666 | return true; | ||||||
4667 | } | ||||||
4668 | |||||||
4669 | uint32_t NP; | ||||||
4670 | Expr *NumParamsExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||||
4671 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(*this, AL, NumParamsExpr, NP)) { | ||||||
4672 | AL.setInvalid(); | ||||||
4673 | return true; | ||||||
4674 | } | ||||||
4675 | |||||||
4676 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getRegParmMax() == 0) { | ||||||
4677 | Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_regparm_wrong_platform) | ||||||
4678 | << NumParamsExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
4679 | AL.setInvalid(); | ||||||
4680 | return true; | ||||||
4681 | } | ||||||
4682 | |||||||
4683 | numParams = NP; | ||||||
4684 | if (numParams > Context.getTargetInfo().getRegParmMax()) { | ||||||
4685 | Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_regparm_invalid_number) | ||||||
4686 | << Context.getTargetInfo().getRegParmMax() << NumParamsExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
4687 | AL.setInvalid(); | ||||||
4688 | return true; | ||||||
4689 | } | ||||||
4690 | |||||||
4691 | return false; | ||||||
4692 | } | ||||||
4693 | |||||||
4694 | // Checks whether an argument of launch_bounds attribute is | ||||||
4695 | // acceptable, performs implicit conversion to Rvalue, and returns | ||||||
4696 | // non-nullptr Expr result on success. Otherwise, it returns nullptr | ||||||
4697 | // and may output an error. | ||||||
4698 | static Expr *makeLaunchBoundsArgExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E, | ||||||
4699 | const CUDALaunchBoundsAttr &AL, | ||||||
4700 | const unsigned Idx) { | ||||||
4701 | if (S.DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(E)) | ||||||
4702 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4703 | |||||||
4704 | // Accept template arguments for now as they depend on something else. | ||||||
4705 | // We'll get to check them when they eventually get instantiated. | ||||||
4706 | if (E->isValueDependent()) | ||||||
4707 | return E; | ||||||
4708 | |||||||
4709 | llvm::APSInt I(64); | ||||||
4710 | if (!E->isIntegerConstantExpr(I, S.Context)) { | ||||||
4711 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||||
4712 | << &AL << Idx << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
4713 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4714 | } | ||||||
4715 | // Make sure we can fit it in 32 bits. | ||||||
4716 | if (!I.isIntN(32)) { | ||||||
4717 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ice_too_large) << I.toString(10, false) | ||||||
4718 | << 32 << /* Unsigned */ 1; | ||||||
4719 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4720 | } | ||||||
4721 | if (I < 0) | ||||||
4722 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_argument_n_negative) | ||||||
4723 | << &AL << Idx << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
4724 | |||||||
4725 | // We may need to perform implicit conversion of the argument. | ||||||
4726 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||||
4727 | S.Context, S.Context.getConstType(S.Context.IntTy), /*consume*/ false); | ||||||
4728 | ExprResult ValArg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), E); | ||||||
4729 | assert(!ValArg.isInvalid() &&((!ValArg.isInvalid() && "Unexpected PerformCopyInitialization() failure." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!ValArg.isInvalid() && \"Unexpected PerformCopyInitialization() failure.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4730, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
4730 | "Unexpected PerformCopyInitialization() failure.")((!ValArg.isInvalid() && "Unexpected PerformCopyInitialization() failure." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!ValArg.isInvalid() && \"Unexpected PerformCopyInitialization() failure.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4730, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4731 | |||||||
4732 | return ValArg.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||||
4733 | } | ||||||
4734 | |||||||
4735 | void Sema::AddLaunchBoundsAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||||
4736 | Expr *MaxThreads, Expr *MinBlocks) { | ||||||
4737 | CUDALaunchBoundsAttr TmpAttr(Context, CI, MaxThreads, MinBlocks); | ||||||
4738 | MaxThreads = makeLaunchBoundsArgExpr(*this, MaxThreads, TmpAttr, 0); | ||||||
4739 | if (MaxThreads == nullptr) | ||||||
4740 | return; | ||||||
4741 | |||||||
4742 | if (MinBlocks) { | ||||||
4743 | MinBlocks = makeLaunchBoundsArgExpr(*this, MinBlocks, TmpAttr, 1); | ||||||
4744 | if (MinBlocks == nullptr) | ||||||
4745 | return; | ||||||
4746 | } | ||||||
4747 | |||||||
4748 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) | ||||||
4749 | CUDALaunchBoundsAttr(Context, CI, MaxThreads, MinBlocks)); | ||||||
4750 | } | ||||||
4751 | |||||||
4752 | static void handleLaunchBoundsAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4753 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1) || | ||||||
4754 | !checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, 2)) | ||||||
4755 | return; | ||||||
4756 | |||||||
4757 | S.AddLaunchBoundsAttr(D, AL, AL.getArgAsExpr(0), | ||||||
4758 | AL.getNumArgs() > 1 ? AL.getArgAsExpr(1) : nullptr); | ||||||
4759 | } | ||||||
4760 | |||||||
4761 | static void handleArgumentWithTypeTagAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
4762 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4763 | if (!AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||||
4764 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||||
4765 | << AL << /* arg num = */ 1 << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||||
4766 | return; | ||||||
4767 | } | ||||||
4768 | |||||||
4769 | ParamIdx ArgumentIdx; | ||||||
4770 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(S, D, AL, 2, AL.getArgAsExpr(1), | ||||||
4771 | ArgumentIdx)) | ||||||
4772 | return; | ||||||
4773 | |||||||
4774 | ParamIdx TypeTagIdx; | ||||||
4775 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(S, D, AL, 3, AL.getArgAsExpr(2), | ||||||
4776 | TypeTagIdx)) | ||||||
4777 | return; | ||||||
4778 | |||||||
4779 | bool IsPointer = AL.getAttrName()->getName() == "pointer_with_type_tag"; | ||||||
4780 | if (IsPointer) { | ||||||
4781 | // Ensure that buffer has a pointer type. | ||||||
4782 | unsigned ArgumentIdxAST = ArgumentIdx.getASTIndex(); | ||||||
4783 | if (ArgumentIdxAST >= getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D) || | ||||||
4784 | !getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, ArgumentIdxAST)->isPointerType()) | ||||||
4785 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_pointers_only) << AL << 0; | ||||||
4786 | } | ||||||
4787 | |||||||
4788 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr( | ||||||
4789 | S.Context, AL, AL.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident, ArgumentIdx, TypeTagIdx, | ||||||
4790 | IsPointer)); | ||||||
4791 | } | ||||||
4792 | |||||||
4793 | static void handleTypeTagForDatatypeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
4794 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4795 | if (!AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||||
4796 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||||
4797 | << AL << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||||
4798 | return; | ||||||
4799 | } | ||||||
4800 | |||||||
4801 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||||
4802 | return; | ||||||
4803 | |||||||
4804 | if (!isa<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
4805 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
4806 | << AL << ExpectedVariable; | ||||||
4807 | return; | ||||||
4808 | } | ||||||
4809 | |||||||
4810 | IdentifierInfo *PointerKind = AL.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident; | ||||||
4811 | TypeSourceInfo *MatchingCTypeLoc = nullptr; | ||||||
4812 | S.GetTypeFromParser(AL.getMatchingCType(), &MatchingCTypeLoc); | ||||||
4813 | assert(MatchingCTypeLoc && "no type source info for attribute argument")((MatchingCTypeLoc && "no type source info for attribute argument" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("MatchingCTypeLoc && \"no type source info for attribute argument\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4813, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4814 | |||||||
4815 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) TypeTagForDatatypeAttr( | ||||||
4816 | S.Context, AL, PointerKind, MatchingCTypeLoc, AL.getLayoutCompatible(), | ||||||
4817 | AL.getMustBeNull())); | ||||||
4818 | } | ||||||
4819 | |||||||
4820 | static void handleXRayLogArgsAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4821 | ParamIdx ArgCount; | ||||||
4822 | |||||||
4823 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(S, D, AL, 1, AL.getArgAsExpr(0), | ||||||
4824 | ArgCount, | ||||||
4825 | true /* CanIndexImplicitThis */)) | ||||||
4826 | return; | ||||||
4827 | |||||||
4828 | // ArgCount isn't a parameter index [0;n), it's a count [1;n] | ||||||
4829 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
4830 | XRayLogArgsAttr(S.Context, AL, ArgCount.getSourceIndex())); | ||||||
4831 | } | ||||||
4832 | |||||||
4833 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
4834 | // Checker-specific attribute handlers. | ||||||
4835 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
4836 | static bool isValidSubjectOfNSReturnsRetainedAttribute(QualType QT) { | ||||||
4837 | return QT->isDependentType() || QT->isObjCRetainableType(); | ||||||
4838 | } | ||||||
4839 | |||||||
4840 | static bool isValidSubjectOfNSAttribute(QualType QT) { | ||||||
4841 | return QT->isDependentType() || QT->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | ||||||
4842 | QT->isObjCNSObjectType(); | ||||||
4843 | } | ||||||
4844 | |||||||
4845 | static bool isValidSubjectOfCFAttribute(QualType QT) { | ||||||
4846 | return QT->isDependentType() || QT->isPointerType() || | ||||||
4847 | isValidSubjectOfNSAttribute(QT); | ||||||
4848 | } | ||||||
4849 | |||||||
4850 | static bool isValidSubjectOfOSAttribute(QualType QT) { | ||||||
4851 | if (QT->isDependentType()) | ||||||
4852 | return true; | ||||||
4853 | QualType PT = QT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
4854 | return !PT.isNull() && PT->getAsCXXRecordDecl() != nullptr; | ||||||
4855 | } | ||||||
4856 | |||||||
4857 | void Sema::AddXConsumedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||||
4858 | RetainOwnershipKind K, | ||||||
4859 | bool IsTemplateInstantiation) { | ||||||
4860 | ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); | ||||||
4861 | switch (K) { | ||||||
4862 | case RetainOwnershipKind::OS: | ||||||
4863 | handleSimpleAttributeOrDiagnose<OSConsumedAttr>( | ||||||
4864 | *this, VD, CI, isValidSubjectOfOSAttribute(VD->getType()), | ||||||
4865 | diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_parameter_type, | ||||||
4866 | /*ExtraArgs=*/CI.getRange(), "os_consumed", /*pointers*/ 1); | ||||||
4867 | return; | ||||||
4868 | case RetainOwnershipKind::NS: | ||||||
4869 | handleSimpleAttributeOrDiagnose<NSConsumedAttr>( | ||||||
4870 | *this, VD, CI, isValidSubjectOfNSAttribute(VD->getType()), | ||||||
4871 | |||||||
4872 | // These attributes are normally just advisory, but in ARC, ns_consumed | ||||||
4873 | // is significant. Allow non-dependent code to contain inappropriate | ||||||
4874 | // attributes even in ARC, but require template instantiations to be | ||||||
4875 | // set up correctly. | ||||||
4876 | ((IsTemplateInstantiation && getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||||
4877 | ? diag::err_ns_attribute_wrong_parameter_type | ||||||
4878 | : diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_parameter_type), | ||||||
4879 | /*ExtraArgs=*/CI.getRange(), "ns_consumed", /*objc pointers*/ 0); | ||||||
4880 | return; | ||||||
4881 | case RetainOwnershipKind::CF: | ||||||
4882 | handleSimpleAttributeOrDiagnose<CFConsumedAttr>( | ||||||
4883 | *this, VD, CI, isValidSubjectOfCFAttribute(VD->getType()), | ||||||
4884 | diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_parameter_type, | ||||||
4885 | /*ExtraArgs=*/CI.getRange(), "cf_consumed", /*pointers*/ 1); | ||||||
4886 | return; | ||||||
4887 | } | ||||||
4888 | } | ||||||
4889 | |||||||
4890 | static Sema::RetainOwnershipKind | ||||||
4891 | parsedAttrToRetainOwnershipKind(const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4892 | switch (AL.getKind()) { | ||||||
4893 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFConsumed: | ||||||
4894 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsRetained: | ||||||
4895 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsNotRetained: | ||||||
4896 | return Sema::RetainOwnershipKind::CF; | ||||||
4897 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSConsumesThis: | ||||||
4898 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSConsumed: | ||||||
4899 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsRetained: | ||||||
4900 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsNotRetained: | ||||||
4901 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsRetainedOnZero: | ||||||
4902 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsRetainedOnNonZero: | ||||||
4903 | return Sema::RetainOwnershipKind::OS; | ||||||
4904 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSConsumesSelf: | ||||||
4905 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSConsumed: | ||||||
4906 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained: | ||||||
4907 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsNotRetained: | ||||||
4908 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsAutoreleased: | ||||||
4909 | return Sema::RetainOwnershipKind::NS; | ||||||
4910 | default: | ||||||
4911 | llvm_unreachable("Wrong argument supplied")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Wrong argument supplied", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4911); | ||||||
4912 | } | ||||||
4913 | } | ||||||
4914 | |||||||
4915 | bool Sema::checkNSReturnsRetainedReturnType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType QT) { | ||||||
4916 | if (isValidSubjectOfNSReturnsRetainedAttribute(QT)) | ||||||
4917 | return false; | ||||||
4918 | |||||||
4919 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_return_type) | ||||||
4920 | << "'ns_returns_retained'" << 0 << 0; | ||||||
4921 | return true; | ||||||
4922 | } | ||||||
4923 | |||||||
4924 | /// \return whether the parameter is a pointer to OSObject pointer. | ||||||
4925 | static bool isValidOSObjectOutParameter(const Decl *D) { | ||||||
4926 | const auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D); | ||||||
4927 | if (!PVD) | ||||||
4928 | return false; | ||||||
4929 | QualType QT = PVD->getType(); | ||||||
4930 | QualType PT = QT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
4931 | return !PT.isNull() && isValidSubjectOfOSAttribute(PT); | ||||||
4932 | } | ||||||
4933 | |||||||
4934 | static void handleXReturnsXRetainedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
4935 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
4936 | QualType ReturnType; | ||||||
4937 | Sema::RetainOwnershipKind K = parsedAttrToRetainOwnershipKind(AL); | ||||||
4938 | |||||||
4939 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
4940 | ReturnType = MD->getReturnType(); | ||||||
4941 | } else if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && hasDeclarator(D) && | ||||||
4942 | (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained)) { | ||||||
4943 | return; // ignore: was handled as a type attribute | ||||||
4944 | } else if (const auto *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
4945 | ReturnType = PD->getType(); | ||||||
4946 | } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
4947 | ReturnType = FD->getReturnType(); | ||||||
4948 | } else if (const auto *Param = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
4949 | // Attributes on parameters are used for out-parameters, | ||||||
4950 | // passed as pointers-to-pointers. | ||||||
4951 | unsigned DiagID = K == Sema::RetainOwnershipKind::CF | ||||||
4952 | ? /*pointer-to-CF-pointer*/2 | ||||||
4953 | : /*pointer-to-OSObject-pointer*/3; | ||||||
4954 | ReturnType = Param->getType()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
4955 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
4956 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_parameter_type) | ||||||
4957 | << AL << DiagID << AL.getRange(); | ||||||
4958 | return; | ||||||
4959 | } | ||||||
4960 | } else if (AL.isUsedAsTypeAttr()) { | ||||||
4961 | return; | ||||||
4962 | } else { | ||||||
4963 | AttributeDeclKind ExpectedDeclKind; | ||||||
4964 | switch (AL.getKind()) { | ||||||
4965 | default: llvm_unreachable("invalid ownership attribute")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid ownership attribute" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4965); | ||||||
4966 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained: | ||||||
4967 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsAutoreleased: | ||||||
4968 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsNotRetained: | ||||||
4969 | ExpectedDeclKind = ExpectedFunctionOrMethod; | ||||||
4970 | break; | ||||||
4971 | |||||||
4972 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsRetained: | ||||||
4973 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsNotRetained: | ||||||
4974 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsRetained: | ||||||
4975 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsNotRetained: | ||||||
4976 | ExpectedDeclKind = ExpectedFunctionMethodOrParameter; | ||||||
4977 | break; | ||||||
4978 | } | ||||||
4979 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
4980 | << AL.getRange() << AL << ExpectedDeclKind; | ||||||
4981 | return; | ||||||
4982 | } | ||||||
4983 | |||||||
4984 | bool TypeOK; | ||||||
4985 | bool Cf; | ||||||
4986 | unsigned ParmDiagID = 2; // Pointer-to-CF-pointer | ||||||
4987 | switch (AL.getKind()) { | ||||||
4988 | default: llvm_unreachable("invalid ownership attribute")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid ownership attribute" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4988); | ||||||
4989 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained: | ||||||
4990 | TypeOK = isValidSubjectOfNSReturnsRetainedAttribute(ReturnType); | ||||||
4991 | Cf = false; | ||||||
4992 | break; | ||||||
4993 | |||||||
4994 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsAutoreleased: | ||||||
4995 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsNotRetained: | ||||||
4996 | TypeOK = isValidSubjectOfNSAttribute(ReturnType); | ||||||
4997 | Cf = false; | ||||||
4998 | break; | ||||||
4999 | |||||||
5000 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsRetained: | ||||||
5001 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsNotRetained: | ||||||
5002 | TypeOK = isValidSubjectOfCFAttribute(ReturnType); | ||||||
5003 | Cf = true; | ||||||
5004 | break; | ||||||
5005 | |||||||
5006 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsRetained: | ||||||
5007 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsNotRetained: | ||||||
5008 | TypeOK = isValidSubjectOfOSAttribute(ReturnType); | ||||||
5009 | Cf = true; | ||||||
5010 | ParmDiagID = 3; // Pointer-to-OSObject-pointer | ||||||
5011 | break; | ||||||
5012 | } | ||||||
5013 | |||||||
5014 | if (!TypeOK) { | ||||||
5015 | if (AL.isUsedAsTypeAttr()) | ||||||
5016 | return; | ||||||
5017 | |||||||
5018 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
5019 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_parameter_type) | ||||||
5020 | << AL << ParmDiagID << AL.getRange(); | ||||||
5021 | } else { | ||||||
5022 | // Needs to be kept in sync with warn_ns_attribute_wrong_return_type. | ||||||
5023 | enum : unsigned { | ||||||
5024 | Function, | ||||||
5025 | Method, | ||||||
5026 | Property | ||||||
5027 | } SubjectKind = Function; | ||||||
5028 | if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) | ||||||
5029 | SubjectKind = Method; | ||||||
5030 | else if (isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D)) | ||||||
5031 | SubjectKind = Property; | ||||||
5032 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_return_type) | ||||||
5033 | << AL << SubjectKind << Cf << AL.getRange(); | ||||||
5034 | } | ||||||
5035 | return; | ||||||
5036 | } | ||||||
5037 | |||||||
5038 | switch (AL.getKind()) { | ||||||
5039 | default: | ||||||
5040 | llvm_unreachable("invalid ownership attribute")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid ownership attribute" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 5040); | ||||||
5041 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsAutoreleased: | ||||||
5042 | handleSimpleAttribute<NSReturnsAutoreleasedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
5043 | return; | ||||||
5044 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsNotRetained: | ||||||
5045 | handleSimpleAttribute<CFReturnsNotRetainedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
5046 | return; | ||||||
5047 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsNotRetained: | ||||||
5048 | handleSimpleAttribute<NSReturnsNotRetainedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
5049 | return; | ||||||
5050 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsRetained: | ||||||
5051 | handleSimpleAttribute<CFReturnsRetainedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
5052 | return; | ||||||
5053 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained: | ||||||
5054 | handleSimpleAttribute<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
5055 | return; | ||||||
5056 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsRetained: | ||||||
5057 | handleSimpleAttribute<OSReturnsRetainedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
5058 | return; | ||||||
5059 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsNotRetained: | ||||||
5060 | handleSimpleAttribute<OSReturnsNotRetainedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
5061 | return; | ||||||
5062 | }; | ||||||
5063 | } | ||||||
5064 | |||||||
5065 | static void handleObjCReturnsInnerPointerAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
5066 | const ParsedAttr &Attrs) { | ||||||
5067 | const int EP_ObjCMethod = 1; | ||||||
5068 | const int EP_ObjCProperty = 2; | ||||||
5069 | |||||||
5070 | SourceLocation loc = Attrs.getLoc(); | ||||||
5071 | QualType resultType; | ||||||
5072 | if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) | ||||||
5073 | resultType = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->getReturnType(); | ||||||
5074 | else | ||||||
5075 | resultType = cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D)->getType(); | ||||||
5076 | |||||||
5077 | if (!resultType->isReferenceType() && | ||||||
5078 | (!resultType->isPointerType() || resultType->isObjCRetainableType())) { | ||||||
5079 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_return_type) | ||||||
5080 | << SourceRange(loc) << Attrs | ||||||
5081 | << (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) ? EP_ObjCMethod : EP_ObjCProperty) | ||||||
5082 | << /*non-retainable pointer*/ 2; | ||||||
5083 | |||||||
5084 | // Drop the attribute. | ||||||
5085 | return; | ||||||
5086 | } | ||||||
5087 | |||||||
5088 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ObjCReturnsInnerPointerAttr(S.Context, Attrs)); | ||||||
5089 | } | ||||||
5090 | |||||||
5091 | static void handleObjCRequiresSuperAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
5092 | const ParsedAttr &Attrs) { | ||||||
5093 | const auto *Method = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); | ||||||
5094 | |||||||
5095 | const DeclContext *DC = Method->getDeclContext(); | ||||||
5096 | if (const auto *PDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(DC)) { | ||||||
5097 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_objc_requires_super_protocol) << Attrs | ||||||
5098 | << 0; | ||||||
5099 | S.Diag(PDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_protocol_decl); | ||||||
5100 | return; | ||||||
5101 | } | ||||||
5102 | if (Method->getMethodFamily() == OMF_dealloc) { | ||||||
5103 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_objc_requires_super_protocol) << Attrs | ||||||
5104 | << 1; | ||||||
5105 | return; | ||||||
5106 | } | ||||||
5107 | |||||||
5108 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ObjCRequiresSuperAttr(S.Context, Attrs)); | ||||||
5109 | } | ||||||
5110 | |||||||
5111 | static void handleObjCBridgeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5112 | IdentifierLoc *Parm = AL.isArgIdent(0) ? AL.getArgAsIdent(0) : nullptr; | ||||||
5113 | |||||||
5114 | if (!Parm) { | ||||||
5115 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_objc_attr_not_id) << AL << 0; | ||||||
5116 | return; | ||||||
5117 | } | ||||||
5118 | |||||||
5119 | // Typedefs only allow objc_bridge(id) and have some additional checking. | ||||||
5120 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
5121 | if (!Parm->Ident->isStr("id")) { | ||||||
5122 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_objc_attr_typedef_not_id) << AL; | ||||||
5123 | return; | ||||||
5124 | } | ||||||
5125 | |||||||
5126 | // Only allow 'cv void *'. | ||||||
5127 | QualType T = TD->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||||
5128 | if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { | ||||||
5129 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_objc_attr_typedef_not_void_pointer); | ||||||
5130 | return; | ||||||
5131 | } | ||||||
5132 | } | ||||||
5133 | |||||||
5134 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ObjCBridgeAttr(S.Context, AL, Parm->Ident)); | ||||||
5135 | } | ||||||
5136 | |||||||
5137 | static void handleObjCBridgeMutableAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
5138 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5139 | IdentifierLoc *Parm = AL.isArgIdent(0) ? AL.getArgAsIdent(0) : nullptr; | ||||||
5140 | |||||||
5141 | if (!Parm) { | ||||||
5142 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_objc_attr_not_id) << AL << 0; | ||||||
5143 | return; | ||||||
5144 | } | ||||||
5145 | |||||||
5146 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
5147 | ObjCBridgeMutableAttr(S.Context, AL, Parm->Ident)); | ||||||
5148 | } | ||||||
5149 | |||||||
5150 | static void handleObjCBridgeRelatedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
5151 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5152 | IdentifierInfo *RelatedClass = | ||||||
5153 | AL.isArgIdent(0) ? AL.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident : nullptr; | ||||||
5154 | if (!RelatedClass) { | ||||||
5155 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_objc_attr_not_id) << AL << 0; | ||||||
5156 | return; | ||||||
5157 | } | ||||||
5158 | IdentifierInfo *ClassMethod = | ||||||
5159 | AL.getArgAsIdent(1) ? AL.getArgAsIdent(1)->Ident : nullptr; | ||||||
5160 | IdentifierInfo *InstanceMethod = | ||||||
5161 | AL.getArgAsIdent(2) ? AL.getArgAsIdent(2)->Ident : nullptr; | ||||||
5162 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ObjCBridgeRelatedAttr( | ||||||
5163 | S.Context, AL, RelatedClass, ClassMethod, InstanceMethod)); | ||||||
5164 | } | ||||||
5165 | |||||||
5166 | static void handleObjCDesignatedInitializer(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
5167 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5168 | DeclContext *Ctx = D->getDeclContext(); | ||||||
5169 | |||||||
5170 | // This attribute can only be applied to methods in interfaces or class | ||||||
5171 | // extensions. | ||||||
5172 | if (!isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx) && | ||||||
5173 | !(isa<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx) && | ||||||
5174 | cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)->IsClassExtension())) { | ||||||
5175 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_designated_init_attr_non_init); | ||||||
5176 | return; | ||||||
5177 | } | ||||||
5178 | |||||||
5179 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace; | ||||||
5180 | if (auto *CatDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) | ||||||
5181 | IFace = CatDecl->getClassInterface(); | ||||||
5182 | else | ||||||
5183 | IFace = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx); | ||||||
5184 | |||||||
5185 | if (!IFace) | ||||||
5186 | return; | ||||||
5187 | |||||||
5188 | IFace->setHasDesignatedInitializers(); | ||||||
5189 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ObjCDesignatedInitializerAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
5190 | } | ||||||
5191 | |||||||
5192 | static void handleObjCRuntimeName(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5193 | StringRef MetaDataName; | ||||||
5194 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, MetaDataName)) | ||||||
5195 | return; | ||||||
5196 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
5197 | ObjCRuntimeNameAttr(S.Context, AL, MetaDataName)); | ||||||
5198 | } | ||||||
5199 | |||||||
5200 | // When a user wants to use objc_boxable with a union or struct | ||||||
5201 | // but they don't have access to the declaration (legacy/third-party code) | ||||||
5202 | // then they can 'enable' this feature with a typedef: | ||||||
5203 | // typedef struct __attribute((objc_boxable)) legacy_struct legacy_struct; | ||||||
5204 | static void handleObjCBoxable(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5205 | bool notify = false; | ||||||
5206 | |||||||
5207 | auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D); | ||||||
5208 | if (RD && RD->getDefinition()) { | ||||||
5209 | RD = RD->getDefinition(); | ||||||
5210 | notify = true; | ||||||
5211 | } | ||||||
5212 | |||||||
5213 | if (RD) { | ||||||
5214 | ObjCBoxableAttr *BoxableAttr = | ||||||
5215 | ::new (S.Context) ObjCBoxableAttr(S.Context, AL); | ||||||
5216 | RD->addAttr(BoxableAttr); | ||||||
5217 | if (notify) { | ||||||
5218 | // we need to notify ASTReader/ASTWriter about | ||||||
5219 | // modification of existing declaration | ||||||
5220 | if (ASTMutationListener *L = S.getASTMutationListener()) | ||||||
5221 | L->AddedAttributeToRecord(BoxableAttr, RD); | ||||||
5222 | } | ||||||
5223 | } | ||||||
5224 | } | ||||||
5225 | |||||||
5226 | static void handleObjCOwnershipAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5227 | if (hasDeclarator(D)) return; | ||||||
5228 | |||||||
5229 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
5230 | << AL.getRange() << AL << ExpectedVariable; | ||||||
5231 | } | ||||||
5232 | |||||||
5233 | static void handleObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
5234 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5235 | const auto *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); | ||||||
5236 | QualType QT = VD->getType(); | ||||||
5237 | |||||||
5238 | if (!QT->isDependentType() && | ||||||
5239 | !QT->isObjCLifetimeType()) { | ||||||
5240 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_objc_precise_lifetime_bad_type) | ||||||
5241 | << QT; | ||||||
5242 | return; | ||||||
5243 | } | ||||||
5244 | |||||||
5245 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime Lifetime = QT.getObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
5246 | |||||||
5247 | // If we have no lifetime yet, check the lifetime we're presumably | ||||||
5248 | // going to infer. | ||||||
5249 | if (Lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None && !QT->isDependentType()) | ||||||
5250 | Lifetime = QT->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); | ||||||
5251 | |||||||
5252 | switch (Lifetime) { | ||||||
5253 | case Qualifiers::OCL_None: | ||||||
5254 | assert(QT->isDependentType() &&((QT->isDependentType() && "didn't infer lifetime for non-dependent type?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("QT->isDependentType() && \"didn't infer lifetime for non-dependent type?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 5255, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
5255 | "didn't infer lifetime for non-dependent type?")((QT->isDependentType() && "didn't infer lifetime for non-dependent type?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("QT->isDependentType() && \"didn't infer lifetime for non-dependent type?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 5255, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
5256 | break; | ||||||
5257 | |||||||
5258 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: // meaningful | ||||||
5259 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: // meaningful | ||||||
5260 | break; | ||||||
5261 | |||||||
5262 | case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: | ||||||
5263 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: | ||||||
5264 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_objc_precise_lifetime_meaningless) | ||||||
5265 | << (Lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing); | ||||||
5266 | break; | ||||||
5267 | } | ||||||
5268 | |||||||
5269 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
5270 | } | ||||||
5271 | |||||||
5272 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
5273 | // Microsoft specific attribute handlers. | ||||||
5274 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
5275 | |||||||
5276 | UuidAttr *Sema::mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||||
5277 | StringRef Uuid) { | ||||||
5278 | if (const auto *UA = D->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) { | ||||||
5279 | if (UA->getGuid().equals_lower(Uuid)) | ||||||
5280 | return nullptr; | ||||||
5281 | Diag(UA->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_uuid); | ||||||
5282 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::note_previous_uuid); | ||||||
5283 | D->dropAttr<UuidAttr>(); | ||||||
5284 | } | ||||||
5285 | |||||||
5286 | return ::new (Context) UuidAttr(Context, CI, Uuid); | ||||||
5287 | } | ||||||
5288 | |||||||
5289 | static void handleUuidAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5290 | if (!S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { | ||||||
5291 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_not_supported_in_lang) | ||||||
5292 | << AL << AttributeLangSupport::C; | ||||||
5293 | return; | ||||||
5294 | } | ||||||
5295 | |||||||
5296 | StringRef StrRef; | ||||||
5297 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | ||||||
5298 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, StrRef, &LiteralLoc)) | ||||||
5299 | return; | ||||||
5300 | |||||||
5301 | // GUID format is "XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX" or | ||||||
5302 | // "{XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX}", normalize to the former. | ||||||
5303 | if (StrRef.size() == 38 && StrRef.front() == '{' && StrRef.back() == '}') | ||||||
5304 | StrRef = StrRef.drop_front().drop_back(); | ||||||
5305 | |||||||
5306 | // Validate GUID length. | ||||||
5307 | if (StrRef.size() != 36) { | ||||||
5308 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::err_attribute_uuid_malformed_guid); | ||||||
5309 | return; | ||||||
5310 | } | ||||||
5311 | |||||||
5312 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < 36; ++i) { | ||||||
5313 | if (i == 8 || i == 13 || i == 18 || i == 23) { | ||||||
5314 | if (StrRef[i] != '-') { | ||||||
5315 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::err_attribute_uuid_malformed_guid); | ||||||
5316 | return; | ||||||
5317 | } | ||||||
5318 | } else if (!isHexDigit(StrRef[i])) { | ||||||
5319 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::err_attribute_uuid_malformed_guid); | ||||||
5320 | return; | ||||||
5321 | } | ||||||
5322 | } | ||||||
5323 | |||||||
5324 | // FIXME: It'd be nice to also emit a fixit removing uuid(...) (and, if it's | ||||||
5325 | // the only thing in the [] list, the [] too), and add an insertion of | ||||||
5326 | // __declspec(uuid(...)). But sadly, neither the SourceLocs of the commas | ||||||
5327 | // separating attributes nor of the [ and the ] are in the AST. | ||||||
5328 | // Cf "SourceLocations of attribute list delimiters - [[ ... , ... ]] etc" | ||||||
5329 | // on cfe-dev. | ||||||
5330 | if (AL.isMicrosoftAttribute()) // Check for [uuid(...)] spelling. | ||||||
5331 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_atl_uuid_deprecated); | ||||||
5332 | |||||||
5333 | UuidAttr *UA = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, AL, StrRef); | ||||||
5334 | if (UA) | ||||||
5335 | D->addAttr(UA); | ||||||
5336 | } | ||||||
5337 | |||||||
5338 | static void handleMSInheritanceAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5339 | if (!S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { | ||||||
5340 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_not_supported_in_lang) | ||||||
5341 | << AL << AttributeLangSupport::C; | ||||||
5342 | return; | ||||||
5343 | } | ||||||
5344 | MSInheritanceAttr *IA = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr( | ||||||
5345 | D, AL, /*BestCase=*/true, | ||||||
5346 | (MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling)AL.getSemanticSpelling()); | ||||||
5347 | if (IA) { | ||||||
5348 | D->addAttr(IA); | ||||||
5349 | S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); | ||||||
5350 | } | ||||||
5351 | } | ||||||
5352 | |||||||
5353 | static void handleDeclspecThreadAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5354 | const auto *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); | ||||||
5355 | if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { | ||||||
5356 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); | ||||||
5357 | return; | ||||||
5358 | } | ||||||
5359 | if (VD->getTSCSpec() != TSCS_unspecified) { | ||||||
5360 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_declspec_thread_on_thread_variable); | ||||||
5361 | return; | ||||||
5362 | } | ||||||
5363 | if (VD->hasLocalStorage()) { | ||||||
5364 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global) << "__declspec(thread)"; | ||||||
5365 | return; | ||||||
5366 | } | ||||||
5367 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ThreadAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
5368 | } | ||||||
5369 | |||||||
5370 | static void handleAbiTagAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5371 | SmallVector<StringRef, 4> Tags; | ||||||
5372 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = AL.getNumArgs(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
5373 | StringRef Tag; | ||||||
5374 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, I, Tag)) | ||||||
5375 | return; | ||||||
5376 | Tags.push_back(Tag); | ||||||
5377 | } | ||||||
5378 | |||||||
5379 | if (const auto *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
5380 | if (!NS->isInline()) { | ||||||
5381 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attr_abi_tag_namespace) << 0; | ||||||
5382 | return; | ||||||
5383 | } | ||||||
5384 | if (NS->isAnonymousNamespace()) { | ||||||
5385 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attr_abi_tag_namespace) << 1; | ||||||
5386 | return; | ||||||
5387 | } | ||||||
5388 | if (AL.getNumArgs() == 0) | ||||||
5389 | Tags.push_back(NS->getName()); | ||||||
5390 | } else if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||||
5391 | return; | ||||||
5392 | |||||||
5393 | // Store tags sorted and without duplicates. | ||||||
5394 | llvm::sort(Tags); | ||||||
5395 | Tags.erase(std::unique(Tags.begin(), Tags.end()), Tags.end()); | ||||||
5396 | |||||||
5397 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
5398 | AbiTagAttr(S.Context, AL, Tags.data(), Tags.size())); | ||||||
5399 | } | ||||||
5400 | |||||||
5401 | static void handleARMInterruptAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5402 | // Check the attribute arguments. | ||||||
5403 | if (AL.getNumArgs() > 1) { | ||||||
5404 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_too_many_arguments) << AL << 1; | ||||||
5405 | return; | ||||||
5406 | } | ||||||
5407 | |||||||
5408 | StringRef Str; | ||||||
5409 | SourceLocation ArgLoc; | ||||||
5410 | |||||||
5411 | if (AL.getNumArgs() == 0) | ||||||
5412 | Str = ""; | ||||||
5413 | else if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str, &ArgLoc)) | ||||||
5414 | return; | ||||||
5415 | |||||||
5416 | ARMInterruptAttr::InterruptType Kind; | ||||||
5417 | if (!ARMInterruptAttr::ConvertStrToInterruptType(Str, Kind)) { | ||||||
5418 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL << Str | ||||||
5419 | << ArgLoc; | ||||||
5420 | return; | ||||||
5421 | } | ||||||
5422 | |||||||
5423 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ARMInterruptAttr(S.Context, AL, Kind)); | ||||||
5424 | } | ||||||
5425 | |||||||
5426 | static void handleMSP430InterruptAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5427 | // MSP430 'interrupt' attribute is applied to | ||||||
5428 | // a function with no parameters and void return type. | ||||||
5429 | if (!isFunctionOrMethod(D)) { | ||||||
5430 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
5431 | << "'interrupt'" << ExpectedFunctionOrMethod; | ||||||
5432 | return; | ||||||
5433 | } | ||||||
5434 | |||||||
5435 | if (hasFunctionProto(D) && getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D) != 0) { | ||||||
5436 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_interrupt_attribute_invalid) | ||||||
5437 | << /*MSP430*/ 1 << 0; | ||||||
5438 | return; | ||||||
5439 | } | ||||||
5440 | |||||||
5441 | if (!getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D)->isVoidType()) { | ||||||
5442 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_interrupt_attribute_invalid) | ||||||
5443 | << /*MSP430*/ 1 << 1; | ||||||
5444 | return; | ||||||
5445 | } | ||||||
5446 | |||||||
5447 | // The attribute takes one integer argument. | ||||||
5448 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||||
5449 | return; | ||||||
5450 | |||||||
5451 | if (!AL.isArgExpr(0)) { | ||||||
5452 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||||
5453 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant; | ||||||
5454 | return; | ||||||
5455 | } | ||||||
5456 | |||||||
5457 | Expr *NumParamsExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(AL.getArgAsExpr(0)); | ||||||
5458 | llvm::APSInt NumParams(32); | ||||||
5459 | if (!NumParamsExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(NumParams, S.Context)) { | ||||||
5460 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||||
5461 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | ||||||
5462 | << NumParamsExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
5463 | return; | ||||||
5464 | } | ||||||
5465 | // The argument should be in range 0..63. | ||||||
5466 | unsigned Num = NumParams.getLimitedValue(255); | ||||||
5467 | if (Num > 63) { | ||||||
5468 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds) | ||||||
5469 | << AL << (int)NumParams.getSExtValue() | ||||||
5470 | << NumParamsExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
5471 | return; | ||||||
5472 | } | ||||||
5473 | |||||||
5474 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) MSP430InterruptAttr(S.Context, AL, Num)); | ||||||
5475 | D->addAttr(UsedAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context)); | ||||||
5476 | } | ||||||
5477 | |||||||
5478 | static void handleMipsInterruptAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5479 | // Only one optional argument permitted. | ||||||
5480 | if (AL.getNumArgs() > 1) { | ||||||
5481 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_too_many_arguments) << AL << 1; | ||||||
5482 | return; | ||||||
5483 | } | ||||||
5484 | |||||||
5485 | StringRef Str; | ||||||
5486 | SourceLocation ArgLoc; | ||||||
5487 | |||||||
5488 | if (AL.getNumArgs() == 0) | ||||||
5489 | Str = ""; | ||||||
5490 | else if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str, &ArgLoc)) | ||||||
5491 | return; | ||||||
5492 | |||||||
5493 | // Semantic checks for a function with the 'interrupt' attribute for MIPS: | ||||||
5494 | // a) Must be a function. | ||||||
5495 | // b) Must have no parameters. | ||||||
5496 | // c) Must have the 'void' return type. | ||||||
5497 | // d) Cannot have the 'mips16' attribute, as that instruction set | ||||||
5498 | // lacks the 'eret' instruction. | ||||||
5499 | // e) The attribute itself must either have no argument or one of the | ||||||
5500 | // valid interrupt types, see [MipsInterruptDocs]. | ||||||
5501 | |||||||
5502 | if (!isFunctionOrMethod(D)) { | ||||||
5503 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
5504 | << "'interrupt'" << ExpectedFunctionOrMethod; | ||||||
5505 | return; | ||||||
5506 | } | ||||||
5507 | |||||||
5508 | if (hasFunctionProto(D) && getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D) != 0) { | ||||||
5509 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_interrupt_attribute_invalid) | ||||||
5510 | << /*MIPS*/ 0 << 0; | ||||||
5511 | return; | ||||||
5512 | } | ||||||
5513 | |||||||
5514 | if (!getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D)->isVoidType()) { | ||||||
5515 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_interrupt_attribute_invalid) | ||||||
5516 | << /*MIPS*/ 0 << 1; | ||||||
5517 | return; | ||||||
5518 | } | ||||||
5519 | |||||||
5520 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<Mips16Attr>(S, D, AL)) | ||||||
5521 | return; | ||||||
5522 | |||||||
5523 | MipsInterruptAttr::InterruptType Kind; | ||||||
5524 | if (!MipsInterruptAttr::ConvertStrToInterruptType(Str, Kind)) { | ||||||
5525 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) | ||||||
5526 | << AL << "'" + std::string(Str) + "'"; | ||||||
5527 | return; | ||||||
5528 | } | ||||||
5529 | |||||||
5530 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) MipsInterruptAttr(S.Context, AL, Kind)); | ||||||
5531 | } | ||||||
5532 | |||||||
5533 | static void handleAnyX86InterruptAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5534 | // Semantic checks for a function with the 'interrupt' attribute. | ||||||
5535 | // a) Must be a function. | ||||||
5536 | // b) Must have the 'void' return type. | ||||||
5537 | // c) Must take 1 or 2 arguments. | ||||||
5538 | // d) The 1st argument must be a pointer. | ||||||
5539 | // e) The 2nd argument (if any) must be an unsigned integer. | ||||||
5540 | if (!isFunctionOrMethod(D) || !hasFunctionProto(D) || isInstanceMethod(D) || | ||||||
5541 | CXXMethodDecl::isStaticOverloadedOperator( | ||||||
5542 | cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator())) { | ||||||
5543 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
5544 | << AL << ExpectedFunctionWithProtoType; | ||||||
5545 | return; | ||||||
5546 | } | ||||||
5547 | // Interrupt handler must have void return type. | ||||||
5548 | if (!getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D)->isVoidType()) { | ||||||
5549 | S.Diag(getFunctionOrMethodResultSourceRange(D).getBegin(), | ||||||
5550 | diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_attribute) | ||||||
5551 | << (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86 | ||||||
5552 | ? 0 | ||||||
5553 | : 1) | ||||||
5554 | << 0; | ||||||
5555 | return; | ||||||
5556 | } | ||||||
5557 | // Interrupt handler must have 1 or 2 parameters. | ||||||
5558 | unsigned NumParams = getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D); | ||||||
5559 | if (NumParams < 1 || NumParams > 2) { | ||||||
5560 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_attribute) | ||||||
5561 | << (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86 | ||||||
5562 | ? 0 | ||||||
5563 | : 1) | ||||||
5564 | << 1; | ||||||
5565 | return; | ||||||
5566 | } | ||||||
5567 | // The first argument must be a pointer. | ||||||
5568 | if (!getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, 0)->isPointerType()) { | ||||||
5569 | S.Diag(getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, 0).getBegin(), | ||||||
5570 | diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_attribute) | ||||||
5571 | << (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86 | ||||||
5572 | ? 0 | ||||||
5573 | : 1) | ||||||
5574 | << 2; | ||||||
5575 | return; | ||||||
5576 | } | ||||||
5577 | // The second argument, if present, must be an unsigned integer. | ||||||
5578 | unsigned TypeSize = | ||||||
5579 | S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64 | ||||||
5580 | ? 64 | ||||||
5581 | : 32; | ||||||
5582 | if (NumParams == 2 && | ||||||
5583 | (!getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, 1)->isUnsignedIntegerType() || | ||||||
5584 | S.Context.getTypeSize(getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, 1)) != TypeSize)) { | ||||||
5585 | S.Diag(getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, 1).getBegin(), | ||||||
5586 | diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_attribute) | ||||||
5587 | << (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86 | ||||||
5588 | ? 0 | ||||||
5589 | : 1) | ||||||
5590 | << 3 << S.Context.getIntTypeForBitwidth(TypeSize, /*Signed=*/false); | ||||||
5591 | return; | ||||||
5592 | } | ||||||
5593 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AnyX86InterruptAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
5594 | D->addAttr(UsedAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context)); | ||||||
5595 | } | ||||||
5596 | |||||||
5597 | static void handleAVRInterruptAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5598 | if (!isFunctionOrMethod(D)) { | ||||||
5599 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
5600 | << "'interrupt'" << ExpectedFunction; | ||||||
5601 | return; | ||||||
5602 | } | ||||||
5603 | |||||||
5604 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(S, AL, 0)) | ||||||
5605 | return; | ||||||
5606 | |||||||
5607 | handleSimpleAttribute<AVRInterruptAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
5608 | } | ||||||
5609 | |||||||
5610 | static void handleAVRSignalAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5611 | if (!isFunctionOrMethod(D)) { | ||||||
5612 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
5613 | << "'signal'" << ExpectedFunction; | ||||||
5614 | return; | ||||||
5615 | } | ||||||
5616 | |||||||
5617 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(S, AL, 0)) | ||||||
5618 | return; | ||||||
5619 | |||||||
5620 | handleSimpleAttribute<AVRSignalAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
5621 | } | ||||||
5622 | |||||||
5623 | static void handleWebAssemblyImportModuleAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5624 | if (!isFunctionOrMethod(D)) { | ||||||
5625 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
5626 | << "'import_module'" << ExpectedFunction; | ||||||
5627 | return; | ||||||
5628 | } | ||||||
5629 | |||||||
5630 | auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||||
5631 | if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { | ||||||
5632 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; | ||||||
5633 | return; | ||||||
5634 | } | ||||||
5635 | |||||||
5636 | StringRef Str; | ||||||
5637 | SourceLocation ArgLoc; | ||||||
5638 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str, &ArgLoc)) | ||||||
5639 | return; | ||||||
5640 | |||||||
5641 | FD->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
5642 | WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr(S.Context, AL, Str)); | ||||||
5643 | } | ||||||
5644 | |||||||
5645 | static void handleWebAssemblyImportNameAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5646 | if (!isFunctionOrMethod(D)) { | ||||||
5647 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
5648 | << "'import_name'" << ExpectedFunction; | ||||||
5649 | return; | ||||||
5650 | } | ||||||
5651 | |||||||
5652 | auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||||
5653 | if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { | ||||||
5654 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; | ||||||
5655 | return; | ||||||
5656 | } | ||||||
5657 | |||||||
5658 | StringRef Str; | ||||||
5659 | SourceLocation ArgLoc; | ||||||
5660 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str, &ArgLoc)) | ||||||
5661 | return; | ||||||
5662 | |||||||
5663 | FD->addAttr(::new (S.Context) WebAssemblyImportNameAttr(S.Context, AL, Str)); | ||||||
5664 | } | ||||||
5665 | |||||||
5666 | static void handleRISCVInterruptAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
5667 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5668 | // Warn about repeated attributes. | ||||||
5669 | if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<RISCVInterruptAttr>()) { | ||||||
5670 | S.Diag(AL.getRange().getBegin(), | ||||||
5671 | diag::warn_riscv_repeated_interrupt_attribute); | ||||||
5672 | S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::note_riscv_repeated_interrupt_attribute); | ||||||
5673 | return; | ||||||
5674 | } | ||||||
5675 | |||||||
5676 | // Check the attribute argument. Argument is optional. | ||||||
5677 | if (!checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||||
5678 | return; | ||||||
5679 | |||||||
5680 | StringRef Str; | ||||||
5681 | SourceLocation ArgLoc; | ||||||
5682 | |||||||
5683 | // 'machine'is the default interrupt mode. | ||||||
5684 | if (AL.getNumArgs() == 0) | ||||||
5685 | Str = "machine"; | ||||||
5686 | else if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str, &ArgLoc)) | ||||||
5687 | return; | ||||||
5688 | |||||||
5689 | // Semantic checks for a function with the 'interrupt' attribute: | ||||||
5690 | // - Must be a function. | ||||||
5691 | // - Must have no parameters. | ||||||
5692 | // - Must have the 'void' return type. | ||||||
5693 | // - The attribute itself must either have no argument or one of the | ||||||
5694 | // valid interrupt types, see [RISCVInterruptDocs]. | ||||||
5695 | |||||||
5696 | if (D->getFunctionType() == nullptr) { | ||||||
5697 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
5698 | << "'interrupt'" << ExpectedFunction; | ||||||
5699 | return; | ||||||
5700 | } | ||||||
5701 | |||||||
5702 | if (hasFunctionProto(D) && getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D) != 0) { | ||||||
5703 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_interrupt_attribute_invalid) | ||||||
5704 | << /*RISC-V*/ 2 << 0; | ||||||
5705 | return; | ||||||
5706 | } | ||||||
5707 | |||||||
5708 | if (!getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D)->isVoidType()) { | ||||||
5709 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_interrupt_attribute_invalid) | ||||||
5710 | << /*RISC-V*/ 2 << 1; | ||||||
5711 | return; | ||||||
5712 | } | ||||||
5713 | |||||||
5714 | RISCVInterruptAttr::InterruptType Kind; | ||||||
5715 | if (!RISCVInterruptAttr::ConvertStrToInterruptType(Str, Kind)) { | ||||||
5716 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL << Str | ||||||
5717 | << ArgLoc; | ||||||
5718 | return; | ||||||
5719 | } | ||||||
5720 | |||||||
5721 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) RISCVInterruptAttr(S.Context, AL, Kind)); | ||||||
5722 | } | ||||||
5723 | |||||||
5724 | static void handleInterruptAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5725 | // Dispatch the interrupt attribute based on the current target. | ||||||
5726 | switch (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) { | ||||||
5727 | case llvm::Triple::msp430: | ||||||
5728 | handleMSP430InterruptAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
5729 | break; | ||||||
5730 | case llvm::Triple::mipsel: | ||||||
5731 | case llvm::Triple::mips: | ||||||
5732 | handleMipsInterruptAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
5733 | break; | ||||||
5734 | case llvm::Triple::x86: | ||||||
5735 | case llvm::Triple::x86_64: | ||||||
5736 | handleAnyX86InterruptAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
5737 | break; | ||||||
5738 | case llvm::Triple::avr: | ||||||
5739 | handleAVRInterruptAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
5740 | break; | ||||||
5741 | case llvm::Triple::riscv32: | ||||||
5742 | case llvm::Triple::riscv64: | ||||||
5743 | handleRISCVInterruptAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
5744 | break; | ||||||
5745 | default: | ||||||
5746 | handleARMInterruptAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
5747 | break; | ||||||
5748 | } | ||||||
5749 | } | ||||||
5750 | |||||||
5751 | static bool | ||||||
5752 | checkAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeArguments(Sema &S, Expr *MinExpr, Expr *MaxExpr, | ||||||
5753 | const AMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr &Attr) { | ||||||
5754 | // Accept template arguments for now as they depend on something else. | ||||||
5755 | // We'll get to check them when they eventually get instantiated. | ||||||
5756 | if (MinExpr->isValueDependent() || MaxExpr->isValueDependent()) | ||||||
5757 | return false; | ||||||
5758 | |||||||
5759 | uint32_t Min = 0; | ||||||
5760 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, MinExpr, Min, 0)) | ||||||
5761 | return true; | ||||||
5762 | |||||||
5763 | uint32_t Max = 0; | ||||||
5764 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, MaxExpr, Max, 1)) | ||||||
5765 | return true; | ||||||
5766 | |||||||
5767 | if (Min == 0 && Max != 0) { | ||||||
5768 | S.Diag(Attr.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_argument_invalid) | ||||||
5769 | << &Attr << 0; | ||||||
5770 | return true; | ||||||
5771 | } | ||||||
5772 | if (Min > Max) { | ||||||
5773 | S.Diag(Attr.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_argument_invalid) | ||||||
5774 | << &Attr << 1; | ||||||
5775 | return true; | ||||||
5776 | } | ||||||
5777 | |||||||
5778 | return false; | ||||||
5779 | } | ||||||
5780 | |||||||
5781 | void Sema::addAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr(Decl *D, | ||||||
5782 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||||
5783 | Expr *MinExpr, Expr *MaxExpr) { | ||||||
5784 | AMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr TmpAttr(Context, CI, MinExpr, MaxExpr); | ||||||
5785 | |||||||
5786 | if (checkAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeArguments(*this, MinExpr, MaxExpr, TmpAttr)) | ||||||
5787 | return; | ||||||
5788 | |||||||
5789 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) | ||||||
5790 | AMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr(Context, CI, MinExpr, MaxExpr)); | ||||||
5791 | } | ||||||
5792 | |||||||
5793 | static void handleAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
5794 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5795 | Expr *MinExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||||
5796 | Expr *MaxExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(1); | ||||||
5797 | |||||||
5798 | S.addAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr(D, AL, MinExpr, MaxExpr); | ||||||
5799 | } | ||||||
5800 | |||||||
5801 | static bool checkAMDGPUWavesPerEUArguments(Sema &S, Expr *MinExpr, | ||||||
5802 | Expr *MaxExpr, | ||||||
5803 | const AMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr &Attr) { | ||||||
5804 | if (S.DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(MinExpr) || | ||||||
5805 | (MaxExpr && S.DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(MaxExpr))) | ||||||
5806 | return true; | ||||||
5807 | |||||||
5808 | // Accept template arguments for now as they depend on something else. | ||||||
5809 | // We'll get to check them when they eventually get instantiated. | ||||||
5810 | if (MinExpr->isValueDependent() || (MaxExpr && MaxExpr->isValueDependent())) | ||||||
5811 | return false; | ||||||
5812 | |||||||
5813 | uint32_t Min = 0; | ||||||
5814 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, MinExpr, Min, 0)) | ||||||
5815 | return true; | ||||||
5816 | |||||||
5817 | uint32_t Max = 0; | ||||||
5818 | if (MaxExpr && !checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, MaxExpr, Max, 1)) | ||||||
5819 | return true; | ||||||
5820 | |||||||
5821 | if (Min == 0 && Max != 0) { | ||||||
5822 | S.Diag(Attr.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_argument_invalid) | ||||||
5823 | << &Attr << 0; | ||||||
5824 | return true; | ||||||
5825 | } | ||||||
5826 | if (Max != 0 && Min > Max) { | ||||||
5827 | S.Diag(Attr.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_argument_invalid) | ||||||
5828 | << &Attr << 1; | ||||||
5829 | return true; | ||||||
5830 | } | ||||||
5831 | |||||||
5832 | return false; | ||||||
5833 | } | ||||||
5834 | |||||||
5835 | void Sema::addAMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||||
5836 | Expr *MinExpr, Expr *MaxExpr) { | ||||||
5837 | AMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr TmpAttr(Context, CI, MinExpr, MaxExpr); | ||||||
5838 | |||||||
5839 | if (checkAMDGPUWavesPerEUArguments(*this, MinExpr, MaxExpr, TmpAttr)) | ||||||
5840 | return; | ||||||
5841 | |||||||
5842 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) | ||||||
5843 | AMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr(Context, CI, MinExpr, MaxExpr)); | ||||||
5844 | } | ||||||
5845 | |||||||
5846 | static void handleAMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5847 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1) || | ||||||
5848 | !checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, 2)) | ||||||
5849 | return; | ||||||
5850 | |||||||
5851 | Expr *MinExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||||
5852 | Expr *MaxExpr = (AL.getNumArgs() > 1) ? AL.getArgAsExpr(1) : nullptr; | ||||||
5853 | |||||||
5854 | S.addAMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr(D, AL, MinExpr, MaxExpr); | ||||||
5855 | } | ||||||
5856 | |||||||
5857 | static void handleAMDGPUNumSGPRAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5858 | uint32_t NumSGPR = 0; | ||||||
5859 | Expr *NumSGPRExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||||
5860 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, NumSGPRExpr, NumSGPR)) | ||||||
5861 | return; | ||||||
5862 | |||||||
5863 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr(S.Context, AL, NumSGPR)); | ||||||
5864 | } | ||||||
5865 | |||||||
5866 | static void handleAMDGPUNumVGPRAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5867 | uint32_t NumVGPR = 0; | ||||||
5868 | Expr *NumVGPRExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||||
5869 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, NumVGPRExpr, NumVGPR)) | ||||||
5870 | return; | ||||||
5871 | |||||||
5872 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr(S.Context, AL, NumVGPR)); | ||||||
5873 | } | ||||||
5874 | |||||||
5875 | static void handleX86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
5876 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5877 | // If we try to apply it to a function pointer, don't warn, but don't | ||||||
5878 | // do anything, either. It doesn't matter anyway, because there's nothing | ||||||
5879 | // special about calling a force_align_arg_pointer function. | ||||||
5880 | const auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D); | ||||||
5881 | if (VD && VD->getType()->isFunctionPointerType()) | ||||||
5882 | return; | ||||||
5883 | // Also don't warn on function pointer typedefs. | ||||||
5884 | const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D); | ||||||
5885 | if (TD && (TD->getUnderlyingType()->isFunctionPointerType() || | ||||||
5886 | TD->getUnderlyingType()->isFunctionType())) | ||||||
5887 | return; | ||||||
5888 | // Attribute can only be applied to function types. | ||||||
5889 | if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
5890 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
5891 | << AL << ExpectedFunction; | ||||||
5892 | return; | ||||||
5893 | } | ||||||
5894 | |||||||
5895 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
5896 | } | ||||||
5897 | |||||||
5898 | static void handleLayoutVersion(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
5899 | uint32_t Version; | ||||||
5900 | Expr *VersionExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(AL.getArgAsExpr(0)); | ||||||
5901 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, AL.getArgAsExpr(0), Version)) | ||||||
5902 | return; | ||||||
5903 | |||||||
5904 | // TODO: Investigate what happens with the next major version of MSVC. | ||||||
5905 | if (Version != LangOptions::MSVC2015 / 100) { | ||||||
5906 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds) | ||||||
5907 | << AL << Version << VersionExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
5908 | return; | ||||||
5909 | } | ||||||
5910 | |||||||
5911 | // The attribute expects a "major" version number like 19, but new versions of | ||||||
5912 | // MSVC have moved to updating the "minor", or less significant numbers, so we | ||||||
5913 | // have to multiply by 100 now. | ||||||
5914 | Version *= 100; | ||||||
5915 | |||||||
5916 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) LayoutVersionAttr(S.Context, AL, Version)); | ||||||
5917 | } | ||||||
5918 | |||||||
5919 | DLLImportAttr *Sema::mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, | ||||||
5920 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI) { | ||||||
5921 | if (D->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { | ||||||
5922 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << "'dllimport'"; | ||||||
5923 | return nullptr; | ||||||
5924 | } | ||||||
5925 | |||||||
5926 | if (D->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) | ||||||
5927 | return nullptr; | ||||||
5928 | |||||||
5929 | return ::new (Context) DLLImportAttr(Context, CI); | ||||||
5930 | } | ||||||
5931 | |||||||
5932 | DLLExportAttr *Sema::mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, | ||||||
5933 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI) { | ||||||
5934 | if (DLLImportAttr *Import = D->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) { | ||||||
5935 | Diag(Import->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Import; | ||||||
5936 | D->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); | ||||||
5937 | } | ||||||
5938 | |||||||
5939 | if (D->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) | ||||||
5940 | return nullptr; | ||||||
5941 | |||||||
5942 | return ::new (Context) DLLExportAttr(Context, CI); | ||||||
5943 | } | ||||||
5944 | |||||||
5945 | static void handleDLLAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &A) { | ||||||
5946 | if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(D) && | ||||||
5947 | S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { | ||||||
5948 | S.Diag(A.getRange().getBegin(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << A; | ||||||
5949 | return; | ||||||
5950 | } | ||||||
5951 | |||||||
5952 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
5953 | if (FD->isInlined() && A.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport && | ||||||
5954 | !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { | ||||||
5955 | // MinGW doesn't allow dllimport on inline functions. | ||||||
5956 | S.Diag(A.getRange().getBegin(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored_on_inline) | ||||||
5957 | << A; | ||||||
5958 | return; | ||||||
5959 | } | ||||||
5960 | } | ||||||
5961 | |||||||
5962 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
5963 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && | ||||||
5964 | MD->getParent()->isLambda()) { | ||||||
5965 | S.Diag(A.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_attribute_dll_lambda) << A; | ||||||
5966 | return; | ||||||
5967 | } | ||||||
5968 | } | ||||||
5969 | |||||||
5970 | Attr *NewAttr = A.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport | ||||||
5971 | ? (Attr *)S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, A) | ||||||
5972 | : (Attr *)S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, A); | ||||||
5973 | if (NewAttr) | ||||||
5974 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); | ||||||
5975 | } | ||||||
5976 | |||||||
5977 | MSInheritanceAttr * | ||||||
5978 | Sema::mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||||
5979 | bool BestCase, | ||||||
5980 | MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling) { | ||||||
5981 | if (MSInheritanceAttr *IA = D->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) { | ||||||
5982 | if (IA->getSemanticSpelling() == SemanticSpelling) | ||||||
5983 | return nullptr; | ||||||
5984 | Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_ms_inheritance) | ||||||
5985 | << 1 /*previous declaration*/; | ||||||
5986 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::note_previous_ms_inheritance); | ||||||
5987 | D->dropAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>(); | ||||||
5988 | } | ||||||
5989 | |||||||
5990 | auto *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); | ||||||
5991 | if (RD->hasDefinition()) { | ||||||
5992 | if (checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(RD, CI.getRange(), BestCase, | ||||||
5993 | SemanticSpelling)) { | ||||||
5994 | return nullptr; | ||||||
5995 | } | ||||||
5996 | } else { | ||||||
5997 | if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) { | ||||||
5998 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::warn_ignored_ms_inheritance) | ||||||
5999 | << 1 /*partial specialization*/; | ||||||
6000 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6001 | } | ||||||
6002 | if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) { | ||||||
6003 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::warn_ignored_ms_inheritance) | ||||||
6004 | << 0 /*primary template*/; | ||||||
6005 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6006 | } | ||||||
6007 | } | ||||||
6008 | |||||||
6009 | return ::new (Context) MSInheritanceAttr(Context, CI, BestCase); | ||||||
6010 | } | ||||||
6011 | |||||||
6012 | static void handleCapabilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
6013 | // The capability attributes take a single string parameter for the name of | ||||||
6014 | // the capability they represent. The lockable attribute does not take any | ||||||
6015 | // parameters. However, semantically, both attributes represent the same | ||||||
6016 | // concept, and so they use the same semantic attribute. Eventually, the | ||||||
6017 | // lockable attribute will be removed. | ||||||
6018 | // | ||||||
6019 | // For backward compatibility, any capability which has no specified string | ||||||
6020 | // literal will be considered a "mutex." | ||||||
6021 | StringRef N("mutex"); | ||||||
6022 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | ||||||
6023 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_Capability && | ||||||
6024 | !S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, N, &LiteralLoc)) | ||||||
6025 | return; | ||||||
6026 | |||||||
6027 | // Currently, there are only two names allowed for a capability: role and | ||||||
6028 | // mutex (case insensitive). Diagnose other capability names. | ||||||
6029 | if (!N.equals_lower("mutex") && !N.equals_lower("role")) | ||||||
6030 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::warn_invalid_capability_name) << N; | ||||||
6031 | |||||||
6032 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CapabilityAttr(S.Context, AL, N)); | ||||||
6033 | } | ||||||
6034 | |||||||
6035 | static void handleAssertCapabilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
6036 | SmallVector<Expr*, 1> Args; | ||||||
6037 | if (!checkLockFunAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Args)) | ||||||
6038 | return; | ||||||
6039 | |||||||
6040 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
6041 | AssertCapabilityAttr(S.Context, AL, Args.data(), Args.size())); | ||||||
6042 | } | ||||||
6043 | |||||||
6044 | static void handleAcquireCapabilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
6045 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
6046 | SmallVector<Expr*, 1> Args; | ||||||
6047 | if (!checkLockFunAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Args)) | ||||||
6048 | return; | ||||||
6049 | |||||||
6050 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AcquireCapabilityAttr(S.Context, AL, Args.data(), | ||||||
6051 | Args.size())); | ||||||
6052 | } | ||||||
6053 | |||||||
6054 | static void handleTryAcquireCapabilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
6055 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
6056 | SmallVector<Expr*, 2> Args; | ||||||
6057 | if (!checkTryLockFunAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Args)) | ||||||
6058 | return; | ||||||
6059 | |||||||
6060 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) TryAcquireCapabilityAttr( | ||||||
6061 | S.Context, AL, AL.getArgAsExpr(0), Args.data(), Args.size())); | ||||||
6062 | } | ||||||
6063 | |||||||
6064 | static void handleReleaseCapabilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
6065 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
6066 | // Check that all arguments are lockable objects. | ||||||
6067 | SmallVector<Expr *, 1> Args; | ||||||
6068 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, AL, Args, 0, true); | ||||||
6069 | |||||||
6070 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ReleaseCapabilityAttr(S.Context, AL, Args.data(), | ||||||
6071 | Args.size())); | ||||||
6072 | } | ||||||
6073 | |||||||
6074 | static void handleRequiresCapabilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
6075 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
6076 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||||
6077 | return; | ||||||
6078 | |||||||
6079 | // check that all arguments are lockable objects | ||||||
6080 | SmallVector<Expr*, 1> Args; | ||||||
6081 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, AL, Args); | ||||||
6082 | if (Args.empty()) | ||||||
6083 | return; | ||||||
6084 | |||||||
6085 | RequiresCapabilityAttr *RCA = ::new (S.Context) | ||||||
6086 | RequiresCapabilityAttr(S.Context, AL, Args.data(), Args.size()); | ||||||
6087 | |||||||
6088 | D->addAttr(RCA); | ||||||
6089 | } | ||||||
6090 | |||||||
6091 | static void handleDeprecatedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
6092 | if (const auto *NSD = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
6093 | if (NSD->isAnonymousNamespace()) { | ||||||
6094 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_deprecated_anonymous_namespace); | ||||||
6095 | // Do not want to attach the attribute to the namespace because that will | ||||||
6096 | // cause confusing diagnostic reports for uses of declarations within the | ||||||
6097 | // namespace. | ||||||
6098 | return; | ||||||
6099 | } | ||||||
6100 | } | ||||||
6101 | |||||||
6102 | // Handle the cases where the attribute has a text message. | ||||||
6103 | StringRef Str, Replacement; | ||||||
6104 | if (AL.isArgExpr(0) && AL.getArgAsExpr(0) && | ||||||
6105 | !S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str)) | ||||||
6106 | return; | ||||||
6107 | |||||||
6108 | // Only support a single optional message for Declspec and CXX11. | ||||||
6109 | if (AL.isDeclspecAttribute() || AL.isCXX11Attribute()) | ||||||
6110 | checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, 1); | ||||||
6111 | else if (AL.isArgExpr(1) && AL.getArgAsExpr(1) && | ||||||
6112 | !S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 1, Replacement)) | ||||||
6113 | return; | ||||||
6114 | |||||||
6115 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && AL.isCXX11Attribute() && !AL.isGNUScope()) | ||||||
6116 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::ext_cxx14_attr) << AL; | ||||||
6117 | |||||||
6118 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DeprecatedAttr(S.Context, AL, Str, Replacement)); | ||||||
6119 | } | ||||||
6120 | |||||||
6121 | static bool isGlobalVar(const Decl *D) { | ||||||
6122 | if (const auto *S = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) | ||||||
6123 | return S->hasGlobalStorage(); | ||||||
6124 | return false; | ||||||
6125 | } | ||||||
6126 | |||||||
6127 | static void handleNoSanitizeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
6128 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||||
6129 | return; | ||||||
6130 | |||||||
6131 | std::vector<StringRef> Sanitizers; | ||||||
6132 | |||||||
6133 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = AL.getNumArgs(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
6134 | StringRef SanitizerName; | ||||||
6135 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | ||||||
6136 | |||||||
6137 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, I, SanitizerName, &LiteralLoc)) | ||||||
6138 | return; | ||||||
6139 | |||||||
6140 | if (parseSanitizerValue(SanitizerName, /*AllowGroups=*/true) == | ||||||
6141 | SanitizerMask()) | ||||||
6142 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::warn_unknown_sanitizer_ignored) << SanitizerName; | ||||||
6143 | else if (isGlobalVar(D) && SanitizerName != "address") | ||||||
6144 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
6145 | << AL << ExpectedFunctionOrMethod; | ||||||
6146 | Sanitizers.push_back(SanitizerName); | ||||||
6147 | } | ||||||
6148 | |||||||
6149 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NoSanitizeAttr(S.Context, AL, Sanitizers.data(), | ||||||
6150 | Sanitizers.size())); | ||||||
6151 | } | ||||||
6152 | |||||||
6153 | static void handleNoSanitizeSpecificAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
6154 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
6155 | StringRef AttrName = AL.getAttrName()->getName(); | ||||||
6156 | normalizeName(AttrName); | ||||||
6157 | StringRef SanitizerName = llvm::StringSwitch<StringRef>(AttrName) | ||||||
6158 | .Case("no_address_safety_analysis", "address") | ||||||
6159 | .Case("no_sanitize_address", "address") | ||||||
6160 | .Case("no_sanitize_thread", "thread") | ||||||
6161 | .Case("no_sanitize_memory", "memory"); | ||||||
6162 | if (isGlobalVar(D) && SanitizerName != "address") | ||||||
6163 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
6164 | << AL << ExpectedFunction; | ||||||
6165 | |||||||
6166 | // FIXME: Rather than create a NoSanitizeSpecificAttr, this creates a | ||||||
6167 | // NoSanitizeAttr object; but we need to calculate the correct spelling list | ||||||
6168 | // index rather than incorrectly assume the index for NoSanitizeSpecificAttr | ||||||
6169 | // has the same spellings as the index for NoSanitizeAttr. We don't have a | ||||||
6170 | // general way to "translate" between the two, so this hack attempts to work | ||||||
6171 | // around the issue with hard-coded indicies. This is critical for calling | ||||||
6172 | // getSpelling() or prettyPrint() on the resulting semantic attribute object | ||||||
6173 | // without failing assertions. | ||||||
6174 | unsigned TranslatedSpellingIndex = 0; | ||||||
6175 | if (AL.isC2xAttribute() || AL.isCXX11Attribute()) | ||||||
6176 | TranslatedSpellingIndex = 1; | ||||||
6177 | |||||||
6178 | AttributeCommonInfo Info = AL; | ||||||
6179 | Info.setAttributeSpellingListIndex(TranslatedSpellingIndex); | ||||||
6180 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||||
6181 | NoSanitizeAttr(S.Context, Info, &SanitizerName, 1)); | ||||||
6182 | } | ||||||
6183 | |||||||
6184 | static void handleInternalLinkageAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
6185 | if (InternalLinkageAttr *Internal = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(D, AL)) | ||||||
6186 | D->addAttr(Internal); | ||||||
6187 | } | ||||||
6188 | |||||||
6189 | static void handleOpenCLNoSVMAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
6190 | if (S.LangOpts.OpenCLVersion != 200) | ||||||
6191 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_requires_opencl_version) | ||||||
6192 | << AL << "2.0" << 0; | ||||||
6193 | else | ||||||
6194 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_opencl_attr_deprecated_ignored) << AL | ||||||
6195 | << "2.0"; | ||||||
6196 | } | ||||||
6197 | |||||||
6198 | /// Handles semantic checking for features that are common to all attributes, | ||||||
6199 | /// such as checking whether a parameter was properly specified, or the correct | ||||||
6200 | /// number of arguments were passed, etc. | ||||||
6201 | static bool handleCommonAttributeFeatures(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
6202 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
6203 | // Several attributes carry different semantics than the parsing requires, so | ||||||
6204 | // those are opted out of the common argument checks. | ||||||
6205 | // | ||||||
6206 | // We also bail on unknown and ignored attributes because those are handled | ||||||
6207 | // as part of the target-specific handling logic. | ||||||
6208 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::UnknownAttribute) | ||||||
6209 | return false; | ||||||
6210 | // Check whether the attribute requires specific language extensions to be | ||||||
6211 | // enabled. | ||||||
6212 | if (!AL.diagnoseLangOpts(S)) | ||||||
6213 | return true; | ||||||
6214 | // Check whether the attribute appertains to the given subject. | ||||||
6215 | if (!AL.diagnoseAppertainsTo(S, D)) | ||||||
6216 | return true; | ||||||
6217 | if (AL.hasCustomParsing()) | ||||||
6218 | return false; | ||||||
6219 | |||||||
6220 | if (AL.getMinArgs() == AL.getMaxArgs()) { | ||||||
6221 | // If there are no optional arguments, then checking for the argument count | ||||||
6222 | // is trivial. | ||||||
6223 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(S, AL, AL.getMinArgs())) | ||||||
6224 | return true; | ||||||
6225 | } else { | ||||||
6226 | // There are optional arguments, so checking is slightly more involved. | ||||||
6227 | if (AL.getMinArgs() && | ||||||
6228 | !checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, AL.getMinArgs())) | ||||||
6229 | return true; | ||||||
6230 | else if (!AL.hasVariadicArg() && AL.getMaxArgs() && | ||||||
6231 | !checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, AL.getMaxArgs())) | ||||||
6232 | return true; | ||||||
6233 | } | ||||||
6234 | |||||||
6235 | if (S.CheckAttrTarget(AL)) | ||||||
6236 | return true; | ||||||
6237 | |||||||
6238 | return false; | ||||||
6239 | } | ||||||
6240 | |||||||
6241 | static void handleOpenCLAccessAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
6242 | if (D->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||
6243 | return; | ||||||
6244 | |||||||
6245 | // Check if there is only one access qualifier. | ||||||
6246 | if (D->hasAttr<OpenCLAccessAttr>()) { | ||||||
6247 | if (D->getAttr<OpenCLAccessAttr>()->getSemanticSpelling() == | ||||||
6248 | AL.getSemanticSpelling()) { | ||||||
6249 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_duplicate_declspec) | ||||||
6250 | << AL.getAttrName()->getName() << AL.getRange(); | ||||||
6251 | } else { | ||||||
6252 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_opencl_multiple_access_qualifiers) | ||||||
6253 | << D->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
6254 | D->setInvalidDecl(true); | ||||||
6255 | return; | ||||||
6256 | } | ||||||
6257 | } | ||||||
6258 | |||||||
6259 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.6 - read_write can be used for image types to specify that an | ||||||
6260 | // image object can be read and written. | ||||||
6261 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.6 - A kernel cannot read from and write to the same pipe | ||||||
6262 | // object. Using the read_write (or __read_write) qualifier with the pipe | ||||||
6263 | // qualifier is a compilation error. | ||||||
6264 | if (const auto *PDecl = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
6265 | const Type *DeclTy = PDecl->getType().getCanonicalType().getTypePtr(); | ||||||
6266 | if (AL.getAttrName()->getName().find("read_write") != StringRef::npos) { | ||||||
6267 | if ((!S.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus && | ||||||
6268 | S.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 200) || | ||||||
6269 | DeclTy->isPipeType()) { | ||||||
6270 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_read_write) | ||||||
6271 | << AL << PDecl->getType() << DeclTy->isImageType(); | ||||||
6272 | D->setInvalidDecl(true); | ||||||
6273 | return; | ||||||
6274 | } | ||||||
6275 | } | ||||||
6276 | } | ||||||
6277 | |||||||
6278 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) OpenCLAccessAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
6279 | } | ||||||
6280 | |||||||
6281 | static void handleDestroyAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &A) { | ||||||
6282 | if (!cast<VarDecl>(D)->hasGlobalStorage()) { | ||||||
6283 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_destroy_attr_on_non_static_var) | ||||||
6284 | << (A.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_AlwaysDestroy); | ||||||
6285 | return; | ||||||
6286 | } | ||||||
6287 | |||||||
6288 | if (A.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_AlwaysDestroy) | ||||||
6289 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<AlwaysDestroyAttr, NoDestroyAttr>(S, D, A); | ||||||
6290 | else | ||||||
6291 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<NoDestroyAttr, AlwaysDestroyAttr>(S, D, A); | ||||||
6292 | } | ||||||
6293 | |||||||
6294 | static void handleUninitializedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
6295 | assert(cast<VarDecl>(D)->getStorageDuration() == SD_Automatic &&((cast<VarDecl>(D)->getStorageDuration() == SD_Automatic && "uninitialized is only valid on automatic duration variables" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<VarDecl>(D)->getStorageDuration() == SD_Automatic && \"uninitialized is only valid on automatic duration variables\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 6296, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
6296 | "uninitialized is only valid on automatic duration variables")((cast<VarDecl>(D)->getStorageDuration() == SD_Automatic && "uninitialized is only valid on automatic duration variables" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<VarDecl>(D)->getStorageDuration() == SD_Automatic && \"uninitialized is only valid on automatic duration variables\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 6296, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6297 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) UninitializedAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||||
6298 | } | ||||||
6299 | |||||||
6300 | static bool tryMakeVariablePseudoStrong(Sema &S, VarDecl *VD, | ||||||
6301 | bool DiagnoseFailure) { | ||||||
6302 | QualType Ty = VD->getType(); | ||||||
6303 | if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) { | ||||||
6304 | if (DiagnoseFailure) { | ||||||
6305 | S.Diag(VD->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_ignored_objc_externally_retained) | ||||||
6306 | << 0; | ||||||
6307 | } | ||||||
6308 | return false; | ||||||
6309 | } | ||||||
6310 | |||||||
6311 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LifetimeQual = Ty.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
6312 | |||||||
6313 | // Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime must run after processing decl attributes | ||||||
6314 | // (because __block lowers to an attribute), so if the lifetime hasn't been | ||||||
6315 | // explicitly specified, infer it locally now. | ||||||
6316 | if (LifetimeQual == Qualifiers::OCL_None) | ||||||
6317 | LifetimeQual = Ty->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); | ||||||
6318 | |||||||
6319 | // The attributes only really makes sense for __strong variables; ignore any | ||||||
6320 | // attempts to annotate a parameter with any other lifetime qualifier. | ||||||
6321 | if (LifetimeQual != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { | ||||||
6322 | if (DiagnoseFailure) { | ||||||
6323 | S.Diag(VD->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_ignored_objc_externally_retained) | ||||||
6324 | << 1; | ||||||
6325 | } | ||||||
6326 | return false; | ||||||
6327 | } | ||||||
6328 | |||||||
6329 | // Tampering with the type of a VarDecl here is a bit of a hack, but we need | ||||||
6330 | // to ensure that the variable is 'const' so that we can error on | ||||||
6331 | // modification, which can otherwise over-release. | ||||||
6332 | VD->setType(Ty.withConst()); | ||||||
6333 | VD->setARCPseudoStrong(true); | ||||||
6334 | return true; | ||||||
6335 | } | ||||||
6336 | |||||||
6337 | static void handleObjCExternallyRetainedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
6338 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
6339 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
6340 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD) && "should be diagnosed automatically")((!isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD) && "should be diagnosed automatically" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD) && \"should be diagnosed automatically\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 6340, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6341 | if (!VD->hasLocalStorage()) { | ||||||
6342 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_ignored_objc_externally_retained) | ||||||
6343 | << 0; | ||||||
6344 | return; | ||||||
6345 | } | ||||||
6346 | |||||||
6347 | if (!tryMakeVariablePseudoStrong(S, VD, /*DiagnoseFailure=*/true)) | ||||||
6348 | return; | ||||||
6349 | |||||||
6350 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCExternallyRetainedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6351 | return; | ||||||
6352 | } | ||||||
6353 | |||||||
6354 | // If D is a function-like declaration (method, block, or function), then we | ||||||
6355 | // make every parameter psuedo-strong. | ||||||
6356 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
6357 | auto *PVD = const_cast<ParmVarDecl *>(getFunctionOrMethodParam(D, I)); | ||||||
6358 | QualType Ty = PVD->getType(); | ||||||
6359 | |||||||
6360 | // If a user wrote a parameter with __strong explicitly, then assume they | ||||||
6361 | // want "real" strong semantics for that parameter. This works because if | ||||||
6362 | // the parameter was written with __strong, then the strong qualifier will | ||||||
6363 | // be non-local. | ||||||
6364 | if (Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType().getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == | ||||||
6365 | Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) | ||||||
6366 | continue; | ||||||
6367 | |||||||
6368 | tryMakeVariablePseudoStrong(S, PVD, /*DiagnoseFailure=*/false); | ||||||
6369 | } | ||||||
6370 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCExternallyRetainedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6371 | } | ||||||
6372 | |||||||
6373 | static void handleMIGServerRoutineAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
6374 | // Check that the return type is a `typedef int kern_return_t` or a typedef | ||||||
6375 | // around it, because otherwise MIG convention checks make no sense. | ||||||
6376 | // BlockDecl doesn't store a return type, so it's annoying to check, | ||||||
6377 | // so let's skip it for now. | ||||||
6378 | if (!isa<BlockDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
6379 | QualType T = getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D); | ||||||
6380 | bool IsKernReturnT = false; | ||||||
6381 | while (const auto *TT = T->getAs<TypedefType>()) { | ||||||
6382 | IsKernReturnT = (TT->getDecl()->getName() == "kern_return_t"); | ||||||
6383 | T = TT->desugar(); | ||||||
6384 | } | ||||||
6385 | if (!IsKernReturnT || T.getCanonicalType() != S.getASTContext().IntTy) { | ||||||
6386 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
6387 | diag::warn_mig_server_routine_does_not_return_kern_return_t); | ||||||
6388 | return; | ||||||
6389 | } | ||||||
6390 | } | ||||||
6391 | |||||||
6392 | handleSimpleAttribute<MIGServerRoutineAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6393 | } | ||||||
6394 | |||||||
6395 | static void handleMSAllocatorAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||
6396 | // Warn if the return type is not a pointer or reference type. | ||||||
6397 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
6398 | QualType RetTy = FD->getReturnType(); | ||||||
6399 | if (!RetTy->isPointerType() && !RetTy->isReferenceType()) { | ||||||
6400 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_allocator_nonpointer) | ||||||
6401 | << AL.getRange() << RetTy; | ||||||
6402 | return; | ||||||
6403 | } | ||||||
6404 | } | ||||||
6405 | |||||||
6406 | handleSimpleAttribute<MSAllocatorAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6407 | } | ||||||
6408 | |||||||
6409 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
6410 | // Top Level Sema Entry Points | ||||||
6411 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
6412 | |||||||
6413 | /// ProcessDeclAttribute - Apply the specific attribute to the specified decl if | ||||||
6414 | /// the attribute applies to decls. If the attribute is a type attribute, just | ||||||
6415 | /// silently ignore it if a GNU attribute. | ||||||
6416 | static void ProcessDeclAttribute(Sema &S, Scope *scope, Decl *D, | ||||||
6417 | const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||||
6418 | bool IncludeCXX11Attributes) { | ||||||
6419 | if (AL.isInvalid() || AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::IgnoredAttribute) | ||||||
6420 | return; | ||||||
6421 | |||||||
6422 | // Ignore C++11 attributes on declarator chunks: they appertain to the type | ||||||
6423 | // instead. | ||||||
6424 | if (AL.isCXX11Attribute() && !IncludeCXX11Attributes) | ||||||
6425 | return; | ||||||
6426 | |||||||
6427 | // Unknown attributes are automatically warned on. Target-specific attributes | ||||||
6428 | // which do not apply to the current target architecture are treated as | ||||||
6429 | // though they were unknown attributes. | ||||||
6430 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::UnknownAttribute || | ||||||
6431 | !AL.existsInTarget(S.Context.getTargetInfo())) { | ||||||
6432 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), | ||||||
6433 | AL.isDeclspecAttribute() | ||||||
6434 | ? (unsigned)diag::warn_unhandled_ms_attribute_ignored | ||||||
6435 | : (unsigned)diag::warn_unknown_attribute_ignored) | ||||||
6436 | << AL; | ||||||
6437 | return; | ||||||
6438 | } | ||||||
6439 | |||||||
6440 | if (handleCommonAttributeFeatures(S, D, AL)) | ||||||
6441 | return; | ||||||
6442 | |||||||
6443 | switch (AL.getKind()) { | ||||||
6444 | default: | ||||||
6445 | if (!AL.isStmtAttr()) { | ||||||
6446 | // Type attributes are handled elsewhere; silently move on. | ||||||
6447 | assert(AL.isTypeAttr() && "Non-type attribute not handled")((AL.isTypeAttr() && "Non-type attribute not handled" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("AL.isTypeAttr() && \"Non-type attribute not handled\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 6447, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6448 | break; | ||||||
6449 | } | ||||||
6450 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_stmt_attribute_invalid_on_decl) | ||||||
6451 | << AL << D->getLocation(); | ||||||
6452 | break; | ||||||
6453 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Interrupt: | ||||||
6454 | handleInterruptAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6455 | break; | ||||||
6456 | case ParsedAttr::AT_X86ForceAlignArgPointer: | ||||||
6457 | handleX86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6458 | break; | ||||||
6459 | case ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport: | ||||||
6460 | case ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport: | ||||||
6461 | handleDLLAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6462 | break; | ||||||
6463 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Mips16: | ||||||
6464 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<Mips16Attr, MicroMipsAttr, | ||||||
6465 | MipsInterruptAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6466 | break; | ||||||
6467 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoMips16: | ||||||
6468 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoMips16Attr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6469 | break; | ||||||
6470 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MicroMips: | ||||||
6471 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<MicroMipsAttr, Mips16Attr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6472 | break; | ||||||
6473 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoMicroMips: | ||||||
6474 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoMicroMipsAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6475 | break; | ||||||
6476 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MipsLongCall: | ||||||
6477 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<MipsLongCallAttr, MipsShortCallAttr>( | ||||||
6478 | S, D, AL); | ||||||
6479 | break; | ||||||
6480 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MipsShortCall: | ||||||
6481 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<MipsShortCallAttr, MipsLongCallAttr>( | ||||||
6482 | S, D, AL); | ||||||
6483 | break; | ||||||
6484 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSize: | ||||||
6485 | handleAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6486 | break; | ||||||
6487 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AMDGPUWavesPerEU: | ||||||
6488 | handleAMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6489 | break; | ||||||
6490 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AMDGPUNumSGPR: | ||||||
6491 | handleAMDGPUNumSGPRAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6492 | break; | ||||||
6493 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AMDGPUNumVGPR: | ||||||
6494 | handleAMDGPUNumVGPRAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6495 | break; | ||||||
6496 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AVRSignal: | ||||||
6497 | handleAVRSignalAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6498 | break; | ||||||
6499 | case ParsedAttr::AT_WebAssemblyImportModule: | ||||||
6500 | handleWebAssemblyImportModuleAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6501 | break; | ||||||
6502 | case ParsedAttr::AT_WebAssemblyImportName: | ||||||
6503 | handleWebAssemblyImportNameAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6504 | break; | ||||||
6505 | case ParsedAttr::AT_IBAction: | ||||||
6506 | handleSimpleAttribute<IBActionAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6507 | break; | ||||||
6508 | case ParsedAttr::AT_IBOutlet: | ||||||
6509 | handleIBOutlet(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6510 | break; | ||||||
6511 | case ParsedAttr::AT_IBOutletCollection: | ||||||
6512 | handleIBOutletCollection(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6513 | break; | ||||||
6514 | case ParsedAttr::AT_IFunc: | ||||||
6515 | handleIFuncAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6516 | break; | ||||||
6517 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Alias: | ||||||
6518 | handleAliasAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6519 | break; | ||||||
6520 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Aligned: | ||||||
6521 | handleAlignedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6522 | break; | ||||||
6523 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AlignValue: | ||||||
6524 | handleAlignValueAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6525 | break; | ||||||
6526 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AllocSize: | ||||||
6527 | handleAllocSizeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6528 | break; | ||||||
6529 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AlwaysInline: | ||||||
6530 | handleAlwaysInlineAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6531 | break; | ||||||
6532 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Artificial: | ||||||
6533 | handleSimpleAttribute<ArtificialAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6534 | break; | ||||||
6535 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AnalyzerNoReturn: | ||||||
6536 | handleAnalyzerNoReturnAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6537 | break; | ||||||
6538 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TLSModel: | ||||||
6539 | handleTLSModelAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6540 | break; | ||||||
6541 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Annotate: | ||||||
6542 | handleAnnotateAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6543 | break; | ||||||
6544 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Availability: | ||||||
6545 | handleAvailabilityAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6546 | break; | ||||||
6547 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CarriesDependency: | ||||||
6548 | handleDependencyAttr(S, scope, D, AL); | ||||||
6549 | break; | ||||||
6550 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CPUDispatch: | ||||||
6551 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CPUSpecific: | ||||||
6552 | handleCPUSpecificAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6553 | break; | ||||||
6554 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Common: | ||||||
6555 | handleCommonAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6556 | break; | ||||||
6557 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CUDAConstant: | ||||||
6558 | handleConstantAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6559 | break; | ||||||
6560 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PassObjectSize: | ||||||
6561 | handlePassObjectSizeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6562 | break; | ||||||
6563 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Constructor: | ||||||
6564 | handleConstructorAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6565 | break; | ||||||
6566 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CXX11NoReturn: | ||||||
6567 | handleSimpleAttribute<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6568 | break; | ||||||
6569 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Deprecated: | ||||||
6570 | handleDeprecatedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6571 | break; | ||||||
6572 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Destructor: | ||||||
6573 | handleDestructorAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6574 | break; | ||||||
6575 | case ParsedAttr::AT_EnableIf: | ||||||
6576 | handleEnableIfAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6577 | break; | ||||||
6578 | case ParsedAttr::AT_DiagnoseIf: | ||||||
6579 | handleDiagnoseIfAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6580 | break; | ||||||
6581 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ExtVectorType: | ||||||
6582 | handleExtVectorTypeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6583 | break; | ||||||
6584 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ExternalSourceSymbol: | ||||||
6585 | handleExternalSourceSymbolAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6586 | break; | ||||||
6587 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MinSize: | ||||||
6588 | handleMinSizeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6589 | break; | ||||||
6590 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OptimizeNone: | ||||||
6591 | handleOptimizeNoneAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6592 | break; | ||||||
6593 | case ParsedAttr::AT_FlagEnum: | ||||||
6594 | handleSimpleAttribute<FlagEnumAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6595 | break; | ||||||
6596 | case ParsedAttr::AT_EnumExtensibility: | ||||||
6597 | handleEnumExtensibilityAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6598 | break; | ||||||
6599 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Flatten: | ||||||
6600 | handleSimpleAttribute<FlattenAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6601 | break; | ||||||
6602 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Format: | ||||||
6603 | handleFormatAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6604 | break; | ||||||
6605 | case ParsedAttr::AT_FormatArg: | ||||||
6606 | handleFormatArgAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6607 | break; | ||||||
6608 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Callback: | ||||||
6609 | handleCallbackAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6610 | break; | ||||||
6611 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CUDAGlobal: | ||||||
6612 | handleGlobalAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6613 | break; | ||||||
6614 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CUDADevice: | ||||||
6615 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<CUDADeviceAttr, CUDAGlobalAttr>(S, D, | ||||||
6616 | AL); | ||||||
6617 | break; | ||||||
6618 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CUDAHost: | ||||||
6619 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<CUDAHostAttr, CUDAGlobalAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6620 | break; | ||||||
6621 | case ParsedAttr::AT_HIPPinnedShadow: | ||||||
6622 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<HIPPinnedShadowAttr, CUDADeviceAttr, | ||||||
6623 | CUDAConstantAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6624 | break; | ||||||
6625 | case ParsedAttr::AT_GNUInline: | ||||||
6626 | handleGNUInlineAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6627 | break; | ||||||
6628 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CUDALaunchBounds: | ||||||
6629 | handleLaunchBoundsAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6630 | break; | ||||||
6631 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Restrict: | ||||||
6632 | handleRestrictAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6633 | break; | ||||||
6634 | case ParsedAttr::AT_LifetimeBound: | ||||||
6635 | handleSimpleAttribute<LifetimeBoundAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6636 | break; | ||||||
6637 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MayAlias: | ||||||
6638 | handleSimpleAttribute<MayAliasAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6639 | break; | ||||||
6640 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Mode: | ||||||
6641 | handleModeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6642 | break; | ||||||
6643 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoAlias: | ||||||
6644 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoAliasAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6645 | break; | ||||||
6646 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoCommon: | ||||||
6647 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoCommonAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6648 | break; | ||||||
6649 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoSplitStack: | ||||||
6650 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoSplitStackAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6651 | break; | ||||||
6652 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoUniqueAddress: | ||||||
6653 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoUniqueAddressAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6654 | break; | ||||||
6655 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NonNull: | ||||||
6656 | if (auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) | ||||||
6657 | handleNonNullAttrParameter(S, PVD, AL); | ||||||
6658 | else | ||||||
6659 | handleNonNullAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6660 | break; | ||||||
6661 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ReturnsNonNull: | ||||||
6662 | handleReturnsNonNullAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6663 | break; | ||||||
6664 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoEscape: | ||||||
6665 | handleNoEscapeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6666 | break; | ||||||
6667 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AssumeAligned: | ||||||
6668 | handleAssumeAlignedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6669 | break; | ||||||
6670 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AllocAlign: | ||||||
6671 | handleAllocAlignAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6672 | break; | ||||||
6673 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Overloadable: | ||||||
6674 | handleSimpleAttribute<OverloadableAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6675 | break; | ||||||
6676 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Ownership: | ||||||
6677 | handleOwnershipAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6678 | break; | ||||||
6679 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Cold: | ||||||
6680 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<ColdAttr, HotAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6681 | break; | ||||||
6682 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Hot: | ||||||
6683 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<HotAttr, ColdAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6684 | break; | ||||||
6685 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Naked: | ||||||
6686 | handleNakedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6687 | break; | ||||||
6688 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoReturn: | ||||||
6689 | handleNoReturnAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6690 | break; | ||||||
6691 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AnyX86NoCfCheck: | ||||||
6692 | handleNoCfCheckAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6693 | break; | ||||||
6694 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoThrow: | ||||||
6695 | if (!AL.isUsedAsTypeAttr()) | ||||||
6696 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoThrowAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6697 | break; | ||||||
6698 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CUDAShared: | ||||||
6699 | handleSharedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6700 | break; | ||||||
6701 | case ParsedAttr::AT_VecReturn: | ||||||
6702 | handleVecReturnAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6703 | break; | ||||||
6704 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership: | ||||||
6705 | handleObjCOwnershipAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6706 | break; | ||||||
6707 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCPreciseLifetime: | ||||||
6708 | handleObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6709 | break; | ||||||
6710 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCReturnsInnerPointer: | ||||||
6711 | handleObjCReturnsInnerPointerAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6712 | break; | ||||||
6713 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCRequiresSuper: | ||||||
6714 | handleObjCRequiresSuperAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6715 | break; | ||||||
6716 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCBridge: | ||||||
6717 | handleObjCBridgeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6718 | break; | ||||||
6719 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCBridgeMutable: | ||||||
6720 | handleObjCBridgeMutableAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6721 | break; | ||||||
6722 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCBridgeRelated: | ||||||
6723 | handleObjCBridgeRelatedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6724 | break; | ||||||
6725 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCDesignatedInitializer: | ||||||
6726 | handleObjCDesignatedInitializer(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6727 | break; | ||||||
6728 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCRuntimeName: | ||||||
6729 | handleObjCRuntimeName(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6730 | break; | ||||||
6731 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCRuntimeVisible: | ||||||
6732 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCRuntimeVisibleAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6733 | break; | ||||||
6734 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCBoxable: | ||||||
6735 | handleObjCBoxable(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6736 | break; | ||||||
6737 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFAuditedTransfer: | ||||||
6738 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<CFAuditedTransferAttr, | ||||||
6739 | CFUnknownTransferAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6740 | break; | ||||||
6741 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFUnknownTransfer: | ||||||
6742 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<CFUnknownTransferAttr, | ||||||
6743 | CFAuditedTransferAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6744 | break; | ||||||
6745 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFConsumed: | ||||||
6746 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSConsumed: | ||||||
6747 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSConsumed: | ||||||
6748 | S.AddXConsumedAttr(D, AL, parsedAttrToRetainOwnershipKind(AL), | ||||||
6749 | /*IsTemplateInstantiation=*/false); | ||||||
6750 | break; | ||||||
6751 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSConsumesSelf: | ||||||
6752 | handleSimpleAttribute<NSConsumesSelfAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6753 | break; | ||||||
6754 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSConsumesThis: | ||||||
6755 | handleSimpleAttribute<OSConsumesThisAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6756 | break; | ||||||
6757 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsRetainedOnZero: | ||||||
6758 | handleSimpleAttributeOrDiagnose<OSReturnsRetainedOnZeroAttr>( | ||||||
6759 | S, D, AL, isValidOSObjectOutParameter(D), | ||||||
6760 | diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_parameter_type, | ||||||
6761 | /*Extra Args=*/AL, /*pointer-to-OSObject-pointer*/ 3, AL.getRange()); | ||||||
6762 | break; | ||||||
6763 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsRetainedOnNonZero: | ||||||
6764 | handleSimpleAttributeOrDiagnose<OSReturnsRetainedOnNonZeroAttr>( | ||||||
6765 | S, D, AL, isValidOSObjectOutParameter(D), | ||||||
6766 | diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_parameter_type, | ||||||
6767 | /*Extra Args=*/AL, /*pointer-to-OSObject-poointer*/ 3, AL.getRange()); | ||||||
6768 | break; | ||||||
6769 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsAutoreleased: | ||||||
6770 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsNotRetained: | ||||||
6771 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained: | ||||||
6772 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsNotRetained: | ||||||
6773 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsRetained: | ||||||
6774 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsNotRetained: | ||||||
6775 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsRetained: | ||||||
6776 | handleXReturnsXRetainedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6777 | break; | ||||||
6778 | case ParsedAttr::AT_WorkGroupSizeHint: | ||||||
6779 | handleWorkGroupSize<WorkGroupSizeHintAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6780 | break; | ||||||
6781 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ReqdWorkGroupSize: | ||||||
6782 | handleWorkGroupSize<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6783 | break; | ||||||
6784 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLIntelReqdSubGroupSize: | ||||||
6785 | handleSubGroupSize(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6786 | break; | ||||||
6787 | case ParsedAttr::AT_VecTypeHint: | ||||||
6788 | handleVecTypeHint(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6789 | break; | ||||||
6790 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ConstInit: | ||||||
6791 | handleSimpleAttribute<ConstInitAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6792 | break; | ||||||
6793 | case ParsedAttr::AT_InitPriority: | ||||||
6794 | handleInitPriorityAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6795 | break; | ||||||
6796 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Packed: | ||||||
6797 | handlePackedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6798 | break; | ||||||
6799 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Section: | ||||||
6800 | handleSectionAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6801 | break; | ||||||
6802 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SpeculativeLoadHardening: | ||||||
6803 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr, | ||||||
6804 | NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(S, D, | ||||||
6805 | AL); | ||||||
6806 | break; | ||||||
6807 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoSpeculativeLoadHardening: | ||||||
6808 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr, | ||||||
6809 | SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6810 | break; | ||||||
6811 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CodeSeg: | ||||||
6812 | handleCodeSegAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6813 | break; | ||||||
6814 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Target: | ||||||
6815 | handleTargetAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6816 | break; | ||||||
6817 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MinVectorWidth: | ||||||
6818 | handleMinVectorWidthAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6819 | break; | ||||||
6820 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Unavailable: | ||||||
6821 | handleAttrWithMessage<UnavailableAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6822 | break; | ||||||
6823 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ArcWeakrefUnavailable: | ||||||
6824 | handleSimpleAttribute<ArcWeakrefUnavailableAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6825 | break; | ||||||
6826 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCRootClass: | ||||||
6827 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCRootClassAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6828 | break; | ||||||
6829 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCNonLazyClass: | ||||||
6830 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCNonLazyClassAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6831 | break; | ||||||
6832 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCSubclassingRestricted: | ||||||
6833 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCSubclassingRestrictedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6834 | break; | ||||||
6835 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCClassStub: | ||||||
6836 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCClassStubAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6837 | break; | ||||||
6838 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCExplicitProtocolImpl: | ||||||
6839 | handleObjCSuppresProtocolAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6840 | break; | ||||||
6841 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCRequiresPropertyDefs: | ||||||
6842 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCRequiresPropertyDefsAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6843 | break; | ||||||
6844 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Unused: | ||||||
6845 | handleUnusedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6846 | break; | ||||||
6847 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ReturnsTwice: | ||||||
6848 | handleSimpleAttribute<ReturnsTwiceAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6849 | break; | ||||||
6850 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NotTailCalled: | ||||||
6851 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<NotTailCalledAttr, AlwaysInlineAttr>( | ||||||
6852 | S, D, AL); | ||||||
6853 | break; | ||||||
6854 | case ParsedAttr::AT_DisableTailCalls: | ||||||
6855 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<DisableTailCallsAttr, NakedAttr>(S, D, | ||||||
6856 | AL); | ||||||
6857 | break; | ||||||
6858 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Used: | ||||||
6859 | handleSimpleAttribute<UsedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6860 | break; | ||||||
6861 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Visibility: | ||||||
6862 | handleVisibilityAttr(S, D, AL, false); | ||||||
6863 | break; | ||||||
6864 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeVisibility: | ||||||
6865 | handleVisibilityAttr(S, D, AL, true); | ||||||
6866 | break; | ||||||
6867 | case ParsedAttr::AT_WarnUnused: | ||||||
6868 | handleSimpleAttribute<WarnUnusedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6869 | break; | ||||||
6870 | case ParsedAttr::AT_WarnUnusedResult: | ||||||
6871 | handleWarnUnusedResult(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6872 | break; | ||||||
6873 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Weak: | ||||||
6874 | handleSimpleAttribute<WeakAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6875 | break; | ||||||
6876 | case ParsedAttr::AT_WeakRef: | ||||||
6877 | handleWeakRefAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6878 | break; | ||||||
6879 | case ParsedAttr::AT_WeakImport: | ||||||
6880 | handleWeakImportAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6881 | break; | ||||||
6882 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TransparentUnion: | ||||||
6883 | handleTransparentUnionAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6884 | break; | ||||||
6885 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCException: | ||||||
6886 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCExceptionAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6887 | break; | ||||||
6888 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCMethodFamily: | ||||||
6889 | handleObjCMethodFamilyAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6890 | break; | ||||||
6891 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCNSObject: | ||||||
6892 | handleObjCNSObject(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6893 | break; | ||||||
6894 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCIndependentClass: | ||||||
6895 | handleObjCIndependentClass(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6896 | break; | ||||||
6897 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Blocks: | ||||||
6898 | handleBlocksAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6899 | break; | ||||||
6900 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Sentinel: | ||||||
6901 | handleSentinelAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6902 | break; | ||||||
6903 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Const: | ||||||
6904 | handleSimpleAttribute<ConstAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6905 | break; | ||||||
6906 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Pure: | ||||||
6907 | handleSimpleAttribute<PureAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6908 | break; | ||||||
6909 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Cleanup: | ||||||
6910 | handleCleanupAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6911 | break; | ||||||
6912 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoDebug: | ||||||
6913 | handleNoDebugAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6914 | break; | ||||||
6915 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoDuplicate: | ||||||
6916 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoDuplicateAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6917 | break; | ||||||
6918 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Convergent: | ||||||
6919 | handleSimpleAttribute<ConvergentAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6920 | break; | ||||||
6921 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoInline: | ||||||
6922 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoInlineAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6923 | break; | ||||||
6924 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoInstrumentFunction: // Interacts with -pg. | ||||||
6925 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoInstrumentFunctionAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6926 | break; | ||||||
6927 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoStackProtector: | ||||||
6928 | // Interacts with -fstack-protector options. | ||||||
6929 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoStackProtectorAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6930 | break; | ||||||
6931 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFICanonicalJumpTable: | ||||||
6932 | handleSimpleAttribute<CFICanonicalJumpTableAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6933 | break; | ||||||
6934 | case ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall: | ||||||
6935 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl: | ||||||
6936 | case ParsedAttr::AT_FastCall: | ||||||
6937 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ThisCall: | ||||||
6938 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal: | ||||||
6939 | case ParsedAttr::AT_RegCall: | ||||||
6940 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall: | ||||||
6941 | case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall: | ||||||
6942 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI: | ||||||
6943 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI: | ||||||
6944 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs: | ||||||
6945 | case ParsedAttr::AT_IntelOclBicc: | ||||||
6946 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveMost: | ||||||
6947 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveAll: | ||||||
6948 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs: | ||||||
6949 | handleCallConvAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6950 | break; | ||||||
6951 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Suppress: | ||||||
6952 | handleSuppressAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6953 | break; | ||||||
6954 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Owner: | ||||||
6955 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Pointer: | ||||||
6956 | handleLifetimeCategoryAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6957 | break; | ||||||
6958 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLKernel: | ||||||
6959 | handleSimpleAttribute<OpenCLKernelAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6960 | break; | ||||||
6961 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLAccess: | ||||||
6962 | handleOpenCLAccessAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6963 | break; | ||||||
6964 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLNoSVM: | ||||||
6965 | handleOpenCLNoSVMAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6966 | break; | ||||||
6967 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftContext: | ||||||
6968 | S.AddParameterABIAttr(D, AL, ParameterABI::SwiftContext); | ||||||
6969 | break; | ||||||
6970 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftErrorResult: | ||||||
6971 | S.AddParameterABIAttr(D, AL, ParameterABI::SwiftErrorResult); | ||||||
6972 | break; | ||||||
6973 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftIndirectResult: | ||||||
6974 | S.AddParameterABIAttr(D, AL, ParameterABI::SwiftIndirectResult); | ||||||
6975 | break; | ||||||
6976 | case ParsedAttr::AT_InternalLinkage: | ||||||
6977 | handleInternalLinkageAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6978 | break; | ||||||
6979 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ExcludeFromExplicitInstantiation: | ||||||
6980 | handleSimpleAttribute<ExcludeFromExplicitInstantiationAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6981 | break; | ||||||
6982 | case ParsedAttr::AT_LTOVisibilityPublic: | ||||||
6983 | handleSimpleAttribute<LTOVisibilityPublicAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6984 | break; | ||||||
6985 | |||||||
6986 | // Microsoft attributes: | ||||||
6987 | case ParsedAttr::AT_EmptyBases: | ||||||
6988 | handleSimpleAttribute<EmptyBasesAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6989 | break; | ||||||
6990 | case ParsedAttr::AT_LayoutVersion: | ||||||
6991 | handleLayoutVersion(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6992 | break; | ||||||
6993 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TrivialABI: | ||||||
6994 | handleSimpleAttribute<TrivialABIAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6995 | break; | ||||||
6996 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MSNoVTable: | ||||||
6997 | handleSimpleAttribute<MSNoVTableAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
6998 | break; | ||||||
6999 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MSStruct: | ||||||
7000 | handleSimpleAttribute<MSStructAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7001 | break; | ||||||
7002 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Uuid: | ||||||
7003 | handleUuidAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7004 | break; | ||||||
7005 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MSInheritance: | ||||||
7006 | handleMSInheritanceAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7007 | break; | ||||||
7008 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SelectAny: | ||||||
7009 | handleSimpleAttribute<SelectAnyAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7010 | break; | ||||||
7011 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Thread: | ||||||
7012 | handleDeclspecThreadAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7013 | break; | ||||||
7014 | |||||||
7015 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AbiTag: | ||||||
7016 | handleAbiTagAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7017 | break; | ||||||
7018 | |||||||
7019 | // Thread safety attributes: | ||||||
7020 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AssertExclusiveLock: | ||||||
7021 | handleAssertExclusiveLockAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7022 | break; | ||||||
7023 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AssertSharedLock: | ||||||
7024 | handleAssertSharedLockAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7025 | break; | ||||||
7026 | case ParsedAttr::AT_GuardedVar: | ||||||
7027 | handleSimpleAttribute<GuardedVarAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7028 | break; | ||||||
7029 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PtGuardedVar: | ||||||
7030 | handlePtGuardedVarAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7031 | break; | ||||||
7032 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ScopedLockable: | ||||||
7033 | handleSimpleAttribute<ScopedLockableAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7034 | break; | ||||||
7035 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoSanitize: | ||||||
7036 | handleNoSanitizeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7037 | break; | ||||||
7038 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoSanitizeSpecific: | ||||||
7039 | handleNoSanitizeSpecificAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7040 | break; | ||||||
7041 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoThreadSafetyAnalysis: | ||||||
7042 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoThreadSafetyAnalysisAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7043 | break; | ||||||
7044 | case ParsedAttr::AT_GuardedBy: | ||||||
7045 | handleGuardedByAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7046 | break; | ||||||
7047 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PtGuardedBy: | ||||||
7048 | handlePtGuardedByAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7049 | break; | ||||||
7050 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ExclusiveTrylockFunction: | ||||||
7051 | handleExclusiveTrylockFunctionAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7052 | break; | ||||||
7053 | case ParsedAttr::AT_LockReturned: | ||||||
7054 | handleLockReturnedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7055 | break; | ||||||
7056 | case ParsedAttr::AT_LocksExcluded: | ||||||
7057 | handleLocksExcludedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7058 | break; | ||||||
7059 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SharedTrylockFunction: | ||||||
7060 | handleSharedTrylockFunctionAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7061 | break; | ||||||
7062 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AcquiredBefore: | ||||||
7063 | handleAcquiredBeforeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7064 | break; | ||||||
7065 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AcquiredAfter: | ||||||
7066 | handleAcquiredAfterAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7067 | break; | ||||||
7068 | |||||||
7069 | // Capability analysis attributes. | ||||||
7070 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Capability: | ||||||
7071 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Lockable: | ||||||
7072 | handleCapabilityAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7073 | break; | ||||||
7074 | case ParsedAttr::AT_RequiresCapability: | ||||||
7075 | handleRequiresCapabilityAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7076 | break; | ||||||
7077 | |||||||
7078 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AssertCapability: | ||||||
7079 | handleAssertCapabilityAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7080 | break; | ||||||
7081 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AcquireCapability: | ||||||
7082 | handleAcquireCapabilityAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7083 | break; | ||||||
7084 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ReleaseCapability: | ||||||
7085 | handleReleaseCapabilityAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7086 | break; | ||||||
7087 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TryAcquireCapability: | ||||||
7088 | handleTryAcquireCapabilityAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7089 | break; | ||||||
7090 | |||||||
7091 | // Consumed analysis attributes. | ||||||
7092 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Consumable: | ||||||
7093 | handleConsumableAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7094 | break; | ||||||
7095 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ConsumableAutoCast: | ||||||
7096 | handleSimpleAttribute<ConsumableAutoCastAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7097 | break; | ||||||
7098 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ConsumableSetOnRead: | ||||||
7099 | handleSimpleAttribute<ConsumableSetOnReadAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7100 | break; | ||||||
7101 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CallableWhen: | ||||||
7102 | handleCallableWhenAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7103 | break; | ||||||
7104 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ParamTypestate: | ||||||
7105 | handleParamTypestateAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7106 | break; | ||||||
7107 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ReturnTypestate: | ||||||
7108 | handleReturnTypestateAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7109 | break; | ||||||
7110 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SetTypestate: | ||||||
7111 | handleSetTypestateAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7112 | break; | ||||||
7113 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TestTypestate: | ||||||
7114 | handleTestTypestateAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7115 | break; | ||||||
7116 | |||||||
7117 | // Type safety attributes. | ||||||
7118 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ArgumentWithTypeTag: | ||||||
7119 | handleArgumentWithTypeTagAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7120 | break; | ||||||
7121 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeTagForDatatype: | ||||||
7122 | handleTypeTagForDatatypeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7123 | break; | ||||||
7124 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegisters: | ||||||
7125 | handleSimpleAttribute<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7126 | break; | ||||||
7127 | case ParsedAttr::AT_RenderScriptKernel: | ||||||
7128 | handleSimpleAttribute<RenderScriptKernelAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7129 | break; | ||||||
7130 | // XRay attributes. | ||||||
7131 | case ParsedAttr::AT_XRayInstrument: | ||||||
7132 | handleSimpleAttribute<XRayInstrumentAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7133 | break; | ||||||
7134 | case ParsedAttr::AT_XRayLogArgs: | ||||||
7135 | handleXRayLogArgsAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7136 | break; | ||||||
7137 | |||||||
7138 | // Move semantics attribute. | ||||||
7139 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Reinitializes: | ||||||
7140 | handleSimpleAttribute<ReinitializesAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7141 | break; | ||||||
7142 | |||||||
7143 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AlwaysDestroy: | ||||||
7144 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoDestroy: | ||||||
7145 | handleDestroyAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7146 | break; | ||||||
7147 | |||||||
7148 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Uninitialized: | ||||||
7149 | handleUninitializedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7150 | break; | ||||||
7151 | |||||||
7152 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCExternallyRetained: | ||||||
7153 | handleObjCExternallyRetainedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7154 | break; | ||||||
7155 | |||||||
7156 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MIGServerRoutine: | ||||||
7157 | handleMIGServerRoutineAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7158 | break; | ||||||
7159 | |||||||
7160 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MSAllocator: | ||||||
7161 | handleMSAllocatorAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||||
7162 | break; | ||||||
7163 | } | ||||||
7164 | } | ||||||
7165 | |||||||
7166 | /// ProcessDeclAttributeList - Apply all the decl attributes in the specified | ||||||
7167 | /// attribute list to the specified decl, ignoring any type attributes. | ||||||
7168 | void Sema::ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, | ||||||
7169 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, | ||||||
7170 | bool IncludeCXX11Attributes) { | ||||||
7171 | if (AttrList.empty()) | ||||||
7172 | return; | ||||||
7173 | |||||||
7174 | for (const ParsedAttr &AL : AttrList) | ||||||
7175 | ProcessDeclAttribute(*this, S, D, AL, IncludeCXX11Attributes); | ||||||
7176 | |||||||
7177 | // FIXME: We should be able to handle these cases in TableGen. | ||||||
7178 | // GCC accepts | ||||||
7179 | // static int a9 __attribute__((weakref)); | ||||||
7180 | // but that looks really pointless. We reject it. | ||||||
7181 | if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>() && !D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { | ||||||
7182 | Diag(AttrList.begin()->getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_without_alias) | ||||||
7183 | << cast<NamedDecl>(D); | ||||||
7184 | D->dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); | ||||||
7185 | return; | ||||||
7186 | } | ||||||
7187 | |||||||
7188 | // FIXME: We should be able to handle this in TableGen as well. It would be | ||||||
7189 | // good to have a way to specify "these attributes must appear as a group", | ||||||
7190 | // for these. Additionally, it would be good to have a way to specify "these | ||||||
7191 | // attribute must never appear as a group" for attributes like cold and hot. | ||||||
7192 | if (!D->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { | ||||||
7193 | // These attributes cannot be applied to a non-kernel function. | ||||||
7194 | if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>()) { | ||||||
7195 | // FIXME: This emits a different error message than | ||||||
7196 | // diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type + ExpectedKernelFunction. | ||||||
7197 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_kernel_attr) << A; | ||||||
7198 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||
7199 | } else if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<WorkGroupSizeHintAttr>()) { | ||||||
7200 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_kernel_attr) << A; | ||||||
7201 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||
7202 | } else if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<VecTypeHintAttr>()) { | ||||||
7203 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_kernel_attr) << A; | ||||||
7204 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||
7205 | } else if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<OpenCLIntelReqdSubGroupSizeAttr>()) { | ||||||
7206 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_kernel_attr) << A; | ||||||
7207 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||
7208 | } else if (!D->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) { | ||||||
7209 | if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<AMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr>()) { | ||||||
7210 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
7211 | << A << ExpectedKernelFunction; | ||||||
7212 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||
7213 | } else if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<AMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr>()) { | ||||||
7214 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
7215 | << A << ExpectedKernelFunction; | ||||||
7216 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||
7217 | } else if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) { | ||||||
7218 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
7219 | << A << ExpectedKernelFunction; | ||||||
7220 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||
7221 | } else if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) { | ||||||
7222 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||||
7223 | << A << ExpectedKernelFunction; | ||||||
7224 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||
7225 | } | ||||||
7226 | } | ||||||
7227 | } | ||||||
7228 | |||||||
7229 | // Do this check after processing D's attributes because the attribute | ||||||
7230 | // objc_method_family can change whether the given method is in the init | ||||||
7231 | // family, and it can be applied after objc_designated_initializer. This is a | ||||||
7232 | // bit of a hack, but we need it to be compatible with versions of clang that | ||||||
7233 | // processed the attribute list in the wrong order. | ||||||
7234 | if (D->hasAttr<ObjCDesignatedInitializerAttr>() && | ||||||
7235 | cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->getMethodFamily() != OMF_init) { | ||||||
7236 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_designated_init_attr_non_init); | ||||||
7237 | D->dropAttr<ObjCDesignatedInitializerAttr>(); | ||||||
7238 | } | ||||||
7239 | } | ||||||
7240 | |||||||
7241 | // Helper for delayed processing TransparentUnion attribute. | ||||||
7242 | void Sema::ProcessDeclAttributeDelayed(Decl *D, | ||||||
7243 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList) { | ||||||
7244 | for (const ParsedAttr &AL : AttrList) | ||||||
7245 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_TransparentUnion) { | ||||||
7246 | handleTransparentUnionAttr(*this, D, AL); | ||||||
7247 | break; | ||||||
7248 | } | ||||||
7249 | } | ||||||
7250 | |||||||
7251 | // Annotation attributes are the only attributes allowed after an access | ||||||
7252 | // specifier. | ||||||
7253 | bool Sema::ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList( | ||||||
7254 | AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList) { | ||||||
7255 | for (const ParsedAttr &AL : AttrList) { | ||||||
7256 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_Annotate) { | ||||||
7257 | ProcessDeclAttribute(*this, nullptr, ASDecl, AL, AL.isCXX11Attribute()); | ||||||
7258 | } else { | ||||||
7259 | Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_only_annotate_after_access_spec); | ||||||
7260 | return true; | ||||||
7261 | } | ||||||
7262 | } | ||||||
7263 | return false; | ||||||
7264 | } | ||||||
7265 | |||||||
7266 | /// checkUnusedDeclAttributes - Check a list of attributes to see if it | ||||||
7267 | /// contains any decl attributes that we should warn about. | ||||||
7268 | static void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Sema &S, const ParsedAttributesView &A) { | ||||||
7269 | for (const ParsedAttr &AL : A) { | ||||||
7270 | // Only warn if the attribute is an unignored, non-type attribute. | ||||||
7271 | if (AL.isUsedAsTypeAttr() || AL.isInvalid()) | ||||||
7272 | continue; | ||||||
7273 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::IgnoredAttribute) | ||||||
7274 | continue; | ||||||
7275 | |||||||
7276 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::UnknownAttribute) { | ||||||
7277 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_unknown_attribute_ignored) | ||||||
7278 | << AL << AL.getRange(); | ||||||
7279 | } else { | ||||||
7280 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_not_on_decl) << AL | ||||||
7281 | << AL.getRange(); | ||||||
7282 | } | ||||||
7283 | } | ||||||
7284 | } | ||||||
7285 | |||||||
7286 | /// checkUnusedDeclAttributes - Given a declarator which is not being | ||||||
7287 | /// used to build a declaration, complain about any decl attributes | ||||||
7288 | /// which might be lying around on it. | ||||||
7289 | void Sema::checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D) { | ||||||
7290 | ::checkUnusedDeclAttributes(*this, D.getDeclSpec().getAttributes()); | ||||||
7291 | ::checkUnusedDeclAttributes(*this, D.getAttributes()); | ||||||
7292 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = D.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) | ||||||
7293 | ::checkUnusedDeclAttributes(*this, D.getTypeObject(i).getAttrs()); | ||||||
7294 | } | ||||||
7295 | |||||||
7296 | /// DeclClonePragmaWeak - clone existing decl (maybe definition), | ||||||
7297 | /// \#pragma weak needs a non-definition decl and source may not have one. | ||||||
7298 | NamedDecl * Sema::DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, | ||||||
7299 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||
7300 | assert(isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || isa<VarDecl>(ND))((isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || isa<VarDecl>(ND)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || isa<VarDecl>(ND)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 7300, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7301 | NamedDecl *NewD = nullptr; | ||||||
7302 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) { | ||||||
7303 | FunctionDecl *NewFD; | ||||||
7304 | // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionDeclaration(). | ||||||
7305 | // FIXME: Mangling? | ||||||
7306 | // FIXME: Is the qualifier info correct? | ||||||
7307 | // FIXME: Is the DeclContext correct? | ||||||
7308 | NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create( | ||||||
7309 | FD->getASTContext(), FD->getDeclContext(), Loc, Loc, | ||||||
7310 | DeclarationName(II), FD->getType(), FD->getTypeSourceInfo(), SC_None, | ||||||
7311 | false /*isInlineSpecified*/, FD->hasPrototype(), CSK_unspecified); | ||||||
7312 | NewD = NewFD; | ||||||
7313 | |||||||
7314 | if (FD->getQualifier()) | ||||||
7315 | NewFD->setQualifierInfo(FD->getQualifierLoc()); | ||||||
7316 | |||||||
7317 | // Fake up parameter variables; they are declared as if this were | ||||||
7318 | // a typedef. | ||||||
7319 | QualType FDTy = FD->getType(); | ||||||
7320 | if (const auto *FT = FDTy->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | ||||||
7321 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; | ||||||
7322 | for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { | ||||||
7323 | ParmVarDecl *Param = BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, Loc, AI); | ||||||
7324 | Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); | ||||||
7325 | Params.push_back(Param); | ||||||
7326 | } | ||||||
7327 | NewFD->setParams(Params); | ||||||
7328 | } | ||||||
7329 | } else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND)) { | ||||||
7330 | NewD = VarDecl::Create(VD->getASTContext(), VD->getDeclContext(), | ||||||
7331 | VD->getInnerLocStart(), VD->getLocation(), II, | ||||||
7332 | VD->getType(), VD->getTypeSourceInfo(), | ||||||
7333 | VD->getStorageClass()); | ||||||
7334 | if (VD->getQualifier()) | ||||||
7335 | cast<VarDecl>(NewD)->setQualifierInfo(VD->getQualifierLoc()); | ||||||
7336 | } | ||||||
7337 | return NewD; | ||||||
7338 | } | ||||||
7339 | |||||||
7340 | /// DeclApplyPragmaWeak - A declaration (maybe definition) needs \#pragma weak | ||||||
7341 | /// applied to it, possibly with an alias. | ||||||
7342 | void Sema::DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W) { | ||||||
7343 | if (W.getUsed()) return; // only do this once | ||||||
7344 | W.setUsed(true); | ||||||
7345 | if (W.getAlias()) { // clone decl, impersonate __attribute(weak,alias(...)) | ||||||
7346 | IdentifierInfo *NDId = ND->getIdentifier(); | ||||||
7347 | NamedDecl *NewD = DeclClonePragmaWeak(ND, W.getAlias(), W.getLocation()); | ||||||
7348 | NewD->addAttr( | ||||||
7349 | AliasAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, NDId->getName(), W.getLocation())); | ||||||
7350 | NewD->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, W.getLocation(), | ||||||
7351 | AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); | ||||||
7352 | WeakTopLevelDecl.push_back(NewD); | ||||||
7353 | // FIXME: "hideous" code from Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin | ||||||
7354 | // to insert Decl at TU scope, sorry. | ||||||
7355 | DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; | ||||||
7356 | CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | ||||||
7357 | NewD->setDeclContext(CurContext); | ||||||
7358 | NewD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); | ||||||
7359 | PushOnScopeChains(NewD, S); | ||||||
7360 | CurContext = SavedContext; | ||||||
7361 | } else { // just add weak to existing | ||||||
7362 | ND->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, W.getLocation(), | ||||||
7363 | AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); | ||||||
7364 | } | ||||||
7365 | } | ||||||
7366 | |||||||
7367 | void Sema::ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D) { | ||||||
7368 | // It's valid to "forward-declare" #pragma weak, in which case we | ||||||
7369 | // have to do this. | ||||||
7370 | LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); | ||||||
7371 | if (!WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { | ||||||
7372 | NamedDecl *ND = nullptr; | ||||||
7373 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) | ||||||
7374 | if (VD->isExternC()) | ||||||
7375 | ND = VD; | ||||||
7376 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) | ||||||
7377 | if (FD->isExternC()) | ||||||
7378 | ND = FD; | ||||||
7379 | if (ND) { | ||||||
7380 | if (IdentifierInfo *Id = ND->getIdentifier()) { | ||||||
7381 | auto I = WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(Id); | ||||||
7382 | if (I != WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { | ||||||
7383 | WeakInfo W = I->second; | ||||||
7384 | DeclApplyPragmaWeak(S, ND, W); | ||||||
7385 | WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers[Id] = W; | ||||||
7386 | } | ||||||
7387 | } | ||||||
7388 | } | ||||||
7389 | } | ||||||
7390 | } | ||||||
7391 | |||||||
7392 | /// ProcessDeclAttributes - Given a declarator (PD) with attributes indicated in | ||||||
7393 | /// it, apply them to D. This is a bit tricky because PD can have attributes | ||||||
7394 | /// specified in many different places, and we need to find and apply them all. | ||||||
7395 | void Sema::ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD) { | ||||||
7396 | // Apply decl attributes from the DeclSpec if present. | ||||||
7397 | if (!PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().empty()) | ||||||
7398 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes()); | ||||||
7399 | |||||||
7400 | // Walk the declarator structure, applying decl attributes that were in a type | ||||||
7401 | // position to the decl itself. This handles cases like: | ||||||
7402 | // int *__attr__(x)** D; | ||||||
7403 | // when X is a decl attribute. | ||||||
7404 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) | ||||||
7405 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, PD.getTypeObject(i).getAttrs(), | ||||||
7406 | /*IncludeCXX11Attributes=*/false); | ||||||
7407 | |||||||
7408 | // Finally, apply any attributes on the decl itself. | ||||||
7409 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, PD.getAttributes()); | ||||||
7410 | |||||||
7411 | // Apply additional attributes specified by '#pragma clang attribute'. | ||||||
7412 | AddPragmaAttributes(S, D); | ||||||
7413 | } | ||||||
7414 | |||||||
7415 | /// Is the given declaration allowed to use a forbidden type? | ||||||
7416 | /// If so, it'll still be annotated with an attribute that makes it | ||||||
7417 | /// illegal to actually use. | ||||||
7418 | static bool isForbiddenTypeAllowed(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||||
7419 | const DelayedDiagnostic &diag, | ||||||
7420 | UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason &reason) { | ||||||
7421 | // Private ivars are always okay. Unfortunately, people don't | ||||||
7422 | // always properly make their ivars private, even in system headers. | ||||||
7423 | // Plus we need to make fields okay, too. | ||||||
7424 | if (!isa<FieldDecl>(D) && !isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) && | ||||||
7425 | !isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) | ||||||
7426 | return false; | ||||||
7427 | |||||||
7428 | // Silently accept unsupported uses of __weak in both user and system | ||||||
7429 | // declarations when it's been disabled, for ease of integration with | ||||||
7430 | // -fno-objc-arc files. We do have to take some care against attempts | ||||||
7431 | // to define such things; for now, we've only done that for ivars | ||||||
7432 | // and properties. | ||||||
7433 | if ((isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D))) { | ||||||
7434 | if (diag.getForbiddenTypeDiagnostic() == diag::err_arc_weak_disabled || | ||||||
7435 | diag.getForbiddenTypeDiagnostic() == diag::err_arc_weak_no_runtime) { | ||||||
7436 | reason = UnavailableAttr::IR_ForbiddenWeak; | ||||||
7437 | return true; | ||||||
7438 | } | ||||||
7439 | } | ||||||
7440 | |||||||
7441 | // Allow all sorts of things in system headers. | ||||||
7442 | if (S.Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(D->getLocation())) { | ||||||
7443 | // Currently, all the failures dealt with this way are due to ARC | ||||||
7444 | // restrictions. | ||||||
7445 | reason = UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCForbiddenType; | ||||||
7446 | return true; | ||||||
7447 | } | ||||||
7448 | |||||||
7449 | return false; | ||||||
7450 | } | ||||||
7451 | |||||||
7452 | /// Handle a delayed forbidden-type diagnostic. | ||||||
7453 | static void handleDelayedForbiddenType(Sema &S, DelayedDiagnostic &DD, | ||||||
7454 | Decl *D) { | ||||||
7455 | auto Reason = UnavailableAttr::IR_None; | ||||||
7456 | if (D && isForbiddenTypeAllowed(S, D, DD, Reason)) { | ||||||
7457 | assert(Reason && "didn't set reason?")((Reason && "didn't set reason?") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("Reason && \"didn't set reason?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 7457, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7458 | D->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context, "", Reason, DD.Loc)); | ||||||
7459 | return; | ||||||
7460 | } | ||||||
7461 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||||
7462 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
7463 | // FIXME: we may want to suppress diagnostics for all | ||||||
7464 | // kind of forbidden type messages on unavailable functions. | ||||||
7465 | if (FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() && | ||||||
7466 | DD.getForbiddenTypeDiagnostic() == | ||||||
7467 | diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership) { | ||||||
7468 | DD.Triggered = true; | ||||||
7469 | return; | ||||||
7470 | } | ||||||
7471 | } | ||||||
7472 | |||||||
7473 | S.Diag(DD.Loc, DD.getForbiddenTypeDiagnostic()) | ||||||
7474 | << DD.getForbiddenTypeOperand() << DD.getForbiddenTypeArgument(); | ||||||
7475 | DD.Triggered = true; | ||||||
7476 | } | ||||||
7477 | |||||||
7478 | static const AvailabilityAttr *getAttrForPlatform(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
7479 | const Decl *D) { | ||||||
7480 | // Check each AvailabilityAttr to find the one for this platform. | ||||||
7481 | for (const auto *A : D->attrs()) { | ||||||
7482 | if (const auto *Avail = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A)) { | ||||||
7483 | // FIXME: this is copied from CheckAvailability. We should try to | ||||||
7484 | // de-duplicate. | ||||||
7485 | |||||||
7486 | // Check if this is an App Extension "platform", and if so chop off | ||||||
7487 | // the suffix for matching with the actual platform. | ||||||
7488 | StringRef ActualPlatform = Avail->getPlatform()->getName(); | ||||||
7489 | StringRef RealizedPlatform = ActualPlatform; | ||||||
7490 | if (Context.getLangOpts().AppExt) { | ||||||
7491 | size_t suffix = RealizedPlatform.rfind("_app_extension"); | ||||||
7492 | if (suffix != StringRef::npos) | ||||||
7493 | RealizedPlatform = RealizedPlatform.slice(0, suffix); | ||||||
7494 | } | ||||||
7495 | |||||||
7496 | StringRef TargetPlatform = Context.getTargetInfo().getPlatformName(); | ||||||
7497 | |||||||
7498 | // Match the platform name. | ||||||
7499 | if (RealizedPlatform == TargetPlatform) | ||||||
7500 | return Avail; | ||||||
7501 | } | ||||||
7502 | } | ||||||
7503 | return nullptr; | ||||||
7504 | } | ||||||
7505 | |||||||
7506 | /// The diagnostic we should emit for \c D, and the declaration that | ||||||
7507 | /// originated it, or \c AR_Available. | ||||||
7508 | /// | ||||||
7509 | /// \param D The declaration to check. | ||||||
7510 | /// \param Message If non-null, this will be populated with the message from | ||||||
7511 | /// the availability attribute that is selected. | ||||||
7512 | /// \param ClassReceiver If we're checking the the method of a class message | ||||||
7513 | /// send, the class. Otherwise nullptr. | ||||||
7514 | static std::pair<AvailabilityResult, const NamedDecl *> | ||||||
7515 | ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(Sema &S, const NamedDecl *D, | ||||||
7516 | std::string *Message, | ||||||
7517 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver) { | ||||||
7518 | AvailabilityResult Result = D->getAvailability(Message); | ||||||
7519 | |||||||
7520 | // For typedefs, if the typedef declaration appears available look | ||||||
7521 | // to the underlying type to see if it is more restrictive. | ||||||
7522 | while (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
7523 | if (Result == AR_Available) { | ||||||
7524 | if (const auto *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { | ||||||
7525 | D = TT->getDecl(); | ||||||
7526 | Result = D->getAvailability(Message); | ||||||
7527 | continue; | ||||||
7528 | } | ||||||
7529 | } | ||||||
7530 | break; | ||||||
7531 | } | ||||||
7532 | |||||||
7533 | // Forward class declarations get their attributes from their definition. | ||||||
7534 | if (const auto *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
7535 | if (IDecl->getDefinition()) { | ||||||
7536 | D = IDecl->getDefinition(); | ||||||
7537 | Result = D->getAvailability(Message); | ||||||
7538 | } | ||||||
7539 | } | ||||||
7540 | |||||||
7541 | if (const auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D)) | ||||||
7542 | if (Result == AR_Available) { | ||||||
7543 | const DeclContext *DC = ECD->getDeclContext(); | ||||||
7544 | if (const auto *TheEnumDecl = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(DC)) { | ||||||
7545 | Result = TheEnumDecl->getAvailability(Message); | ||||||
7546 | D = TheEnumDecl; | ||||||
7547 | } | ||||||
7548 | } | ||||||
7549 | |||||||
7550 | // For +new, infer availability from -init. | ||||||
7551 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
7552 | if (S.NSAPIObj && ClassReceiver) { | ||||||
7553 | ObjCMethodDecl *Init = ClassReceiver->lookupInstanceMethod( | ||||||
7554 | S.NSAPIObj->getInitSelector()); | ||||||
7555 | if (Init && Result == AR_Available && MD->isClassMethod() && | ||||||
7556 | MD->getSelector() == S.NSAPIObj->getNewSelector() && | ||||||
7557 | MD->definedInNSObject(S.getASTContext())) { | ||||||
7558 | Result = Init->getAvailability(Message); | ||||||
7559 | D = Init; | ||||||
7560 | } | ||||||
7561 | } | ||||||
7562 | } | ||||||
7563 | |||||||
7564 | return {Result, D}; | ||||||
7565 | } | ||||||
7566 | |||||||
7567 | |||||||
7568 | /// whether we should emit a diagnostic for \c K and \c DeclVersion in | ||||||
7569 | /// the context of \c Ctx. For example, we should emit an unavailable diagnostic | ||||||
7570 | /// in a deprecated context, but not the other way around. | ||||||
7571 | static bool | ||||||
7572 | ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityInContext(Sema &S, AvailabilityResult K, | ||||||
7573 | VersionTuple DeclVersion, Decl *Ctx, | ||||||
7574 | const NamedDecl *OffendingDecl) { | ||||||
7575 | assert(K != AR_Available && "Expected an unavailable declaration here!")((K != AR_Available && "Expected an unavailable declaration here!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("K != AR_Available && \"Expected an unavailable declaration here!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 7575, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7576 | |||||||
7577 | // Checks if we should emit the availability diagnostic in the context of C. | ||||||
7578 | auto CheckContext = [&](const Decl *C) { | ||||||
7579 | if (K == AR_NotYetIntroduced) { | ||||||
7580 | if (const AvailabilityAttr *AA = getAttrForPlatform(S.Context, C)) | ||||||
7581 | if (AA->getIntroduced() >= DeclVersion) | ||||||
7582 | return true; | ||||||
7583 | } else if (K == AR_Deprecated) { | ||||||
7584 | if (C->isDeprecated()) | ||||||
7585 | return true; | ||||||
7586 | } else if (K == AR_Unavailable) { | ||||||
7587 | // It is perfectly fine to refer to an 'unavailable' Objective-C method | ||||||
7588 | // when it is referenced from within the @implementation itself. In this | ||||||
7589 | // context, we interpret unavailable as a form of access control. | ||||||
7590 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(OffendingDecl)) { | ||||||
7591 | if (const auto *Impl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(C)) { | ||||||
7592 | if (MD->getClassInterface() == Impl->getClassInterface()) | ||||||
7593 | return true; | ||||||
7594 | } | ||||||
7595 | } | ||||||
7596 | } | ||||||
7597 | |||||||
7598 | if (C->isUnavailable()) | ||||||
7599 | return true; | ||||||
7600 | return false; | ||||||
7601 | }; | ||||||
7602 | |||||||
7603 | do { | ||||||
7604 | if (CheckContext(Ctx)) | ||||||
7605 | return false; | ||||||
7606 | |||||||
7607 | // An implementation implicitly has the availability of the interface. | ||||||
7608 | // Unless it is "+load" method. | ||||||
7609 | if (const auto *MethodD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) | ||||||
7610 | if (MethodD->isClassMethod() && | ||||||
7611 | MethodD->getSelector().getAsString() == "load") | ||||||
7612 | return true; | ||||||
7613 | |||||||
7614 | if (const auto *CatOrImpl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(Ctx)) { | ||||||
7615 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = CatOrImpl->getClassInterface()) | ||||||
7616 | if (CheckContext(Interface)) | ||||||
7617 | return false; | ||||||
7618 | } | ||||||
7619 | // A category implicitly has the availability of the interface. | ||||||
7620 | else if (const auto *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) | ||||||
7621 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = CatD->getClassInterface()) | ||||||
7622 | if (CheckContext(Interface)) | ||||||
7623 | return false; | ||||||
7624 | } while ((Ctx = cast_or_null<Decl>(Ctx->getDeclContext()))); | ||||||
7625 | |||||||
7626 | return true; | ||||||
7627 | } | ||||||
7628 | |||||||
7629 | static bool | ||||||
7630 | shouldDiagnoseAvailabilityByDefault(const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
7631 | const VersionTuple &DeploymentVersion, | ||||||
7632 | const VersionTuple &DeclVersion) { | ||||||
7633 | const auto &Triple = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); | ||||||
7634 | VersionTuple ForceAvailabilityFromVersion; | ||||||
7635 | switch (Triple.getOS()) { | ||||||
7636 | case llvm::Triple::IOS: | ||||||
7637 | case llvm::Triple::TvOS: | ||||||
7638 | ForceAvailabilityFromVersion = VersionTuple(/*Major=*/11); | ||||||
7639 | break; | ||||||
7640 | case llvm::Triple::WatchOS: | ||||||
7641 | ForceAvailabilityFromVersion = VersionTuple(/*Major=*/4); | ||||||
7642 | break; | ||||||
7643 | case llvm::Triple::Darwin: | ||||||
7644 | case llvm::Triple::MacOSX: | ||||||
7645 | ForceAvailabilityFromVersion = VersionTuple(/*Major=*/10, /*Minor=*/13); | ||||||
7646 | break; | ||||||
7647 | default: | ||||||
7648 | // New targets should always warn about availability. | ||||||
7649 | return Triple.getVendor() == llvm::Triple::Apple; | ||||||
7650 | } | ||||||
7651 | return DeploymentVersion >= ForceAvailabilityFromVersion || | ||||||
7652 | DeclVersion >= ForceAvailabilityFromVersion; | ||||||
7653 | } | ||||||
7654 | |||||||
7655 | static NamedDecl *findEnclosingDeclToAnnotate(Decl *OrigCtx) { | ||||||
7656 | for (Decl *Ctx = OrigCtx; Ctx; | ||||||
7657 | Ctx = cast_or_null<Decl>(Ctx->getDeclContext())) { | ||||||
7658 | if (isa<TagDecl>(Ctx) || isa<FunctionDecl>(Ctx) || isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) | ||||||
7659 | return cast<NamedDecl>(Ctx); | ||||||
7660 | if (auto *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(Ctx)) { | ||||||
7661 | if (auto *Imp = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(Ctx)) | ||||||
7662 | return Imp->getClassInterface(); | ||||||
7663 | return CD; | ||||||
7664 | } | ||||||
7665 | } | ||||||
7666 | |||||||
7667 | return dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(OrigCtx); | ||||||
7668 | } | ||||||
7669 | |||||||
7670 | namespace { | ||||||
7671 | |||||||
7672 | struct AttributeInsertion { | ||||||
7673 | StringRef Prefix; | ||||||
7674 | SourceLocation Loc; | ||||||
7675 | StringRef Suffix; | ||||||
7676 | |||||||
7677 | static AttributeInsertion createInsertionAfter(const NamedDecl *D) { | ||||||
7678 | return {" ", D->getEndLoc(), ""}; | ||||||
7679 | } | ||||||
7680 | static AttributeInsertion createInsertionAfter(SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||
7681 | return {" ", Loc, ""}; | ||||||
7682 | } | ||||||
7683 | static AttributeInsertion createInsertionBefore(const NamedDecl *D) { | ||||||
7684 | return {"", D->getBeginLoc(), "\n"}; | ||||||
7685 | } | ||||||
7686 | }; | ||||||
7687 | |||||||
7688 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||||
7689 | |||||||
7690 | /// Tries to parse a string as ObjC method name. | ||||||
7691 | /// | ||||||
7692 | /// \param Name The string to parse. Expected to originate from availability | ||||||
7693 | /// attribute argument. | ||||||
7694 | /// \param SlotNames The vector that will be populated with slot names. In case | ||||||
7695 | /// of unsuccessful parsing can contain invalid data. | ||||||
7696 | /// \returns A number of method parameters if parsing was successful, None | ||||||
7697 | /// otherwise. | ||||||
7698 | static Optional<unsigned> | ||||||
7699 | tryParseObjCMethodName(StringRef Name, SmallVectorImpl<StringRef> &SlotNames, | ||||||
7700 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { | ||||||
7701 | // Accept replacements starting with - or + as valid ObjC method names. | ||||||
7702 | if (!Name.empty() && (Name.front() == '-' || Name.front() == '+')) | ||||||
7703 | Name = Name.drop_front(1); | ||||||
7704 | if (Name.empty()) | ||||||
7705 | return None; | ||||||
7706 | Name.split(SlotNames, ':'); | ||||||
7707 | unsigned NumParams; | ||||||
7708 | if (Name.back() == ':') { | ||||||
7709 | // Remove an empty string at the end that doesn't represent any slot. | ||||||
7710 | SlotNames.pop_back(); | ||||||
7711 | NumParams = SlotNames.size(); | ||||||
7712 | } else { | ||||||
7713 | if (SlotNames.size() != 1) | ||||||
7714 | // Not a valid method name, just a colon-separated string. | ||||||
7715 | return None; | ||||||
7716 | NumParams = 0; | ||||||
7717 | } | ||||||
7718 | // Verify all slot names are valid. | ||||||
7719 | bool AllowDollar = LangOpts.DollarIdents; | ||||||
7720 | for (StringRef S : SlotNames) { | ||||||
7721 | if (S.empty()) | ||||||
7722 | continue; | ||||||
7723 | if (!isValidIdentifier(S, AllowDollar)) | ||||||
7724 | return None; | ||||||
7725 | } | ||||||
7726 | return NumParams; | ||||||
7727 | } | ||||||
7728 | |||||||
7729 | /// Returns a source location in which it's appropriate to insert a new | ||||||
7730 | /// attribute for the given declaration \D. | ||||||
7731 | static Optional<AttributeInsertion> | ||||||
7732 | createAttributeInsertion(const NamedDecl *D, const SourceManager &SM, | ||||||
7733 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { | ||||||
7734 | if (isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D)) | ||||||
7735 | return AttributeInsertion::createInsertionAfter(D); | ||||||
7736 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
7737 | if (MD->hasBody()) | ||||||
7738 | return None; | ||||||
7739 | return AttributeInsertion::createInsertionAfter(D); | ||||||
7740 | } | ||||||
7741 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
7742 | SourceLocation Loc = | ||||||
7743 | Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(TD->getInnerLocStart(), 0, SM, LangOpts); | ||||||
7744 | if (Loc.isInvalid()) | ||||||
7745 | return None; | ||||||
7746 | // Insert after the 'struct'/whatever keyword. | ||||||
7747 | return AttributeInsertion::createInsertionAfter(Loc); | ||||||
7748 | } | ||||||
7749 | return AttributeInsertion::createInsertionBefore(D); | ||||||
7750 | } | ||||||
7751 | |||||||
7752 | /// Actually emit an availability diagnostic for a reference to an unavailable | ||||||
7753 | /// decl. | ||||||
7754 | /// | ||||||
7755 | /// \param Ctx The context that the reference occurred in | ||||||
7756 | /// \param ReferringDecl The exact declaration that was referenced. | ||||||
7757 | /// \param OffendingDecl A related decl to \c ReferringDecl that has an | ||||||
7758 | /// availability attribute corresponding to \c K attached to it. Note that this | ||||||
7759 | /// may not be the same as ReferringDecl, i.e. if an EnumDecl is annotated and | ||||||
7760 | /// we refer to a member EnumConstantDecl, ReferringDecl is the EnumConstantDecl | ||||||
7761 | /// and OffendingDecl is the EnumDecl. | ||||||
7762 | static void DoEmitAvailabilityWarning(Sema &S, AvailabilityResult K, | ||||||
7763 | Decl *Ctx, const NamedDecl *ReferringDecl, | ||||||
7764 | const NamedDecl *OffendingDecl, | ||||||
7765 | StringRef Message, | ||||||
7766 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, | ||||||
7767 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, | ||||||
7768 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty, | ||||||
7769 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess) { | ||||||
7770 | // Diagnostics for deprecated or unavailable. | ||||||
7771 | unsigned diag, diag_message, diag_fwdclass_message; | ||||||
7772 | unsigned diag_available_here = diag::note_availability_specified_here; | ||||||
7773 | SourceLocation NoteLocation = OffendingDecl->getLocation(); | ||||||
7774 | |||||||
7775 | // Matches 'diag::note_property_attribute' options. | ||||||
7776 | unsigned property_note_select; | ||||||
7777 | |||||||
7778 | // Matches diag::note_availability_specified_here. | ||||||
7779 | unsigned available_here_select_kind; | ||||||
7780 | |||||||
7781 | VersionTuple DeclVersion; | ||||||
7782 | if (const AvailabilityAttr *AA = getAttrForPlatform(S.Context, OffendingDecl)) | ||||||
7783 | DeclVersion = AA->getIntroduced(); | ||||||
7784 | |||||||
7785 | if (!ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityInContext(S, K, DeclVersion, Ctx, | ||||||
7786 | OffendingDecl)) | ||||||
7787 | return; | ||||||
7788 | |||||||
7789 | SourceLocation Loc = Locs.front(); | ||||||
7790 | |||||||
7791 | // The declaration can have multiple availability attributes, we are looking | ||||||
7792 | // at one of them. | ||||||
7793 | const AvailabilityAttr *A = getAttrForPlatform(S.Context, OffendingDecl); | ||||||
7794 | if (A && A->isInherited()) { | ||||||
7795 | for (const Decl *Redecl = OffendingDecl->getMostRecentDecl(); Redecl; | ||||||
7796 | Redecl = Redecl->getPreviousDecl()) { | ||||||
7797 | const AvailabilityAttr *AForRedecl = | ||||||
7798 | getAttrForPlatform(S.Context, Redecl); | ||||||
7799 | if (AForRedecl && !AForRedecl->isInherited()) { | ||||||
7800 | // If D is a declaration with inherited attributes, the note should | ||||||
7801 | // point to the declaration with actual attributes. | ||||||
7802 | NoteLocation = Redecl->getLocation(); | ||||||
7803 | break; | ||||||
7804 | } | ||||||
7805 | } | ||||||
7806 | } | ||||||
7807 | |||||||
7808 | switch (K) { | ||||||
7809 | case AR_NotYetIntroduced: { | ||||||
7810 | // We would like to emit the diagnostic even if -Wunguarded-availability is | ||||||
7811 | // not specified for deployment targets >= to iOS 11 or equivalent or | ||||||
7812 | // for declarations that were introduced in iOS 11 (macOS 10.13, ...) or | ||||||
7813 | // later. | ||||||
7814 | const AvailabilityAttr *AA = | ||||||
7815 | getAttrForPlatform(S.getASTContext(), OffendingDecl); | ||||||
7816 | VersionTuple Introduced = AA->getIntroduced(); | ||||||
7817 | |||||||
7818 | bool UseNewWarning = shouldDiagnoseAvailabilityByDefault( | ||||||
7819 | S.Context, S.Context.getTargetInfo().getPlatformMinVersion(), | ||||||
7820 | Introduced); | ||||||
7821 | unsigned Warning = UseNewWarning ? diag::warn_unguarded_availability_new | ||||||
7822 | : diag::warn_unguarded_availability; | ||||||
7823 | |||||||
7824 | std::string PlatformName = AvailabilityAttr::getPrettyPlatformName( | ||||||
7825 | S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName()); | ||||||
7826 | |||||||
7827 | S.Diag(Loc, Warning) << OffendingDecl << PlatformName | ||||||
7828 | << Introduced.getAsString(); | ||||||
7829 | |||||||
7830 | S.Diag(OffendingDecl->getLocation(), | ||||||
7831 | diag::note_partial_availability_specified_here) | ||||||
7832 | << OffendingDecl << PlatformName << Introduced.getAsString() | ||||||
7833 | << S.Context.getTargetInfo().getPlatformMinVersion().getAsString(); | ||||||
7834 | |||||||
7835 | if (const auto *Enclosing = findEnclosingDeclToAnnotate(Ctx)) { | ||||||
7836 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Enclosing)) | ||||||
7837 | if (TD->getDeclName().isEmpty()) { | ||||||
7838 | S.Diag(TD->getLocation(), | ||||||
7839 | diag::note_decl_unguarded_availability_silence) | ||||||
7840 | << /*Anonymous*/ 1 << TD->getKindName(); | ||||||
7841 | return; | ||||||
7842 | } | ||||||
7843 | auto FixitNoteDiag = | ||||||
7844 | S.Diag(Enclosing->getLocation(), | ||||||
7845 | diag::note_decl_unguarded_availability_silence) | ||||||
7846 | << /*Named*/ 0 << Enclosing; | ||||||
7847 | // Don't offer a fixit for declarations with availability attributes. | ||||||
7848 | if (Enclosing->hasAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) | ||||||
7849 | return; | ||||||
7850 | if (!S.getPreprocessor().isMacroDefined("API_AVAILABLE")) | ||||||
7851 | return; | ||||||
7852 | Optional<AttributeInsertion> Insertion = createAttributeInsertion( | ||||||
7853 | Enclosing, S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts()); | ||||||
7854 | if (!Insertion) | ||||||
7855 | return; | ||||||
7856 | std::string PlatformName = | ||||||
7857 | AvailabilityAttr::getPlatformNameSourceSpelling( | ||||||
7858 | S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName()) | ||||||
7859 | .lower(); | ||||||
7860 | std::string Introduced = | ||||||
7861 | OffendingDecl->getVersionIntroduced().getAsString(); | ||||||
7862 | FixitNoteDiag << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( | ||||||
7863 | Insertion->Loc, | ||||||
7864 | (llvm::Twine(Insertion->Prefix) + "API_AVAILABLE(" + PlatformName + | ||||||
7865 | "(" + Introduced + "))" + Insertion->Suffix) | ||||||
7866 | .str()); | ||||||
7867 | } | ||||||
7868 | return; | ||||||
7869 | } | ||||||
7870 | case AR_Deprecated: | ||||||
7871 | diag = !ObjCPropertyAccess ? diag::warn_deprecated | ||||||
7872 | : diag::warn_property_method_deprecated; | ||||||
7873 | diag_message = diag::warn_deprecated_message; | ||||||
7874 | diag_fwdclass_message = diag::warn_deprecated_fwdclass_message; | ||||||
7875 | property_note_select = /* deprecated */ 0; | ||||||
7876 | available_here_select_kind = /* deprecated */ 2; | ||||||
7877 | if (const auto *AL = OffendingDecl->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) | ||||||
7878 | NoteLocation = AL->getLocation(); | ||||||
7879 | break; | ||||||
7880 | |||||||
7881 | case AR_Unavailable: | ||||||
7882 | diag = !ObjCPropertyAccess ? diag::err_unavailable | ||||||
7883 | : diag::err_property_method_unavailable; | ||||||
7884 | diag_message = diag::err_unavailable_message; | ||||||
7885 | diag_fwdclass_message = diag::warn_unavailable_fwdclass_message; | ||||||
7886 | property_note_select = /* unavailable */ 1; | ||||||
7887 | available_here_select_kind = /* unavailable */ 0; | ||||||
7888 | |||||||
7889 | if (auto AL = OffendingDecl->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { | ||||||
7890 | if (AL->isImplicit() && AL->getImplicitReason()) { | ||||||
7891 | // Most of these failures are due to extra restrictions in ARC; | ||||||
7892 | // reflect that in the primary diagnostic when applicable. | ||||||
7893 | auto flagARCError = [&] { | ||||||
7894 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | ||||||
7895 | S.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader( | ||||||
7896 | OffendingDecl->getLocation())) | ||||||
7897 | diag = diag::err_unavailable_in_arc; | ||||||
7898 | }; | ||||||
7899 | |||||||
7900 | switch (AL->getImplicitReason()) { | ||||||
7901 | case UnavailableAttr::IR_None: break; | ||||||
7902 | |||||||
7903 | case UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCForbiddenType: | ||||||
7904 | flagARCError(); | ||||||
7905 | diag_available_here = diag::note_arc_forbidden_type; | ||||||
7906 | break; | ||||||
7907 | |||||||
7908 | case UnavailableAttr::IR_ForbiddenWeak: | ||||||
7909 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCWeakRuntime) | ||||||
7910 | diag_available_here = diag::note_arc_weak_disabled; | ||||||
7911 | else | ||||||
7912 | diag_available_here = diag::note_arc_weak_no_runtime; | ||||||
7913 | break; | ||||||
7914 | |||||||
7915 | case UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCForbiddenConversion: | ||||||
7916 | flagARCError(); | ||||||
7917 | diag_available_here = diag::note_performs_forbidden_arc_conversion; | ||||||
7918 | break; | ||||||
7919 | |||||||
7920 | case UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCInitReturnsUnrelated: | ||||||
7921 | flagARCError(); | ||||||
7922 | diag_available_here = diag::note_arc_init_returns_unrelated; | ||||||
7923 | break; | ||||||
7924 | |||||||
7925 | case UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership: | ||||||
7926 | flagARCError(); | ||||||
7927 | diag_available_here = diag::note_arc_field_with_ownership; | ||||||
7928 | break; | ||||||
7929 | } | ||||||
7930 | } | ||||||
7931 | } | ||||||
7932 | break; | ||||||
7933 | |||||||
7934 | case AR_Available: | ||||||
7935 | llvm_unreachable("Warning for availability of available declaration?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Warning for availability of available declaration?" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 7935); | ||||||
7936 | } | ||||||
7937 | |||||||
7938 | SmallVector<FixItHint, 12> FixIts; | ||||||
7939 | if (K == AR_Deprecated) { | ||||||
7940 | StringRef Replacement; | ||||||
7941 | if (auto AL = OffendingDecl->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) | ||||||
7942 | Replacement = AL->getReplacement(); | ||||||
7943 | if (auto AL = getAttrForPlatform(S.Context, OffendingDecl)) | ||||||
7944 | Replacement = AL->getReplacement(); | ||||||
7945 | |||||||
7946 | CharSourceRange UseRange; | ||||||
7947 | if (!Replacement.empty()) | ||||||
7948 | UseRange = | ||||||
7949 | CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc)); | ||||||
7950 | if (UseRange.isValid()) { | ||||||
7951 | if (const auto *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ReferringDecl)) { | ||||||
7952 | Selector Sel = MethodDecl->getSelector(); | ||||||
7953 | SmallVector<StringRef, 12> SelectorSlotNames; | ||||||
7954 | Optional<unsigned> NumParams = tryParseObjCMethodName( | ||||||
7955 | Replacement, SelectorSlotNames, S.getLangOpts()); | ||||||
7956 | if (NumParams && NumParams.getValue() == Sel.getNumArgs()) { | ||||||
7957 | assert(SelectorSlotNames.size() == Locs.size())((SelectorSlotNames.size() == Locs.size()) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("SelectorSlotNames.size() == Locs.size()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 7957, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7958 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Locs.size(); ++I) { | ||||||
7959 | if (!Sel.getNameForSlot(I).empty()) { | ||||||
7960 | CharSourceRange NameRange = CharSourceRange::getCharRange( | ||||||
7961 | Locs[I], S.getLocForEndOfToken(Locs[I])); | ||||||
7962 | FixIts.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement( | ||||||
7963 | NameRange, SelectorSlotNames[I])); | ||||||
7964 | } else | ||||||
7965 | FixIts.push_back( | ||||||
7966 | FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Locs[I], SelectorSlotNames[I])); | ||||||
7967 | } | ||||||
7968 | } else | ||||||
7969 | FixIts.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(UseRange, Replacement)); | ||||||
7970 | } else | ||||||
7971 | FixIts.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(UseRange, Replacement)); | ||||||
7972 | } | ||||||
7973 | } | ||||||
7974 | |||||||
7975 | if (!Message.empty()) { | ||||||
7976 | S.Diag(Loc, diag_message) << ReferringDecl << Message << FixIts; | ||||||
7977 | if (ObjCProperty) | ||||||
7978 | S.Diag(ObjCProperty->getLocation(), diag::note_property_attribute) | ||||||
7979 | << ObjCProperty->getDeclName() << property_note_select; | ||||||
7980 | } else if (!UnknownObjCClass) { | ||||||
7981 | S.Diag(Loc, diag) << ReferringDecl << FixIts; | ||||||
7982 | if (ObjCProperty) | ||||||
7983 | S.Diag(ObjCProperty->getLocation(), diag::note_property_attribute) | ||||||
7984 | << ObjCProperty->getDeclName() << property_note_select; | ||||||
7985 | } else { | ||||||
7986 | S.Diag(Loc, diag_fwdclass_message) << ReferringDecl << FixIts; | ||||||
7987 | S.Diag(UnknownObjCClass->getLocation(), diag::note_forward_class); | ||||||
7988 | } | ||||||
7989 | |||||||
7990 | S.Diag(NoteLocation, diag_available_here) | ||||||
7991 | << OffendingDecl << available_here_select_kind; | ||||||
7992 | } | ||||||
7993 | |||||||
7994 | static void handleDelayedAvailabilityCheck(Sema &S, DelayedDiagnostic &DD, | ||||||
7995 | Decl *Ctx) { | ||||||
7996 | assert(DD.Kind == DelayedDiagnostic::Availability &&((DD.Kind == DelayedDiagnostic::Availability && "Expected an availability diagnostic here" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DD.Kind == DelayedDiagnostic::Availability && \"Expected an availability diagnostic here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 7997, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
7997 | "Expected an availability diagnostic here")((DD.Kind == DelayedDiagnostic::Availability && "Expected an availability diagnostic here" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DD.Kind == DelayedDiagnostic::Availability && \"Expected an availability diagnostic here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 7997, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7998 | |||||||
7999 | DD.Triggered = true; | ||||||
8000 | DoEmitAvailabilityWarning( | ||||||
8001 | S, DD.getAvailabilityResult(), Ctx, DD.getAvailabilityReferringDecl(), | ||||||
8002 | DD.getAvailabilityOffendingDecl(), DD.getAvailabilityMessage(), | ||||||
8003 | DD.getAvailabilitySelectorLocs(), DD.getUnknownObjCClass(), | ||||||
8004 | DD.getObjCProperty(), false); | ||||||
8005 | } | ||||||
8006 | |||||||
8007 | void Sema::PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl) { | ||||||
8008 | assert(DelayedDiagnostics.getCurrentPool())((DelayedDiagnostics.getCurrentPool()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DelayedDiagnostics.getCurrentPool()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 8008, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
8009 | DelayedDiagnosticPool &poppedPool = *DelayedDiagnostics.getCurrentPool(); | ||||||
8010 | DelayedDiagnostics.popWithoutEmitting(state); | ||||||
8011 | |||||||
8012 | // When delaying diagnostics to run in the context of a parsed | ||||||
8013 | // declaration, we only want to actually emit anything if parsing | ||||||
8014 | // succeeds. | ||||||
8015 | if (!decl) return; | ||||||
8016 | |||||||
8017 | // We emit all the active diagnostics in this pool or any of its | ||||||
8018 | // parents. In general, we'll get one pool for the decl spec | ||||||
8019 | // and a child pool for each declarator; in a decl group like: | ||||||
8020 | // deprecated_typedef foo, *bar, baz(); | ||||||
8021 | // only the declarator pops will be passed decls. This is correct; | ||||||
8022 | // we really do need to consider delayed diagnostics from the decl spec | ||||||
8023 | // for each of the different declarations. | ||||||
8024 | const DelayedDiagnosticPool *pool = &poppedPool; | ||||||
8025 | do { | ||||||
8026 | bool AnyAccessFailures = false; | ||||||
8027 | for (DelayedDiagnosticPool::pool_iterator | ||||||
8028 | i = pool->pool_begin(), e = pool->pool_end(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||
8029 | // This const_cast is a bit lame. Really, Triggered should be mutable. | ||||||
8030 | DelayedDiagnostic &diag = const_cast<DelayedDiagnostic&>(*i); | ||||||
8031 | if (diag.Triggered) | ||||||
8032 | continue; | ||||||
8033 | |||||||
8034 | switch (diag.Kind) { | ||||||
8035 | case DelayedDiagnostic::Availability: | ||||||
8036 | // Don't bother giving deprecation/unavailable diagnostics if | ||||||
8037 | // the decl is invalid. | ||||||
8038 | if (!decl->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||
8039 | handleDelayedAvailabilityCheck(*this, diag, decl); | ||||||
8040 | break; | ||||||
8041 | |||||||
8042 | case DelayedDiagnostic::Access: | ||||||
8043 | // Only produce one access control diagnostic for a structured binding | ||||||
8044 | // declaration: we don't need to tell the user that all the fields are | ||||||
8045 | // inaccessible one at a time. | ||||||
8046 | if (AnyAccessFailures && isa<DecompositionDecl>(decl)) | ||||||
8047 | continue; | ||||||
8048 | HandleDelayedAccessCheck(diag, decl); | ||||||
8049 | if (diag.Triggered) | ||||||
8050 | AnyAccessFailures = true; | ||||||
8051 | break; | ||||||
8052 | |||||||
8053 | case DelayedDiagnostic::ForbiddenType: | ||||||
8054 | handleDelayedForbiddenType(*this, diag, decl); | ||||||
8055 | break; | ||||||
8056 | } | ||||||
8057 | } | ||||||
8058 | } while ((pool = pool->getParent())); | ||||||
8059 | } | ||||||
8060 | |||||||
8061 | /// Given a set of delayed diagnostics, re-emit them as if they had | ||||||
8062 | /// been delayed in the current context instead of in the given pool. | ||||||
8063 | /// Essentially, this just moves them to the current pool. | ||||||
8064 | void Sema::redelayDiagnostics(DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { | ||||||
8065 | DelayedDiagnosticPool *curPool = DelayedDiagnostics.getCurrentPool(); | ||||||
8066 | assert(curPool && "re-emitting in undelayed context not supported")((curPool && "re-emitting in undelayed context not supported" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("curPool && \"re-emitting in undelayed context not supported\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 8066, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
8067 | curPool->steal(pool); | ||||||
8068 | } | ||||||
8069 | |||||||
8070 | static void EmitAvailabilityWarning(Sema &S, AvailabilityResult AR, | ||||||
8071 | const NamedDecl *ReferringDecl, | ||||||
8072 | const NamedDecl *OffendingDecl, | ||||||
8073 | StringRef Message, | ||||||
8074 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, | ||||||
8075 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, | ||||||
8076 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty, | ||||||
8077 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess) { | ||||||
8078 | // Delay if we're currently parsing a declaration. | ||||||
8079 | if (S.DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics()) { | ||||||
8080 | S.DelayedDiagnostics.add( | ||||||
8081 | DelayedDiagnostic::makeAvailability( | ||||||
8082 | AR, Locs, ReferringDecl, OffendingDecl, UnknownObjCClass, | ||||||
8083 | ObjCProperty, Message, ObjCPropertyAccess)); | ||||||
8084 | return; | ||||||
8085 | } | ||||||
8086 | |||||||
8087 | Decl *Ctx = cast<Decl>(S.getCurLexicalContext()); | ||||||
8088 | DoEmitAvailabilityWarning(S, AR, Ctx, ReferringDecl, OffendingDecl, | ||||||
8089 | Message, Locs, UnknownObjCClass, ObjCProperty, | ||||||
8090 | ObjCPropertyAccess); | ||||||
8091 | } | ||||||
8092 | |||||||
8093 | namespace { | ||||||
8094 | |||||||
8095 | /// Returns true if the given statement can be a body-like child of \p Parent. | ||||||
8096 | bool isBodyLikeChildStmt(const Stmt *S, const Stmt *Parent) { | ||||||
8097 | switch (Parent->getStmtClass()) { | ||||||
8098 | case Stmt::IfStmtClass: | ||||||
8099 | return cast<IfStmt>(Parent)->getThen() == S || | ||||||
8100 | cast<IfStmt>(Parent)->getElse() == S; | ||||||
8101 | case Stmt::WhileStmtClass: | ||||||
8102 | return cast<WhileStmt>(Parent)->getBody() == S; | ||||||
8103 | case Stmt::DoStmtClass: | ||||||
8104 | return cast<DoStmt>(Parent)->getBody() == S; | ||||||
8105 | case Stmt::ForStmtClass: | ||||||
8106 | return cast<ForStmt>(Parent)->getBody() == S; | ||||||
8107 | case Stmt::CXXForRangeStmtClass: | ||||||
8108 | return cast<CXXForRangeStmt>(Parent)->getBody() == S; | ||||||
8109 | case Stmt::ObjCForCollectionStmtClass: | ||||||
8110 | return cast<ObjCForCollectionStmt>(Parent)->getBody() == S; | ||||||
8111 | case Stmt::CaseStmtClass: | ||||||
8112 | case Stmt::DefaultStmtClass: | ||||||
8113 | return cast<SwitchCase>(Parent)->getSubStmt() == S; | ||||||
8114 | default: | ||||||
8115 | return false; | ||||||
8116 | } | ||||||
8117 | } | ||||||
8118 | |||||||
8119 | class StmtUSEFinder : public RecursiveASTVisitor<StmtUSEFinder> { | ||||||
8120 | const Stmt *Target; | ||||||
8121 | |||||||
8122 | public: | ||||||
8123 | bool VisitStmt(Stmt *S) { return S != Target; } | ||||||
8124 | |||||||
8125 | /// Returns true if the given statement is present in the given declaration. | ||||||
8126 | static bool isContained(const Stmt *Target, const Decl *D) { | ||||||
8127 | StmtUSEFinder Visitor; | ||||||
8128 | Visitor.Target = Target; | ||||||
8129 | return !Visitor.TraverseDecl(const_cast<Decl *>(D)); | ||||||
8130 | } | ||||||
8131 | }; | ||||||
8132 | |||||||
8133 | /// Traverses the AST and finds the last statement that used a given | ||||||
8134 | /// declaration. | ||||||
8135 | class LastDeclUSEFinder : public RecursiveASTVisitor<LastDeclUSEFinder> { | ||||||
8136 | const Decl *D; | ||||||
8137 | |||||||
8138 | public: | ||||||
8139 | bool VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { | ||||||
8140 | if (DRE->getDecl() == D) | ||||||
8141 | return false; | ||||||
8142 | return true; | ||||||
8143 | } | ||||||
8144 | |||||||
8145 | static const Stmt *findLastStmtThatUsesDecl(const Decl *D, | ||||||
8146 | const CompoundStmt *Scope) { | ||||||
8147 | LastDeclUSEFinder Visitor; | ||||||
8148 | Visitor.D = D; | ||||||
8149 | for (auto I = Scope->body_rbegin(), E = Scope->body_rend(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
8150 | const Stmt *S = *I; | ||||||
8151 | if (!Visitor.TraverseStmt(const_cast<Stmt *>(S))) | ||||||
8152 | return S; | ||||||
8153 | } | ||||||
8154 | return nullptr; | ||||||
8155 | } | ||||||
8156 | }; | ||||||
8157 | |||||||
8158 | /// This class implements -Wunguarded-availability. | ||||||
8159 | /// | ||||||
8160 | /// This is done with a traversal of the AST of a function that makes reference | ||||||
8161 | /// to a partially available declaration. Whenever we encounter an \c if of the | ||||||
8162 | /// form: \c if(@available(...)), we use the version from the condition to visit | ||||||
8163 | /// the then statement. | ||||||
8164 | class DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability | ||||||
8165 | : public RecursiveASTVisitor<DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability> { | ||||||
8166 | typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability> Base; | ||||||
8167 | |||||||
8168 | Sema &SemaRef; | ||||||
8169 | Decl *Ctx; | ||||||
8170 | |||||||
8171 | /// Stack of potentially nested 'if (@available(...))'s. | ||||||
8172 | SmallVector<VersionTuple, 8> AvailabilityStack; | ||||||
8173 | SmallVector<const Stmt *, 16> StmtStack; | ||||||
8174 | |||||||
8175 | void DiagnoseDeclAvailability(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, | ||||||
8176 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver = nullptr); | ||||||
8177 | |||||||
8178 | public: | ||||||
8179 | DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability(Sema &SemaRef, Decl *Ctx) | ||||||
8180 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), Ctx(Ctx) { | ||||||
8181 | AvailabilityStack.push_back( | ||||||
8182 | SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getPlatformMinVersion()); | ||||||
8183 | } | ||||||
8184 | |||||||
8185 | bool TraverseDecl(Decl *D) { | ||||||
8186 | // Avoid visiting nested functions to prevent duplicate warnings. | ||||||
8187 | if (!D || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) | ||||||
8188 | return true; | ||||||
8189 | return Base::TraverseDecl(D); | ||||||
8190 | } | ||||||
8191 | |||||||
8192 | bool TraverseStmt(Stmt *S) { | ||||||
8193 | if (!S) | ||||||
8194 | return true; | ||||||
8195 | StmtStack.push_back(S); | ||||||
8196 | bool Result = Base::TraverseStmt(S); | ||||||
8197 | StmtStack.pop_back(); | ||||||
8198 | return Result; | ||||||
8199 | } | ||||||
8200 | |||||||
8201 | void IssueDiagnostics(Stmt *S) { TraverseStmt(S); } | ||||||
8202 | |||||||
8203 | bool TraverseIfStmt(IfStmt *If); | ||||||
8204 | |||||||
8205 | bool TraverseLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return true; } | ||||||
8206 | |||||||
8207 | // for 'case X:' statements, don't bother looking at the 'X'; it can't lead | ||||||
8208 | // to any useful diagnostics. | ||||||
8209 | bool TraverseCaseStmt(CaseStmt *CS) { return TraverseStmt(CS->getSubStmt()); } | ||||||
8210 | |||||||
8211 | bool VisitObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE) { | ||||||
8212 | if (PRE->isClassReceiver()) | ||||||
8213 | DiagnoseDeclAvailability(PRE->getClassReceiver(), PRE->getReceiverLocation()); | ||||||
8214 | return true; | ||||||
8215 | } | ||||||
8216 | |||||||
8217 | bool VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *Msg) { | ||||||
8218 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *D = Msg->getMethodDecl()) { | ||||||
8219 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = nullptr; | ||||||
8220 | QualType ReceiverTy = Msg->getClassReceiver(); | ||||||
8221 | if (!ReceiverTy.isNull() && ReceiverTy->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) | ||||||
8222 | ID = ReceiverTy->getAsObjCInterfaceType()->getInterface(); | ||||||
8223 | |||||||
8224 | DiagnoseDeclAvailability( | ||||||
8225 | D, SourceRange(Msg->getSelectorStartLoc(), Msg->getEndLoc()), ID); | ||||||
8226 | } | ||||||
8227 | return true; | ||||||
8228 | } | ||||||
8229 | |||||||
8230 | bool VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { | ||||||
8231 | DiagnoseDeclAvailability(DRE->getDecl(), | ||||||
8232 | SourceRange(DRE->getBeginLoc(), DRE->getEndLoc())); | ||||||
8233 | return true; | ||||||
8234 | } | ||||||
8235 | |||||||
8236 | bool VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *ME) { | ||||||
8237 | DiagnoseDeclAvailability(ME->getMemberDecl(), | ||||||
8238 | SourceRange(ME->getBeginLoc(), ME->getEndLoc())); | ||||||
8239 | return true; | ||||||
8240 | } | ||||||
8241 | |||||||
8242 | bool VisitObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr *E) { | ||||||
8243 | SemaRef.Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_at_available_unchecked_use) | ||||||
8244 | << (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC); | ||||||
8245 | return true; | ||||||
8246 | } | ||||||
8247 | |||||||
8248 | bool VisitTypeLoc(TypeLoc Ty); | ||||||
8249 | }; | ||||||
8250 | |||||||
8251 | void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability::DiagnoseDeclAvailability( | ||||||
8252 | NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, ObjCInterfaceDecl *ReceiverClass) { | ||||||
8253 | AvailabilityResult Result; | ||||||
8254 | const NamedDecl *OffendingDecl; | ||||||
8255 | std::tie(Result, OffendingDecl) = | ||||||
8256 | ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(SemaRef, D, nullptr, ReceiverClass); | ||||||
8257 | if (Result != AR_Available) { | ||||||
8258 | // All other diagnostic kinds have already been handled in | ||||||
8259 | // DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl. | ||||||
8260 | if (Result != AR_NotYetIntroduced) | ||||||
8261 | return; | ||||||
8262 | |||||||
8263 | const AvailabilityAttr *AA = | ||||||
8264 | getAttrForPlatform(SemaRef.getASTContext(), OffendingDecl); | ||||||
8265 | VersionTuple Introduced = AA->getIntroduced(); | ||||||
8266 | |||||||
8267 | if (AvailabilityStack.back() >= Introduced) | ||||||
8268 | return; | ||||||
8269 | |||||||
8270 | // If the context of this function is less available than D, we should not | ||||||
8271 | // emit a diagnostic. | ||||||
8272 | if (!ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityInContext(SemaRef, Result, Introduced, Ctx, | ||||||
8273 | OffendingDecl)) | ||||||
8274 | return; | ||||||
8275 | |||||||
8276 | // We would like to emit the diagnostic even if -Wunguarded-availability is | ||||||
8277 | // not specified for deployment targets >= to iOS 11 or equivalent or | ||||||
8278 | // for declarations that were introduced in iOS 11 (macOS 10.13, ...) or | ||||||
8279 | // later. | ||||||
8280 | unsigned DiagKind = | ||||||
8281 | shouldDiagnoseAvailabilityByDefault( | ||||||
8282 | SemaRef.Context, | ||||||
8283 | SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getPlatformMinVersion(), Introduced) | ||||||
8284 | ? diag::warn_unguarded_availability_new | ||||||
8285 | : diag::warn_unguarded_availability; | ||||||
8286 | |||||||
8287 | std::string PlatformName = AvailabilityAttr::getPrettyPlatformName( | ||||||
8288 | SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName()); | ||||||
8289 | |||||||
8290 | SemaRef.Diag(Range.getBegin(), DiagKind) | ||||||
8291 | << Range << D << PlatformName << Introduced.getAsString(); | ||||||
8292 | |||||||
8293 | SemaRef.Diag(OffendingDecl->getLocation(), | ||||||
8294 | diag::note_partial_availability_specified_here) | ||||||
8295 | << OffendingDecl << PlatformName << Introduced.getAsString() | ||||||
8296 | << SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo() | ||||||
8297 | .getPlatformMinVersion() | ||||||
8298 | .getAsString(); | ||||||
8299 | |||||||
8300 | auto FixitDiag = | ||||||
8301 | SemaRef.Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::note_unguarded_available_silence) | ||||||
8302 | << Range << D | ||||||
8303 | << (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC ? /*@available*/ 0 | ||||||
8304 | : /*__builtin_available*/ 1); | ||||||
8305 | |||||||
8306 | // Find the statement which should be enclosed in the if @available check. | ||||||
8307 | if (StmtStack.empty()) | ||||||
8308 | return; | ||||||
8309 | const Stmt *StmtOfUse = StmtStack.back(); | ||||||
8310 | const CompoundStmt *Scope = nullptr; | ||||||
8311 | for (const Stmt *S : llvm::reverse(StmtStack)) { | ||||||
8312 | if (const auto *CS = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(S)) { | ||||||
8313 | Scope = CS; | ||||||
8314 | break; | ||||||
8315 | } | ||||||
8316 | if (isBodyLikeChildStmt(StmtOfUse, S)) { | ||||||
8317 | // The declaration won't be seen outside of the statement, so we don't | ||||||
8318 | // have to wrap the uses of any declared variables in if (@available). | ||||||
8319 | // Therefore we can avoid setting Scope here. | ||||||
8320 | break; | ||||||
8321 | } | ||||||
8322 | StmtOfUse = S; | ||||||
8323 | } | ||||||
8324 | const Stmt *LastStmtOfUse = nullptr; | ||||||
8325 | if (isa<DeclStmt>(StmtOfUse) && Scope) { | ||||||
8326 | for (const Decl *D : cast<DeclStmt>(StmtOfUse)->decls()) { | ||||||
8327 | if (StmtUSEFinder::isContained(StmtStack.back(), D)) { | ||||||
8328 | LastStmtOfUse = LastDeclUSEFinder::findLastStmtThatUsesDecl(D, Scope); | ||||||
8329 | break; | ||||||
8330 | } | ||||||
8331 | } | ||||||
8332 | } | ||||||
8333 | |||||||
8334 | const SourceManager &SM = SemaRef.getSourceManager(); | ||||||
8335 | SourceLocation IfInsertionLoc = | ||||||
8336 | SM.getExpansionLoc(StmtOfUse->getBeginLoc()); | ||||||
8337 | SourceLocation StmtEndLoc = | ||||||
8338 | SM.getExpansionRange( | ||||||
8339 | (LastStmtOfUse ? LastStmtOfUse : StmtOfUse)->getEndLoc()) | ||||||
8340 | .getEnd(); | ||||||
8341 | if (SM.getFileID(IfInsertionLoc) != SM.getFileID(StmtEndLoc)) | ||||||
8342 | return; | ||||||
8343 | |||||||
8344 | StringRef Indentation = Lexer::getIndentationForLine(IfInsertionLoc, SM); | ||||||
8345 | const char *ExtraIndentation = " "; | ||||||
8346 | std::string FixItString; | ||||||
8347 | llvm::raw_string_ostream FixItOS(FixItString); | ||||||
8348 | FixItOS << "if (" << (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC ? "@available" | ||||||
8349 | : "__builtin_available") | ||||||
8350 | << "(" | ||||||
8351 | << AvailabilityAttr::getPlatformNameSourceSpelling( | ||||||
8352 | SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName()) | ||||||
8353 | << " " << Introduced.getAsString() << ", *)) {\n" | ||||||
8354 | << Indentation << ExtraIndentation; | ||||||
8355 | FixitDiag << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(IfInsertionLoc, FixItOS.str()); | ||||||
8356 | SourceLocation ElseInsertionLoc = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( | ||||||
8357 | StmtEndLoc, tok::semi, SM, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), | ||||||
8358 | /*SkipTrailingWhitespaceAndNewLine=*/false); | ||||||
8359 | if (ElseInsertionLoc.isInvalid()) | ||||||
8360 | ElseInsertionLoc = | ||||||
8361 | Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(StmtEndLoc, 0, SM, SemaRef.getLangOpts()); | ||||||
8362 | FixItOS.str().clear(); | ||||||
8363 | FixItOS << "\n" | ||||||
8364 | << Indentation << "} else {\n" | ||||||
8365 | << Indentation << ExtraIndentation | ||||||
8366 | << "// Fallback on earlier versions\n" | ||||||
8367 | << Indentation << "}"; | ||||||
8368 | FixitDiag << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ElseInsertionLoc, FixItOS.str()); | ||||||
8369 | } | ||||||
8370 | } | ||||||
8371 | |||||||
8372 | bool DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability::VisitTypeLoc(TypeLoc Ty) { | ||||||
8373 | const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); | ||||||
8374 | SourceRange Range{Ty.getBeginLoc(), Ty.getEndLoc()}; | ||||||
8375 | |||||||
8376 | if (Range.isInvalid()) | ||||||
8377 | return true; | ||||||
8378 | |||||||
8379 | if (const auto *TT = dyn_cast<TagType>(TyPtr)) { | ||||||
8380 | TagDecl *TD = TT->getDecl(); | ||||||
8381 | DiagnoseDeclAvailability(TD, Range); | ||||||
8382 | |||||||
8383 | } else if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(TyPtr)) { | ||||||
8384 | TypedefNameDecl *D = TD->getDecl(); | ||||||
8385 | DiagnoseDeclAvailability(D, Range); | ||||||
8386 | |||||||
8387 | } else if (const auto *ObjCO = dyn_cast<ObjCObjectType>(TyPtr)) { | ||||||
8388 | if (NamedDecl *D = ObjCO->getInterface()) | ||||||
8389 | DiagnoseDeclAvailability(D, Range); | ||||||
8390 | } | ||||||
8391 | |||||||
8392 | return true; | ||||||
8393 | } | ||||||
8394 | |||||||
8395 | bool DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability::TraverseIfStmt(IfStmt *If) { | ||||||
8396 | VersionTuple CondVersion; | ||||||
8397 | if (auto *E = dyn_cast<ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr>(If->getCond())) { | ||||||
8398 | CondVersion = E->getVersion(); | ||||||
8399 | |||||||
8400 | // If we're using the '*' case here or if this check is redundant, then we | ||||||
8401 | // use the enclosing version to check both branches. | ||||||
8402 | if (CondVersion.empty() || CondVersion <= AvailabilityStack.back()) | ||||||
8403 | return TraverseStmt(If->getThen()) && TraverseStmt(If->getElse()); | ||||||
8404 | } else { | ||||||
8405 | // This isn't an availability checking 'if', we can just continue. | ||||||
8406 | return Base::TraverseIfStmt(If); | ||||||
8407 | } | ||||||
8408 | |||||||
8409 | AvailabilityStack.push_back(CondVersion); | ||||||
8410 | bool ShouldContinue = TraverseStmt(If->getThen()); | ||||||
8411 | AvailabilityStack.pop_back(); | ||||||
8412 | |||||||
8413 | return ShouldContinue && TraverseStmt(If->getElse()); | ||||||
8414 | } | ||||||
8415 | |||||||
8416 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||||
8417 | |||||||
8418 | void Sema::DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *D) { | ||||||
8419 | Stmt *Body = nullptr; | ||||||
8420 | |||||||
8421 | if (auto *FD = D->getAsFunction()) { | ||||||
8422 | // FIXME: We only examine the pattern decl for availability violations now, | ||||||
8423 | // but we should also examine instantiated templates. | ||||||
8424 | if (FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) | ||||||
8425 | return; | ||||||
8426 | |||||||
8427 | Body = FD->getBody(); | ||||||
8428 | } else if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) | ||||||
8429 | Body = MD->getBody(); | ||||||
8430 | else if (auto *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(D)) | ||||||
8431 | Body = BD->getBody(); | ||||||
8432 | |||||||
8433 | assert(Body && "Need a body here!")((Body && "Need a body here!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Body && \"Need a body here!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 8433, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
8434 | |||||||
8435 | DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability(*this, D).IssueDiagnostics(Body); | ||||||
8436 | } | ||||||
8437 | |||||||
8438 | void Sema::DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, | ||||||
8439 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, | ||||||
8440 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, | ||||||
8441 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess, | ||||||
8442 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks, | ||||||
8443 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver) { | ||||||
8444 | std::string Message; | ||||||
8445 | AvailabilityResult Result; | ||||||
8446 | const NamedDecl* OffendingDecl; | ||||||
8447 | // See if this declaration is unavailable, deprecated, or partial. | ||||||
8448 | std::tie(Result, OffendingDecl) = | ||||||
8449 | ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(*this, D, &Message, ClassReceiver); | ||||||
8450 | if (Result == AR_Available) | ||||||
8451 | return; | ||||||
8452 | |||||||
8453 | if (Result == AR_NotYetIntroduced) { | ||||||
8454 | if (AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks) | ||||||
8455 | return; | ||||||
8456 | |||||||
8457 | // We need to know the @available context in the current function to | ||||||
8458 | // diagnose this use, let DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations do that | ||||||
8459 | // when we're done parsing the current function. | ||||||
8460 | if (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) { | ||||||
8461 | getEnclosingFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true; | ||||||
8462 | return; | ||||||
8463 | } else if (getCurBlock() || getCurLambda()) { | ||||||
8464 | getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true; | ||||||
8465 | return; | ||||||
8466 | } | ||||||
8467 | } | ||||||
8468 | |||||||
8469 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCPDecl = nullptr; | ||||||
8470 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
8471 | if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = MD->findPropertyDecl()) { | ||||||
8472 | AvailabilityResult PDeclResult = PD->getAvailability(nullptr); | ||||||
8473 | if (PDeclResult == Result) | ||||||
8474 | ObjCPDecl = PD; | ||||||
8475 | } | ||||||
8476 | } | ||||||
8477 | |||||||
8478 | EmitAvailabilityWarning(*this, Result, D, OffendingDecl, Message, Locs, | ||||||
8479 | UnknownObjCClass, ObjCPDecl, ObjCPropertyAccess); | ||||||
8480 | } |
1 | //======- ParsedAttr.h - Parsed attribute sets ------------------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | // This file defines the ParsedAttr class, which is used to collect |
10 | // parsed attributes. |
11 | // |
12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
13 | |
14 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_ATTRIBUTELIST_H |
15 | #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_ATTRIBUTELIST_H |
16 | |
17 | #include "clang/Basic/AttrSubjectMatchRules.h" |
18 | #include "clang/Basic/AttributeCommonInfo.h" |
19 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
20 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
21 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" |
22 | #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" |
23 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" |
24 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" |
25 | #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h" |
26 | #include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h" |
27 | #include "llvm/Support/VersionTuple.h" |
28 | #include <cassert> |
29 | #include <cstddef> |
30 | #include <cstring> |
31 | #include <utility> |
32 | |
33 | namespace clang { |
34 | |
35 | class ASTContext; |
36 | class Decl; |
37 | class Expr; |
38 | class IdentifierInfo; |
39 | class LangOptions; |
40 | |
41 | /// Represents information about a change in availability for |
42 | /// an entity, which is part of the encoding of the 'availability' |
43 | /// attribute. |
44 | struct AvailabilityChange { |
45 | /// The location of the keyword indicating the kind of change. |
46 | SourceLocation KeywordLoc; |
47 | |
48 | /// The version number at which the change occurred. |
49 | VersionTuple Version; |
50 | |
51 | /// The source range covering the version number. |
52 | SourceRange VersionRange; |
53 | |
54 | /// Determine whether this availability change is valid. |
55 | bool isValid() const { return !Version.empty(); } |
56 | }; |
57 | |
58 | namespace detail { |
59 | enum AvailabilitySlot { |
60 | IntroducedSlot, DeprecatedSlot, ObsoletedSlot, NumAvailabilitySlots |
61 | }; |
62 | |
63 | /// Describes the trailing object for Availability attribute in ParsedAttr. |
64 | struct AvailabilityData { |
65 | AvailabilityChange Changes[NumAvailabilitySlots]; |
66 | SourceLocation StrictLoc; |
67 | const Expr *Replacement; |
68 | |
69 | AvailabilityData(const AvailabilityChange &Introduced, |
70 | const AvailabilityChange &Deprecated, |
71 | const AvailabilityChange &Obsoleted, |
72 | SourceLocation Strict, const Expr *ReplaceExpr) |
73 | : StrictLoc(Strict), Replacement(ReplaceExpr) { |
74 | Changes[IntroducedSlot] = Introduced; |
75 | Changes[DeprecatedSlot] = Deprecated; |
76 | Changes[ObsoletedSlot] = Obsoleted; |
77 | } |
78 | }; |
79 | |
80 | struct TypeTagForDatatypeData { |
81 | ParsedType MatchingCType; |
82 | unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; |
83 | unsigned MustBeNull : 1; |
84 | }; |
85 | struct PropertyData { |
86 | IdentifierInfo *GetterId, *SetterId; |
87 | |
88 | PropertyData(IdentifierInfo *getterId, IdentifierInfo *setterId) |
89 | : GetterId(getterId), SetterId(setterId) {} |
90 | }; |
91 | |
92 | } // namespace |
93 | |
94 | /// Wraps an identifier and optional source location for the identifier. |
95 | struct IdentifierLoc { |
96 | SourceLocation Loc; |
97 | IdentifierInfo *Ident; |
98 | |
99 | static IdentifierLoc *create(ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation Loc, |
100 | IdentifierInfo *Ident); |
101 | }; |
102 | |
103 | /// A union of the various pointer types that can be passed to an |
104 | /// ParsedAttr as an argument. |
105 | using ArgsUnion = llvm::PointerUnion<Expr *, IdentifierLoc *>; |
106 | using ArgsVector = llvm::SmallVector<ArgsUnion, 12U>; |
107 | |
108 | /// ParsedAttr - Represents a syntactic attribute. |
109 | /// |
110 | /// For a GNU attribute, there are four forms of this construct: |
111 | /// |
112 | /// 1: __attribute__(( const )). ParmName/Args/NumArgs will all be unused. |
113 | /// 2: __attribute__(( mode(byte) )). ParmName used, Args/NumArgs unused. |
114 | /// 3: __attribute__(( format(printf, 1, 2) )). ParmName/Args/NumArgs all used. |
115 | /// 4: __attribute__(( aligned(16) )). ParmName is unused, Args/Num used. |
116 | /// |
117 | class ParsedAttr final |
118 | : public AttributeCommonInfo, |
119 | private llvm::TrailingObjects< |
120 | ParsedAttr, ArgsUnion, detail::AvailabilityData, |
121 | detail::TypeTagForDatatypeData, ParsedType, detail::PropertyData> { |
122 | friend TrailingObjects; |
123 | |
124 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ArgsUnion>) const { return NumArgs; } |
125 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<detail::AvailabilityData>) const { |
126 | return IsAvailability; |
127 | } |
128 | size_t |
129 | numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<detail::TypeTagForDatatypeData>) const { |
130 | return IsTypeTagForDatatype; |
131 | } |
132 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ParsedType>) const { |
133 | return HasParsedType; |
134 | } |
135 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<detail::PropertyData>) const { |
136 | return IsProperty; |
137 | } |
138 | |
139 | private: |
140 | IdentifierInfo *MacroII = nullptr; |
141 | SourceLocation MacroExpansionLoc; |
142 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; |
143 | |
144 | /// The number of expression arguments this attribute has. |
145 | /// The expressions themselves are stored after the object. |
146 | unsigned NumArgs : 16; |
147 | |
148 | /// True if already diagnosed as invalid. |
149 | mutable unsigned Invalid : 1; |
150 | |
151 | /// True if this attribute was used as a type attribute. |
152 | mutable unsigned UsedAsTypeAttr : 1; |
153 | |
154 | /// True if this has the extra information associated with an |
155 | /// availability attribute. |
156 | unsigned IsAvailability : 1; |
157 | |
158 | /// True if this has extra information associated with a |
159 | /// type_tag_for_datatype attribute. |
160 | unsigned IsTypeTagForDatatype : 1; |
161 | |
162 | /// True if this has extra information associated with a |
163 | /// Microsoft __delcspec(property) attribute. |
164 | unsigned IsProperty : 1; |
165 | |
166 | /// True if this has a ParsedType |
167 | unsigned HasParsedType : 1; |
168 | |
169 | /// True if the processing cache is valid. |
170 | mutable unsigned HasProcessingCache : 1; |
171 | |
172 | /// A cached value. |
173 | mutable unsigned ProcessingCache : 8; |
174 | |
175 | /// True if the attribute is specified using '#pragma clang attribute'. |
176 | mutable unsigned IsPragmaClangAttribute : 1; |
177 | |
178 | /// The location of the 'unavailable' keyword in an |
179 | /// availability attribute. |
180 | SourceLocation UnavailableLoc; |
181 | |
182 | const Expr *MessageExpr; |
183 | |
184 | ArgsUnion *getArgsBuffer() { return getTrailingObjects<ArgsUnion>(); } |
185 | ArgsUnion const *getArgsBuffer() const { |
186 | return getTrailingObjects<ArgsUnion>(); |
187 | } |
188 | |
189 | detail::AvailabilityData *getAvailabilityData() { |
190 | return getTrailingObjects<detail::AvailabilityData>(); |
191 | } |
192 | const detail::AvailabilityData *getAvailabilityData() const { |
193 | return getTrailingObjects<detail::AvailabilityData>(); |
194 | } |
195 | |
196 | private: |
197 | friend class AttributeFactory; |
198 | friend class AttributePool; |
199 | |
200 | /// Constructor for attributes with expression arguments. |
201 | ParsedAttr(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange, |
202 | IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc, |
203 | ArgsUnion *args, unsigned numArgs, Syntax syntaxUsed, |
204 | SourceLocation ellipsisLoc) |
205 | : AttributeCommonInfo(attrName, scopeName, attrRange, scopeLoc, |
206 | syntaxUsed), |
207 | EllipsisLoc(ellipsisLoc), NumArgs(numArgs), Invalid(false), |
208 | UsedAsTypeAttr(false), IsAvailability(false), |
209 | IsTypeTagForDatatype(false), IsProperty(false), HasParsedType(false), |
210 | HasProcessingCache(false), IsPragmaClangAttribute(false) { |
211 | if (numArgs) |
212 | memcpy(getArgsBuffer(), args, numArgs * sizeof(ArgsUnion)); |
213 | } |
214 | |
215 | /// Constructor for availability attributes. |
216 | ParsedAttr(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange, |
217 | IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc, |
218 | IdentifierLoc *Parm, const AvailabilityChange &introduced, |
219 | const AvailabilityChange &deprecated, |
220 | const AvailabilityChange &obsoleted, SourceLocation unavailable, |
221 | const Expr *messageExpr, Syntax syntaxUsed, SourceLocation strict, |
222 | const Expr *replacementExpr) |
223 | : AttributeCommonInfo(attrName, scopeName, attrRange, scopeLoc, |
224 | syntaxUsed), |
225 | NumArgs(1), Invalid(false), UsedAsTypeAttr(false), IsAvailability(true), |
226 | IsTypeTagForDatatype(false), IsProperty(false), HasParsedType(false), |
227 | HasProcessingCache(false), IsPragmaClangAttribute(false), |
228 | UnavailableLoc(unavailable), MessageExpr(messageExpr) { |
229 | ArgsUnion PVal(Parm); |
230 | memcpy(getArgsBuffer(), &PVal, sizeof(ArgsUnion)); |
231 | new (getAvailabilityData()) detail::AvailabilityData( |
232 | introduced, deprecated, obsoleted, strict, replacementExpr); |
233 | } |
234 | |
235 | /// Constructor for objc_bridge_related attributes. |
236 | ParsedAttr(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange, |
237 | IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc, |
238 | IdentifierLoc *Parm1, IdentifierLoc *Parm2, IdentifierLoc *Parm3, |
239 | Syntax syntaxUsed) |
240 | : AttributeCommonInfo(attrName, scopeName, attrRange, scopeLoc, |
241 | syntaxUsed), |
242 | NumArgs(3), Invalid(false), UsedAsTypeAttr(false), |
243 | IsAvailability(false), IsTypeTagForDatatype(false), IsProperty(false), |
244 | HasParsedType(false), HasProcessingCache(false), |
245 | IsPragmaClangAttribute(false) { |
246 | ArgsUnion *Args = getArgsBuffer(); |
247 | Args[0] = Parm1; |
248 | Args[1] = Parm2; |
249 | Args[2] = Parm3; |
250 | } |
251 | |
252 | /// Constructor for type_tag_for_datatype attribute. |
253 | ParsedAttr(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange, |
254 | IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc, |
255 | IdentifierLoc *ArgKind, ParsedType matchingCType, |
256 | bool layoutCompatible, bool mustBeNull, Syntax syntaxUsed) |
257 | : AttributeCommonInfo(attrName, scopeName, attrRange, scopeLoc, |
258 | syntaxUsed), |
259 | NumArgs(1), Invalid(false), UsedAsTypeAttr(false), |
260 | IsAvailability(false), IsTypeTagForDatatype(true), IsProperty(false), |
261 | HasParsedType(false), HasProcessingCache(false), |
262 | IsPragmaClangAttribute(false) { |
263 | ArgsUnion PVal(ArgKind); |
264 | memcpy(getArgsBuffer(), &PVal, sizeof(ArgsUnion)); |
265 | detail::TypeTagForDatatypeData &ExtraData = getTypeTagForDatatypeDataSlot(); |
266 | new (&ExtraData.MatchingCType) ParsedType(matchingCType); |
267 | ExtraData.LayoutCompatible = layoutCompatible; |
268 | ExtraData.MustBeNull = mustBeNull; |
269 | } |
270 | |
271 | /// Constructor for attributes with a single type argument. |
272 | ParsedAttr(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange, |
273 | IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc, |
274 | ParsedType typeArg, Syntax syntaxUsed) |
275 | : AttributeCommonInfo(attrName, scopeName, attrRange, scopeLoc, |
276 | syntaxUsed), |
277 | NumArgs(0), Invalid(false), UsedAsTypeAttr(false), |
278 | IsAvailability(false), IsTypeTagForDatatype(false), IsProperty(false), |
279 | HasParsedType(true), HasProcessingCache(false), |
280 | IsPragmaClangAttribute(false) { |
281 | new (&getTypeBuffer()) ParsedType(typeArg); |
282 | } |
283 | |
284 | /// Constructor for microsoft __declspec(property) attribute. |
285 | ParsedAttr(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange, |
286 | IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc, |
287 | IdentifierInfo *getterId, IdentifierInfo *setterId, |
288 | Syntax syntaxUsed) |
289 | : AttributeCommonInfo(attrName, scopeName, attrRange, scopeLoc, |
290 | syntaxUsed), |
291 | NumArgs(0), Invalid(false), UsedAsTypeAttr(false), |
292 | IsAvailability(false), IsTypeTagForDatatype(false), IsProperty(true), |
293 | HasParsedType(false), HasProcessingCache(false), |
294 | IsPragmaClangAttribute(false) { |
295 | new (&getPropertyDataBuffer()) detail::PropertyData(getterId, setterId); |
296 | } |
297 | |
298 | /// Type tag information is stored immediately following the arguments, if |
299 | /// any, at the end of the object. They are mutually exclusive with |
300 | /// availability slots. |
301 | detail::TypeTagForDatatypeData &getTypeTagForDatatypeDataSlot() { |
302 | return *getTrailingObjects<detail::TypeTagForDatatypeData>(); |
303 | } |
304 | const detail::TypeTagForDatatypeData &getTypeTagForDatatypeDataSlot() const { |
305 | return *getTrailingObjects<detail::TypeTagForDatatypeData>(); |
306 | } |
307 | |
308 | /// The type buffer immediately follows the object and are mutually exclusive |
309 | /// with arguments. |
310 | ParsedType &getTypeBuffer() { return *getTrailingObjects<ParsedType>(); } |
311 | const ParsedType &getTypeBuffer() const { |
312 | return *getTrailingObjects<ParsedType>(); |
313 | } |
314 | |
315 | /// The property data immediately follows the object is is mutually exclusive |
316 | /// with arguments. |
317 | detail::PropertyData &getPropertyDataBuffer() { |
318 | assert(IsProperty)((IsProperty) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ( "IsProperty", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 318, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
319 | return *getTrailingObjects<detail::PropertyData>(); |
320 | } |
321 | const detail::PropertyData &getPropertyDataBuffer() const { |
322 | assert(IsProperty)((IsProperty) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ( "IsProperty", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 322, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
323 | return *getTrailingObjects<detail::PropertyData>(); |
324 | } |
325 | |
326 | size_t allocated_size() const; |
327 | |
328 | public: |
329 | ParsedAttr(const ParsedAttr &) = delete; |
330 | ParsedAttr(ParsedAttr &&) = delete; |
331 | ParsedAttr &operator=(const ParsedAttr &) = delete; |
332 | ParsedAttr &operator=(ParsedAttr &&) = delete; |
333 | ~ParsedAttr() = delete; |
334 | |
335 | void operator delete(void *) = delete; |
336 | |
337 | bool hasParsedType() const { return HasParsedType; } |
338 | |
339 | /// Is this the Microsoft __declspec(property) attribute? |
340 | bool isDeclspecPropertyAttribute() const { |
341 | return IsProperty; |
342 | } |
343 | |
344 | bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } |
345 | void setInvalid(bool b = true) const { Invalid = b; } |
346 | |
347 | bool hasProcessingCache() const { return HasProcessingCache; } |
348 | |
349 | unsigned getProcessingCache() const { |
350 | assert(hasProcessingCache())((hasProcessingCache()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("hasProcessingCache()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 350, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
351 | return ProcessingCache; |
352 | } |
353 | |
354 | void setProcessingCache(unsigned value) const { |
355 | ProcessingCache = value; |
356 | HasProcessingCache = true; |
357 | } |
358 | |
359 | bool isUsedAsTypeAttr() const { return UsedAsTypeAttr; } |
360 | void setUsedAsTypeAttr(bool Used = true) { UsedAsTypeAttr = Used; } |
361 | |
362 | /// True if the attribute is specified using '#pragma clang attribute'. |
363 | bool isPragmaClangAttribute() const { return IsPragmaClangAttribute; } |
364 | |
365 | void setIsPragmaClangAttribute() { IsPragmaClangAttribute = true; } |
366 | |
367 | bool isPackExpansion() const { return EllipsisLoc.isValid(); } |
368 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { return EllipsisLoc; } |
369 | |
370 | /// getNumArgs - Return the number of actual arguments to this attribute. |
371 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { return NumArgs; } |
372 | |
373 | /// getArg - Return the specified argument. |
374 | ArgsUnion getArg(unsigned Arg) const { |
375 | assert(Arg < NumArgs && "Arg access out of range!")((Arg < NumArgs && "Arg access out of range!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Arg < NumArgs && \"Arg access out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 375, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
376 | return getArgsBuffer()[Arg]; |
377 | } |
378 | |
379 | bool isArgExpr(unsigned Arg) const { |
380 | return Arg < NumArgs && getArg(Arg).is<Expr*>(); |
381 | } |
382 | |
383 | Expr *getArgAsExpr(unsigned Arg) const { |
384 | return getArg(Arg).get<Expr*>(); |
385 | } |
386 | |
387 | bool isArgIdent(unsigned Arg) const { |
388 | return Arg < NumArgs && getArg(Arg).is<IdentifierLoc*>(); |
389 | } |
390 | |
391 | IdentifierLoc *getArgAsIdent(unsigned Arg) const { |
392 | return getArg(Arg).get<IdentifierLoc*>(); |
393 | } |
394 | |
395 | const AvailabilityChange &getAvailabilityIntroduced() const { |
396 | assert(getParsedKind() == AT_Availability &&((getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && "Not an availability attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && \"Not an availability attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 397, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
397 | "Not an availability attribute")((getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && "Not an availability attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && \"Not an availability attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 397, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
398 | return getAvailabilityData()->Changes[detail::IntroducedSlot]; |
399 | } |
400 | |
401 | const AvailabilityChange &getAvailabilityDeprecated() const { |
402 | assert(getParsedKind() == AT_Availability &&((getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && "Not an availability attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && \"Not an availability attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 403, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
403 | "Not an availability attribute")((getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && "Not an availability attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && \"Not an availability attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 403, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
404 | return getAvailabilityData()->Changes[detail::DeprecatedSlot]; |
405 | } |
406 | |
407 | const AvailabilityChange &getAvailabilityObsoleted() const { |
408 | assert(getParsedKind() == AT_Availability &&((getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && "Not an availability attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && \"Not an availability attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 409, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
409 | "Not an availability attribute")((getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && "Not an availability attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && \"Not an availability attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 409, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
410 | return getAvailabilityData()->Changes[detail::ObsoletedSlot]; |
411 | } |
412 | |
413 | SourceLocation getStrictLoc() const { |
414 | assert(getParsedKind() == AT_Availability &&((getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && "Not an availability attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && \"Not an availability attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 415, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
415 | "Not an availability attribute")((getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && "Not an availability attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && \"Not an availability attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 415, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
416 | return getAvailabilityData()->StrictLoc; |
417 | } |
418 | |
419 | SourceLocation getUnavailableLoc() const { |
420 | assert(getParsedKind() == AT_Availability &&((getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && "Not an availability attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && \"Not an availability attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 421, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
421 | "Not an availability attribute")((getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && "Not an availability attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && \"Not an availability attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 421, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
422 | return UnavailableLoc; |
423 | } |
424 | |
425 | const Expr * getMessageExpr() const { |
426 | assert(getParsedKind() == AT_Availability &&((getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && "Not an availability attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && \"Not an availability attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 427, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
427 | "Not an availability attribute")((getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && "Not an availability attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && \"Not an availability attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 427, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
428 | return MessageExpr; |
429 | } |
430 | |
431 | const Expr *getReplacementExpr() const { |
432 | assert(getParsedKind() == AT_Availability &&((getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && "Not an availability attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && \"Not an availability attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 433, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
433 | "Not an availability attribute")((getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && "Not an availability attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getParsedKind() == AT_Availability && \"Not an availability attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 433, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
434 | return getAvailabilityData()->Replacement; |
435 | } |
436 | |
437 | const ParsedType &getMatchingCType() const { |
438 | assert(getParsedKind() == AT_TypeTagForDatatype &&((getParsedKind() == AT_TypeTagForDatatype && "Not a type_tag_for_datatype attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getParsedKind() == AT_TypeTagForDatatype && \"Not a type_tag_for_datatype attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 439, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
439 | "Not a type_tag_for_datatype attribute")((getParsedKind() == AT_TypeTagForDatatype && "Not a type_tag_for_datatype attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getParsedKind() == AT_TypeTagForDatatype && \"Not a type_tag_for_datatype attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 439, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
440 | return getTypeTagForDatatypeDataSlot().MatchingCType; |
441 | } |
442 | |
443 | bool getLayoutCompatible() const { |
444 | assert(getParsedKind() == AT_TypeTagForDatatype &&((getParsedKind() == AT_TypeTagForDatatype && "Not a type_tag_for_datatype attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getParsedKind() == AT_TypeTagForDatatype && \"Not a type_tag_for_datatype attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 445, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
445 | "Not a type_tag_for_datatype attribute")((getParsedKind() == AT_TypeTagForDatatype && "Not a type_tag_for_datatype attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getParsedKind() == AT_TypeTagForDatatype && \"Not a type_tag_for_datatype attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 445, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
446 | return getTypeTagForDatatypeDataSlot().LayoutCompatible; |
447 | } |
448 | |
449 | bool getMustBeNull() const { |
450 | assert(getParsedKind() == AT_TypeTagForDatatype &&((getParsedKind() == AT_TypeTagForDatatype && "Not a type_tag_for_datatype attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getParsedKind() == AT_TypeTagForDatatype && \"Not a type_tag_for_datatype attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 451, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
451 | "Not a type_tag_for_datatype attribute")((getParsedKind() == AT_TypeTagForDatatype && "Not a type_tag_for_datatype attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getParsedKind() == AT_TypeTagForDatatype && \"Not a type_tag_for_datatype attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 451, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
452 | return getTypeTagForDatatypeDataSlot().MustBeNull; |
453 | } |
454 | |
455 | const ParsedType &getTypeArg() const { |
456 | assert(HasParsedType && "Not a type attribute")((HasParsedType && "Not a type attribute") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("HasParsedType && \"Not a type attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 456, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
457 | return getTypeBuffer(); |
458 | } |
459 | |
460 | IdentifierInfo *getPropertyDataGetter() const { |
461 | assert(isDeclspecPropertyAttribute() &&((isDeclspecPropertyAttribute() && "Not a __delcspec(property) attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isDeclspecPropertyAttribute() && \"Not a __delcspec(property) attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 462, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
462 | "Not a __delcspec(property) attribute")((isDeclspecPropertyAttribute() && "Not a __delcspec(property) attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isDeclspecPropertyAttribute() && \"Not a __delcspec(property) attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 462, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
463 | return getPropertyDataBuffer().GetterId; |
464 | } |
465 | |
466 | IdentifierInfo *getPropertyDataSetter() const { |
467 | assert(isDeclspecPropertyAttribute() &&((isDeclspecPropertyAttribute() && "Not a __delcspec(property) attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isDeclspecPropertyAttribute() && \"Not a __delcspec(property) attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 468, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
468 | "Not a __delcspec(property) attribute")((isDeclspecPropertyAttribute() && "Not a __delcspec(property) attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isDeclspecPropertyAttribute() && \"Not a __delcspec(property) attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 468, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
469 | return getPropertyDataBuffer().SetterId; |
470 | } |
471 | |
472 | /// Set the macro identifier info object that this parsed attribute was |
473 | /// declared in if it was declared in a macro. Also set the expansion location |
474 | /// of the macro. |
475 | void setMacroIdentifier(IdentifierInfo *MacroName, SourceLocation Loc) { |
476 | MacroII = MacroName; |
477 | MacroExpansionLoc = Loc; |
478 | } |
479 | |
480 | /// Returns true if this attribute was declared in a macro. |
481 | bool hasMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII != nullptr; } |
482 | |
483 | /// Return the macro identifier if this attribute was declared in a macro. |
484 | /// nullptr is returned if it was not declared in a macro. |
485 | IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; } |
486 | |
487 | SourceLocation getMacroExpansionLoc() const { |
488 | assert(hasMacroIdentifier() && "Can only get the macro expansion location "((hasMacroIdentifier() && "Can only get the macro expansion location " "if this attribute has a macro identifier.") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("hasMacroIdentifier() && \"Can only get the macro expansion location \" \"if this attribute has a macro identifier.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 489, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
489 | "if this attribute has a macro identifier.")((hasMacroIdentifier() && "Can only get the macro expansion location " "if this attribute has a macro identifier.") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("hasMacroIdentifier() && \"Can only get the macro expansion location \" \"if this attribute has a macro identifier.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 489, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
490 | return MacroExpansionLoc; |
491 | } |
492 | |
493 | bool isTargetSpecificAttr() const; |
494 | bool isTypeAttr() const; |
495 | bool isStmtAttr() const; |
496 | |
497 | bool hasCustomParsing() const; |
498 | unsigned getMinArgs() const; |
499 | unsigned getMaxArgs() const; |
500 | bool hasVariadicArg() const; |
501 | bool diagnoseAppertainsTo(class Sema &S, const Decl *D) const; |
502 | bool appliesToDecl(const Decl *D, attr::SubjectMatchRule MatchRule) const; |
503 | void getMatchRules(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
504 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<attr::SubjectMatchRule, bool>> |
505 | &MatchRules) const; |
506 | bool diagnoseLangOpts(class Sema &S) const; |
507 | bool existsInTarget(const TargetInfo &Target) const; |
508 | bool isKnownToGCC() const; |
509 | bool isSupportedByPragmaAttribute() const; |
510 | |
511 | /// If the parsed attribute has a semantic equivalent, and it would |
512 | /// have a semantic Spelling enumeration (due to having semantically-distinct |
513 | /// spelling variations), return the value of that semantic spelling. If the |
514 | /// parsed attribute does not have a semantic equivalent, or would not have |
515 | /// a Spelling enumeration, the value UINT_MAX is returned. |
516 | unsigned getSemanticSpelling() const; |
517 | |
518 | /// If this is an OpenCL addr space attribute returns its representation |
519 | /// in LangAS, otherwise returns default addr space. |
520 | LangAS asOpenCLLangAS() const { |
521 | switch (getParsedKind()) { |
522 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLConstantAddressSpace: |
523 | return LangAS::opencl_constant; |
524 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLGlobalAddressSpace: |
525 | return LangAS::opencl_global; |
526 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLLocalAddressSpace: |
527 | return LangAS::opencl_local; |
528 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLPrivateAddressSpace: |
529 | return LangAS::opencl_private; |
530 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLGenericAddressSpace: |
531 | return LangAS::opencl_generic; |
532 | default: |
533 | return LangAS::Default; |
534 | } |
535 | } |
536 | |
537 | AttributeCommonInfo::Kind getKind() const { return getParsedKind(); } |
538 | }; |
539 | |
540 | class AttributePool; |
541 | /// A factory, from which one makes pools, from which one creates |
542 | /// individual attributes which are deallocated with the pool. |
543 | /// |
544 | /// Note that it's tolerably cheap to create and destroy one of |
545 | /// these as long as you don't actually allocate anything in it. |
546 | class AttributeFactory { |
547 | public: |
548 | enum { |
549 | AvailabilityAllocSize = |
550 | ParsedAttr::totalSizeToAlloc<ArgsUnion, detail::AvailabilityData, |
551 | detail::TypeTagForDatatypeData, ParsedType, |
552 | detail::PropertyData>(1, 1, 0, 0, 0), |
553 | TypeTagForDatatypeAllocSize = |
554 | ParsedAttr::totalSizeToAlloc<ArgsUnion, detail::AvailabilityData, |
555 | detail::TypeTagForDatatypeData, ParsedType, |
556 | detail::PropertyData>(1, 0, 1, 0, 0), |
557 | PropertyAllocSize = |
558 | ParsedAttr::totalSizeToAlloc<ArgsUnion, detail::AvailabilityData, |
559 | detail::TypeTagForDatatypeData, ParsedType, |
560 | detail::PropertyData>(0, 0, 0, 0, 1), |
561 | }; |
562 | |
563 | private: |
564 | enum { |
565 | /// The number of free lists we want to be sure to support |
566 | /// inline. This is just enough that availability attributes |
567 | /// don't surpass it. It's actually very unlikely we'll see an |
568 | /// attribute that needs more than that; on x86-64 you'd need 10 |
569 | /// expression arguments, and on i386 you'd need 19. |
570 | InlineFreeListsCapacity = |
571 | 1 + (AvailabilityAllocSize - sizeof(ParsedAttr)) / sizeof(void *) |
572 | }; |
573 | |
574 | llvm::BumpPtrAllocator Alloc; |
575 | |
576 | /// Free lists. The index is determined by the following formula: |
577 | /// (size - sizeof(ParsedAttr)) / sizeof(void*) |
578 | SmallVector<SmallVector<ParsedAttr *, 8>, InlineFreeListsCapacity> FreeLists; |
579 | |
580 | // The following are the private interface used by AttributePool. |
581 | friend class AttributePool; |
582 | |
583 | /// Allocate an attribute of the given size. |
584 | void *allocate(size_t size); |
585 | |
586 | void deallocate(ParsedAttr *AL); |
587 | |
588 | /// Reclaim all the attributes in the given pool chain, which is |
589 | /// non-empty. Note that the current implementation is safe |
590 | /// against reclaiming things which were not actually allocated |
591 | /// with the allocator, although of course it's important to make |
592 | /// sure that their allocator lives at least as long as this one. |
593 | void reclaimPool(AttributePool &head); |
594 | |
595 | public: |
596 | AttributeFactory(); |
597 | ~AttributeFactory(); |
598 | }; |
599 | |
600 | class AttributePool { |
601 | friend class AttributeFactory; |
602 | friend class ParsedAttributes; |
603 | AttributeFactory &Factory; |
604 | llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParsedAttr *> Attrs; |
605 | |
606 | void *allocate(size_t size) { |
607 | return Factory.allocate(size); |
608 | } |
609 | |
610 | ParsedAttr *add(ParsedAttr *attr) { |
611 | Attrs.push_back(attr); |
612 | return attr; |
613 | } |
614 | |
615 | void remove(ParsedAttr *attr) { |
616 | assert(llvm::is_contained(Attrs, attr) &&((llvm::is_contained(Attrs, attr) && "Can't take attribute from a pool that doesn't own it!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("llvm::is_contained(Attrs, attr) && \"Can't take attribute from a pool that doesn't own it!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 617, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
617 | "Can't take attribute from a pool that doesn't own it!")((llvm::is_contained(Attrs, attr) && "Can't take attribute from a pool that doesn't own it!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("llvm::is_contained(Attrs, attr) && \"Can't take attribute from a pool that doesn't own it!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 617, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
618 | Attrs.erase(llvm::find(Attrs, attr)); |
619 | } |
620 | |
621 | void takePool(AttributePool &pool); |
622 | |
623 | public: |
624 | /// Create a new pool for a factory. |
625 | AttributePool(AttributeFactory &factory) : Factory(factory) {} |
626 | |
627 | AttributePool(const AttributePool &) = delete; |
628 | |
629 | ~AttributePool() { Factory.reclaimPool(*this); } |
630 | |
631 | /// Move the given pool's allocations to this pool. |
632 | AttributePool(AttributePool &&pool) = default; |
633 | |
634 | AttributeFactory &getFactory() const { return Factory; } |
635 | |
636 | void clear() { |
637 | Factory.reclaimPool(*this); |
638 | Attrs.clear(); |
639 | } |
640 | |
641 | /// Take the given pool's allocations and add them to this pool. |
642 | void takeAllFrom(AttributePool &pool) { |
643 | takePool(pool); |
644 | pool.Attrs.clear(); |
645 | } |
646 | |
647 | ParsedAttr *create(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange, |
648 | IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc, |
649 | ArgsUnion *args, unsigned numArgs, |
650 | ParsedAttr::Syntax syntax, |
651 | SourceLocation ellipsisLoc = SourceLocation()) { |
652 | size_t temp = |
653 | ParsedAttr::totalSizeToAlloc<ArgsUnion, detail::AvailabilityData, |
654 | detail::TypeTagForDatatypeData, ParsedType, |
655 | detail::PropertyData>(numArgs, 0, 0, 0, 0); |
656 | (void)temp; |
657 | void *memory = allocate( |
658 | ParsedAttr::totalSizeToAlloc<ArgsUnion, detail::AvailabilityData, |
659 | detail::TypeTagForDatatypeData, ParsedType, |
660 | detail::PropertyData>(numArgs, 0, 0, 0, |
661 | 0)); |
662 | return add(new (memory) ParsedAttr(attrName, attrRange, scopeName, scopeLoc, |
663 | args, numArgs, syntax, ellipsisLoc)); |
664 | } |
665 | |
666 | ParsedAttr *create(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange, |
667 | IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc, |
668 | IdentifierLoc *Param, const AvailabilityChange &introduced, |
669 | const AvailabilityChange &deprecated, |
670 | const AvailabilityChange &obsoleted, |
671 | SourceLocation unavailable, const Expr *MessageExpr, |
672 | ParsedAttr::Syntax syntax, SourceLocation strict, |
673 | const Expr *ReplacementExpr) { |
674 | void *memory = allocate(AttributeFactory::AvailabilityAllocSize); |
675 | return add(new (memory) ParsedAttr( |
676 | attrName, attrRange, scopeName, scopeLoc, Param, introduced, deprecated, |
677 | obsoleted, unavailable, MessageExpr, syntax, strict, ReplacementExpr)); |
678 | } |
679 | |
680 | ParsedAttr *create(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange, |
681 | IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc, |
682 | IdentifierLoc *Param1, IdentifierLoc *Param2, |
683 | IdentifierLoc *Param3, ParsedAttr::Syntax syntax) { |
684 | void *memory = allocate( |
685 | ParsedAttr::totalSizeToAlloc<ArgsUnion, detail::AvailabilityData, |
686 | detail::TypeTagForDatatypeData, ParsedType, |
687 | detail::PropertyData>(3, 0, 0, 0, 0)); |
688 | return add(new (memory) ParsedAttr(attrName, attrRange, scopeName, scopeLoc, |
689 | Param1, Param2, Param3, syntax)); |
690 | } |
691 | |
692 | ParsedAttr * |
693 | createTypeTagForDatatype(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange, |
694 | IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc, |
695 | IdentifierLoc *argumentKind, |
696 | ParsedType matchingCType, bool layoutCompatible, |
697 | bool mustBeNull, ParsedAttr::Syntax syntax) { |
698 | void *memory = allocate(AttributeFactory::TypeTagForDatatypeAllocSize); |
699 | return add(new (memory) ParsedAttr(attrName, attrRange, scopeName, scopeLoc, |
700 | argumentKind, matchingCType, |
701 | layoutCompatible, mustBeNull, syntax)); |
702 | } |
703 | |
704 | ParsedAttr *createTypeAttribute(IdentifierInfo *attrName, |
705 | SourceRange attrRange, |
706 | IdentifierInfo *scopeName, |
707 | SourceLocation scopeLoc, ParsedType typeArg, |
708 | ParsedAttr::Syntax syntaxUsed) { |
709 | void *memory = allocate( |
710 | ParsedAttr::totalSizeToAlloc<ArgsUnion, detail::AvailabilityData, |
711 | detail::TypeTagForDatatypeData, ParsedType, |
712 | detail::PropertyData>(0, 0, 0, 1, 0)); |
713 | return add(new (memory) ParsedAttr(attrName, attrRange, scopeName, scopeLoc, |
714 | typeArg, syntaxUsed)); |
715 | } |
716 | |
717 | ParsedAttr * |
718 | createPropertyAttribute(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange, |
719 | IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc, |
720 | IdentifierInfo *getterId, IdentifierInfo *setterId, |
721 | ParsedAttr::Syntax syntaxUsed) { |
722 | void *memory = allocate(AttributeFactory::PropertyAllocSize); |
723 | return add(new (memory) ParsedAttr(attrName, attrRange, scopeName, scopeLoc, |
724 | getterId, setterId, syntaxUsed)); |
725 | } |
726 | }; |
727 | |
728 | class ParsedAttributesView { |
729 | using VecTy = llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParsedAttr *>; |
730 | using SizeType = decltype(std::declval<VecTy>().size()); |
731 | |
732 | public: |
733 | bool empty() const { return AttrList.empty(); } |
734 | SizeType size() const { return AttrList.size(); } |
735 | ParsedAttr &operator[](SizeType pos) { return *AttrList[pos]; } |
736 | const ParsedAttr &operator[](SizeType pos) const { return *AttrList[pos]; } |
737 | |
738 | void addAtEnd(ParsedAttr *newAttr) { |
739 | assert(newAttr)((newAttr) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("newAttr" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 739, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
740 | AttrList.push_back(newAttr); |
741 | } |
742 | |
743 | void remove(ParsedAttr *ToBeRemoved) { |
744 | assert(is_contained(AttrList, ToBeRemoved) &&((is_contained(AttrList, ToBeRemoved) && "Cannot remove attribute that isn't in the list" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("is_contained(AttrList, ToBeRemoved) && \"Cannot remove attribute that isn't in the list\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 745, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
745 | "Cannot remove attribute that isn't in the list")((is_contained(AttrList, ToBeRemoved) && "Cannot remove attribute that isn't in the list" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("is_contained(AttrList, ToBeRemoved) && \"Cannot remove attribute that isn't in the list\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 745, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
746 | AttrList.erase(llvm::find(AttrList, ToBeRemoved)); |
747 | } |
748 | |
749 | void clearListOnly() { AttrList.clear(); } |
750 | |
751 | struct iterator : llvm::iterator_adaptor_base<iterator, VecTy::iterator, |
752 | std::random_access_iterator_tag, |
753 | ParsedAttr> { |
754 | iterator() : iterator_adaptor_base(nullptr) {} |
755 | iterator(VecTy::iterator I) : iterator_adaptor_base(I) {} |
756 | reference operator*() { return **I; } |
757 | friend class ParsedAttributesView; |
758 | }; |
759 | struct const_iterator |
760 | : llvm::iterator_adaptor_base<const_iterator, VecTy::const_iterator, |
761 | std::random_access_iterator_tag, |
762 | ParsedAttr> { |
763 | const_iterator() : iterator_adaptor_base(nullptr) {} |
764 | const_iterator(VecTy::const_iterator I) : iterator_adaptor_base(I) {} |
765 | |
766 | reference operator*() const { return **I; } |
767 | friend class ParsedAttributesView; |
768 | }; |
769 | |
770 | void addAll(iterator B, iterator E) { |
771 | AttrList.insert(AttrList.begin(), B.I, E.I); |
772 | } |
773 | |
774 | void addAll(const_iterator B, const_iterator E) { |
775 | AttrList.insert(AttrList.begin(), B.I, E.I); |
776 | } |
777 | |
778 | void addAllAtEnd(iterator B, iterator E) { |
779 | AttrList.insert(AttrList.end(), B.I, E.I); |
780 | } |
781 | |
782 | void addAllAtEnd(const_iterator B, const_iterator E) { |
783 | AttrList.insert(AttrList.end(), B.I, E.I); |
784 | } |
785 | |
786 | iterator begin() { return iterator(AttrList.begin()); } |
787 | const_iterator begin() const { return const_iterator(AttrList.begin()); } |
788 | iterator end() { return iterator(AttrList.end()); } |
789 | const_iterator end() const { return const_iterator(AttrList.end()); } |
790 | |
791 | ParsedAttr &front() { |
792 | assert(!empty())((!empty()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!empty()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 792, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
793 | return *AttrList.front(); |
794 | } |
795 | const ParsedAttr &front() const { |
796 | assert(!empty())((!empty()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!empty()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 796, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
797 | return *AttrList.front(); |
798 | } |
799 | ParsedAttr &back() { |
800 | assert(!empty())((!empty()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!empty()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 800, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
801 | return *AttrList.back(); |
802 | } |
803 | const ParsedAttr &back() const { |
804 | assert(!empty())((!empty()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!empty()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" , 804, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
805 | return *AttrList.back(); |
806 | } |
807 | |
808 | bool hasAttribute(ParsedAttr::Kind K) const { |
809 | return llvm::any_of(AttrList, [K](const ParsedAttr *AL) { |
810 | return AL->getParsedKind() == K; |
811 | }); |
812 | } |
813 | |
814 | private: |
815 | VecTy AttrList; |
816 | }; |
817 | |
818 | /// ParsedAttributes - A collection of parsed attributes. Currently |
819 | /// we don't differentiate between the various attribute syntaxes, |
820 | /// which is basically silly. |
821 | /// |
822 | /// Right now this is a very lightweight container, but the expectation |
823 | /// is that this will become significantly more serious. |
824 | class ParsedAttributes : public ParsedAttributesView { |
825 | public: |
826 | ParsedAttributes(AttributeFactory &factory) : pool(factory) {} |
827 | ParsedAttributes(const ParsedAttributes &) = delete; |
828 | |
829 | AttributePool &getPool() const { return pool; } |
830 | |
831 | void takeAllFrom(ParsedAttributes &attrs) { |
832 | addAll(attrs.begin(), attrs.end()); |
833 | attrs.clearListOnly(); |
834 | pool.takeAllFrom(attrs.pool); |
835 | } |
836 | |
837 | void takeOneFrom(ParsedAttributes &Attrs, ParsedAttr *PA) { |
838 | Attrs.getPool().remove(PA); |
839 | Attrs.remove(PA); |
840 | getPool().add(PA); |
841 | addAtEnd(PA); |
842 | } |
843 | |
844 | void clear() { |
845 | clearListOnly(); |
846 | pool.clear(); |
847 | } |
848 | |
849 | /// Add attribute with expression arguments. |
850 | ParsedAttr *addNew(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange, |
851 | IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc, |
852 | ArgsUnion *args, unsigned numArgs, |
853 | ParsedAttr::Syntax syntax, |
854 | SourceLocation ellipsisLoc = SourceLocation()) { |
855 | ParsedAttr *attr = pool.create(attrName, attrRange, scopeName, scopeLoc, |
856 | args, numArgs, syntax, ellipsisLoc); |
857 | addAtEnd(attr); |
858 | return attr; |
859 | } |
860 | |
861 | /// Add availability attribute. |
862 | ParsedAttr *addNew(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange, |
863 | IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc, |
864 | IdentifierLoc *Param, const AvailabilityChange &introduced, |
865 | const AvailabilityChange &deprecated, |
866 | const AvailabilityChange &obsoleted, |
867 | SourceLocation unavailable, const Expr *MessageExpr, |
868 | ParsedAttr::Syntax syntax, SourceLocation strict, |
869 | const Expr *ReplacementExpr) { |
870 | ParsedAttr *attr = pool.create( |
871 | attrName, attrRange, scopeName, scopeLoc, Param, introduced, deprecated, |
872 | obsoleted, unavailable, MessageExpr, syntax, strict, ReplacementExpr); |
873 | addAtEnd(attr); |
874 | return attr; |
875 | } |
876 | |
877 | /// Add objc_bridge_related attribute. |
878 | ParsedAttr *addNew(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange, |
879 | IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc, |
880 | IdentifierLoc *Param1, IdentifierLoc *Param2, |
881 | IdentifierLoc *Param3, ParsedAttr::Syntax syntax) { |
882 | ParsedAttr *attr = pool.create(attrName, attrRange, scopeName, scopeLoc, |
883 | Param1, Param2, Param3, syntax); |
884 | addAtEnd(attr); |
885 | return attr; |
886 | } |
887 | |
888 | /// Add type_tag_for_datatype attribute. |
889 | ParsedAttr * |
890 | addNewTypeTagForDatatype(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange, |
891 | IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc, |
892 | IdentifierLoc *argumentKind, |
893 | ParsedType matchingCType, bool layoutCompatible, |
894 | bool mustBeNull, ParsedAttr::Syntax syntax) { |
895 | ParsedAttr *attr = pool.createTypeTagForDatatype( |
896 | attrName, attrRange, scopeName, scopeLoc, argumentKind, matchingCType, |
897 | layoutCompatible, mustBeNull, syntax); |
898 | addAtEnd(attr); |
899 | return attr; |
900 | } |
901 | |
902 | /// Add an attribute with a single type argument. |
903 | ParsedAttr *addNewTypeAttr(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange, |
904 | IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc, |
905 | ParsedType typeArg, |
906 | ParsedAttr::Syntax syntaxUsed) { |
907 | ParsedAttr *attr = pool.createTypeAttribute(attrName, attrRange, scopeName, |
908 | scopeLoc, typeArg, syntaxUsed); |
909 | addAtEnd(attr); |
910 | return attr; |
911 | } |
912 | |
913 | /// Add microsoft __delspec(property) attribute. |
914 | ParsedAttr * |
915 | addNewPropertyAttr(IdentifierInfo *attrName, SourceRange attrRange, |
916 | IdentifierInfo *scopeName, SourceLocation scopeLoc, |
917 | IdentifierInfo *getterId, IdentifierInfo *setterId, |
918 | ParsedAttr::Syntax syntaxUsed) { |
919 | ParsedAttr *attr = |
920 | pool.createPropertyAttribute(attrName, attrRange, scopeName, scopeLoc, |
921 | getterId, setterId, syntaxUsed); |
922 | addAtEnd(attr); |
923 | return attr; |
924 | } |
925 | |
926 | private: |
927 | mutable AttributePool pool; |
928 | }; |
929 | |
930 | /// These constants match the enumerated choices of |
931 | /// err_attribute_argument_n_type and err_attribute_argument_type. |
932 | enum AttributeArgumentNType { |
933 | AANT_ArgumentIntOrBool, |
934 | AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant, |
935 | AANT_ArgumentString, |
936 | AANT_ArgumentIdentifier |
937 | }; |
938 | |
939 | /// These constants match the enumerated choices of |
940 | /// warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type and err_attribute_wrong_decl_type. |
941 | enum AttributeDeclKind { |
942 | ExpectedFunction, |
943 | ExpectedUnion, |
944 | ExpectedVariableOrFunction, |
945 | ExpectedFunctionOrMethod, |
946 | ExpectedFunctionMethodOrBlock, |
947 | ExpectedFunctionMethodOrParameter, |
948 | ExpectedVariable, |
949 | ExpectedVariableOrField, |
950 | ExpectedVariableFieldOrTag, |
951 | ExpectedTypeOrNamespace, |
952 | ExpectedFunctionVariableOrClass, |
953 | ExpectedKernelFunction, |
954 | ExpectedFunctionWithProtoType, |
955 | }; |
956 | |
957 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
958 | const ParsedAttr &At) { |
959 | DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(At.getAttrName()), |
960 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_identifierinfo); |
961 | return DB; |
962 | } |
963 | |
964 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
965 | const ParsedAttr &At) { |
966 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(At.getAttrName()), |
967 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_identifierinfo); |
968 | return PD; |
969 | } |
970 | |
971 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
972 | const ParsedAttr *At) { |
973 | DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(At->getAttrName()), |
974 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_identifierinfo); |
975 | return DB; |
976 | } |
977 | |
978 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
979 | const ParsedAttr *At) { |
980 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(At->getAttrName()), |
981 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_identifierinfo); |
982 | return PD; |
983 | } |
984 | |
985 | } // namespace clang |
986 | |
987 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_ATTRIBUTELIST_H |
1 | //===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | /// \file |
10 | /// C Language Family Type Representation |
11 | /// |
12 | /// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to |
13 | /// represent types for languages in the C family. |
14 | // |
15 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
16 | |
17 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
18 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
19 | |
20 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h" |
22 | #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" |
23 | #include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h" |
24 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
25 | #include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h" |
26 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" |
27 | #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h" |
28 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
29 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
30 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
31 | #include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h" |
32 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" |
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" |
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" |
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" |
37 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
38 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
39 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" |
40 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
41 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" |
42 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
43 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
44 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
45 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
46 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
47 | #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h" |
48 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" |
49 | #include <cassert> |
50 | #include <cstddef> |
51 | #include <cstdint> |
52 | #include <cstring> |
53 | #include <string> |
54 | #include <type_traits> |
55 | #include <utility> |
56 | |
57 | namespace clang { |
58 | |
59 | class ExtQuals; |
60 | class QualType; |
61 | class TagDecl; |
62 | class Type; |
63 | |
64 | enum { |
65 | TypeAlignmentInBits = 4, |
66 | TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits |
67 | }; |
68 | |
69 | } // namespace clang |
70 | |
71 | namespace llvm { |
72 | |
73 | template <typename T> |
74 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits; |
75 | template<> |
76 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> { |
77 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; } |
78 | |
79 | static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
80 | return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P); |
81 | } |
82 | |
83 | enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits }; |
84 | }; |
85 | |
86 | template<> |
87 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> { |
88 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; } |
89 | |
90 | static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
91 | return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P); |
92 | } |
93 | |
94 | enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits }; |
95 | }; |
96 | |
97 | } // namespace llvm |
98 | |
99 | namespace clang { |
100 | |
101 | class ASTContext; |
102 | template <typename> class CanQual; |
103 | class CXXRecordDecl; |
104 | class DeclContext; |
105 | class EnumDecl; |
106 | class Expr; |
107 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase; |
108 | class FunctionDecl; |
109 | class IdentifierInfo; |
110 | class NamedDecl; |
111 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
112 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
113 | class ObjCTypeParamDecl; |
114 | struct PrintingPolicy; |
115 | class RecordDecl; |
116 | class Stmt; |
117 | class TagDecl; |
118 | class TemplateArgument; |
119 | class TemplateArgumentListInfo; |
120 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
121 | class TemplateTypeParmDecl; |
122 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
123 | class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl; |
124 | |
125 | using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>; |
126 | |
127 | // Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes. |
128 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type; |
129 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
130 | |
131 | /// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support. |
132 | /// Clang supports five independent qualifiers: |
133 | /// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict |
134 | /// * MS: __unaligned |
135 | /// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces |
136 | /// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong) |
137 | class Qualifiers { |
138 | public: |
139 | enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ. |
140 | Const = 0x1, |
141 | Restrict = 0x2, |
142 | Volatile = 0x4, |
143 | CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict |
144 | }; |
145 | |
146 | enum GC { |
147 | GCNone = 0, |
148 | Weak, |
149 | Strong |
150 | }; |
151 | |
152 | enum ObjCLifetime { |
153 | /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type. |
154 | OCL_None, |
155 | |
156 | /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or |
157 | /// releases. |
158 | OCL_ExplicitNone, |
159 | |
160 | /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be |
161 | /// released and the new value to be retained. The timing of the |
162 | /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to |
163 | /// immediately after the last known point where the value is |
164 | /// live. |
165 | OCL_Strong, |
166 | |
167 | /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call. |
168 | OCL_Weak, |
169 | |
170 | /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension. |
171 | OCL_Autoreleasing |
172 | }; |
173 | |
174 | enum { |
175 | /// The maximum supported address space number. |
176 | /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone. |
177 | MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu, |
178 | |
179 | /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask. |
180 | FastWidth = 3, |
181 | |
182 | /// The fast qualifier mask. |
183 | FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1 |
184 | }; |
185 | |
186 | /// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from |
187 | /// the given sets. |
188 | static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) { |
189 | // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient. |
190 | if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) { |
191 | Qualifiers Q; |
192 | Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask; |
193 | L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
194 | R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
195 | return Q; |
196 | } |
197 | |
198 | Qualifiers Q; |
199 | unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers(); |
200 | Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
201 | L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
202 | R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
203 | |
204 | if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) { |
205 | Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr()); |
206 | L.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
207 | R.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
208 | } |
209 | |
210 | if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) { |
211 | Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime()); |
212 | L.removeObjCLifetime(); |
213 | R.removeObjCLifetime(); |
214 | } |
215 | |
216 | if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) { |
217 | Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace()); |
218 | L.removeAddressSpace(); |
219 | R.removeAddressSpace(); |
220 | } |
221 | return Q; |
222 | } |
223 | |
224 | static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) { |
225 | Qualifiers Qs; |
226 | Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask); |
227 | return Qs; |
228 | } |
229 | |
230 | static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) { |
231 | Qualifiers Qs; |
232 | Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR); |
233 | return Qs; |
234 | } |
235 | |
236 | static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) { |
237 | Qualifiers Qs; |
238 | Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU); |
239 | return Qs; |
240 | } |
241 | |
242 | // Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation. |
243 | static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) { |
244 | Qualifiers Qs; |
245 | Qs.Mask = opaque; |
246 | return Qs; |
247 | } |
248 | |
249 | // Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation. |
250 | unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const { |
251 | return Mask; |
252 | } |
253 | |
254 | bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; } |
255 | bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; } |
256 | void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; } |
257 | void addConst() { Mask |= Const; } |
258 | |
259 | bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; } |
260 | bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; } |
261 | void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; } |
262 | void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; } |
263 | |
264 | bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; } |
265 | bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; } |
266 | void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; } |
267 | void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; } |
268 | |
269 | bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); } |
270 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; } |
271 | unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); } |
272 | |
273 | void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
274 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 274, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
275 | Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask; |
276 | } |
277 | void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
278 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 278, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
279 | Mask &= ~mask; |
280 | } |
281 | void removeCVRQualifiers() { |
282 | removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask); |
283 | } |
284 | void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
285 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 285, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
286 | Mask |= mask; |
287 | } |
288 | void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
289 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVRU bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 289, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
290 | Mask |= mask; |
291 | } |
292 | |
293 | bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; } |
294 | void setUnaligned(bool flag) { |
295 | Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0); |
296 | } |
297 | void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; } |
298 | void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; } |
299 | |
300 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; } |
301 | GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); } |
302 | void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
303 | Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift); |
304 | } |
305 | void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); } |
306 | void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
307 | assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 307, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
308 | setObjCGCAttr(type); |
309 | } |
310 | Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const { |
311 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
312 | qs.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
313 | return qs; |
314 | } |
315 | Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const { |
316 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
317 | qs.removeObjCLifetime(); |
318 | return qs; |
319 | } |
320 | Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const { |
321 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
322 | qs.removeAddressSpace(); |
323 | return qs; |
324 | } |
325 | |
326 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; } |
327 | ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
328 | return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift); |
329 | } |
330 | void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
331 | Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift); |
332 | } |
333 | void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); } |
334 | void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
335 | assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 335, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
336 | assert(!hasObjCLifetime())((!hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!hasObjCLifetime()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 336, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
337 | Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift); |
338 | } |
339 | |
340 | /// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone. |
341 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
342 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
343 | return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone); |
344 | } |
345 | |
346 | /// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak. |
347 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
348 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
349 | return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak); |
350 | } |
351 | |
352 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; } |
353 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { |
354 | return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift); |
355 | } |
356 | bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const { |
357 | return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace()); |
358 | } |
359 | /// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics. |
360 | unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const { |
361 | auto Addr = getAddressSpace(); |
362 | // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific |
363 | // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider |
364 | // printing the QualType instead of the address space value. |
365 | assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())((Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 365, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
366 | if (Addr != LangAS::Default) |
367 | return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr); |
368 | // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed |
369 | // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default |
370 | // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))). |
371 | return 0; |
372 | } |
373 | void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
374 | assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)(((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("(unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 374, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
375 | Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask) |
376 | | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift); |
377 | } |
378 | void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); } |
379 | void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
380 | assert(space != LangAS::Default)((space != LangAS::Default) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("space != LangAS::Default", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 380, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
381 | setAddressSpace(space); |
382 | } |
383 | |
384 | // Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly |
385 | // on a QualType object. |
386 | bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); } |
387 | unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; } |
388 | void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
389 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 389, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
390 | Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask; |
391 | } |
392 | void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
393 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 393, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
394 | Mask &= ~mask; |
395 | } |
396 | void removeFastQualifiers() { |
397 | removeFastQualifiers(FastMask); |
398 | } |
399 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
400 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 400, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
401 | Mask |= mask; |
402 | } |
403 | |
404 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals |
405 | /// node to be allocated. |
406 | bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; } |
407 | Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const { |
408 | Qualifiers Quals = *this; |
409 | Quals.setFastQualifiers(0); |
410 | return Quals; |
411 | } |
412 | |
413 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers. |
414 | bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; } |
415 | bool empty() const { return !Mask; } |
416 | |
417 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set. |
418 | void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
419 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
420 | // bit-or it in. |
421 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
422 | Mask |= Q.Mask; |
423 | else { |
424 | Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
425 | if (Q.hasAddressSpace()) |
426 | addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace()); |
427 | if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr()) |
428 | addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr()); |
429 | if (Q.hasObjCLifetime()) |
430 | addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime()); |
431 | } |
432 | } |
433 | |
434 | /// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set. |
435 | void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
436 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
437 | // bit-and the inverse in. |
438 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
439 | Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
440 | else { |
441 | Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
442 | if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr()) |
443 | removeObjCGCAttr(); |
444 | if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime()) |
445 | removeObjCLifetime(); |
446 | if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace()) |
447 | removeAddressSpace(); |
448 | } |
449 | } |
450 | |
451 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that |
452 | /// they don't conflict. |
453 | void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) { |
454 | assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace () || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 455, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
455 | !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace () || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 455, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
456 | assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 457, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
457 | !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 457, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
458 | assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime () || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 459, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
459 | !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime () || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 459, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
460 | Mask |= qs.Mask; |
461 | } |
462 | |
463 | /// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B. |
464 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of |
465 | /// overlapping address spaces. |
466 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
467 | /// every address space is a superset of itself. |
468 | /// CL2.0 adds: |
469 | /// __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant. |
470 | static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) { |
471 | // Address spaces must match exactly. |
472 | return A == B || |
473 | // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except |
474 | // for __constant can be used as __generic. |
475 | (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant); |
476 | } |
477 | |
478 | /// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or |
479 | /// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers. |
480 | bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const { |
481 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace()); |
482 | } |
483 | |
484 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set. |
485 | /// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other |
486 | /// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers. |
487 | bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const { |
488 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) && |
489 | // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't |
490 | // be changed. |
491 | (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || |
492 | !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) && |
493 | // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly. |
494 | getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() && |
495 | // CVR qualifiers may subset. |
496 | (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) && |
497 | // U qualifier may superset. |
498 | (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned()); |
499 | } |
500 | |
501 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of |
502 | /// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime. |
503 | /// |
504 | /// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other |
505 | /// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the |
506 | /// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak |
507 | /// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes). |
508 | bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const { |
509 | if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime()) |
510 | return true; |
511 | |
512 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak) |
513 | return false; |
514 | |
515 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None) |
516 | return true; |
517 | |
518 | return hasConst(); |
519 | } |
520 | |
521 | /// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of |
522 | /// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility. |
523 | bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const; |
524 | |
525 | bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; } |
526 | bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; } |
527 | |
528 | explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); } |
529 | |
530 | Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) { |
531 | addQualifiers(R); |
532 | return *this; |
533 | } |
534 | |
535 | // Union two qualifier sets. If an enumerated qualifier appears |
536 | // in both sets, use the one from the right. |
537 | friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
538 | L += R; |
539 | return L; |
540 | } |
541 | |
542 | Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) { |
543 | removeQualifiers(R); |
544 | return *this; |
545 | } |
546 | |
547 | /// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets. |
548 | friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
549 | L -= R; |
550 | return L; |
551 | } |
552 | |
553 | std::string getAsString() const; |
554 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
555 | |
556 | bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
557 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
558 | bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const; |
559 | |
560 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
561 | ID.AddInteger(Mask); |
562 | } |
563 | |
564 | private: |
565 | // bits: |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6 .. 8|9 ... 31| |
566 | // |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace| |
567 | uint32_t Mask = 0; |
568 | |
569 | static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8; |
570 | static const uint32_t UShift = 3; |
571 | static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30; |
572 | static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4; |
573 | static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0; |
574 | static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6; |
575 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask = |
576 | ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask); |
577 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9; |
578 | }; |
579 | |
580 | /// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split |
581 | /// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type. |
582 | struct SplitQualType { |
583 | /// The locally-unqualified type. |
584 | const Type *Ty = nullptr; |
585 | |
586 | /// The local qualifiers. |
587 | Qualifiers Quals; |
588 | |
589 | SplitQualType() = default; |
590 | SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {} |
591 | |
592 | SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file |
593 | |
594 | // Make std::tie work. |
595 | std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const { |
596 | return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals); |
597 | } |
598 | |
599 | friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
600 | return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals; |
601 | } |
602 | friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
603 | return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals; |
604 | } |
605 | }; |
606 | |
607 | /// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into. |
608 | /// |
609 | /// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when |
610 | /// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an |
611 | /// unspecialized type. |
612 | enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext { |
613 | /// An ordinary type. |
614 | Ordinary, |
615 | |
616 | /// The result type of a method or function. |
617 | Result, |
618 | |
619 | /// The parameter type of a method or function. |
620 | Parameter, |
621 | |
622 | /// The type of a property. |
623 | Property, |
624 | |
625 | /// The superclass of a type. |
626 | Superclass, |
627 | }; |
628 | |
629 | /// A (possibly-)qualified type. |
630 | /// |
631 | /// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their |
632 | /// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers. This |
633 | /// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for |
634 | /// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int', |
635 | /// 'const volatile int', etc). |
636 | /// |
637 | /// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we |
638 | /// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the |
639 | /// pointer. To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a |
640 | /// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer. A third bit |
641 | /// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which |
642 | /// case the pointer points to a special structure. |
643 | class QualType { |
644 | friend class QualifierCollector; |
645 | |
646 | // Thankfully, these are efficiently composable. |
647 | llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>, |
648 | Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value; |
649 | |
650 | const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const { |
651 | return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>(); |
652 | } |
653 | |
654 | const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const { |
655 | return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>(); |
656 | } |
657 | |
658 | const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const { |
659 | assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")((!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isNull() && \"Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 659, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
660 | auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue()); |
661 | CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1); |
662 | return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal); |
663 | } |
664 | |
665 | public: |
666 | QualType() = default; |
667 | QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
668 | QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
669 | |
670 | unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); } |
671 | void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); } |
672 | |
673 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type. |
674 | /// |
675 | /// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be |
676 | /// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull(). |
677 | const Type *getTypePtr() const; |
678 | |
679 | const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const; |
680 | |
681 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type. |
682 | const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const; |
683 | |
684 | /// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local |
685 | /// qualifiers. |
686 | SplitQualType split() const; |
687 | |
688 | void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); } |
689 | |
690 | static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) { |
691 | QualType T; |
692 | T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr)); |
693 | return T; |
694 | } |
695 | |
696 | const Type &operator*() const { |
697 | return *getTypePtr(); |
698 | } |
699 | |
700 | const Type *operator->() const { |
701 | return getTypePtr(); |
702 | } |
703 | |
704 | bool isCanonical() const; |
705 | bool isCanonicalAsParam() const; |
706 | |
707 | /// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet. |
708 | bool isNull() const { |
709 | return Value.getPointer().isNull(); |
710 | } |
711 | |
712 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
713 | /// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
714 | /// added "const" at a different level. |
715 | bool isLocalConstQualified() const { |
716 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const); |
717 | } |
718 | |
719 | /// Determine whether this type is const-qualified. |
720 | bool isConstQualified() const; |
721 | |
722 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
723 | /// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
724 | /// added "restrict" at a different level. |
725 | bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const { |
726 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict); |
727 | } |
728 | |
729 | /// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified. |
730 | bool isRestrictQualified() const; |
731 | |
732 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
733 | /// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
734 | /// added "volatile" at a different level. |
735 | bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const { |
736 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile); |
737 | } |
738 | |
739 | /// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified. |
740 | bool isVolatileQualified() const; |
741 | |
742 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
743 | /// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add |
744 | /// qualifiers at a different level. |
745 | bool hasLocalQualifiers() const { |
746 | return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers(); |
747 | } |
748 | |
749 | /// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers. |
750 | bool hasQualifiers() const; |
751 | |
752 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
753 | /// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType |
754 | /// instance. |
755 | bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const { |
756 | return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>(); |
757 | } |
758 | |
759 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType |
760 | /// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or |
761 | /// other sugar. |
762 | Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const; |
763 | |
764 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type. |
765 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const; |
766 | |
767 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
768 | /// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers |
769 | /// acquired through typedefs or other sugar. |
770 | unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const { |
771 | return getLocalFastQualifiers(); |
772 | } |
773 | |
774 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
775 | /// applied to this type. |
776 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const; |
777 | |
778 | bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const { |
779 | return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx); |
780 | } |
781 | |
782 | /// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10). |
783 | bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
784 | |
785 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98 |
786 | /// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
787 | bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
788 | |
789 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules |
790 | /// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
791 | /// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike |
792 | /// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account. |
793 | bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
794 | |
795 | /// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
796 | bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
797 | |
798 | /// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
799 | bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
800 | |
801 | |
802 | /// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic. |
803 | bool mayBeDynamicClass() const; |
804 | |
805 | /// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic. |
806 | bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const; |
807 | |
808 | // Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be |
809 | // easily added. |
810 | |
811 | /// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType. |
812 | void addConst() { |
813 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
814 | } |
815 | QualType withConst() const { |
816 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
817 | } |
818 | |
819 | /// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType. |
820 | void addVolatile() { |
821 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
822 | } |
823 | QualType withVolatile() const { |
824 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
825 | } |
826 | |
827 | /// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType. |
828 | void addRestrict() { |
829 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
830 | } |
831 | QualType withRestrict() const { |
832 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
833 | } |
834 | |
835 | QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const { |
836 | return withFastQualifiers(CVR); |
837 | } |
838 | |
839 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) { |
840 | assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 841, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
841 | && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 841, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
842 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs); |
843 | } |
844 | |
845 | void removeLocalConst(); |
846 | void removeLocalVolatile(); |
847 | void removeLocalRestrict(); |
848 | void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask); |
849 | |
850 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); } |
851 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
852 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"mask has non-fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 852, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
853 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask); |
854 | } |
855 | |
856 | // Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any |
857 | // qualifiers already on this type. |
858 | QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
859 | QualType T = *this; |
860 | T.addFastQualifiers(TQs); |
861 | return T; |
862 | } |
863 | |
864 | // Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing |
865 | // any existing fast qualifiers. |
866 | QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
867 | return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs); |
868 | } |
869 | |
870 | // Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place. |
871 | QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const { |
872 | QualType T = *this; |
873 | T.removeLocalFastQualifiers(); |
874 | return T; |
875 | } |
876 | |
877 | QualType getCanonicalType() const; |
878 | |
879 | /// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers |
880 | /// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied |
881 | /// through typedefs. |
882 | QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); } |
883 | |
884 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, |
885 | /// removing as little sugar as possible. |
886 | /// |
887 | /// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the |
888 | /// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given: |
889 | /// |
890 | /// \code |
891 | /// typedef int Integer; |
892 | /// typedef const Integer CInteger; |
893 | /// typedef CInteger DifferenceType; |
894 | /// \endcode |
895 | /// |
896 | /// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will |
897 | /// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it. |
898 | /// |
899 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
900 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
901 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
902 | inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const; |
903 | |
904 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little |
905 | /// sugar as possible. |
906 | /// |
907 | /// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of |
908 | /// qualifiers that were built up. |
909 | /// |
910 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
911 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
912 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
913 | inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const; |
914 | |
915 | /// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other |
916 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
917 | bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const; |
918 | |
919 | /// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other |
920 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
921 | bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const; |
922 | |
923 | QualType getNonReferenceType() const; |
924 | |
925 | /// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the |
926 | /// specified result type. |
927 | /// |
928 | /// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is |
929 | /// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily |
930 | /// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no |
931 | /// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers |
932 | /// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C). |
933 | QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
934 | |
935 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from |
936 | /// the type. This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc. If the outer level of |
937 | /// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. This is similar |
938 | /// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs. For |
939 | /// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is |
940 | /// concrete. |
941 | /// |
942 | /// Qualifiers are left in place. |
943 | QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
944 | return getDesugaredType(*this, Context); |
945 | } |
946 | |
947 | SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const { |
948 | return getSplitDesugaredType(*this); |
949 | } |
950 | |
951 | /// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from |
952 | /// the type. |
953 | /// |
954 | /// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level |
955 | /// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. |
956 | QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
957 | return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context); |
958 | } |
959 | |
960 | /// Returns the specified type after dropping any |
961 | /// outer-level parentheses. |
962 | QualType IgnoreParens() const { |
963 | if (isa<ParenType>(*this)) |
964 | return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this); |
965 | return *this; |
966 | } |
967 | |
968 | /// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical. |
969 | friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
970 | return LHS.Value == RHS.Value; |
971 | } |
972 | friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
973 | return LHS.Value != RHS.Value; |
974 | } |
975 | friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
976 | return LHS.Value < RHS.Value; |
977 | } |
978 | |
979 | static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split, |
980 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
981 | return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy); |
982 | } |
983 | static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
984 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
985 | |
986 | std::string getAsString() const; |
987 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
988 | |
989 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
990 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
991 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const; |
992 | |
993 | static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS, |
994 | const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
995 | unsigned Indentation = 0) { |
996 | return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
997 | } |
998 | |
999 | static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1000 | raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy, |
1001 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
1002 | unsigned Indentation = 0); |
1003 | |
1004 | void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str, |
1005 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
1006 | |
1007 | static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out, |
1008 | const PrintingPolicy &policy) { |
1009 | return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy); |
1010 | } |
1011 | |
1012 | static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1013 | std::string &out, |
1014 | const PrintingPolicy &policy); |
1015 | |
1016 | class StreamedQualTypeHelper { |
1017 | const QualType &T; |
1018 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy; |
1019 | const Twine &PlaceHolder; |
1020 | unsigned Indentation; |
1021 | |
1022 | public: |
1023 | StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1024 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation) |
1025 | : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder), |
1026 | Indentation(Indentation) {} |
1027 | |
1028 | friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, |
1029 | const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) { |
1030 | SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation); |
1031 | return OS; |
1032 | } |
1033 | }; |
1034 | |
1035 | StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1036 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
1037 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const { |
1038 | return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
1039 | } |
1040 | |
1041 | void dump(const char *s) const; |
1042 | void dump() const; |
1043 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const; |
1044 | |
1045 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1046 | ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr()); |
1047 | } |
1048 | |
1049 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
1050 | inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const; |
1051 | |
1052 | /// Returns gc attribute of this type. |
1053 | inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const; |
1054 | |
1055 | /// true when Type is objc's weak. |
1056 | bool isObjCGCWeak() const { |
1057 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak; |
1058 | } |
1059 | |
1060 | /// true when Type is objc's strong. |
1061 | bool isObjCGCStrong() const { |
1062 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong; |
1063 | } |
1064 | |
1065 | /// Returns lifetime attribute of this type. |
1066 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1067 | return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime(); |
1068 | } |
1069 | |
1070 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
1071 | return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime(); |
1072 | } |
1073 | |
1074 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
1075 | return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime(); |
1076 | } |
1077 | |
1078 | // true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't. |
1079 | bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
1080 | |
1081 | enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind { |
1082 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1083 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1084 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1085 | PDIK_Trivial, |
1086 | |
1087 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1088 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1089 | PDIK_ARCStrong, |
1090 | |
1091 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1092 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1093 | PDIK_ARCWeak, |
1094 | |
1095 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial. |
1096 | PDIK_Struct |
1097 | }; |
1098 | |
1099 | /// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types. |
1100 | |
1101 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1102 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize |
1103 | /// and return the kind. |
1104 | PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind |
1105 | isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const; |
1106 | |
1107 | enum PrimitiveCopyKind { |
1108 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1109 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1110 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1111 | PCK_Trivial, |
1112 | |
1113 | /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types |
1114 | /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be |
1115 | /// volatile-qualified. |
1116 | PCK_VolatileTrivial, |
1117 | |
1118 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1119 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1120 | PCK_ARCStrong, |
1121 | |
1122 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1123 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1124 | PCK_ARCWeak, |
1125 | |
1126 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither |
1127 | /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial. |
1128 | /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying |
1129 | /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend |
1130 | /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by |
1131 | /// overload resolution to do the copy. |
1132 | PCK_Struct |
1133 | }; |
1134 | |
1135 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1136 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the |
1137 | /// kind. |
1138 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const; |
1139 | |
1140 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1141 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively |
1142 | /// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style |
1143 | /// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state |
1144 | /// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the |
1145 | /// source object is placed in an uninitialized state. |
1146 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const; |
1147 | |
1148 | enum DestructionKind { |
1149 | DK_none, |
1150 | DK_cxx_destructor, |
1151 | DK_objc_strong_lifetime, |
1152 | DK_objc_weak_lifetime, |
1153 | DK_nontrivial_c_struct |
1154 | }; |
1155 | |
1156 | /// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require |
1157 | /// non-trivial work to clean up after. Non-zero because it's |
1158 | /// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make |
1159 | /// something require destruction. |
1160 | DestructionKind isDestructedType() const { |
1161 | return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this); |
1162 | } |
1163 | |
1164 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to |
1165 | /// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial |
1166 | /// to default-initialize. If this returns true, |
1167 | /// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct. |
1168 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const; |
1169 | |
1170 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct, |
1171 | /// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If |
1172 | /// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct. |
1173 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const; |
1174 | |
1175 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which |
1176 | /// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns |
1177 | /// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct. |
1178 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const; |
1179 | |
1180 | /// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden |
1181 | /// from being lvalues in C. |
1182 | /// |
1183 | /// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are: |
1184 | /// - 'void', but not qualified void |
1185 | /// - function types |
1186 | /// |
1187 | /// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1: |
1188 | /// An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete |
1189 | /// type other than void. |
1190 | bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const; |
1191 | |
1192 | /// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the |
1193 | /// subject type. |
1194 | /// |
1195 | /// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists. |
1196 | /// |
1197 | /// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the |
1198 | /// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally |
1199 | /// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type |
1200 | /// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate |
1201 | /// for the context. |
1202 | /// |
1203 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1204 | /// |
1205 | /// \returns the resulting type. |
1206 | QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx, |
1207 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
1208 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1209 | |
1210 | /// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type |
1211 | /// parameters used in the subject type. |
1212 | /// |
1213 | /// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for |
1214 | /// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of |
1215 | /// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of |
1216 | /// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation. |
1217 | /// |
1218 | /// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're |
1219 | /// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message |
1220 | /// or the base of a property access. |
1221 | /// |
1222 | /// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was |
1223 | /// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should |
1224 | /// be substituted. |
1225 | /// |
1226 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1227 | /// |
1228 | /// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type |
1229 | /// parameters with their corresponding arguments. |
1230 | QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType, |
1231 | const DeclContext *dc, |
1232 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1233 | |
1234 | /// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type. |
1235 | QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
1236 | |
1237 | /// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic. |
1238 | QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const; |
1239 | |
1240 | private: |
1241 | // These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit; |
1242 | // "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the |
1243 | // caller. |
1244 | static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx); |
1245 | static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context); |
1246 | static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T); |
1247 | static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1248 | static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type, |
1249 | const ASTContext &C); |
1250 | static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T); |
1251 | static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1252 | |
1253 | /// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union. |
1254 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1255 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1256 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1257 | }; |
1258 | |
1259 | } // namespace clang |
1260 | |
1261 | namespace llvm { |
1262 | |
1263 | /// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType |
1264 | /// to a specific Type class. |
1265 | template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> { |
1266 | using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *; |
1267 | |
1268 | static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) { |
1269 | return Val.getTypePtr(); |
1270 | } |
1271 | }; |
1272 | |
1273 | // Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer". |
1274 | template<> |
1275 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> { |
1276 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) { |
1277 | return P.getAsOpaquePtr(); |
1278 | } |
1279 | |
1280 | static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
1281 | return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P); |
1282 | } |
1283 | |
1284 | // Various qualifiers go in low bits. |
1285 | enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 0 }; |
1286 | }; |
1287 | |
1288 | } // namespace llvm |
1289 | |
1290 | namespace clang { |
1291 | |
1292 | /// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type |
1293 | /// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the |
1294 | /// two. |
1295 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1296 | friend class ExtQuals; |
1297 | friend class QualType; |
1298 | friend class Type; |
1299 | |
1300 | /// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or |
1301 | /// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type). |
1302 | /// |
1303 | /// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its |
1304 | /// underlying type pointer. |
1305 | const Type *const BaseType; |
1306 | |
1307 | /// The canonical type of this type. A QualType. |
1308 | QualType CanonicalType; |
1309 | |
1310 | ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon) |
1311 | : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {} |
1312 | }; |
1313 | |
1314 | /// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a |
1315 | /// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want |
1316 | /// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type. Therefore we have this |
1317 | /// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to |
1318 | /// store qualifiers. |
1319 | /// |
1320 | /// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers |
1321 | /// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether |
1322 | /// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces, |
1323 | /// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare. |
1324 | class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
1325 | // NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as |
1326 | // long as you don't make 'const' non-fast. |
1327 | // 1. Qualifiers: |
1328 | // a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ). |
1329 | // Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits. |
1330 | // b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask. |
1331 | // 2. QualType: |
1332 | // a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline. |
1333 | // b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of |
1334 | // this header. |
1335 | // 3. ASTContext: |
1336 | // a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type. |
1337 | |
1338 | /// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains |
1339 | /// extended qualifiers. |
1340 | Qualifiers Quals; |
1341 | |
1342 | ExtQuals *this_() { return this; } |
1343 | |
1344 | public: |
1345 | ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals) |
1346 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType, |
1347 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon), |
1348 | Quals(quals) { |
1349 | assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1350, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1350 | && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1350, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1351 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1352, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1352 | && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1352, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1353 | } |
1354 | |
1355 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; } |
1356 | |
1357 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); } |
1358 | Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); } |
1359 | |
1360 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); } |
1361 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1362 | return Quals.getObjCLifetime(); |
1363 | } |
1364 | |
1365 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); } |
1366 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); } |
1367 | |
1368 | const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
1369 | |
1370 | public: |
1371 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1372 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals); |
1373 | } |
1374 | |
1375 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
1376 | const Type *BaseType, |
1377 | Qualifiers Quals) { |
1378 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1378, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1379 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType); |
1380 | Quals.Profile(ID); |
1381 | } |
1382 | }; |
1383 | |
1384 | /// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type. |
1385 | /// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an |
1386 | /// lvalue, rvalue, or neither. |
1387 | enum RefQualifierKind { |
1388 | /// No ref-qualifier was provided. |
1389 | RQ_None = 0, |
1390 | |
1391 | /// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). |
1392 | RQ_LValue, |
1393 | |
1394 | /// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). |
1395 | RQ_RValue |
1396 | }; |
1397 | |
1398 | /// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType. |
1399 | enum class AutoTypeKeyword { |
1400 | /// auto |
1401 | Auto, |
1402 | |
1403 | /// decltype(auto) |
1404 | DecltypeAuto, |
1405 | |
1406 | /// __auto_type (GNU extension) |
1407 | GNUAutoType |
1408 | }; |
1409 | |
1410 | /// The base class of the type hierarchy. |
1411 | /// |
1412 | /// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical |
1413 | /// type. A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out |
1414 | /// of it or the types it references. For example, consider: |
1415 | /// |
1416 | /// typedef int foo; |
1417 | /// typedef foo* bar; |
1418 | /// 'int *' 'foo *' 'bar' |
1419 | /// |
1420 | /// There will be a Type object created for 'int'. Since int is canonical, its |
1421 | /// CanonicalType pointer points to itself. There is also a Type for 'foo' (a |
1422 | /// TypedefType). Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type. Next |
1423 | /// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is |
1424 | /// canonical. Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical |
1425 | /// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type |
1426 | /// is also 'int*'. |
1427 | /// |
1428 | /// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing |
1429 | /// information about typedefs being used. Canonical types are useful for type |
1430 | /// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning |
1431 | /// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type), |
1432 | /// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type. |
1433 | /// |
1434 | /// Types, once created, are immutable. |
1435 | /// |
1436 | class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1437 | public: |
1438 | enum TypeClass { |
1439 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) Class, |
1440 | #define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class |
1441 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) |
1442 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
1443 | }; |
1444 | |
1445 | private: |
1446 | /// Bitfields required by the Type class. |
1447 | class TypeBitfields { |
1448 | friend class Type; |
1449 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1450 | |
1451 | /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to. |
1452 | unsigned TC : 8; |
1453 | |
1454 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type (C++ [temp.dep.type]). |
1455 | unsigned Dependent : 1; |
1456 | |
1457 | /// Whether this type somehow involves a template parameter, even |
1458 | /// if the resolution of the type does not depend on a template parameter. |
1459 | unsigned InstantiationDependent : 1; |
1460 | |
1461 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). |
1462 | unsigned VariablyModified : 1; |
1463 | |
1464 | /// Whether this type contains an unexpanded parameter pack |
1465 | /// (for C++11 variadic templates). |
1466 | unsigned ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack : 1; |
1467 | |
1468 | /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with |
1469 | /// 'Cache') is valid. |
1470 | mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1; |
1471 | |
1472 | /// Linkage of this type. |
1473 | mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3; |
1474 | |
1475 | /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types. |
1476 | mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1; |
1477 | |
1478 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1479 | mutable unsigned FromAST : 1; |
1480 | |
1481 | bool isCacheValid() const { |
1482 | return CacheValid; |
1483 | } |
1484 | |
1485 | Linkage getLinkage() const { |
1486 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1486, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1487 | return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage); |
1488 | } |
1489 | |
1490 | bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const { |
1491 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1491, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1492 | return CachedLocalOrUnnamed; |
1493 | } |
1494 | }; |
1495 | enum { NumTypeBits = 18 }; |
1496 | |
1497 | protected: |
1498 | // These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields |
1499 | // into Type. |
1500 | |
1501 | class ArrayTypeBitfields { |
1502 | friend class ArrayType; |
1503 | |
1504 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1505 | |
1506 | /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like |
1507 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1508 | unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3; |
1509 | |
1510 | /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like |
1511 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1512 | /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier. |
1513 | unsigned SizeModifier : 3; |
1514 | }; |
1515 | |
1516 | class BuiltinTypeBitfields { |
1517 | friend class BuiltinType; |
1518 | |
1519 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1520 | |
1521 | /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is. |
1522 | unsigned Kind : 8; |
1523 | }; |
1524 | |
1525 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType. |
1526 | /// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored |
1527 | /// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType. |
1528 | class FunctionTypeBitfields { |
1529 | friend class FunctionProtoType; |
1530 | friend class FunctionType; |
1531 | |
1532 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1533 | |
1534 | /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like |
1535 | /// regparm and the calling convention. |
1536 | unsigned ExtInfo : 12; |
1537 | |
1538 | /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType. |
1539 | /// |
1540 | /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind. |
1541 | unsigned RefQualifier : 2; |
1542 | |
1543 | /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the |
1544 | /// other bitfields. |
1545 | /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because... |
1546 | /// |
1547 | /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the |
1548 | /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type. |
1549 | unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth; |
1550 | /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers. |
1551 | unsigned HasExtQuals : 1; |
1552 | |
1553 | /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'. |
1554 | /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is |
1555 | /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to |
1556 | /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible. |
1557 | unsigned NumParams : 16; |
1558 | |
1559 | /// The type of exception specification this function has. |
1560 | unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4; |
1561 | |
1562 | /// Whether this function has extended parameter information. |
1563 | unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1; |
1564 | |
1565 | /// Whether the function is variadic. |
1566 | unsigned Variadic : 1; |
1567 | |
1568 | /// Whether this function has a trailing return type. |
1569 | unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
1570 | }; |
1571 | |
1572 | class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields { |
1573 | friend class ObjCObjectType; |
1574 | |
1575 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1576 | |
1577 | /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type. |
1578 | unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7; |
1579 | |
1580 | /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type. |
1581 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
1582 | |
1583 | /// Whether this is a "kindof" type. |
1584 | unsigned IsKindOf : 1; |
1585 | }; |
1586 | |
1587 | class ReferenceTypeBitfields { |
1588 | friend class ReferenceType; |
1589 | |
1590 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1591 | |
1592 | /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil. |
1593 | /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false |
1594 | /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9, |
1595 | /// as follows: |
1596 | /// |
1597 | /// typedef int &ref; // lvalue, spelled lvalue |
1598 | /// typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue |
1599 | /// ref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1600 | /// ref &&a; // lvalue, inner ref |
1601 | /// rvref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1602 | /// rvref &&a; // rvalue, inner ref |
1603 | unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1; |
1604 | |
1605 | /// True if the inner type is a reference type. This only happens |
1606 | /// in non-canonical forms. |
1607 | unsigned InnerRef : 1; |
1608 | }; |
1609 | |
1610 | class TypeWithKeywordBitfields { |
1611 | friend class TypeWithKeyword; |
1612 | |
1613 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1614 | |
1615 | /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword. 8 bits for efficient access. |
1616 | unsigned Keyword : 8; |
1617 | }; |
1618 | |
1619 | enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 }; |
1620 | |
1621 | class ElaboratedTypeBitfields { |
1622 | friend class ElaboratedType; |
1623 | |
1624 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1625 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1626 | |
1627 | /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl. |
1628 | unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1; |
1629 | }; |
1630 | |
1631 | class VectorTypeBitfields { |
1632 | friend class VectorType; |
1633 | friend class DependentVectorType; |
1634 | |
1635 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1636 | |
1637 | /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some |
1638 | /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon. |
1639 | unsigned VecKind : 3; |
1640 | |
1641 | /// The number of elements in the vector. |
1642 | unsigned NumElements : 29 - NumTypeBits; |
1643 | |
1644 | enum { MaxNumElements = (1 << (29 - NumTypeBits)) - 1 }; |
1645 | }; |
1646 | |
1647 | class AttributedTypeBitfields { |
1648 | friend class AttributedType; |
1649 | |
1650 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1651 | |
1652 | /// An AttributedType::Kind |
1653 | unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits; |
1654 | }; |
1655 | |
1656 | class AutoTypeBitfields { |
1657 | friend class AutoType; |
1658 | |
1659 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1660 | |
1661 | /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)', |
1662 | /// or '__auto_type'? AutoTypeKeyword value. |
1663 | unsigned Keyword : 2; |
1664 | }; |
1665 | |
1666 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields { |
1667 | friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType; |
1668 | |
1669 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1670 | |
1671 | /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is |
1672 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. |
1673 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template |
1674 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. |
1675 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type |
1676 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to |
1677 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1678 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1679 | }; |
1680 | |
1681 | class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1682 | friend class TemplateSpecializationType; |
1683 | |
1684 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1685 | |
1686 | /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias. |
1687 | unsigned TypeAlias : 1; |
1688 | |
1689 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1690 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1691 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1692 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1693 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1694 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1695 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1696 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1697 | }; |
1698 | |
1699 | class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1700 | friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType; |
1701 | |
1702 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1703 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1704 | |
1705 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1706 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1707 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1708 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1709 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1710 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1711 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1712 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1713 | }; |
1714 | |
1715 | class PackExpansionTypeBitfields { |
1716 | friend class PackExpansionType; |
1717 | |
1718 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1719 | |
1720 | /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
1721 | /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to |
1722 | /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit |
1723 | /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to |
1724 | /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a |
1725 | /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so |
1726 | /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1727 | /// |
1728 | /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter |
1729 | /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others |
1730 | /// have not. |
1731 | unsigned NumExpansions; |
1732 | }; |
1733 | |
1734 | union { |
1735 | TypeBitfields TypeBits; |
1736 | ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits; |
1737 | AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits; |
1738 | AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits; |
1739 | BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits; |
1740 | FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits; |
1741 | ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits; |
1742 | ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits; |
1743 | TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits; |
1744 | ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits; |
1745 | VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits; |
1746 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits; |
1747 | TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1748 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields |
1749 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1750 | PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits; |
1751 | |
1752 | static_assert(sizeof(TypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1753 | "TypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1754 | static_assert(sizeof(ArrayTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1755 | "ArrayTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1756 | static_assert(sizeof(AttributedTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1757 | "AttributedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1758 | static_assert(sizeof(AutoTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1759 | "AutoTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1760 | static_assert(sizeof(BuiltinTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1761 | "BuiltinTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1762 | static_assert(sizeof(FunctionTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1763 | "FunctionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1764 | static_assert(sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1765 | "ObjCObjectTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1766 | static_assert(sizeof(ReferenceTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1767 | "ReferenceTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1768 | static_assert(sizeof(TypeWithKeywordBitfields) <= 8, |
1769 | "TypeWithKeywordBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1770 | static_assert(sizeof(ElaboratedTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1771 | "ElaboratedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1772 | static_assert(sizeof(VectorTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1773 | "VectorTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1774 | static_assert(sizeof(SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1775 | "SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields is larger" |
1776 | " than 8 bytes!"); |
1777 | static_assert(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1778 | "TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger" |
1779 | " than 8 bytes!"); |
1780 | static_assert(sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1781 | "DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger" |
1782 | " than 8 bytes!"); |
1783 | static_assert(sizeof(PackExpansionTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1784 | "PackExpansionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes"); |
1785 | }; |
1786 | |
1787 | private: |
1788 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1789 | |
1790 | /// Set whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1791 | void setFromAST(bool V = true) const { |
1792 | TypeBits.FromAST = V; |
1793 | } |
1794 | |
1795 | protected: |
1796 | friend class ASTContext; |
1797 | |
1798 | Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, bool Dependent, |
1799 | bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified, |
1800 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) |
1801 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this, |
1802 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) { |
1803 | TypeBits.TC = tc; |
1804 | TypeBits.Dependent = Dependent; |
1805 | TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = Dependent || InstantiationDependent; |
1806 | TypeBits.VariablyModified = VariablyModified; |
1807 | TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack; |
1808 | TypeBits.CacheValid = false; |
1809 | TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false; |
1810 | TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage; |
1811 | TypeBits.FromAST = false; |
1812 | } |
1813 | |
1814 | // silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list |
1815 | Type *this_() { return this; } |
1816 | |
1817 | void setDependent(bool D = true) { |
1818 | TypeBits.Dependent = D; |
1819 | if (D) |
1820 | TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = true; |
1821 | } |
1822 | |
1823 | void setInstantiationDependent(bool D = true) { |
1824 | TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = D; } |
1825 | |
1826 | void setVariablyModified(bool VM = true) { TypeBits.VariablyModified = VM; } |
1827 | |
1828 | void setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(bool PP = true) { |
1829 | TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = PP; |
1830 | } |
1831 | |
1832 | public: |
1833 | friend class ASTReader; |
1834 | friend class ASTWriter; |
1835 | |
1836 | Type(const Type &) = delete; |
1837 | Type(Type &&) = delete; |
1838 | Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete; |
1839 | Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete; |
1840 | |
1841 | TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); } |
1842 | |
1843 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1844 | bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; } |
1845 | |
1846 | /// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter |
1847 | /// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates. |
1848 | /// |
1849 | /// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the |
1850 | /// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the |
1851 | /// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T': |
1852 | /// |
1853 | /// \code |
1854 | /// template<typename ...T> |
1855 | /// struct X { |
1856 | /// typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack. |
1857 | /// }; |
1858 | /// \endcode |
1859 | /// |
1860 | /// Note that this routine does not specify which |
1861 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const { |
1862 | return TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack; |
1863 | } |
1864 | |
1865 | /// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further |
1866 | /// qualification. |
1867 | bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const { |
1868 | return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0); |
1869 | } |
1870 | |
1871 | /// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type. |
1872 | /// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() |
1873 | /// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&). |
1874 | QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const; |
1875 | |
1876 | /// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1): |
1877 | /// object types, function types, and incomplete types. |
1878 | |
1879 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete type. |
1880 | /// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to |
1881 | /// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this |
1882 | /// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required. |
1883 | /// |
1884 | /// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration |
1885 | /// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C |
1886 | /// class), will be set to the declaration. |
1887 | bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const; |
1888 | |
1889 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete or object |
1890 | /// type, in other words, not a function type. |
1891 | bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const { |
1892 | return !isFunctionType(); |
1893 | } |
1894 | |
1895 | /// Determine whether this type is an object type. |
1896 | bool isObjectType() const { |
1897 | // C++ [basic.types]p8: |
1898 | // An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a |
1899 | // function type, not a reference type, and not a void type. |
1900 | return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType(); |
1901 | } |
1902 | |
1903 | /// Return true if this is a literal type |
1904 | /// (C++11 [basic.types]p10) |
1905 | bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1906 | |
1907 | /// Test if this type is a standard-layout type. |
1908 | /// (C++0x [basic.type]p9) |
1909 | bool isStandardLayoutType() const; |
1910 | |
1911 | /// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates |
1912 | /// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
1913 | |
1914 | /// Returns true if the type is a builtin type. |
1915 | bool isBuiltinType() const; |
1916 | |
1917 | /// Test for a particular builtin type. |
1918 | bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const; |
1919 | |
1920 | /// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but |
1921 | /// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within |
1922 | /// Clang. All such types are BuiltinTypes. |
1923 | bool isPlaceholderType() const; |
1924 | const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const; |
1925 | |
1926 | /// Test for a specific placeholder type. |
1927 | bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const; |
1928 | |
1929 | /// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see |
1930 | /// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType. |
1931 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const; |
1932 | |
1933 | /// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1934 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1935 | bool isIntegerType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum) |
1936 | bool isEnumeralType() const; |
1937 | |
1938 | /// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type. |
1939 | bool isScopedEnumeralType() const; |
1940 | bool isBooleanType() const; |
1941 | bool isCharType() const; |
1942 | bool isWideCharType() const; |
1943 | bool isChar8Type() const; |
1944 | bool isChar16Type() const; |
1945 | bool isChar32Type() const; |
1946 | bool isAnyCharacterType() const; |
1947 | bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1948 | |
1949 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type. |
1950 | bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const; |
1951 | |
1952 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type. |
1953 | bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
1954 | |
1955 | /// Floating point categories. |
1956 | bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double) |
1957 | /// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1958 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1959 | bool isComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) |
1960 | bool isAnyComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int. |
1961 | bool isFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex) |
1962 | bool isHalfType() const; // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half) |
1963 | bool isFloat16Type() const; // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661 |
1964 | bool isFloat128Type() const; |
1965 | bool isRealType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer) |
1966 | bool isArithmeticType() const; // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating) |
1967 | bool isVoidType() const; // C99 6.2.5p19 |
1968 | bool isScalarType() const; // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers) |
1969 | bool isAggregateType() const; |
1970 | bool isFundamentalType() const; |
1971 | bool isCompoundType() const; |
1972 | |
1973 | // Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified |
1974 | // type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
1975 | bool isFunctionType() const; |
1976 | bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); } |
1977 | bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); } |
1978 | bool isPointerType() const; |
1979 | bool isAnyPointerType() const; // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer |
1980 | bool isBlockPointerType() const; |
1981 | bool isVoidPointerType() const; |
1982 | bool isReferenceType() const; |
1983 | bool isLValueReferenceType() const; |
1984 | bool isRValueReferenceType() const; |
1985 | bool isFunctionPointerType() const; |
1986 | bool isFunctionReferenceType() const; |
1987 | bool isMemberPointerType() const; |
1988 | bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const; |
1989 | bool isMemberDataPointerType() const; |
1990 | bool isArrayType() const; |
1991 | bool isConstantArrayType() const; |
1992 | bool isIncompleteArrayType() const; |
1993 | bool isVariableArrayType() const; |
1994 | bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const; |
1995 | bool isRecordType() const; |
1996 | bool isClassType() const; |
1997 | bool isStructureType() const; |
1998 | bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const; |
1999 | bool isInterfaceType() const; |
2000 | bool isStructureOrClassType() const; |
2001 | bool isUnionType() const; |
2002 | bool isComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC _Complex integer type. |
2003 | bool isVectorType() const; // GCC vector type. |
2004 | bool isExtVectorType() const; // Extended vector type. |
2005 | bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const; // value-dependent address space qualifier |
2006 | bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const; // pointer to ObjC object |
2007 | bool isObjCRetainableType() const; // ObjC object or block pointer |
2008 | bool isObjCLifetimeType() const; // (array of)* retainable type |
2009 | bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const; // (pointer to)* lifetime type |
2010 | bool isObjCNSObjectType() const; // __attribute__((NSObject)) |
2011 | bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const; // __attribute__((objc_independent_class)) |
2012 | // FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type |
2013 | // for the common case. |
2014 | bool isObjCObjectType() const; // NSString or typeof(*(id)0) |
2015 | bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; // NSString<foo> |
2016 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const; // id<foo> |
2017 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const; // Class<foo> |
2018 | bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const; |
2019 | bool isObjCIdType() const; // id |
2020 | bool isDecltypeType() const; |
2021 | /// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained |
2022 | /// qualifier? |
2023 | /// |
2024 | /// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this |
2025 | /// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified |
2026 | /// with __unsafe_unretained? |
2027 | bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const { |
2028 | return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained); |
2029 | } |
2030 | |
2031 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an |
2032 | /// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id |
2033 | /// <NSCopying>. |
2034 | /// |
2035 | /// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types, |
2036 | /// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or |
2037 | /// null for 'id. |
2038 | bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx, |
2039 | const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const; |
2040 | |
2041 | bool isObjCClassType() const; // Class |
2042 | |
2043 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an |
2044 | /// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>. |
2045 | /// |
2046 | /// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound |
2047 | /// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class |
2048 | /// object for a subclass of NSFoo". |
2049 | bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const; |
2050 | |
2051 | bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const; |
2052 | bool isObjCSelType() const; // Class |
2053 | bool isObjCBuiltinType() const; // 'id' or 'Class' |
2054 | bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const; |
2055 | bool isCARCBridgableType() const; |
2056 | bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const; // C++ template type parameter |
2057 | bool isNullPtrType() const; // C++11 std::nullptr_t |
2058 | bool isNothrowT() const; // C++ std::nothrow_t |
2059 | bool isAlignValT() const; // C++17 std::align_val_t |
2060 | bool isStdByteType() const; // C++17 std::byte |
2061 | bool isAtomicType() const; // C11 _Atomic() |
2062 | |
2063 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
2064 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2065 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2066 | |
2067 | bool isImageType() const; // Any OpenCL image type |
2068 | |
2069 | bool isSamplerT() const; // OpenCL sampler_t |
2070 | bool isEventT() const; // OpenCL event_t |
2071 | bool isClkEventT() const; // OpenCL clk_event_t |
2072 | bool isQueueT() const; // OpenCL queue_t |
2073 | bool isReserveIDT() const; // OpenCL reserve_id_t |
2074 | |
2075 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
2076 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2077 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2078 | // Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension |
2079 | bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const; |
2080 | bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const; // Any OpenCL extension type |
2081 | |
2082 | bool isPipeType() const; // OpenCL pipe type |
2083 | bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const; // Any OpenCL specific type |
2084 | |
2085 | /// Determines if this type, which must satisfy |
2086 | /// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather |
2087 | /// than implicitly __strong. |
2088 | bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const; |
2089 | |
2090 | /// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent. |
2091 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const; |
2092 | |
2093 | enum ScalarTypeKind { |
2094 | STK_CPointer, |
2095 | STK_BlockPointer, |
2096 | STK_ObjCObjectPointer, |
2097 | STK_MemberPointer, |
2098 | STK_Bool, |
2099 | STK_Integral, |
2100 | STK_Floating, |
2101 | STK_IntegralComplex, |
2102 | STK_FloatingComplex, |
2103 | STK_FixedPoint |
2104 | }; |
2105 | |
2106 | /// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it. |
2107 | ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const; |
2108 | |
2109 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition |
2110 | /// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]). |
2111 | bool isDependentType() const { return TypeBits.Dependent; } |
2112 | |
2113 | /// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type, |
2114 | /// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the |
2115 | /// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that |
2116 | /// template parameter). |
2117 | bool isInstantiationDependentType() const { |
2118 | return TypeBits.InstantiationDependent; |
2119 | } |
2120 | |
2121 | /// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that |
2122 | /// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been |
2123 | /// deduced. |
2124 | bool isUndeducedType() const; |
2125 | |
2126 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). |
2127 | bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { return TypeBits.VariablyModified; } |
2128 | |
2129 | /// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type |
2130 | /// with a definite size. |
2131 | bool hasSizedVLAType() const; |
2132 | |
2133 | /// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type. |
2134 | bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const; |
2135 | |
2136 | bool isOverloadableType() const; |
2137 | |
2138 | /// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier. |
2139 | bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const; |
2140 | |
2141 | bool canDecayToPointerType() const; |
2142 | |
2143 | /// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer. This includes |
2144 | /// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface, |
2145 | /// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t. |
2146 | bool hasPointerRepresentation() const; |
2147 | |
2148 | /// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the |
2149 | /// purpose of GC'ability |
2150 | bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const; |
2151 | |
2152 | /// Determine whether this type has an integer representation |
2153 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector. |
2154 | bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2155 | |
2156 | /// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation |
2157 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector. |
2158 | bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2159 | |
2160 | /// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation |
2161 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector. |
2162 | bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2163 | |
2164 | /// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation |
2165 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof. |
2166 | bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const; |
2167 | |
2168 | // Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the |
2169 | // specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to |
2170 | // the best type we can. |
2171 | const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const; |
2172 | /// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext. |
2173 | const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const; |
2174 | const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type. |
2175 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const; |
2176 | |
2177 | // The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType |
2178 | // for object declared using an interface. |
2179 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const; |
2180 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const; |
2181 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const; |
2182 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; |
2183 | |
2184 | /// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either |
2185 | /// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2186 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2187 | CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2188 | |
2189 | /// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to. |
2190 | RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const; |
2191 | |
2192 | /// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either |
2193 | /// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2194 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2195 | TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const; |
2196 | |
2197 | /// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the |
2198 | /// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to. |
2199 | /// |
2200 | /// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does |
2201 | /// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL. |
2202 | const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2203 | |
2204 | /// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2205 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2206 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2207 | DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const; |
2208 | |
2209 | /// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2210 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2211 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2212 | AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const { |
2213 | return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType()); |
2214 | } |
2215 | |
2216 | /// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto' |
2217 | /// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested |
2218 | /// function type within a pointer to function type or similar). |
2219 | bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const; |
2220 | |
2221 | /// Member-template getAs<specific type>'. Look through sugar for |
2222 | /// an instance of \<specific type>. This scheme will eventually |
2223 | /// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above. |
2224 | /// |
2225 | /// There are some specializations of this member template listed |
2226 | /// immediately following this class. |
2227 | template <typename T> const T *getAs() const; |
2228 | |
2229 | /// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds |
2230 | /// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>. |
2231 | /// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some |
2232 | /// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type> |
2233 | /// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>. |
2234 | template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const; |
2235 | |
2236 | /// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards |
2237 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2238 | const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2239 | |
2240 | /// Member-template castAs<specific type>. Look through sugar for |
2241 | /// the underlying instance of \<specific type>. |
2242 | /// |
2243 | /// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has |
2244 | /// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must* |
2245 | /// have the intended type, and this method will never return null. |
2246 | template <typename T> const T *castAs() const; |
2247 | |
2248 | /// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards |
2249 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2250 | const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2251 | |
2252 | /// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it |
2253 | /// (looking through top-level type sugar). |
2254 | bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const; |
2255 | |
2256 | /// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type |
2257 | /// qualifiers. This should never be used when type qualifiers |
2258 | /// are meaningful. |
2259 | const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const; |
2260 | |
2261 | /// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array, |
2262 | /// potentially with type qualifiers missing. |
2263 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2264 | const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const; |
2265 | |
2266 | /// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type. |
2267 | /// If this is an array type, return the array element type. |
2268 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2269 | const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const; |
2270 | |
2271 | /// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block |
2272 | /// pointer, this returns the respective pointee. |
2273 | QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2274 | |
2275 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type, |
2276 | /// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers. |
2277 | const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const; |
2278 | |
2279 | /// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion |
2280 | bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2 |
2281 | |
2282 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2283 | /// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..], |
2284 | /// or an enum decl which has a signed representation. |
2285 | bool isSignedIntegerType() const; |
2286 | |
2287 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2288 | /// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool], |
2289 | /// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation. |
2290 | bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const; |
2291 | |
2292 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an |
2293 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type. |
2294 | bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2295 | |
2296 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an |
2297 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type. |
2298 | bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2299 | |
2300 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to |
2301 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. |
2302 | bool isFixedPointType() const; |
2303 | |
2304 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type. |
2305 | bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const; |
2306 | |
2307 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2308 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2309 | bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2310 | |
2311 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2312 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2313 | bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2314 | |
2315 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according |
2316 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2317 | bool isSignedFixedPointType() const; |
2318 | |
2319 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according |
2320 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2321 | bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const; |
2322 | |
2323 | /// Return true if this is not a variable sized type, |
2324 | /// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3. It is not legal to call this on |
2325 | /// incomplete types. |
2326 | bool isConstantSizeType() const; |
2327 | |
2328 | /// Returns true if this type can be represented by some |
2329 | /// set of type specifiers. |
2330 | bool isSpecifierType() const; |
2331 | |
2332 | /// Determine the linkage of this type. |
2333 | Linkage getLinkage() const; |
2334 | |
2335 | /// Determine the visibility of this type. |
2336 | Visibility getVisibility() const { |
2337 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility(); |
2338 | } |
2339 | |
2340 | /// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code. |
2341 | bool isVisibilityExplicit() const { |
2342 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit(); |
2343 | } |
2344 | |
2345 | /// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type. |
2346 | LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const; |
2347 | |
2348 | /// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency |
2349 | /// checking. Should always return true. |
2350 | bool isLinkageValid() const; |
2351 | |
2352 | /// Determine the nullability of the given type. |
2353 | /// |
2354 | /// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type |
2355 | /// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will |
2356 | /// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring. |
2357 | Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const; |
2358 | |
2359 | /// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability |
2360 | /// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type. |
2361 | /// |
2362 | /// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether |
2363 | /// this type can have nullability because it is dependent. |
2364 | bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const; |
2365 | |
2366 | /// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member |
2367 | /// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context. |
2368 | /// |
2369 | /// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the |
2370 | /// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is |
2371 | /// expected to be of some object or object pointer type. |
2372 | /// |
2373 | /// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a |
2374 | /// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension, |
2375 | /// category, or method within. |
2376 | /// |
2377 | /// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for |
2378 | /// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described |
2379 | /// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no |
2380 | /// substitution is required. |
2381 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> |
2382 | getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const; |
2383 | |
2384 | /// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type |
2385 | /// parameters. |
2386 | bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const; |
2387 | |
2388 | const char *getTypeClassName() const; |
2389 | |
2390 | QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const { |
2391 | return CanonicalType; |
2392 | } |
2393 | |
2394 | CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h |
2395 | void dump() const; |
2396 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const; |
2397 | }; |
2398 | |
2399 | /// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar |
2400 | /// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type. |
2401 | template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const; |
2402 | |
2403 | /// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any |
2404 | /// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a |
2405 | /// non-sugared type. |
2406 | template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const; |
2407 | |
2408 | /// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar |
2409 | /// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type. |
2410 | template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const; |
2411 | |
2412 | // We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to |
2413 | // worry about preserving child type decoration. |
2414 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) |
2415 | #define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \ |
2416 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \ |
2417 | return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2418 | } \ |
2419 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \ |
2420 | return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2421 | } |
2422 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
2423 | |
2424 | /// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'. Builtin |
2425 | /// types are always canonical and have a literal name field. |
2426 | class BuiltinType : public Type { |
2427 | public: |
2428 | enum Kind { |
2429 | // OpenCL image types |
2430 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id, |
2431 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2432 | // OpenCL extension types |
2433 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id, |
2434 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2435 | // SVE Types |
2436 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2437 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" |
2438 | // All other builtin types |
2439 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2440 | #define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id |
2441 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" |
2442 | }; |
2443 | |
2444 | private: |
2445 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2446 | |
2447 | BuiltinType(Kind K) |
2448 | : Type(Builtin, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/(K == Dependent), |
2449 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/(K == Dependent), |
2450 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
2451 | /*Unexpanded parameter pack=*/false) { |
2452 | BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K; |
2453 | } |
2454 | |
2455 | public: |
2456 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); } |
2457 | StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
2458 | |
2459 | const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const { |
2460 | // The StringRef is null-terminated. |
2461 | StringRef str = getName(Policy); |
2462 | assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')((!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0') ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\\0'" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 2462, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2463 | return str.data(); |
2464 | } |
2465 | |
2466 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2467 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2468 | |
2469 | bool isInteger() const { |
2470 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128; |
2471 | } |
2472 | |
2473 | bool isSignedInteger() const { |
2474 | return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128; |
2475 | } |
2476 | |
2477 | bool isUnsignedInteger() const { |
2478 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128; |
2479 | } |
2480 | |
2481 | bool isFloatingPoint() const { |
2482 | return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128; |
2483 | } |
2484 | |
2485 | /// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type. |
2486 | static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) { |
2487 | return K >= Overload; |
2488 | } |
2489 | |
2490 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type |
2491 | /// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed |
2492 | /// expression. |
2493 | bool isPlaceholderType() const { |
2494 | return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind()); |
2495 | } |
2496 | |
2497 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than |
2498 | /// Overload. Most placeholder types require only syntactic |
2499 | /// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g. |
2500 | /// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and |
2501 | /// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis. |
2502 | /// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information |
2503 | /// from their context, like whether the context expects a |
2504 | /// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need |
2505 | /// special treatment. |
2506 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
2507 | return getKind() > Overload; |
2508 | } |
2509 | |
2510 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; } |
2511 | }; |
2512 | |
2513 | /// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11. This supports the C99 complex |
2514 | /// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions. |
2515 | class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2516 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2517 | |
2518 | QualType ElementType; |
2519 | |
2520 | ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2521 | : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->isDependentType(), |
2522 | Element->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2523 | Element->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2524 | Element->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2525 | ElementType(Element) {} |
2526 | |
2527 | public: |
2528 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2529 | |
2530 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2531 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2532 | |
2533 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2534 | Profile(ID, getElementType()); |
2535 | } |
2536 | |
2537 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) { |
2538 | ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2539 | } |
2540 | |
2541 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; } |
2542 | }; |
2543 | |
2544 | /// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types. |
2545 | class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2546 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2547 | |
2548 | QualType Inner; |
2549 | |
2550 | ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType) |
2551 | : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->isDependentType(), |
2552 | InnerType->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2553 | InnerType->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2554 | InnerType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2555 | Inner(InnerType) {} |
2556 | |
2557 | public: |
2558 | QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; } |
2559 | |
2560 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2561 | QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); } |
2562 | |
2563 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2564 | Profile(ID, getInnerType()); |
2565 | } |
2566 | |
2567 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) { |
2568 | Inner.Profile(ID); |
2569 | } |
2570 | |
2571 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; } |
2572 | }; |
2573 | |
2574 | /// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators. |
2575 | class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2576 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2577 | |
2578 | QualType PointeeType; |
2579 | |
2580 | PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2581 | : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->isDependentType(), |
2582 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2583 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2584 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2585 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2586 | |
2587 | public: |
2588 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2589 | |
2590 | /// Returns true if address spaces of pointers overlap. |
2591 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules for pointers to different |
2592 | /// address spaces (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of overlapping |
2593 | /// address spaces. |
2594 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
2595 | /// address spaces overlap iff they are they same. |
2596 | /// CL2.0 adds: |
2597 | /// __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant. |
2598 | bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(const PointerType &other) const { |
2599 | Qualifiers thisQuals = PointeeType.getQualifiers(); |
2600 | Qualifiers otherQuals = other.getPointeeType().getQualifiers(); |
2601 | // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another |
2602 | return thisQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(otherQuals) || |
2603 | otherQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(thisQuals); |
2604 | } |
2605 | |
2606 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2607 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2608 | |
2609 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2610 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2611 | } |
2612 | |
2613 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2614 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2615 | } |
2616 | |
2617 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; } |
2618 | }; |
2619 | |
2620 | /// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic |
2621 | /// engine for arbitrary reasons. For example, array and function types can |
2622 | /// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted. |
2623 | class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2624 | QualType OriginalTy; |
2625 | QualType AdjustedTy; |
2626 | |
2627 | protected: |
2628 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2629 | |
2630 | AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy, |
2631 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2632 | : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->isDependentType(), |
2633 | OriginalTy->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2634 | OriginalTy->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2635 | OriginalTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2636 | OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {} |
2637 | |
2638 | public: |
2639 | QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; } |
2640 | QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2641 | |
2642 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2643 | QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2644 | |
2645 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2646 | Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy); |
2647 | } |
2648 | |
2649 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) { |
2650 | ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2651 | ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2652 | } |
2653 | |
2654 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2655 | return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; |
2656 | } |
2657 | }; |
2658 | |
2659 | /// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type. |
2660 | class DecayedType : public AdjustedType { |
2661 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2662 | |
2663 | inline |
2664 | DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical); |
2665 | |
2666 | public: |
2667 | QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); } |
2668 | |
2669 | inline QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2670 | |
2671 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; } |
2672 | }; |
2673 | |
2674 | /// Pointer to a block type. |
2675 | /// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as |
2676 | /// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2677 | class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2678 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2679 | |
2680 | // Block is some kind of pointer type |
2681 | QualType PointeeType; |
2682 | |
2683 | BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls) |
2684 | : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->isDependentType(), |
2685 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2686 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2687 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2688 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2689 | |
2690 | public: |
2691 | // Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2692 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2693 | |
2694 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2695 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2696 | |
2697 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2698 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2699 | } |
2700 | |
2701 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2702 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2703 | } |
2704 | |
2705 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2706 | return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer; |
2707 | } |
2708 | }; |
2709 | |
2710 | /// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType |
2711 | class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2712 | QualType PointeeType; |
2713 | |
2714 | protected: |
2715 | ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2716 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2717 | : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->isDependentType(), |
2718 | Referencee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2719 | Referencee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2720 | Referencee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2721 | PointeeType(Referencee) { |
2722 | ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue; |
2723 | ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType(); |
2724 | } |
2725 | |
2726 | public: |
2727 | bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; } |
2728 | bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; } |
2729 | |
2730 | QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; } |
2731 | |
2732 | QualType getPointeeType() const { |
2733 | // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay? |
2734 | const ReferenceType *T = this; |
2735 | while (T->isInnerRef()) |
2736 | T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>(); |
2737 | return T->PointeeType; |
2738 | } |
2739 | |
2740 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2741 | Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue()); |
2742 | } |
2743 | |
2744 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
2745 | QualType Referencee, |
2746 | bool SpelledAsLValue) { |
2747 | ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2748 | ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue); |
2749 | } |
2750 | |
2751 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2752 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference || |
2753 | T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2754 | } |
2755 | }; |
2756 | |
2757 | /// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2758 | class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2759 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2760 | |
2761 | LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2762 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2763 | : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, |
2764 | SpelledAsLValue) {} |
2765 | |
2766 | public: |
2767 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2768 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2769 | |
2770 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2771 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference; |
2772 | } |
2773 | }; |
2774 | |
2775 | /// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2776 | class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2777 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2778 | |
2779 | RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef) |
2780 | : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {} |
2781 | |
2782 | public: |
2783 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2784 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2785 | |
2786 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2787 | return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2788 | } |
2789 | }; |
2790 | |
2791 | /// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members. |
2792 | /// |
2793 | /// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions. |
2794 | class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2795 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2796 | |
2797 | QualType PointeeType; |
2798 | |
2799 | /// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a |
2800 | /// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too. |
2801 | const Type *Class; |
2802 | |
2803 | MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2804 | : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr, |
2805 | Cls->isDependentType() || Pointee->isDependentType(), |
2806 | (Cls->isInstantiationDependentType() || |
2807 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType()), |
2808 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2809 | (Cls->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() || |
2810 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())), |
2811 | PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {} |
2812 | |
2813 | public: |
2814 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2815 | |
2816 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2817 | /// function type rather than a data-member type. |
2818 | bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const { |
2819 | return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2820 | } |
2821 | |
2822 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2823 | /// data type rather than a function type. |
2824 | bool isMemberDataPointer() const { |
2825 | return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2826 | } |
2827 | |
2828 | const Type *getClass() const { return Class; } |
2829 | CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2830 | |
2831 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2832 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2833 | |
2834 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2835 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass()); |
2836 | } |
2837 | |
2838 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee, |
2839 | const Type *Class) { |
2840 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2841 | ID.AddPointer(Class); |
2842 | } |
2843 | |
2844 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2845 | return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer; |
2846 | } |
2847 | }; |
2848 | |
2849 | /// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators. |
2850 | class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2851 | public: |
2852 | /// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4]) |
2853 | /// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array |
2854 | /// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]). |
2855 | /// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters. |
2856 | enum ArraySizeModifier { |
2857 | Normal, Static, Star |
2858 | }; |
2859 | |
2860 | private: |
2861 | /// The element type of the array. |
2862 | QualType ElementType; |
2863 | |
2864 | protected: |
2865 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2866 | |
2867 | // C++ [temp.dep.type]p1: |
2868 | // A type is dependent if it is... |
2869 | // - an array type constructed from any dependent type or whose |
2870 | // size is specified by a constant expression that is |
2871 | // value-dependent, |
2872 | ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, |
2873 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
2874 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) |
2875 | : Type(tc, can, et->isDependentType() || tc == DependentSizedArray, |
2876 | et->isInstantiationDependentType() || tc == DependentSizedArray, |
2877 | (tc == VariableArray || et->isVariablyModifiedType()), |
2878 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack), |
2879 | ElementType(et) { |
2880 | ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals = tq; |
2881 | ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier = sm; |
2882 | } |
2883 | |
2884 | public: |
2885 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2886 | |
2887 | ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const { |
2888 | return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier); |
2889 | } |
2890 | |
2891 | Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const { |
2892 | return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2893 | } |
2894 | |
2895 | unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const { |
2896 | return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals; |
2897 | } |
2898 | |
2899 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2900 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray || |
2901 | T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray || |
2902 | T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray || |
2903 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
2904 | } |
2905 | }; |
2906 | |
2907 | /// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size. |
2908 | /// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a |
2909 | /// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404. |
2910 | class ConstantArrayType : public ArrayType { |
2911 | llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type. |
2912 | |
2913 | ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size, |
2914 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2915 | : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, |
2916 | et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2917 | Size(size) {} |
2918 | |
2919 | protected: |
2920 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2921 | |
2922 | ConstantArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, |
2923 | const llvm::APInt &size, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2924 | : ArrayType(tc, et, can, sm, tq, et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2925 | Size(size) {} |
2926 | |
2927 | public: |
2928 | const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; } |
2929 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2930 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2931 | |
2932 | /// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of |
2933 | // an array with the given element type and number of elements. |
2934 | static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context, |
2935 | QualType ElementType, |
2936 | const llvm::APInt &NumElements); |
2937 | |
2938 | /// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size |
2939 | /// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array. |
2940 | static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context); |
2941 | |
2942 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2943 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSize(), |
2944 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2945 | } |
2946 | |
2947 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, |
2948 | const llvm::APInt &ArraySize, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
2949 | unsigned TypeQuals) { |
2950 | ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2951 | ID.AddInteger(ArraySize.getZExtValue()); |
2952 | ID.AddInteger(SizeMod); |
2953 | ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals); |
2954 | } |
2955 | |
2956 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2957 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray; |
2958 | } |
2959 | }; |
2960 | |
2961 | /// Represents a C array with an unspecified size. For example 'int A[]' has |
2962 | /// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is |
2963 | /// unspecified. |
2964 | class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType { |
2965 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2966 | |
2967 | IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, |
2968 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2969 | : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq, |
2970 | et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) {} |
2971 | |
2972 | public: |
2973 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
2974 | |
2975 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2976 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2977 | |
2978 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2979 | return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray; |
2980 | } |
2981 | |
2982 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2983 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(), |
2984 | getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2985 | } |
2986 | |
2987 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, |
2988 | ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) { |
2989 | ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2990 | ID.AddInteger(SizeMod); |
2991 | ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals); |
2992 | } |
2993 | }; |
2994 | |
2995 | /// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an |
2996 | /// integer-constant-expression. For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'. |
2997 | /// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such. |
2998 | /// |
2999 | /// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and |
3000 | /// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean |
3001 | /// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type |
3002 | /// dynamically: |
3003 | /// |
3004 | /// void foo(int x) { |
3005 | /// int Y[x]; |
3006 | /// ++x; |
3007 | /// int Z[x]; |
3008 | /// } |
3009 | class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3010 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3011 | |
3012 | /// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within |
3013 | /// a function block. |
3014 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3015 | |
3016 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3017 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3018 | |
3019 | VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e, |
3020 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3021 | SourceRange brackets) |
3022 | : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, |
3023 | et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
3024 | SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {} |
3025 | |
3026 | public: |
3027 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3028 | |
3029 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3030 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3031 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3032 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3033 | } |
3034 | |
3035 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3036 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3037 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3038 | |
3039 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3040 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3041 | |
3042 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3043 | return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray; |
3044 | } |
3045 | |
3046 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3047 | llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3047); |
3048 | } |
3049 | }; |
3050 | |
3051 | /// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression. |
3052 | /// |
3053 | /// For example: |
3054 | /// \code |
3055 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3056 | /// class array { |
3057 | /// T data[Size]; |
3058 | /// }; |
3059 | /// \endcode |
3060 | /// |
3061 | /// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is |
3062 | /// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will |
3063 | /// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType. |
3064 | class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3065 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3066 | |
3067 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3068 | |
3069 | /// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the |
3070 | /// size of the array. |
3071 | /// |
3072 | /// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array |
3073 | /// type will have its size deduced from an initializer. |
3074 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3075 | |
3076 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3077 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3078 | |
3079 | DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can, |
3080 | Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3081 | SourceRange brackets); |
3082 | |
3083 | public: |
3084 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3085 | |
3086 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3087 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3088 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3089 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3090 | } |
3091 | |
3092 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3093 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3094 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3095 | |
3096 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3097 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3098 | |
3099 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3100 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
3101 | } |
3102 | |
3103 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3104 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), |
3105 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr()); |
3106 | } |
3107 | |
3108 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3109 | QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
3110 | unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E); |
3111 | }; |
3112 | |
3113 | /// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space |
3114 | /// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a |
3115 | /// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType. |
3116 | /// |
3117 | /// For example: |
3118 | /// \code |
3119 | /// template<typename T, int AddrSpace> |
3120 | /// class AddressSpace { |
3121 | /// typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type; |
3122 | /// } |
3123 | /// \endcode |
3124 | class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3125 | friend class ASTContext; |
3126 | |
3127 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3128 | Expr *AddrSpaceExpr; |
3129 | QualType PointeeType; |
3130 | SourceLocation loc; |
3131 | |
3132 | DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType, |
3133 | QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr, |
3134 | SourceLocation loc); |
3135 | |
3136 | public: |
3137 | Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; } |
3138 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
3139 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3140 | |
3141 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3142 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3143 | |
3144 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3145 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace; |
3146 | } |
3147 | |
3148 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3149 | Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr()); |
3150 | } |
3151 | |
3152 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3153 | QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr); |
3154 | }; |
3155 | |
3156 | /// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is |
3157 | /// dependent. |
3158 | /// |
3159 | /// For example: |
3160 | /// \code |
3161 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3162 | /// class vector { |
3163 | /// typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type; |
3164 | /// } |
3165 | /// \endcode |
3166 | class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3167 | friend class ASTContext; |
3168 | |
3169 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3170 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3171 | |
3172 | /// The element type of the array. |
3173 | QualType ElementType; |
3174 | |
3175 | SourceLocation loc; |
3176 | |
3177 | DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3178 | QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc); |
3179 | |
3180 | public: |
3181 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3182 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3183 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3184 | |
3185 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3186 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3187 | |
3188 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3189 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector; |
3190 | } |
3191 | |
3192 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3193 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr()); |
3194 | } |
3195 | |
3196 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3197 | QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr); |
3198 | }; |
3199 | |
3200 | |
3201 | /// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using |
3202 | /// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in |
3203 | /// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration. |
3204 | /// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the |
3205 | /// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements. |
3206 | class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3207 | public: |
3208 | enum VectorKind { |
3209 | /// not a target-specific vector type |
3210 | GenericVector, |
3211 | |
3212 | /// is AltiVec vector |
3213 | AltiVecVector, |
3214 | |
3215 | /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel' |
3216 | AltiVecPixel, |
3217 | |
3218 | /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...' |
3219 | AltiVecBool, |
3220 | |
3221 | /// is ARM Neon vector |
3222 | NeonVector, |
3223 | |
3224 | /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector |
3225 | NeonPolyVector |
3226 | }; |
3227 | |
3228 | protected: |
3229 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3230 | |
3231 | /// The element type of the vector. |
3232 | QualType ElementType; |
3233 | |
3234 | VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType, |
3235 | VectorKind vecKind); |
3236 | |
3237 | VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, |
3238 | QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind); |
3239 | |
3240 | public: |
3241 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3242 | unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; } |
3243 | |
3244 | static bool isVectorSizeTooLarge(unsigned NumElements) { |
3245 | return NumElements > VectorTypeBitfields::MaxNumElements; |
3246 | } |
3247 | |
3248 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3249 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3250 | |
3251 | VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3252 | return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3253 | } |
3254 | |
3255 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3256 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(), |
3257 | getTypeClass(), getVectorKind()); |
3258 | } |
3259 | |
3260 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, |
3261 | unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass, |
3262 | VectorKind VecKind) { |
3263 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3264 | ID.AddInteger(NumElements); |
3265 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); |
3266 | ID.AddInteger(VecKind); |
3267 | } |
3268 | |
3269 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3270 | return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3271 | } |
3272 | }; |
3273 | |
3274 | /// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent. |
3275 | //// |
3276 | /// For example: |
3277 | /// \code |
3278 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3279 | /// class vector { |
3280 | /// typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type; |
3281 | /// } |
3282 | /// \endcode |
3283 | class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3284 | friend class ASTContext; |
3285 | |
3286 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3287 | QualType ElementType; |
3288 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3289 | SourceLocation Loc; |
3290 | |
3291 | DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3292 | QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr, |
3293 | SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind); |
3294 | |
3295 | public: |
3296 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3297 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3298 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; } |
3299 | VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3300 | return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3301 | } |
3302 | |
3303 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3304 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3305 | |
3306 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3307 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector; |
3308 | } |
3309 | |
3310 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3311 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind()); |
3312 | } |
3313 | |
3314 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3315 | QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr, |
3316 | VectorType::VectorKind VecKind); |
3317 | }; |
3318 | |
3319 | /// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using |
3320 | /// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements. |
3321 | /// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This |
3322 | /// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing |
3323 | /// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL |
3324 | /// Shading Language). |
3325 | class ExtVectorType : public VectorType { |
3326 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3327 | |
3328 | ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType) |
3329 | : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {} |
3330 | |
3331 | public: |
3332 | static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3333 | switch (c) { |
3334 | default: return -1; |
3335 | case 'x': case 'r': return 0; |
3336 | case 'y': case 'g': return 1; |
3337 | case 'z': case 'b': return 2; |
3338 | case 'w': case 'a': return 3; |
3339 | } |
3340 | } |
3341 | |
3342 | static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3343 | switch (c) { |
3344 | default: return -1; |
3345 | case '0': return 0; |
3346 | case '1': return 1; |
3347 | case '2': return 2; |
3348 | case '3': return 3; |
3349 | case '4': return 4; |
3350 | case '5': return 5; |
3351 | case '6': return 6; |
3352 | case '7': return 7; |
3353 | case '8': return 8; |
3354 | case '9': return 9; |
3355 | case 'A': |
3356 | case 'a': return 10; |
3357 | case 'B': |
3358 | case 'b': return 11; |
3359 | case 'C': |
3360 | case 'c': return 12; |
3361 | case 'D': |
3362 | case 'd': return 13; |
3363 | case 'E': |
3364 | case 'e': return 14; |
3365 | case 'F': |
3366 | case 'f': return 15; |
3367 | } |
3368 | } |
3369 | |
3370 | static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) { |
3371 | if (isNumericAccessor) |
3372 | return getNumericAccessorIdx(c); |
3373 | else |
3374 | return getPointAccessorIdx(c); |
3375 | } |
3376 | |
3377 | bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const { |
3378 | if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1) |
3379 | return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements(); |
3380 | return false; |
3381 | } |
3382 | |
3383 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3384 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3385 | |
3386 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3387 | return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3388 | } |
3389 | }; |
3390 | |
3391 | /// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators. This is the common base |
3392 | /// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType. |
3393 | class FunctionType : public Type { |
3394 | // The type returned by the function. |
3395 | QualType ResultType; |
3396 | |
3397 | public: |
3398 | /// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply |
3399 | /// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType |
3400 | /// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the |
3401 | /// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType. |
3402 | /// |
3403 | /// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some |
3404 | /// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that |
3405 | /// affects how the function is called. For example, the ARC ns_consumed |
3406 | /// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default) |
3407 | /// or +1 (ns_consumed). This must be reflected in the function type, |
3408 | /// but isn't really a change to the parameter type. |
3409 | /// |
3410 | /// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is |
3411 | /// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt |
3412 | /// to destructure types. For example, template argument deduction will |
3413 | /// not be able to match a parameter declared as |
3414 | /// T (*)(U) |
3415 | /// against an argument of type |
3416 | /// void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id) |
3417 | /// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will |
3418 | /// not produce the latter. |
3419 | class ExtParameterInfo { |
3420 | enum { |
3421 | ABIMask = 0x0F, |
3422 | IsConsumed = 0x10, |
3423 | HasPassObjSize = 0x20, |
3424 | IsNoEscape = 0x40, |
3425 | }; |
3426 | unsigned char Data = 0; |
3427 | |
3428 | public: |
3429 | ExtParameterInfo() = default; |
3430 | |
3431 | /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter. |
3432 | ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); } |
3433 | ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const { |
3434 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3435 | copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind); |
3436 | return copy; |
3437 | } |
3438 | |
3439 | /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC? |
3440 | /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type. |
3441 | bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); } |
3442 | ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const { |
3443 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3444 | if (consumed) |
3445 | copy.Data |= IsConsumed; |
3446 | else |
3447 | copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed; |
3448 | return copy; |
3449 | } |
3450 | |
3451 | bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; } |
3452 | ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const { |
3453 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3454 | Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize; |
3455 | return Copy; |
3456 | } |
3457 | |
3458 | bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; } |
3459 | ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const { |
3460 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3461 | if (NoEscape) |
3462 | Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape; |
3463 | else |
3464 | Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape; |
3465 | return Copy; |
3466 | } |
3467 | |
3468 | unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; } |
3469 | static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) { |
3470 | ExtParameterInfo result; |
3471 | result.Data = data; |
3472 | return result; |
3473 | } |
3474 | |
3475 | friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3476 | return lhs.Data == rhs.Data; |
3477 | } |
3478 | |
3479 | friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3480 | return lhs.Data != rhs.Data; |
3481 | } |
3482 | }; |
3483 | |
3484 | /// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for |
3485 | /// making a call. |
3486 | /// |
3487 | /// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in |
3488 | /// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the |
3489 | /// same bit-pattern. |
3490 | /// |
3491 | // If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both, |
3492 | // constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is |
3493 | // * Operator== |
3494 | // * getFoo |
3495 | // * withFoo |
3496 | // * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo. |
3497 | // * ASTContext::getFooType |
3498 | // * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes |
3499 | // * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile |
3500 | // * FunctionProtoType::Profile |
3501 | // * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto |
3502 | // * AST read and write |
3503 | // * Codegen |
3504 | class ExtInfo { |
3505 | friend class FunctionType; |
3506 | |
3507 | // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 12, |
3508 | // you'll need to adjust both the Bits field below and |
3509 | // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields. |
3510 | |
3511 | // | CC |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck| |
3512 | // |0 .. 4| 5 | 6 | 7 |8 .. 10| 11 | |
3513 | // |
3514 | // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1. |
3515 | enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F }; |
3516 | enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 }; |
3517 | enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 }; |
3518 | enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 }; |
3519 | enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 }; |
3520 | enum { |
3521 | RegParmMask = ~(CallConvMask | NoReturnMask | ProducesResultMask | |
3522 | NoCallerSavedRegsMask | NoCfCheckMask), |
3523 | RegParmOffset = 8 |
3524 | }; // Assumed to be the last field |
3525 | uint16_t Bits = CC_C; |
3526 | |
3527 | ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {} |
3528 | |
3529 | public: |
3530 | // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you |
3531 | // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example). |
3532 | ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc, |
3533 | bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck) { |
3534 | assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")(((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3534, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3535 | Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) | |
3536 | (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) | |
3537 | (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) | |
3538 | (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) | |
3539 | (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0); |
3540 | } |
3541 | |
3542 | // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a |
3543 | // function known to use defaults. |
3544 | ExtInfo() = default; |
3545 | |
3546 | // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part |
3547 | // of the canonical type. |
3548 | ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {} |
3549 | |
3550 | bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; } |
3551 | bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; } |
3552 | bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; } |
3553 | bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; } |
3554 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return (Bits >> RegParmOffset) != 0; } |
3555 | |
3556 | unsigned getRegParm() const { |
3557 | unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset; |
3558 | if (RegParm > 0) |
3559 | --RegParm; |
3560 | return RegParm; |
3561 | } |
3562 | |
3563 | CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); } |
3564 | |
3565 | bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3566 | return Bits == Other.Bits; |
3567 | } |
3568 | bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3569 | return Bits != Other.Bits; |
3570 | } |
3571 | |
3572 | // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use |
3573 | // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects. |
3574 | |
3575 | ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const { |
3576 | if (noReturn) |
3577 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask); |
3578 | else |
3579 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask); |
3580 | } |
3581 | |
3582 | ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const { |
3583 | if (producesResult) |
3584 | return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask); |
3585 | else |
3586 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask); |
3587 | } |
3588 | |
3589 | ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const { |
3590 | if (noCallerSavedRegs) |
3591 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3592 | else |
3593 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3594 | } |
3595 | |
3596 | ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const { |
3597 | if (noCfCheck) |
3598 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask); |
3599 | else |
3600 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask); |
3601 | } |
3602 | |
3603 | ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const { |
3604 | assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")((RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RegParm < 7 && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3604, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3605 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) | |
3606 | ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset)); |
3607 | } |
3608 | |
3609 | ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const { |
3610 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc); |
3611 | } |
3612 | |
3613 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
3614 | ID.AddInteger(Bits); |
3615 | } |
3616 | }; |
3617 | |
3618 | /// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an |
3619 | /// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType |
3620 | /// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types. |
3621 | struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; }; |
3622 | |
3623 | /// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in |
3624 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the |
3625 | /// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update |
3626 | /// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here. |
3627 | struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields { |
3628 | /// The number of types in the exception specification. |
3629 | /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to |
3630 | /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here. |
3631 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
3632 | }; |
3633 | |
3634 | protected: |
3635 | FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res, |
3636 | QualType Canonical, bool Dependent, |
3637 | bool InstantiationDependent, |
3638 | bool VariablyModified, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, |
3639 | ExtInfo Info) |
3640 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified, |
3641 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack), |
3642 | ResultType(res) { |
3643 | FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits; |
3644 | } |
3645 | |
3646 | Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const { |
3647 | return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals); |
3648 | } |
3649 | |
3650 | public: |
3651 | QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; } |
3652 | |
3653 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); } |
3654 | unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); } |
3655 | |
3656 | /// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn |
3657 | /// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function |
3658 | /// type. |
3659 | bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); } |
3660 | |
3661 | CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); } |
3662 | ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); } |
3663 | |
3664 | static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0, |
3665 | "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of " |
3666 | "the fast qualifiers."); |
3667 | |
3668 | bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); } |
3669 | bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); } |
3670 | bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); } |
3671 | |
3672 | /// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of |
3673 | /// this type. |
3674 | QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
3675 | return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
3676 | } |
3677 | |
3678 | static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC); |
3679 | |
3680 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3681 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto || |
3682 | T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
3683 | } |
3684 | }; |
3685 | |
3686 | /// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has |
3687 | /// no information available about its arguments. |
3688 | class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3689 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3690 | |
3691 | FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info) |
3692 | : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical, |
3693 | /*Dependent=*/false, /*InstantiationDependent=*/false, |
3694 | Result->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
3695 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false, Info) {} |
3696 | |
3697 | public: |
3698 | // No additional state past what FunctionType provides. |
3699 | |
3700 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3701 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3702 | |
3703 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3704 | Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo()); |
3705 | } |
3706 | |
3707 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType, |
3708 | ExtInfo Info) { |
3709 | Info.Profile(ID); |
3710 | ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3711 | } |
3712 | |
3713 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3714 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto; |
3715 | } |
3716 | }; |
3717 | |
3718 | /// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g. |
3719 | /// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'. 'void' is represented as having no |
3720 | /// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have |
3721 | /// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the |
3722 | /// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of |
3723 | /// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see |
3724 | /// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType. |
3725 | class FunctionProtoType final |
3726 | : public FunctionType, |
3727 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
3728 | private llvm::TrailingObjects< |
3729 | FunctionProtoType, QualType, FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, |
3730 | FunctionType::ExceptionType, Expr *, FunctionDecl *, |
3731 | FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> { |
3732 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3733 | friend TrailingObjects; |
3734 | |
3735 | // FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of |
3736 | // which optional. They are in order: |
3737 | // |
3738 | // * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types. |
3739 | // Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType, |
3740 | // these will be the only trailing objects. |
3741 | // |
3742 | // * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields |
3743 | // (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields): |
3744 | // a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if |
3745 | // hasExtraBitfields() is true. |
3746 | // |
3747 | // * Optionally exactly one of: |
3748 | // * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType, |
3749 | // * a single Expr *, |
3750 | // * a pair of FunctionDecl *, |
3751 | // * a single FunctionDecl * |
3752 | // used to store information about the various types of exception |
3753 | // specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details. |
3754 | // |
3755 | // * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding |
3756 | // an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and |
3757 | // only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true. |
3758 | // |
3759 | // * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't |
3760 | // be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only |
3761 | // if hasExtQualifiers() is true. |
3762 | // |
3763 | // The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data |
3764 | // related to the exception specification since it contains the number |
3765 | // of exception types. |
3766 | // |
3767 | // We put the ExtParameterInfos last. If all were equal, it would make |
3768 | // more sense to put these before the exception specification, because |
3769 | // it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch |
3770 | // required to skip the exception specification. However, all is not |
3771 | // equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features, |
3772 | // and it's better not to burden the more common paths. |
3773 | |
3774 | public: |
3775 | /// Holds information about the various types of exception specification. |
3776 | /// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is |
3777 | /// used to group together the various bits of information about the |
3778 | /// exception specification. |
3779 | struct ExceptionSpecInfo { |
3780 | /// The kind of exception specification this is. |
3781 | ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None; |
3782 | |
3783 | /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types. |
3784 | ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions; |
3785 | |
3786 | /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification. |
3787 | Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr; |
3788 | |
3789 | /// The function whose exception specification this is, for |
3790 | /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated. |
3791 | FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr; |
3792 | |
3793 | /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated |
3794 | /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated. |
3795 | FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr; |
3796 | |
3797 | ExceptionSpecInfo() = default; |
3798 | |
3799 | ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {} |
3800 | }; |
3801 | |
3802 | /// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not |
3803 | /// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together |
3804 | /// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype. |
3805 | struct ExtProtoInfo { |
3806 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo; |
3807 | bool Variadic : 1; |
3808 | bool HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
3809 | Qualifiers TypeQuals; |
3810 | RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None; |
3811 | ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec; |
3812 | const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr; |
3813 | |
3814 | ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3815 | |
3816 | ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC) |
3817 | : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3818 | |
3819 | ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) { |
3820 | ExtProtoInfo Result(*this); |
3821 | Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI; |
3822 | return Result; |
3823 | } |
3824 | }; |
3825 | |
3826 | private: |
3827 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const { |
3828 | return getNumParams(); |
3829 | } |
3830 | |
3831 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const { |
3832 | return hasExtraBitfields(); |
3833 | } |
3834 | |
3835 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const { |
3836 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType; |
3837 | } |
3838 | |
3839 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const { |
3840 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr; |
3841 | } |
3842 | |
3843 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const { |
3844 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
3845 | } |
3846 | |
3847 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const { |
3848 | return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0; |
3849 | } |
3850 | |
3851 | /// Determine whether there are any argument types that |
3852 | /// contain an unexpanded parameter pack. |
3853 | static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray, |
3854 | unsigned numArgs) { |
3855 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx) |
3856 | if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
3857 | return true; |
3858 | |
3859 | return false; |
3860 | } |
3861 | |
3862 | FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params, |
3863 | QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi); |
3864 | |
3865 | /// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to |
3866 | /// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind |
3867 | /// of trailing objects related to the exception specification. |
3868 | struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder { |
3869 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
3870 | unsigned NumExprPtr; |
3871 | unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
3872 | }; |
3873 | |
3874 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
3875 | /// related to the exception specification. |
3876 | static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder |
3877 | getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) { |
3878 | switch (EST) { |
3879 | case EST_None: |
3880 | case EST_DynamicNone: |
3881 | case EST_MSAny: |
3882 | case EST_BasicNoexcept: |
3883 | case EST_Unparsed: |
3884 | case EST_NoThrow: |
3885 | return {0, 0, 0}; |
3886 | |
3887 | case EST_Dynamic: |
3888 | return {NumExceptions, 0, 0}; |
3889 | |
3890 | case EST_DependentNoexcept: |
3891 | case EST_NoexceptFalse: |
3892 | case EST_NoexceptTrue: |
3893 | return {0, 1, 0}; |
3894 | |
3895 | case EST_Uninstantiated: |
3896 | return {0, 0, 2}; |
3897 | |
3898 | case EST_Unevaluated: |
3899 | return {0, 0, 1}; |
3900 | } |
3901 | llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad exception specification kind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3901); |
3902 | } |
3903 | |
3904 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
3905 | /// related to the exception specification. |
3906 | ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const { |
3907 | return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions()); |
3908 | } |
3909 | |
3910 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
3911 | static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) { |
3912 | // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception |
3913 | // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. |
3914 | return EST == EST_Dynamic; |
3915 | } |
3916 | |
3917 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
3918 | bool hasExtraBitfields() const { |
3919 | return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType()); |
3920 | } |
3921 | |
3922 | bool hasExtQualifiers() const { |
3923 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals; |
3924 | } |
3925 | |
3926 | public: |
3927 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; } |
3928 | |
3929 | QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const { |
3930 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")((i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"invalid parameter index\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3930, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3931 | return param_type_begin()[i]; |
3932 | } |
3933 | |
3934 | ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const { |
3935 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
3936 | } |
3937 | |
3938 | ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const { |
3939 | ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
3940 | EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo(); |
3941 | EPI.Variadic = isVariadic(); |
3942 | EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn(); |
3943 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
3944 | EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals(); |
3945 | EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier(); |
3946 | if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
3947 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = exceptions(); |
3948 | } else if (isComputedNoexcept(EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type)) { |
3949 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr(); |
3950 | } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) { |
3951 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
3952 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate(); |
3953 | } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Unevaluated) { |
3954 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
3955 | } |
3956 | EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull(); |
3957 | return EPI; |
3958 | } |
3959 | |
3960 | /// Get the kind of exception specification on this function. |
3961 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
3962 | return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>( |
3963 | FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType); |
3964 | } |
3965 | |
3966 | /// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec. |
3967 | bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; } |
3968 | |
3969 | /// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec. |
3970 | bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const { |
3971 | return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
3972 | } |
3973 | |
3974 | /// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec. |
3975 | bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const { |
3976 | return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
3977 | } |
3978 | |
3979 | /// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec. |
3980 | bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
3981 | |
3982 | /// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception |
3983 | /// spec. |
3984 | bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
3985 | |
3986 | /// Return the number of types in the exception specification. |
3987 | unsigned getNumExceptions() const { |
3988 | return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic |
3989 | ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>() |
3990 | ->NumExceptionType |
3991 | : 0; |
3992 | } |
3993 | |
3994 | /// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions(). |
3995 | QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const { |
3996 | assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")((i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumExceptions() && \"Invalid exception number!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3996, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3997 | return exception_begin()[i]; |
3998 | } |
3999 | |
4000 | /// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer |
4001 | /// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form). |
4002 | Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const { |
4003 | if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType())) |
4004 | return nullptr; |
4005 | return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); |
4006 | } |
4007 | |
4008 | /// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't |
4009 | /// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because |
4010 | /// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception |
4011 | /// specification is represented by this type. |
4012 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const { |
4013 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated && |
4014 | getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated) |
4015 | return nullptr; |
4016 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0]; |
4017 | } |
4018 | |
4019 | /// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception |
4020 | /// specification, this is the function whose exception specification |
4021 | /// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for |
4022 | /// this type. |
4023 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const { |
4024 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated) |
4025 | return nullptr; |
4026 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1]; |
4027 | } |
4028 | |
4029 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4030 | /// specification. |
4031 | CanThrowResult canThrow() const; |
4032 | |
4033 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4034 | /// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns |
4035 | /// \c ResultIfDependent. |
4036 | bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const { |
4037 | return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot; |
4038 | } |
4039 | |
4040 | /// Whether this function prototype is variadic. |
4041 | bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; } |
4042 | |
4043 | /// Determines whether this function prototype contains a |
4044 | /// parameter pack at the end. |
4045 | /// |
4046 | /// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be |
4047 | /// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic |
4048 | /// function. |
4049 | bool isTemplateVariadic() const; |
4050 | |
4051 | /// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type. |
4052 | bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; } |
4053 | |
4054 | Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const { |
4055 | if (hasExtQualifiers()) |
4056 | return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>(); |
4057 | else |
4058 | return getFastTypeQuals(); |
4059 | } |
4060 | |
4061 | /// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type. |
4062 | RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const { |
4063 | return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier); |
4064 | } |
4065 | |
4066 | using param_type_iterator = const QualType *; |
4067 | using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>; |
4068 | |
4069 | param_type_range param_types() const { |
4070 | return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
4071 | } |
4072 | |
4073 | param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const { |
4074 | return getTrailingObjects<QualType>(); |
4075 | } |
4076 | |
4077 | param_type_iterator param_type_end() const { |
4078 | return param_type_begin() + getNumParams(); |
4079 | } |
4080 | |
4081 | using exception_iterator = const QualType *; |
4082 | |
4083 | ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const { |
4084 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end()); |
4085 | } |
4086 | |
4087 | exception_iterator exception_begin() const { |
4088 | return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>( |
4089 | getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>()); |
4090 | } |
4091 | |
4092 | exception_iterator exception_end() const { |
4093 | return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions(); |
4094 | } |
4095 | |
4096 | /// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters |
4097 | /// of this function type? |
4098 | bool hasExtParameterInfos() const { |
4099 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos; |
4100 | } |
4101 | |
4102 | ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const { |
4103 | assert(hasExtParameterInfos())((hasExtParameterInfos()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("hasExtParameterInfos()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4103, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4104 | return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(), |
4105 | getNumParams()); |
4106 | } |
4107 | |
4108 | /// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter |
4109 | /// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters |
4110 | /// carry it. This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos. |
4111 | const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const { |
4112 | if (!hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4113 | return nullptr; |
4114 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(); |
4115 | } |
4116 | |
4117 | ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const { |
4118 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4118, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4119 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4120 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I]; |
4121 | return ExtParameterInfo(); |
4122 | } |
4123 | |
4124 | ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const { |
4125 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4125, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4126 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4127 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI(); |
4128 | return ParameterABI::Ordinary; |
4129 | } |
4130 | |
4131 | bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const { |
4132 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4132, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4133 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4134 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed(); |
4135 | return false; |
4136 | } |
4137 | |
4138 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4139 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4140 | |
4141 | void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS, |
4142 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
4143 | |
4144 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4145 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
4146 | } |
4147 | |
4148 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx); |
4149 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result, |
4150 | param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs, |
4151 | const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context, |
4152 | bool Canonical); |
4153 | }; |
4154 | |
4155 | /// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped |
4156 | /// typename using declaration, e.g. |
4157 | /// using typename Base<T>::foo; |
4158 | /// |
4159 | /// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type. |
4160 | class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type { |
4161 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4162 | |
4163 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl; |
4164 | |
4165 | UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) |
4166 | : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), true, true, false, |
4167 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
4168 | Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl*>(D)) {} |
4169 | |
4170 | public: |
4171 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4172 | |
4173 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4174 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4175 | |
4176 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4177 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing; |
4178 | } |
4179 | |
4180 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4181 | return Profile(ID, Decl); |
4182 | } |
4183 | |
4184 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4185 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) { |
4186 | ID.AddPointer(D); |
4187 | } |
4188 | }; |
4189 | |
4190 | class TypedefType : public Type { |
4191 | TypedefNameDecl *Decl; |
4192 | |
4193 | protected: |
4194 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4195 | |
4196 | TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType can) |
4197 | : Type(tc, can, can->isDependentType(), |
4198 | can->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4199 | can->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4200 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
4201 | Decl(const_cast<TypedefNameDecl*>(D)) { |
4202 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4202, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4203 | } |
4204 | |
4205 | public: |
4206 | TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4207 | |
4208 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4209 | QualType desugar() const; |
4210 | |
4211 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; } |
4212 | }; |
4213 | |
4214 | /// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written |
4215 | /// as a macro invocation. |
4216 | class MacroQualifiedType : public Type { |
4217 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4218 | |
4219 | QualType UnderlyingTy; |
4220 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII; |
4221 | |
4222 | MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy, |
4223 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII) |
4224 | : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->isDependentType(), |
4225 | UnderlyingTy->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4226 | UnderlyingTy->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4227 | UnderlyingTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4228 | UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) { |
4229 | assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4230, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
4230 | "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4230, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4231 | } |
4232 | |
4233 | public: |
4234 | const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; } |
4235 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; } |
4236 | |
4237 | /// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to |
4238 | /// it. |
4239 | QualType getModifiedType() const; |
4240 | |
4241 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4242 | QualType desugar() const; |
4243 | |
4244 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4245 | return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified; |
4246 | } |
4247 | }; |
4248 | |
4249 | /// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension). |
4250 | class TypeOfExprType : public Type { |
4251 | Expr *TOExpr; |
4252 | |
4253 | protected: |
4254 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4255 | |
4256 | TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType()); |
4257 | |
4258 | public: |
4259 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; } |
4260 | |
4261 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4262 | QualType desugar() const; |
4263 | |
4264 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4265 | bool isSugared() const; |
4266 | |
4267 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; } |
4268 | }; |
4269 | |
4270 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4271 | /// `typeof(expr)` types. |
4272 | /// |
4273 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4274 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4275 | /// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes. |
4276 | class DependentTypeOfExprType |
4277 | : public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4278 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4279 | |
4280 | public: |
4281 | DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E) |
4282 | : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {} |
4283 | |
4284 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4285 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4286 | } |
4287 | |
4288 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4289 | Expr *E); |
4290 | }; |
4291 | |
4292 | /// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension. |
4293 | class TypeOfType : public Type { |
4294 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4295 | |
4296 | QualType TOType; |
4297 | |
4298 | TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can) |
4299 | : Type(TypeOf, can, T->isDependentType(), |
4300 | T->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4301 | T->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4302 | T->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4303 | TOType(T) { |
4304 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4304, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4305 | } |
4306 | |
4307 | public: |
4308 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; } |
4309 | |
4310 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4311 | QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); } |
4312 | |
4313 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4314 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4315 | |
4316 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; } |
4317 | }; |
4318 | |
4319 | /// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11). |
4320 | class DecltypeType : public Type { |
4321 | Expr *E; |
4322 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4323 | |
4324 | protected: |
4325 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4326 | |
4327 | DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType()); |
4328 | |
4329 | public: |
4330 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; } |
4331 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4332 | |
4333 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4334 | QualType desugar() const; |
4335 | |
4336 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4337 | bool isSugared() const; |
4338 | |
4339 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; } |
4340 | }; |
4341 | |
4342 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4343 | /// decltype(expr) types. |
4344 | /// |
4345 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4346 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4347 | /// of this class via DecltypeType nodes. |
4348 | class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4349 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4350 | |
4351 | public: |
4352 | DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E); |
4353 | |
4354 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4355 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4356 | } |
4357 | |
4358 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4359 | Expr *E); |
4360 | }; |
4361 | |
4362 | /// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another. |
4363 | class UnaryTransformType : public Type { |
4364 | public: |
4365 | enum UTTKind { |
4366 | EnumUnderlyingType |
4367 | }; |
4368 | |
4369 | private: |
4370 | /// The untransformed type. |
4371 | QualType BaseType; |
4372 | |
4373 | /// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType. |
4374 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4375 | |
4376 | UTTKind UKind; |
4377 | |
4378 | protected: |
4379 | friend class ASTContext; |
4380 | |
4381 | UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind, |
4382 | QualType CanonicalTy); |
4383 | |
4384 | public: |
4385 | bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); } |
4386 | QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4387 | |
4388 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4389 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
4390 | |
4391 | UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; } |
4392 | |
4393 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4394 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform; |
4395 | } |
4396 | }; |
4397 | |
4398 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4399 | /// __underlying_type(type) types. |
4400 | /// |
4401 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4402 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4403 | /// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes. |
4404 | class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType, |
4405 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4406 | public: |
4407 | DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType, |
4408 | UTTKind UKind); |
4409 | |
4410 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4411 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind()); |
4412 | } |
4413 | |
4414 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType, |
4415 | UTTKind UKind) { |
4416 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4417 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind); |
4418 | } |
4419 | }; |
4420 | |
4421 | class TagType : public Type { |
4422 | friend class ASTReader; |
4423 | |
4424 | /// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any |
4425 | /// TagDecl that declares the entity. |
4426 | TagDecl *decl; |
4427 | |
4428 | protected: |
4429 | TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can); |
4430 | |
4431 | public: |
4432 | TagDecl *getDecl() const; |
4433 | |
4434 | /// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined. |
4435 | bool isBeingDefined() const; |
4436 | |
4437 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4438 | return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record; |
4439 | } |
4440 | }; |
4441 | |
4442 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4443 | /// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes. |
4444 | class RecordType : public TagType { |
4445 | protected: |
4446 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4447 | |
4448 | explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D) |
4449 | : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4450 | explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D) |
4451 | : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4452 | |
4453 | public: |
4454 | RecordDecl *getDecl() const { |
4455 | return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4456 | } |
4457 | |
4458 | /// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field |
4459 | /// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false. |
4460 | bool hasConstFields() const; |
4461 | |
4462 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4463 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4464 | |
4465 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; } |
4466 | }; |
4467 | |
4468 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4469 | /// to detect TagType objects of enums. |
4470 | class EnumType : public TagType { |
4471 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4472 | |
4473 | explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D) |
4474 | : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4475 | |
4476 | public: |
4477 | EnumDecl *getDecl() const { |
4478 | return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4479 | } |
4480 | |
4481 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4482 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4483 | |
4484 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; } |
4485 | }; |
4486 | |
4487 | /// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied. |
4488 | /// |
4489 | /// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed |
4490 | /// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the |
4491 | /// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type |
4492 | /// which the type is canonically equivalent to. |
4493 | /// |
4494 | /// For example, in the following attributed type: |
4495 | /// int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16))) |
4496 | /// - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t |
4497 | /// - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t) |
4498 | /// - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int) |
4499 | class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4500 | public: |
4501 | using Kind = attr::Kind; |
4502 | |
4503 | private: |
4504 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4505 | |
4506 | QualType ModifiedType; |
4507 | QualType EquivalentType; |
4508 | |
4509 | AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified, |
4510 | QualType equivalent) |
4511 | : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->isDependentType(), |
4512 | equivalent->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4513 | equivalent->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4514 | equivalent->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4515 | ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) { |
4516 | AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind; |
4517 | } |
4518 | |
4519 | public: |
4520 | Kind getAttrKind() const { |
4521 | return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind); |
4522 | } |
4523 | |
4524 | QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; } |
4525 | QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; } |
4526 | |
4527 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4528 | QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); } |
4529 | |
4530 | /// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier? |
4531 | /// |
4532 | /// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for |
4533 | /// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers. |
4534 | /// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability, |
4535 | /// address spaces, and ARC ownership. The value of the object is still |
4536 | /// largely described by the modified type. |
4537 | /// |
4538 | /// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to |
4539 | /// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any |
4540 | /// formalizable way to the original type. For example, calling convention |
4541 | /// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers. |
4542 | /// |
4543 | /// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical |
4544 | /// type. |
4545 | bool isQualifier() const; |
4546 | |
4547 | bool isMSTypeSpec() const; |
4548 | |
4549 | bool isCallingConv() const; |
4550 | |
4551 | llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const; |
4552 | |
4553 | /// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given |
4554 | /// nullability kind. |
4555 | static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) { |
4556 | switch (kind) { |
4557 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: |
4558 | return attr::TypeNonNull; |
4559 | |
4560 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: |
4561 | return attr::TypeNullable; |
4562 | |
4563 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: |
4564 | return attr::TypeNullUnspecified; |
4565 | } |
4566 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown nullability kind." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4566); |
4567 | } |
4568 | |
4569 | /// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given |
4570 | /// type, if it's there. |
4571 | /// |
4572 | /// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an |
4573 | /// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through |
4574 | /// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed |
4575 | /// to the underlying modified type. |
4576 | /// |
4577 | /// \returns the top-level nullability, if present. |
4578 | static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T); |
4579 | |
4580 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4581 | Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType); |
4582 | } |
4583 | |
4584 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind, |
4585 | QualType modified, QualType equivalent) { |
4586 | ID.AddInteger(attrKind); |
4587 | ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4588 | ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4589 | } |
4590 | |
4591 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4592 | return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed; |
4593 | } |
4594 | }; |
4595 | |
4596 | class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4597 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4598 | |
4599 | // Helper data collector for canonical types. |
4600 | struct CanonicalTTPTInfo { |
4601 | unsigned Depth : 15; |
4602 | unsigned ParameterPack : 1; |
4603 | unsigned Index : 16; |
4604 | }; |
4605 | |
4606 | union { |
4607 | // Info for the canonical type. |
4608 | CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo; |
4609 | |
4610 | // Info for the non-canonical type. |
4611 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl; |
4612 | }; |
4613 | |
4614 | /// Build a non-canonical type. |
4615 | TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon) |
4616 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, /*Dependent=*/true, |
4617 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
4618 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
4619 | Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4620 | TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {} |
4621 | |
4622 | /// Build the canonical type. |
4623 | TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP) |
4624 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0), |
4625 | /*Dependent=*/true, |
4626 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
4627 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, PP) { |
4628 | CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D; |
4629 | CanTTPTInfo.Index = I; |
4630 | CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP; |
4631 | } |
4632 | |
4633 | const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const { |
4634 | QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4635 | return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo; |
4636 | } |
4637 | |
4638 | public: |
4639 | unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; } |
4640 | unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; } |
4641 | bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; } |
4642 | |
4643 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const { |
4644 | return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl; |
4645 | } |
4646 | |
4647 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const; |
4648 | |
4649 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4650 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4651 | |
4652 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4653 | Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl()); |
4654 | } |
4655 | |
4656 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth, |
4657 | unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack, |
4658 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) { |
4659 | ID.AddInteger(Depth); |
4660 | ID.AddInteger(Index); |
4661 | ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack); |
4662 | ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl); |
4663 | } |
4664 | |
4665 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4666 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm; |
4667 | } |
4668 | }; |
4669 | |
4670 | /// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template |
4671 | /// type parameter. |
4672 | /// |
4673 | /// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have |
4674 | /// been replaced with these. They are used solely to record that a |
4675 | /// type was originally written as a template type parameter; |
4676 | /// therefore they are never canonical. |
4677 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4678 | friend class ASTContext; |
4679 | |
4680 | // The original type parameter. |
4681 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4682 | |
4683 | SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon) |
4684 | : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->isDependentType(), |
4685 | Canon->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4686 | Canon->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4687 | Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4688 | Replaced(Param) {} |
4689 | |
4690 | public: |
4691 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4692 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4693 | return Replaced; |
4694 | } |
4695 | |
4696 | /// Gets the type that was substituted for the template |
4697 | /// parameter. |
4698 | QualType getReplacementType() const { |
4699 | return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4700 | } |
4701 | |
4702 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4703 | QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); } |
4704 | |
4705 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4706 | Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType()); |
4707 | } |
4708 | |
4709 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4710 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4711 | QualType Replacement) { |
4712 | ID.AddPointer(Replaced); |
4713 | ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4714 | } |
4715 | |
4716 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4717 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm; |
4718 | } |
4719 | }; |
4720 | |
4721 | /// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template |
4722 | /// type parameter pack. |
4723 | /// |
4724 | /// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs |
4725 | /// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template |
4726 | /// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type |
4727 | /// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack |
4728 | /// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself |
4729 | /// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into |
4730 | /// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding |
4731 | /// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType |
4732 | /// at the current pack substitution index. |
4733 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4734 | friend class ASTContext; |
4735 | |
4736 | /// The original type parameter. |
4737 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4738 | |
4739 | /// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this |
4740 | /// parameter pack is instantiated with. |
4741 | const TemplateArgument *Arguments; |
4742 | |
4743 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, |
4744 | QualType Canon, |
4745 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4746 | |
4747 | public: |
4748 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); } |
4749 | |
4750 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4751 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4752 | return Replaced; |
4753 | } |
4754 | |
4755 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
4756 | return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs; |
4757 | } |
4758 | |
4759 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4760 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4761 | |
4762 | TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const; |
4763 | |
4764 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
4765 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4766 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4767 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4768 | |
4769 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4770 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack; |
4771 | } |
4772 | }; |
4773 | |
4774 | /// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by |
4775 | /// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced |
4776 | /// class template types, and (eventually) constrained type names from the C++ |
4777 | /// Concepts TS. |
4778 | /// |
4779 | /// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before |
4780 | /// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is |
4781 | /// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In |
4782 | /// the latter case, it is also a dependent type. |
4783 | class DeducedType : public Type { |
4784 | protected: |
4785 | DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, bool IsDependent, |
4786 | bool IsInstantiationDependent, bool ContainsParameterPack) |
4787 | : Type(TC, |
4788 | // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type? |
4789 | DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0) |
4790 | : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(), |
4791 | IsDependent, IsInstantiationDependent, |
4792 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, ContainsParameterPack) { |
4793 | if (!DeducedAsType.isNull()) { |
4794 | if (DeducedAsType->isDependentType()) |
4795 | setDependent(); |
4796 | if (DeducedAsType->isInstantiationDependentType()) |
4797 | setInstantiationDependent(); |
4798 | if (DeducedAsType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
4799 | setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(); |
4800 | } |
4801 | } |
4802 | |
4803 | public: |
4804 | bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); } |
4805 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
4806 | |
4807 | /// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's |
4808 | /// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type. |
4809 | QualType getDeducedType() const { |
4810 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType(); |
4811 | } |
4812 | bool isDeduced() const { |
4813 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType(); |
4814 | } |
4815 | |
4816 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4817 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto || |
4818 | T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
4819 | } |
4820 | }; |
4821 | |
4822 | /// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type. |
4823 | class AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4824 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4825 | |
4826 | AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, |
4827 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent, bool IsDeducedAsPack) |
4828 | : DeducedType(Auto, DeducedAsType, IsDeducedAsDependent, |
4829 | IsDeducedAsDependent, IsDeducedAsPack) { |
4830 | AutoTypeBits.Keyword = (unsigned)Keyword; |
4831 | } |
4832 | |
4833 | public: |
4834 | bool isDecltypeAuto() const { |
4835 | return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto; |
4836 | } |
4837 | |
4838 | AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
4839 | return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword; |
4840 | } |
4841 | |
4842 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4843 | Profile(ID, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(), |
4844 | containsUnexpandedParameterPack()); |
4845 | } |
4846 | |
4847 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Deduced, |
4848 | AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, bool IsDependent, bool IsPack) { |
4849 | ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4850 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)Keyword); |
4851 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent); |
4852 | ID.AddBoolean(IsPack); |
4853 | } |
4854 | |
4855 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4856 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto; |
4857 | } |
4858 | }; |
4859 | |
4860 | /// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type. |
4861 | class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType, |
4862 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4863 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4864 | |
4865 | /// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced. |
4866 | TemplateName Template; |
4867 | |
4868 | DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, |
4869 | QualType DeducedAsType, |
4870 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent) |
4871 | : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType, |
4872 | IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isDependent(), |
4873 | IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isInstantiationDependent(), |
4874 | Template.containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4875 | Template(Template) {} |
4876 | |
4877 | public: |
4878 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing. |
4879 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;} |
4880 | |
4881 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4882 | Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType()); |
4883 | } |
4884 | |
4885 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template, |
4886 | QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) { |
4887 | Template.Profile(ID); |
4888 | ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4889 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent); |
4890 | } |
4891 | |
4892 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4893 | return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
4894 | } |
4895 | }; |
4896 | |
4897 | /// Represents a type template specialization; the template |
4898 | /// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template |
4899 | /// template parameter. A template which cannot be resolved to one of |
4900 | /// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope |
4901 | /// specifier, is instead represented as a |
4902 | /// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType. |
4903 | /// |
4904 | /// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar", |
4905 | /// typically for a \c RecordType. For example, a class template |
4906 | /// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for |
4907 | /// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>> |
4908 | /// |
4909 | /// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or |
4910 | /// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the |
4911 | /// type may also be canonical. |
4912 | /// |
4913 | /// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of |
4914 | /// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the |
4915 | /// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias |
4916 | /// template. |
4917 | class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType |
4918 | : public Type, |
4919 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4920 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4921 | |
4922 | /// The name of the template being specialized. This is |
4923 | /// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a |
4924 | /// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a |
4925 | /// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a |
4926 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a |
4927 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the |
4928 | /// replacement must, recursively, be one of these). |
4929 | TemplateName Template; |
4930 | |
4931 | TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T, |
4932 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
4933 | QualType Canon, |
4934 | QualType Aliased); |
4935 | |
4936 | public: |
4937 | /// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent. |
4938 | static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
4939 | bool &InstantiationDependent); |
4940 | |
4941 | static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &, |
4942 | bool &InstantiationDependent); |
4943 | |
4944 | /// True if this template specialization type matches a current |
4945 | /// instantiation in the context in which it is found. |
4946 | bool isCurrentInstantiation() const { |
4947 | return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal()); |
4948 | } |
4949 | |
4950 | /// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias |
4951 | /// template that has been substituted. |
4952 | /// |
4953 | /// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias |
4954 | /// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when |
4955 | /// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias |
4956 | /// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g., |
4957 | /// |
4958 | /// \code |
4959 | /// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S; |
4960 | /// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>; |
4961 | /// template<typename... Ts> struct X { |
4962 | /// typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias |
4963 | /// }; |
4964 | /// \endcode |
4965 | bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; } |
4966 | |
4967 | /// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias |
4968 | /// template. |
4969 | QualType getAliasedType() const { |
4970 | assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")((isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeAlias() && \"not a type alias template specialization\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4970, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4971 | return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end()); |
4972 | } |
4973 | |
4974 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
4975 | |
4976 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
4977 | iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h |
4978 | |
4979 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing. |
4980 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; } |
4981 | |
4982 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
4983 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
4984 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1); |
4985 | } |
4986 | |
4987 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
4988 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
4989 | return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
4990 | } |
4991 | |
4992 | /// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type. |
4993 | /// \pre \c isArgType(Arg) |
4994 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
4995 | |
4996 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
4997 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
4998 | } |
4999 | |
5000 | bool isSugared() const { |
5001 | return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias(); |
5002 | } |
5003 | |
5004 | QualType desugar() const { |
5005 | return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
5006 | } |
5007 | |
5008 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
5009 | Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx); |
5010 | if (isTypeAlias()) |
5011 | getAliasedType().Profile(ID); |
5012 | } |
5013 | |
5014 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T, |
5015 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5016 | const ASTContext &Context); |
5017 | |
5018 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5019 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization; |
5020 | } |
5021 | }; |
5022 | |
5023 | /// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>' |
5024 | /// enclosing the template arguments. |
5025 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5026 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5027 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5028 | |
5029 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5030 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
5031 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5032 | |
5033 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5034 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, |
5035 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5036 | |
5037 | /// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class |
5038 | /// template partial specialization. Used to record that a type was |
5039 | /// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the |
5040 | /// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType. |
5041 | /// |
5042 | /// Injected class name types are always dependent. Template |
5043 | /// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes. |
5044 | /// |
5045 | /// Injected class name types are always canonical. This works |
5046 | /// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type |
5047 | /// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same |
5048 | /// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template |
5049 | /// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name |
5050 | /// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated |
5051 | /// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization |
5052 | /// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate |
5053 | /// according to the rules of the language). |
5054 | class InjectedClassNameType : public Type { |
5055 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5056 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; |
5057 | friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not |
5058 | // currently suitable for AST reading, too much |
5059 | // interdependencies. |
5060 | |
5061 | CXXRecordDecl *Decl; |
5062 | |
5063 | /// The template specialization which this type represents. |
5064 | /// For example, in |
5065 | /// template <class T> class A { ... }; |
5066 | /// this is A<T>, whereas in |
5067 | /// template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... }; |
5068 | /// this is A<B<X,Y> >. |
5069 | /// |
5070 | /// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type, |
5071 | /// and always dependent. |
5072 | QualType InjectedType; |
5073 | |
5074 | InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST) |
5075 | : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/true, |
5076 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
5077 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
5078 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
5079 | Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) { |
5080 | assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))((isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5080, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5081 | assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())((!TST.hasQualifiers()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!TST.hasQualifiers()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5081, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5082 | assert(TST->isDependentType())((TST->isDependentType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("TST->isDependentType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5082, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5083 | } |
5084 | |
5085 | public: |
5086 | QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; } |
5087 | |
5088 | const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const { |
5089 | return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr()); |
5090 | } |
5091 | |
5092 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
5093 | return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName(); |
5094 | } |
5095 | |
5096 | CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const; |
5097 | |
5098 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5099 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5100 | |
5101 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5102 | return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName; |
5103 | } |
5104 | }; |
5105 | |
5106 | /// The kind of a tag type. |
5107 | enum TagTypeKind { |
5108 | /// The "struct" keyword. |
5109 | TTK_Struct, |
5110 | |
5111 | /// The "__interface" keyword. |
5112 | TTK_Interface, |
5113 | |
5114 | /// The "union" keyword. |
5115 | TTK_Union, |
5116 | |
5117 | /// The "class" keyword. |
5118 | TTK_Class, |
5119 | |
5120 | /// The "enum" keyword. |
5121 | TTK_Enum |
5122 | }; |
5123 | |
5124 | /// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or |
5125 | /// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier. |
5126 | enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword { |
5127 | /// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5128 | ETK_Struct, |
5129 | |
5130 | /// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5131 | ETK_Interface, |
5132 | |
5133 | /// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5134 | ETK_Union, |
5135 | |
5136 | /// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5137 | ETK_Class, |
5138 | |
5139 | /// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5140 | ETK_Enum, |
5141 | |
5142 | /// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g., |
5143 | /// \c typename T::type. |
5144 | ETK_Typename, |
5145 | |
5146 | /// No keyword precedes the qualified type name. |
5147 | ETK_None |
5148 | }; |
5149 | |
5150 | /// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword. |
5151 | /// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class. |
5152 | /// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing |
5153 | /// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations. |
5154 | class TypeWithKeyword : public Type { |
5155 | protected: |
5156 | TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc, |
5157 | QualType Canonical, bool Dependent, |
5158 | bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified, |
5159 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) |
5160 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified, |
5161 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) { |
5162 | TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword; |
5163 | } |
5164 | |
5165 | public: |
5166 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
5167 | return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword); |
5168 | } |
5169 | |
5170 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword. |
5171 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5172 | |
5173 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind. |
5174 | /// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5175 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5176 | |
5177 | /// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword. |
5178 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag); |
5179 | |
5180 | /// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind. |
5181 | /// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword |
5182 | /// which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5183 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5184 | |
5185 | static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5186 | |
5187 | static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5188 | |
5189 | static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) { |
5190 | return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind)); |
5191 | } |
5192 | |
5193 | class CannotCastToThisType {}; |
5194 | static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *); |
5195 | }; |
5196 | |
5197 | /// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type |
5198 | /// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, |
5199 | /// or both. |
5200 | /// |
5201 | /// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the |
5202 | /// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers. |
5203 | /// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written |
5204 | /// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information. |
5205 | class ElaboratedType final |
5206 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5207 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
5208 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> { |
5209 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5210 | friend TrailingObjects; |
5211 | |
5212 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5213 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5214 | |
5215 | /// The type that this qualified name refers to. |
5216 | QualType NamedType; |
5217 | |
5218 | /// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored |
5219 | /// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain |
5220 | /// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none. |
5221 | |
5222 | ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5223 | QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) |
5224 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType, |
5225 | NamedType->isDependentType(), |
5226 | NamedType->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
5227 | NamedType->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
5228 | NamedType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
5229 | NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) { |
5230 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false; |
5231 | if (OwnedTagDecl) { |
5232 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true; |
5233 | *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl; |
5234 | } |
5235 | assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5237, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5236 | "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5237, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5237 | "and name qualifier both null.")((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5237, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5238 | } |
5239 | |
5240 | public: |
5241 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5242 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5243 | |
5244 | /// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id. |
5245 | QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; } |
5246 | |
5247 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
5248 | QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); } |
5249 | |
5250 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
5251 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5252 | |
5253 | /// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this |
5254 | /// type, or nullptr if there is none. |
5255 | TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const { |
5256 | return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() |
5257 | : nullptr; |
5258 | } |
5259 | |
5260 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5261 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl()); |
5262 | } |
5263 | |
5264 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5265 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType, |
5266 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) { |
5267 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5268 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5269 | NamedType.Profile(ID); |
5270 | ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl); |
5271 | } |
5272 | |
5273 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; } |
5274 | }; |
5275 | |
5276 | /// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is |
5277 | /// dependent. |
5278 | /// |
5279 | /// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a |
5280 | /// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a |
5281 | /// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a |
5282 | /// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a |
5283 | /// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we |
5284 | /// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier). |
5285 | /// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility |
5286 | /// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until |
5287 | /// instantiation. |
5288 | class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5289 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5290 | |
5291 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5292 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5293 | |
5294 | /// The type that this typename specifier refers to. |
5295 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5296 | |
5297 | DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5298 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType) |
5299 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, /*Dependent=*/true, |
5300 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
5301 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
5302 | NNS->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
5303 | NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {} |
5304 | |
5305 | public: |
5306 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5307 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5308 | |
5309 | /// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier. |
5310 | /// |
5311 | /// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the |
5312 | /// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier, |
5313 | /// e.g., "typename T::type". |
5314 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { |
5315 | return Name; |
5316 | } |
5317 | |
5318 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5319 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5320 | |
5321 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5322 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name); |
5323 | } |
5324 | |
5325 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5326 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) { |
5327 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5328 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5329 | ID.AddPointer(Name); |
5330 | } |
5331 | |
5332 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5333 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName; |
5334 | } |
5335 | }; |
5336 | |
5337 | /// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be |
5338 | /// resolved, e.g. |
5339 | /// A<T>::template B<T> |
5340 | class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType |
5341 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5342 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5343 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5344 | |
5345 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5346 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5347 | |
5348 | /// The identifier of the template. |
5349 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5350 | |
5351 | DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5352 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5353 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5354 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5355 | QualType Canon); |
5356 | |
5357 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { |
5358 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5359 | } |
5360 | |
5361 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { |
5362 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5363 | } |
5364 | |
5365 | public: |
5366 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5367 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; } |
5368 | |
5369 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5370 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5371 | return getArgBuffer(); |
5372 | } |
5373 | |
5374 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5375 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5376 | return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5377 | } |
5378 | |
5379 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5380 | |
5381 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
5382 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5383 | } |
5384 | |
5385 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
5386 | |
5387 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
5388 | iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h |
5389 | |
5390 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5391 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5392 | |
5393 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { |
5394 | Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}); |
5395 | } |
5396 | |
5397 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5398 | const ASTContext &Context, |
5399 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5400 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
5401 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5402 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
5403 | |
5404 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5405 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization; |
5406 | } |
5407 | }; |
5408 | |
5409 | /// Represents a pack expansion of types. |
5410 | /// |
5411 | /// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack |
5412 | /// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more |
5413 | /// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion |
5414 | /// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of |
5415 | /// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the |
5416 | /// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The |
5417 | /// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded |
5418 | /// parameter packs. |
5419 | /// |
5420 | /// \code |
5421 | /// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple; |
5422 | /// |
5423 | /// template<typename ...Types> |
5424 | /// struct tuple_of_references { |
5425 | /// typedef tuple<Types&...> type; |
5426 | /// }; |
5427 | /// \endcode |
5428 | /// |
5429 | /// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a |
5430 | /// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&. |
5431 | class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5432 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5433 | |
5434 | /// The pattern of the pack expansion. |
5435 | QualType Pattern; |
5436 | |
5437 | PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon, |
5438 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) |
5439 | : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, /*Dependent=*/Pattern->isDependentType(), |
5440 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
5441 | /*VariablyModified=*/Pattern->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
5442 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
5443 | Pattern(Pattern) { |
5444 | PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions = |
5445 | NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0; |
5446 | } |
5447 | |
5448 | public: |
5449 | /// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the |
5450 | /// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the |
5451 | /// pack expansion itself. |
5452 | QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; } |
5453 | |
5454 | /// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
5455 | /// generate, if known. |
5456 | Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const { |
5457 | if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions) |
5458 | return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1; |
5459 | return None; |
5460 | } |
5461 | |
5462 | bool isSugared() const { return !Pattern->isDependentType(); } |
5463 | QualType desugar() const { return isSugared() ? Pattern : QualType(this, 0); } |
5464 | |
5465 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5466 | Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions()); |
5467 | } |
5468 | |
5469 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern, |
5470 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { |
5471 | ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
5472 | ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue()); |
5473 | if (NumExpansions) |
5474 | ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions); |
5475 | } |
5476 | |
5477 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5478 | return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion; |
5479 | } |
5480 | }; |
5481 | |
5482 | /// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can |
5483 | /// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class. |
5484 | template <class T> |
5485 | class ObjCProtocolQualifiers { |
5486 | protected: |
5487 | ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default; |
5488 | |
5489 | ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const { |
5490 | return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage(); |
5491 | } |
5492 | |
5493 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() { |
5494 | return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5495 | } |
5496 | |
5497 | void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) { |
5498 | static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N); |
5499 | } |
5500 | |
5501 | void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) { |
5502 | setNumProtocols(protocols.size()); |
5503 | assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5504, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5504 | "bitfield overflow in protocol count")((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5504, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5505 | if (!protocols.empty()) |
5506 | memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(), |
5507 | protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*)); |
5508 | } |
5509 | |
5510 | public: |
5511 | using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *; |
5512 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
5513 | |
5514 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
5515 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); } |
5516 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); } |
5517 | |
5518 | bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; } |
5519 | |
5520 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if |
5521 | /// there are none. |
5522 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
5523 | return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl(); |
5524 | } |
5525 | |
5526 | /// Fetch a protocol by index. |
5527 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
5528 | assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")((I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumProtocols() && \"Out-of-range protocol access\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5528, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5529 | return qual_begin()[I]; |
5530 | } |
5531 | |
5532 | /// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers. |
5533 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const { |
5534 | return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols()); |
5535 | } |
5536 | }; |
5537 | |
5538 | /// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take |
5539 | /// a list of protocols. |
5540 | class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type, |
5541 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>, |
5542 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5543 | friend class ASTContext; |
5544 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>; |
5545 | |
5546 | /// The number of protocols stored on this type. |
5547 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
5548 | |
5549 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl; |
5550 | |
5551 | /// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the |
5552 | /// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically |
5553 | /// and uniqued. |
5554 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5555 | |
5556 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5557 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5558 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5559 | return NumProtocols; |
5560 | } |
5561 | |
5562 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5563 | NumProtocols = N; |
5564 | } |
5565 | |
5566 | ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D, |
5567 | QualType can, |
5568 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5569 | |
5570 | public: |
5571 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5572 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
5573 | |
5574 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5575 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam; |
5576 | } |
5577 | |
5578 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5579 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5580 | const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl, |
5581 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5582 | |
5583 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; } |
5584 | }; |
5585 | |
5586 | /// Represents a class type in Objective C. |
5587 | /// |
5588 | /// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of |
5589 | /// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of |
5590 | /// protocols. |
5591 | /// |
5592 | /// Given the following declarations: |
5593 | /// \code |
5594 | /// \@class C<T>; |
5595 | /// \@protocol P; |
5596 | /// \endcode |
5597 | /// |
5598 | /// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C. It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType |
5599 | /// with base C and no protocols. |
5600 | /// |
5601 | /// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P]. |
5602 | /// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no |
5603 | /// protocol list. |
5604 | /// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*', |
5605 | /// and protocol list [P]. |
5606 | /// |
5607 | /// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose |
5608 | /// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType |
5609 | /// and no protocols. |
5610 | /// |
5611 | /// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType |
5612 | /// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P]. Eventually |
5613 | /// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source. |
5614 | class ObjCObjectType : public Type, |
5615 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> { |
5616 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>; |
5617 | |
5618 | // ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored |
5619 | // after the ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5620 | // ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored |
5621 | // after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5622 | // |
5623 | // These protocols are those written directly on the type. If |
5624 | // protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need |
5625 | // to get kindof complicated. |
5626 | // |
5627 | // In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically |
5628 | // and uniqued. |
5629 | |
5630 | /// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either. |
5631 | QualType BaseType; |
5632 | |
5633 | /// Cached superclass type. |
5634 | mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool> |
5635 | CachedSuperClassType; |
5636 | |
5637 | QualType *getTypeArgStorage(); |
5638 | const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const { |
5639 | return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage(); |
5640 | } |
5641 | |
5642 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5643 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5644 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5645 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5646 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols; |
5647 | } |
5648 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5649 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N; |
5650 | } |
5651 | |
5652 | protected: |
5653 | enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface }; |
5654 | |
5655 | ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5656 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5657 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5658 | bool isKindOf); |
5659 | |
5660 | ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface) |
5661 | : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), false, false, false, false), |
5662 | BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) { |
5663 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0; |
5664 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0; |
5665 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0; |
5666 | } |
5667 | |
5668 | void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const; |
5669 | |
5670 | public: |
5671 | /// Gets the base type of this object type. This is always (possibly |
5672 | /// sugar for) one of: |
5673 | /// - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the |
5674 | /// user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType) |
5675 | /// - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat) |
5676 | /// - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType) |
5677 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
5678 | |
5679 | bool isObjCId() const { |
5680 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId); |
5681 | } |
5682 | |
5683 | bool isObjCClass() const { |
5684 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass); |
5685 | } |
5686 | |
5687 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5688 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5689 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const { |
5690 | if (!qual_empty()) return false; |
5691 | if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
5692 | return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId || |
5693 | T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass; |
5694 | return false; |
5695 | } |
5696 | bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5697 | bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5698 | |
5699 | /// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type |
5700 | /// really is an interface. |
5701 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const; |
5702 | |
5703 | /// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning |
5704 | /// that it has type arguments. |
5705 | bool isSpecialized() const; |
5706 | |
5707 | /// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments. |
5708 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
5709 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0; |
5710 | } |
5711 | |
5712 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning |
5713 | /// that it has no type arguments. |
5714 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); } |
5715 | |
5716 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
5717 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
5718 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
5719 | |
5720 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically). |
5721 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const; |
5722 | |
5723 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were |
5724 | /// written. |
5725 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
5726 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(), |
5727 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5728 | } |
5729 | |
5730 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written. |
5731 | bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; } |
5732 | |
5733 | /// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically). |
5734 | bool isKindOfType() const; |
5735 | |
5736 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type. |
5737 | /// |
5738 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
5739 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
5740 | /// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if |
5741 | /// there is no superclass. |
5742 | QualType getSuperClassType() const { |
5743 | if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt()) |
5744 | computeSuperClassTypeSlow(); |
5745 | |
5746 | assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")((CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && \"Superclass not set?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5746, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5747 | return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0); |
5748 | } |
5749 | |
5750 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
5751 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
5752 | QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
5753 | |
5754 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5755 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5756 | |
5757 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5758 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject || |
5759 | T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
5760 | } |
5761 | }; |
5762 | |
5763 | /// A class providing a concrete implementation |
5764 | /// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of |
5765 | /// ObjCInterfaceType. Code outside of ASTContext and the core type |
5766 | /// system should not reference this type. |
5767 | class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5768 | friend class ASTContext; |
5769 | |
5770 | // If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage() |
5771 | // will need to be modified. |
5772 | |
5773 | ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5774 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5775 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5776 | bool isKindOf) |
5777 | : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {} |
5778 | |
5779 | public: |
5780 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5781 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5782 | QualType Base, |
5783 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5784 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5785 | bool isKindOf); |
5786 | }; |
5787 | |
5788 | inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() { |
5789 | return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1); |
5790 | } |
5791 | |
5792 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
5793 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
5794 | getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5795 | } |
5796 | |
5797 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
5798 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
5799 | static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1); |
5800 | } |
5801 | |
5802 | /// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design. |
5803 | /// They basically correspond to C++ classes. There are two kinds of interface |
5804 | /// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which |
5805 | /// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`. |
5806 | /// |
5807 | /// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered |
5808 | /// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType: |
5809 | /// - There are no protocol qualifiers. To reinforce this, code which |
5810 | /// tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will |
5811 | /// fail to compile. |
5812 | /// - It is its own base type. That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*, |
5813 | /// T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0). |
5814 | class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType { |
5815 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5816 | friend class ASTReader; |
5817 | friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
5818 | |
5819 | mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl; |
5820 | |
5821 | ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) |
5822 | : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface), |
5823 | Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {} |
5824 | |
5825 | public: |
5826 | /// Get the declaration of this interface. |
5827 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
5828 | |
5829 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5830 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5831 | |
5832 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5833 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
5834 | } |
5835 | |
5836 | // Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this |
5837 | // class. People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are |
5838 | // not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are |
5839 | // guaranteed to have no protocols. |
5840 | enum { |
5841 | qual_iterator, |
5842 | qual_begin, |
5843 | qual_end, |
5844 | getNumProtocols, |
5845 | getProtocol |
5846 | }; |
5847 | }; |
5848 | |
5849 | inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const { |
5850 | QualType baseType = getBaseType(); |
5851 | while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) { |
5852 | if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT)) |
5853 | return T->getDecl(); |
5854 | |
5855 | baseType = ObjT->getBaseType(); |
5856 | } |
5857 | |
5858 | return nullptr; |
5859 | } |
5860 | |
5861 | /// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object. |
5862 | /// |
5863 | /// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is |
5864 | /// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one). In addition, the 'id' and 'Class' |
5865 | /// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>' |
5866 | /// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these. |
5867 | /// |
5868 | /// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes; |
5869 | /// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation. |
5870 | class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5871 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5872 | |
5873 | QualType PointeeType; |
5874 | |
5875 | ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee) |
5876 | : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical, |
5877 | Pointee->isDependentType(), |
5878 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
5879 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
5880 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
5881 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
5882 | |
5883 | public: |
5884 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. |
5885 | /// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof. |
5886 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
5887 | |
5888 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. Always returns non-null. |
5889 | /// |
5890 | /// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that |
5891 | /// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this |
5892 | /// type and the "outermost" object type. So for: |
5893 | /// \code |
5894 | /// \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q; |
5895 | /// typedef A<P> AP; |
5896 | /// typedef A A1; |
5897 | /// typedef A1<P> A1P; |
5898 | /// typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ; |
5899 | /// \endcode |
5900 | /// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
5901 | /// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
5902 | /// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
5903 | /// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
5904 | /// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
5905 | /// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
5906 | /// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because |
5907 | /// adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the |
5908 | /// old qualifiers (for now). But if it didn't, getObjectType() |
5909 | /// would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over |
5910 | /// qualifiers more complicated). |
5911 | const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const { |
5912 | return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>(); |
5913 | } |
5914 | |
5915 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective C |
5916 | /// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface. Any protocol |
5917 | /// qualifiers on the interface are ignored. |
5918 | /// |
5919 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
5920 | const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const; |
5921 | |
5922 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface |
5923 | /// type, gets the declaration for that interface. |
5924 | /// |
5925 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
5926 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const { |
5927 | return getObjectType()->getInterface(); |
5928 | } |
5929 | |
5930 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if |
5931 | /// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols. |
5932 | bool isObjCIdType() const { |
5933 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId(); |
5934 | } |
5935 | |
5936 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type, |
5937 | /// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols. |
5938 | bool isObjCClassType() const { |
5939 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass(); |
5940 | } |
5941 | |
5942 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type, |
5943 | bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const { |
5944 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass(); |
5945 | } |
5946 | |
5947 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of |
5948 | /// protocols. |
5949 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
5950 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId(); |
5951 | } |
5952 | |
5953 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of |
5954 | /// protocols. |
5955 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
5956 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass(); |
5957 | } |
5958 | |
5959 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type. |
5960 | bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); } |
5961 | |
5962 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
5963 | bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); } |
5964 | |
5965 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
5966 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
5967 | return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten(); |
5968 | } |
5969 | |
5970 | /// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments. |
5971 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); } |
5972 | |
5973 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
5974 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
5975 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
5976 | |
5977 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
5978 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const { |
5979 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs(); |
5980 | } |
5981 | |
5982 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
5983 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
5984 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); |
5985 | } |
5986 | |
5987 | /// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type. Provided |
5988 | /// for convenience. This will always iterate over the full set of |
5989 | /// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly. |
5990 | using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator; |
5991 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
5992 | |
5993 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
5994 | |
5995 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { |
5996 | return getObjectType()->qual_begin(); |
5997 | } |
5998 | |
5999 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { |
6000 | return getObjectType()->qual_end(); |
6001 | } |
6002 | |
6003 | bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); } |
6004 | |
6005 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type. |
6006 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
6007 | return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols(); |
6008 | } |
6009 | |
6010 | /// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type. |
6011 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
6012 | return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I); |
6013 | } |
6014 | |
6015 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6016 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6017 | |
6018 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type. |
6019 | /// |
6020 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
6021 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
6022 | /// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a |
6023 | /// null type if there is no superclass. |
6024 | QualType getSuperClassType() const; |
6025 | |
6026 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
6027 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
6028 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals( |
6029 | const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
6030 | |
6031 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6032 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
6033 | } |
6034 | |
6035 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6036 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6037 | } |
6038 | |
6039 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6040 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer; |
6041 | } |
6042 | }; |
6043 | |
6044 | class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6045 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6046 | |
6047 | QualType ValueType; |
6048 | |
6049 | AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical) |
6050 | : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->isDependentType(), |
6051 | ValTy->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
6052 | ValTy->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
6053 | ValTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
6054 | ValueType(ValTy) {} |
6055 | |
6056 | public: |
6057 | /// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e. |
6058 | /// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type. |
6059 | QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; } |
6060 | |
6061 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6062 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6063 | |
6064 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6065 | Profile(ID, getValueType()); |
6066 | } |
6067 | |
6068 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6069 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6070 | } |
6071 | |
6072 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6073 | return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic; |
6074 | } |
6075 | }; |
6076 | |
6077 | /// PipeType - OpenCL20. |
6078 | class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6079 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6080 | |
6081 | QualType ElementType; |
6082 | bool isRead; |
6083 | |
6084 | PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead) |
6085 | : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->isDependentType(), |
6086 | elemType->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
6087 | elemType->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
6088 | elemType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
6089 | ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {} |
6090 | |
6091 | public: |
6092 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
6093 | |
6094 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6095 | |
6096 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6097 | |
6098 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6099 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly()); |
6100 | } |
6101 | |
6102 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) { |
6103 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6104 | ID.AddBoolean(isRead); |
6105 | } |
6106 | |
6107 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6108 | return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe; |
6109 | } |
6110 | |
6111 | bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; } |
6112 | }; |
6113 | |
6114 | /// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers. |
6115 | class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers { |
6116 | public: |
6117 | QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {} |
6118 | |
6119 | /// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an |
6120 | /// unqualified type. The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent |
6121 | /// with those already in the type. |
6122 | const Type *strip(QualType type) { |
6123 | addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6124 | if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6125 | return type.getTypePtrUnsafe(); |
6126 | |
6127 | const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6128 | addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers()); |
6129 | return extQuals->getBaseType(); |
6130 | } |
6131 | |
6132 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6133 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const; |
6134 | |
6135 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6136 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const; |
6137 | }; |
6138 | |
6139 | // Inline function definitions. |
6140 | |
6141 | inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const { |
6142 | SplitQualType desugar = |
6143 | Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split(); |
6144 | desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals); |
6145 | return desugar; |
6146 | } |
6147 | |
6148 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const { |
6149 | return getCommonPtr()->BaseType; |
6150 | } |
6151 | |
6152 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const { |
6153 | return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType); |
6154 | } |
6155 | |
6156 | inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const { |
6157 | if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6158 | return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(), |
6159 | Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers())); |
6160 | |
6161 | const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6162 | Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers(); |
6163 | qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6164 | return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs); |
6165 | } |
6166 | |
6167 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const { |
6168 | Qualifiers Quals; |
6169 | if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6170 | Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers(); |
6171 | Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6172 | return Quals; |
6173 | } |
6174 | |
6175 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const { |
6176 | Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers(); |
6177 | quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6178 | return quals; |
6179 | } |
6180 | |
6181 | inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const { |
6182 | unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6183 | cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6184 | return cvr; |
6185 | } |
6186 | |
6187 | inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const { |
6188 | QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType; |
6189 | return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6190 | } |
6191 | |
6192 | inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const { |
6193 | return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified(); |
6194 | } |
6195 | |
6196 | inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const { |
6197 | if (!isCanonical()) return false; |
6198 | if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false; |
6199 | |
6200 | const Type *T = getTypePtr(); |
6201 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType()) |
6202 | return false; |
6203 | |
6204 | return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T); |
6205 | } |
6206 | |
6207 | inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const { |
6208 | return isLocalConstQualified() || |
6209 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified(); |
6210 | } |
6211 | |
6212 | inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const { |
6213 | return isLocalRestrictQualified() || |
6214 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified(); |
6215 | } |
6216 | |
6217 | |
6218 | inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const { |
6219 | return isLocalVolatileQualified() || |
6220 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified(); |
6221 | } |
6222 | |
6223 | inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const { |
6224 | return hasLocalQualifiers() || |
6225 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers(); |
6226 | } |
6227 | |
6228 | inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const { |
6229 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6230 | return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); |
6231 | |
6232 | return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0); |
6233 | } |
6234 | |
6235 | inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const { |
6236 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6237 | return split(); |
6238 | |
6239 | return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this); |
6240 | } |
6241 | |
6242 | inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() { |
6243 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
6244 | } |
6245 | |
6246 | inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() { |
6247 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
6248 | } |
6249 | |
6250 | inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() { |
6251 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
6252 | } |
6253 | |
6254 | inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
6255 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && \"mask has non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6255, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6256 | static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask, |
6257 | "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!"); |
6258 | |
6259 | // Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers. |
6260 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask); |
6261 | } |
6262 | |
6263 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
6264 | inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const { |
6265 | return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); |
6266 | } |
6267 | |
6268 | /// Return the gc attribute of this type. |
6269 | inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const { |
6270 | return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr(); |
6271 | } |
6272 | |
6273 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const { |
6274 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6275 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD); |
6276 | return false; |
6277 | } |
6278 | |
6279 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const { |
6280 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6281 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD); |
6282 | return false; |
6283 | } |
6284 | |
6285 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const { |
6286 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6287 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD); |
6288 | return false; |
6289 | } |
6290 | |
6291 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) { |
6292 | if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) { |
6293 | if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6294 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6295 | } else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6296 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6297 | |
6298 | return FunctionType::ExtInfo(); |
6299 | } |
6300 | |
6301 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) { |
6302 | return getFunctionExtInfo(*t); |
6303 | } |
6304 | |
6305 | /// Determine whether this type is more |
6306 | /// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int" |
6307 | /// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and |
6308 | /// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile |
6309 | /// int". |
6310 | inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const { |
6311 | Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers(); |
6312 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6313 | return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals)); |
6314 | } |
6315 | |
6316 | /// Determine whether this type is at last |
6317 | /// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile |
6318 | /// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int", |
6319 | /// "int", and "const volatile int". |
6320 | inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const { |
6321 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6322 | |
6323 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void. |
6324 | if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) |
6325 | OtherQuals.removeUnaligned(); |
6326 | |
6327 | return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals); |
6328 | } |
6329 | |
6330 | /// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const |
6331 | /// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const |
6332 | /// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used |
6333 | /// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6: |
6334 | /// |
6335 | /// If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2, |
6336 | /// 8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further |
6337 | /// analysis, the expression designates the object or function |
6338 | /// denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue. |
6339 | inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const { |
6340 | if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6341 | return RefType->getPointeeType(); |
6342 | else |
6343 | return *this; |
6344 | } |
6345 | |
6346 | inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const { |
6347 | return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) || |
6348 | getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); |
6349 | } |
6350 | |
6351 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type. |
6352 | /// |
6353 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental]. |
6354 | inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const { |
6355 | return isVoidType() || |
6356 | isNullPtrType() || |
6357 | // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an |
6358 | // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition. |
6359 | (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType()); |
6360 | } |
6361 | |
6362 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type. |
6363 | /// |
6364 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound]. |
6365 | inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const { |
6366 | // C++0x [basic.compound]p1: |
6367 | // Compound types can be constructed in the following ways: |
6368 | // -- arrays of objects of a given type [...]; |
6369 | return isArrayType() || |
6370 | // -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...]; |
6371 | isFunctionType() || |
6372 | // -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...]; |
6373 | isPointerType() || |
6374 | // -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...] |
6375 | isReferenceType() || |
6376 | // -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...]; |
6377 | isRecordType() || |
6378 | // -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different |
6379 | // types at different times; |
6380 | isUnionType() || |
6381 | // -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...]; |
6382 | isEnumeralType() || |
6383 | // -- pointers to non-static class members, [...]. |
6384 | isMemberPointerType(); |
6385 | } |
6386 | |
6387 | inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const { |
6388 | return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType); |
6389 | } |
6390 | |
6391 | inline bool Type::isPointerType() const { |
6392 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6393 | } |
6394 | |
6395 | inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const { |
6396 | return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
6397 | } |
6398 | |
6399 | inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const { |
6400 | return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6401 | } |
6402 | |
6403 | inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const { |
6404 | return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6405 | } |
6406 | |
6407 | inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const { |
6408 | return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6409 | } |
6410 | |
6411 | inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const { |
6412 | return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6413 | } |
6414 | |
6415 | inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const { |
6416 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6417 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6418 | else |
6419 | return false; |
6420 | } |
6421 | |
6422 | inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const { |
6423 | if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6424 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6425 | else |
6426 | return false; |
6427 | } |
6428 | |
6429 | inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const { |
6430 | return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6431 | } |
6432 | |
6433 | inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const { |
6434 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6435 | return T->isMemberFunctionPointer(); |
6436 | else |
6437 | return false; |
6438 | } |
6439 | |
6440 | inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const { |
6441 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6442 | return T->isMemberDataPointer(); |
6443 | else |
6444 | return false; |
6445 | } |
6446 | |
6447 | inline bool Type::isArrayType() const { |
6448 | return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6449 | } |
6450 | |
6451 | inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const { |
6452 | return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6453 | } |
6454 | |
6455 | inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const { |
6456 | return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6457 | } |
6458 | |
6459 | inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const { |
6460 | return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6461 | } |
6462 | |
6463 | inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const { |
6464 | return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6465 | } |
6466 | |
6467 | inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const { |
6468 | return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType); |
6469 | } |
6470 | |
6471 | inline bool Type::isRecordType() const { |
6472 | return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType); |
6473 | } |
6474 | |
6475 | inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const { |
6476 | return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType); |
6477 | } |
6478 | |
6479 | inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const { |
6480 | return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType); |
6481 | } |
6482 | |
6483 | inline bool Type::isVectorType() const { |
6484 | return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6485 | } |
6486 | |
6487 | inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const { |
6488 | return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6489 | } |
6490 | |
6491 | inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const { |
6492 | return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType); |
6493 | } |
6494 | |
6495 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const { |
6496 | return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6497 | } |
6498 | |
6499 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const { |
6500 | return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6501 | } |
6502 | |
6503 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const { |
6504 | return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) || |
6505 | isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6506 | } |
6507 | |
6508 | inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const { |
6509 | return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType); |
6510 | } |
6511 | |
6512 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
6513 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6514 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); |
6515 | return false; |
6516 | } |
6517 | |
6518 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
6519 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6520 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType(); |
6521 | return false; |
6522 | } |
6523 | |
6524 | inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const { |
6525 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6526 | return OPT->isObjCIdType(); |
6527 | return false; |
6528 | } |
6529 | |
6530 | inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const { |
6531 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6532 | return OPT->isObjCClassType(); |
6533 | return false; |
6534 | } |
6535 | |
6536 | inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const { |
6537 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6538 | return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel); |
6539 | return false; |
6540 | } |
6541 | |
6542 | inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const { |
6543 | return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType(); |
6544 | } |
6545 | |
6546 | inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const { |
6547 | return isa<DecltypeType>(this); |
6548 | } |
6549 | |
6550 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
6551 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6552 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6553 | } |
6554 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6555 | |
6556 | inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const { |
6557 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler); |
6558 | } |
6559 | |
6560 | inline bool Type::isEventT() const { |
6561 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent); |
6562 | } |
6563 | |
6564 | inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const { |
6565 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent); |
6566 | } |
6567 | |
6568 | inline bool Type::isQueueT() const { |
6569 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue); |
6570 | } |
6571 | |
6572 | inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const { |
6573 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID); |
6574 | } |
6575 | |
6576 | inline bool Type::isImageType() const { |
6577 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() || |
6578 | return |
6579 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6580 | false; // end boolean or operation |
6581 | } |
6582 | |
6583 | inline bool Type::isPipeType() const { |
6584 | return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType); |
6585 | } |
6586 | |
6587 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
6588 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6589 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6590 | } |
6591 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6592 | |
6593 | inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const { |
6594 | #define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \ |
6595 | isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() || |
6596 | return |
6597 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6598 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6599 | } |
6600 | |
6601 | inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const { |
6602 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() || |
6603 | return |
6604 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6605 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6606 | } |
6607 | |
6608 | inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const { |
6609 | return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() || |
6610 | isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType(); |
6611 | } |
6612 | |
6613 | inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const { |
6614 | return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType); |
6615 | } |
6616 | |
6617 | inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const { |
6618 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
6619 | if (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K) |
6620 | return true; |
6621 | return false; |
6622 | } |
6623 | |
6624 | inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const { |
6625 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6626 | return BT->isPlaceholderType(); |
6627 | return false; |
6628 | } |
6629 | |
6630 | inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const { |
6631 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6632 | if (BT->isPlaceholderType()) |
6633 | return BT; |
6634 | return nullptr; |
6635 | } |
6636 | |
6637 | inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const { |
6638 | assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))((BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6638, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6639 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6640 | return (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K); |
6641 | return false; |
6642 | } |
6643 | |
6644 | inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
6645 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6646 | return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType(); |
6647 | return false; |
6648 | } |
6649 | |
6650 | inline bool Type::isVoidType() const { |
6651 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6652 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Void; |
6653 | return false; |
6654 | } |
6655 | |
6656 | inline bool Type::isHalfType() const { |
6657 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6658 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half; |
6659 | // FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not. |
6660 | return false; |
6661 | } |
6662 | |
6663 | inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const { |
6664 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6665 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float16; |
6666 | return false; |
6667 | } |
6668 | |
6669 | inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const { |
6670 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6671 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128; |
6672 | return false; |
6673 | } |
6674 | |
6675 | inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const { |
6676 | if (const auto *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
6677 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::NullPtr; |
6678 | return false; |
6679 | } |
6680 | |
6681 | bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *); |
6682 | bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *); |
6683 | |
6684 | inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const { |
6685 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6686 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
6687 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
6688 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6689 | // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types. |
6690 | // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types. |
6691 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) && |
6692 | !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl()); |
6693 | } |
6694 | return false; |
6695 | } |
6696 | |
6697 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const { |
6698 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6699 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
6700 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
6701 | } |
6702 | return false; |
6703 | } |
6704 | |
6705 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const { |
6706 | return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType(); |
6707 | } |
6708 | |
6709 | inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
6710 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6711 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
6712 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
6713 | } |
6714 | return false; |
6715 | } |
6716 | |
6717 | inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
6718 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType(); |
6719 | } |
6720 | |
6721 | inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const { |
6722 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6723 | return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
6724 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) || |
6725 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract && |
6726 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) || |
6727 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
6728 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) || |
6729 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract && |
6730 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract)); |
6731 | } |
6732 | return false; |
6733 | } |
6734 | |
6735 | inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const { |
6736 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType(); |
6737 | } |
6738 | |
6739 | inline bool Type::isScalarType() const { |
6740 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6741 | return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void && |
6742 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr; |
6743 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
6744 | // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined. Incomplete enums |
6745 | // are not treated as scalar types. |
6746 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
6747 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
6748 | isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
6749 | isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
6750 | isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) || |
6751 | isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6752 | } |
6753 | |
6754 | inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const { |
6755 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6756 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
6757 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
6758 | |
6759 | // Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an |
6760 | // enumeration type in the sense required here. |
6761 | if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
6762 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
6763 | |
6764 | return false; |
6765 | } |
6766 | |
6767 | inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const { |
6768 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6769 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool; |
6770 | return false; |
6771 | } |
6772 | |
6773 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const { |
6774 | auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType(); |
6775 | return DT && !DT->isDeduced(); |
6776 | } |
6777 | |
6778 | /// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define |
6779 | /// an overloaded operator. |
6780 | inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const { |
6781 | return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType(); |
6782 | } |
6783 | |
6784 | /// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type. |
6785 | inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const { |
6786 | return isFunctionType() || isArrayType(); |
6787 | } |
6788 | |
6789 | inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const { |
6790 | return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() || |
6791 | isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType()); |
6792 | } |
6793 | |
6794 | inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const { |
6795 | return isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
6796 | } |
6797 | |
6798 | inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const { |
6799 | const Type *type = this; |
6800 | while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) |
6801 | type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr(); |
6802 | return type; |
6803 | } |
6804 | |
6805 | inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const { |
6806 | const Type *type = this; |
6807 | if (type->isAnyPointerType()) |
6808 | return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); |
6809 | else if (type->isArrayType()) |
6810 | return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); |
6811 | return type; |
6812 | } |
6813 | |
6814 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers into a |
6815 | /// diagnostic with <<. |
6816 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
6817 | Qualifiers Q) { |
6818 | DB.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), |
6819 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); |
6820 | return DB; |
6821 | } |
6822 | |
6823 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers |
6824 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
6825 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
6826 | Qualifiers Q) { |
6827 | PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), |
6828 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); |
6829 | return PD; |
6830 | } |
6831 | |
6832 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's into a |
6833 | /// diagnostic with <<. |
6834 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
6835 | QualType T) { |
6836 | DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
6837 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); |
6838 | return DB; |
6839 | } |
6840 | |
6841 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's |
6842 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
6843 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
6844 | QualType T) { |
6845 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
6846 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); |
6847 | return PD; |
6848 | } |
6849 | |
6850 | // Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does |
6851 | // not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type. |
6852 | template <typename T> |
6853 | using TypeIsArrayType = |
6854 | std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value || |
6855 | std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>; |
6856 | |
6857 | // Member-template getAs<specific type>'. |
6858 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const { |
6859 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
6860 | "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!"); |
6861 | |
6862 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
6863 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
6864 | return Ty; |
6865 | |
6866 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
6867 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
6868 | return nullptr; |
6869 | |
6870 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
6871 | // losing all typedef information. |
6872 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
6873 | } |
6874 | |
6875 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const { |
6876 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!"); |
6877 | |
6878 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
6879 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
6880 | return Ty; |
6881 | |
6882 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
6883 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
6884 | return nullptr; |
6885 | |
6886 | // Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the |
6887 | // type. |
6888 | const Type *Ty = this; |
6889 | while (Ty) { |
6890 | if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty)) |
6891 | Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr(); |
6892 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty)) |
6893 | Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
6894 | else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) |
6895 | Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
6896 | else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)) |
6897 | Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
6898 | else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty)) |
6899 | Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
6900 | else |
6901 | break; |
6902 | } |
6903 | |
6904 | // Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>, |
6905 | // since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type. |
6906 | return dyn_cast<T>(Ty); |
6907 | } |
6908 | |
6909 | inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
6910 | // If this is directly an array type, return it. |
6911 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) |
6912 | return arr; |
6913 | |
6914 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
6915 | if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) |
6916 | return nullptr; |
6917 | |
6918 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
6919 | // losing all typedef information. |
6920 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
6921 | } |
6922 | |
6923 | template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const { |
6924 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
6925 | "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!"); |
6926 | |
6927 | if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty; |
6928 | assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))((isa<T>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<T>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6928, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6929 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
6930 | } |
6931 | |
6932 | inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
6933 | assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))((isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6933, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6934 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr; |
6935 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
6936 | } |
6937 | |
6938 | DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr, |
6939 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
6940 | : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) { |
6941 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
6942 | QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType(); |
6943 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted); |
6944 | assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))((isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6944, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6945 | #endif |
6946 | } |
6947 | |
6948 | QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const { |
6949 | QualType Decayed = getDecayedType(); |
6950 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed); |
6951 | return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType(); |
6952 | } |
6953 | |
6954 | // Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented |
6955 | // as a scaled integer. |
6956 | // TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an |
6957 | // APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale. |
6958 | void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val, |
6959 | unsigned Scale); |
6960 | |
6961 | } // namespace clang |
6962 | |
6963 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |